EPA-560/1-7 5-002
5
         ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
              OF CHEMICAL USE
                       IN
            RUBBER PROCESSING
                 OPERATIONS
          (MARCH 12-14, 1975, AKRON, OHIO)
  CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
     I
  OFFICE OF TOXIC SUBSTANCES
  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
  WASHINGTON, D. C. 20460
  JULY 1975

-------
This report has been reviewed by the Environmental Protection Agency
and  approved for publication.  Approval  does  not signify that the
contents  necessarily reflect the views and policies of the Agency, nor
does  mention of  trade  names  or commercial  products  constitute
endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                           FOREWORD

The  proceedings  for the  conference  on  "Environmental Aspects  of
Chemical  Use in  Rubber  Processing Operations,"  is the first of three
reports each  on a different conference, to be submitted under Contract
No. 68-01-2928 to the Office of Toxic Substances for the Environmental
Protection Agency. The  conference was held at th" "  '-'ersity of Akron,
Akron, Ohio, on 12-14 March 1975.

The  objective  of this  conference  was  to cover  and  discuss current
chemical  usages, functions of chemicals  in the  operations, byproducts
likely to be  introduced, known health or environmental effects from
chemicals  used,  and measures  used or available for  use  to control
environmental contamination.  More  specifically, papers were presented
and  discussions  held that covered  industrial emissions  and effluent
surveys,  chemicals  and  their  effects,  reclamation  and  disposal  and
academic programs.

Dr.  Farley   Fisher,  Chief,  Early Warning Branch,  Office  of Toxic
Substances, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., was the
Project Officer and General Chairman  of the  conference.

Mr. Franklin A. Ayer, Environmental Technology Department, Center for
Technology Applications,  Research Triangle Institute,  Research Triangle
Park,  North Carolina, was the Conference Coordinator and Compiler of
the proceedings.
                               in

-------
                                       Table of Contents

                                      (* indicates speaker)

                                                                                         Page

12 March 1975

Opening Session  	1

  Welcome and Introductory Remarks  	3
     Farley Fisher, Ph.D., General Chairman

  Keynote Address:
     Current Trends in the Control of Chemicals  	5
     Glenn E. Schweitzer

Session I:  INDUSTRIAL EMISSIONS AND EFFLUENT SURVEYS	15
     Robert C. Niles, Session Chairman

  Odor Sources in Rubber Processes and Their Control	17
     Robert E. Kenson, Ph.D., *
     Peter W.  Kalika, and
     Samuel Cha

  Liquid Effluents - Emission Points  From Rubber Manufacturing Processes	37
     David C. Day, Ph.D.

  Secondary Treatment of Wastewater From Synthetic Rubber Production   	60
     Frederick G. Troppe
Session II: CHEMICALS AND THEIR EFFECTS	87
    William E. McCormick, Session Chairman

  Toxicology of Acrylonitrile	89
    C. Boyd Shaffer, Ph.D.

  Alteration Products of SubstitutedjJ-Phenylenediamines	99
    Henry C. Hollifield, Ph.D.,* and
    Pasquale Lombardo

  Halogenated  Hydrocarbons in Rubber Processing	108
    Walter D. Harris, Ph.D.

  Panel:  CARBON BLACK

    Health Studies Relating to Carbon Black	118
       Carl  A. Nau, M.D.

    Carbon Black and Ecology  	130
       Harry J. Collyer

-------
                                   Table of Contents (con.)

                                                                                       Page

    Carbon Black Adsorbates: A New Carcinogen and Oxygenated Polycyclics	137
      Avram Gold, Ph.D.
13 March 1975

Session II:  CHEMICALS AND THEIR EFFECTS (con.)
    William E. McCormick, Session Chairman

  Elastomers in the Health Industries	167
    Samuel Koorajian, Ph.D.

  The Identification of Effluents From Rubber Vulcanization  	185
    Stephen M. Rappaport, Ph.D.

  Panel: ENVIRONMENTAL DEBRIS FROM TIRES

    Airborne Particulate Debris From Rubber Tires  	217
       William R. Pierson, Ph.D.,* and
       Wanda W. Brachaczek

    Rubber Dust From the Normal Wear of Tires	274
       Mark  L. Dannis
Session III:  RECLAMATION AND DISPOSAL	313
    J. R. Laman, Session Chairman

  Panel:  RECLAIMING AND RECYCLING RUBBER

    Environmental Aspects of Reclaiming and Recycling Rubber   	315
       Bobby D. LaGrone* and
       Edward A. Gallert

    Environmental Aspects of Rubber Reclaiming and Recycling (Manufacturing)	349
       Robert C.  Reinhardt

  Panel:  TIRES USED AS A FUEL

    Shredded Tires as an Auxiliary Fuel  	361
       Robert H. Taggart, Jr.

    The Tire-Fired Boiler	371
       William L. Cox
       (Delivered by Joe M. Smerglia*)

  Scrap Tires and Fishery Resources   	381
    Richard B. Stone
                                                VI

-------
                                    Table of Contents  (con.)

                                                                                         Page
14 March 1975
Session IV: ACADEMIC PROGRAMS   	389
     Louis S. Beliczky, Session Chairman

   Rationale, Scope, and Sponsorship of Academic Programs  	391
     Louis S. Beliczky

   University of North Carolina Occupational Health Studies Program	396
     Robert L. Harris, Jr., Ph.D.

   The Rubber Workers Study at the Harvard School of Public Health	413
     William A. Burgess, *
     John M. Peters, and
     Richard R. Monson

Session V:  CONFERENCE SUMMATION   	427
     Farley Fisher, Ph.D., General Chairman

   Panel:  SESSION CHAIRMEN COMMENTS   	429
Submitted Papers-Not Presented at Conference	435

  Toxicology and Physiological Effects of Phillips Oil Furnace Carbon Blacks  	437
     Lucian E. Renes

  An Economic Evaluation of the Use of Cryogenics in Rubber Tire Reclaiming	442
     S. L. Fredericks
                                              VII

-------
12  March  1975
                             Opening Session

                           Farley  Fisher, Ph.D.*
                             General Chairman
   *Chief, Early Warning Branch,  Office  of Toxic Substances, Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, D.C.

-------
                 WELCOME AND INTRODUCTORY REMARKS
                       Farley Fisher, Ph.D.
                         General  Chairman
Icome to this conference on environmental  aspects of chemical  use in
 processing operations.   This is the first conference of this  type
red by the Office of Toxic Substances, and we hope it is the proto-
or conferences on a number of other industrial operations as well.
r object here is to discuss the use of chemicals in rubber process-
o analyze where these materials may have an effect on the environment,
 because of the substances used in the process or because of the
of products produced therein.  We are definitely doing this with an
de of exploration and debate, and we wish  for the conference to be
.  In no sense are we trying to restrain people from expressing
views.  We have allowed for a large number of question and answer
s, and I hope that you will avail yourselves of the opportunity to
estions and make comments.
r keynote speaker for this meeting is Mr.  Glenn Schweitzer, who
en Director of the Offfee of Toxic Substances for about 2 years
During that period of time, Mr. Schweitzer has been actively
ed in the Toxic Substance Program at EPA.

-------
               CURRENT TRENDS IN THE CONTROL OF CHEMICALS
                          Glenn E. Schweitzer*

The Rapid Growth of Chemical Problems
     During the last several years, the number and frequency of harmful
incidents involving toxic chemicals have increased dramatically.  Hardly
a week goes by without a new chemical emerging as an immediate health
or environmental problem, and the public outcry over carcinogenesis and
other chronic effects of exposure to chemicals seems to have literally
exploded.
     All levels of government are taking steps in response to the demands
for action to clarify and reduce the risks attendant to chemical exposure.
No longer are pollution problems viewed simply in terms of esthetics,
inconveniences, or ecological degradation; they are now tied more closely
than ever before to very personal human health concerns.  No longer are
the long drawn-out timetables acceptable for corrective steps with regard
to toxic chemicals.  No longer will the public accept the philosophy
that chemicals must be assumed safe until  proven hazardous.  No longer
are latent problems, such, as the mutagenic effects of chemicals that
may appear only in future generations, to be ignored.  No longer are
chemicals the unique concern of the manufacturers, the distributors,
and their employees, for the Chemical Age of the Seventies has engulfed
our entire society.
     I need not review for this audience the unsettling chain of events
triggered by the linkages established last year between cancer of the
liver and exposure to vinyl  chloride.  Many of the companies represented
here have been deeply involved from the outset of this very tragic develop-
ment, a development rooted in the environmental complacency of the industry
during the forties, the fifties, and the sixties.  We have all become
painfully aware of the difficulties in assessing the risks associated
with very low levels of exposure to this chemical and in taking corrective

     *Director> Office of Toxic Substances, Environmental Protection
Agency, 401 "M" Street, SW,  Washington, D.C.  20460

-------
actions to reduce these risks.   I  am sure that all  agree  that we can
and we must do better in the future in preventing these types of tragedies—
and particularly in identifying and assessing problems  before the fact
rather than after the damage is done.
     Already tens of thousands of chemicals are'in commerce, and the
number is increasing every year.  Little attention has  been given to
the environmental properties of many of these chemicals.   Constantly
evolving research and analytical techniques are revealing that the potential
effects of many others are much more extensive than previously suspected.
In short, during the years ahead all of us will be exposed to many more
chemicals in many more situations, and the list of chemicals known or
believed to pose a threat to man or the environment will  be greatly expanded.
     Our market forces are not designed to insure environmental equity,
and the risks and benefits associated with chemicals are not evenly distrib-
uted throughout our society.  The archaic concept of voluntary exposure
to chemicals—that we have a choice as to whether we want to come into
contact with chemicals--has been replaced with the hard reality that
in fact the individual citizen has little control over the chemicals
to which he is exposed.  Thus, governmental involvement in the chemical
arena will undoubtedly increase to keep pace with the growing chemical
burden in the environment.

The Development of^the Legislative Basis
for Controlling Toxic Chemicals
      For many years the Federal Government has been deeply involved in
chemical regulation through the activities of  the Food & Drug Administration;
more  recently it has become involved  in controlling pesticide use.  The
Clean Air Act and  the Federal Water  Pollution  Control Act have special
provisions directed to toxic and hazardous chemicals in addition  to their
broader provisions, which  also  encompass  chemical pollutants.   Indeed,
these  activities have to a  large extent established the framework for
the current spread of programs  throughout the  industry directed  to  product
safety and environmental control.
      During the  past several years,  the Department of Transportation,

-------
the Occupational  Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)  of the Department
of Labor, and the Consumer Product Safety Commission have 'significantly
expanded their efforts directed to toxic chemicals.   Of particular interest
to EPA and OSHA is the close interrelationship between concerns over
chemicals in the workplace and the possible discharges of these same
chemicals directly or indirectly into neighborhoods  near industrial
facilities as the result of air emissions or liquid  effluents.   In many
cases a large share of these nearby residents are the workers who may
be exposed to the same chemicals on and off the work premises.   Also3
we are concerned that in dealing with persistent chemicals, the longstanding
approach of better ventilation does not appear to be an acceptable solution
to meeting workplace standards.
     In December the Safe Drinking Water Act was somewhat unexpectedly
enacted.  The rapid congressional action on this legislation was prompted
by reports of trace amounts of organic chemicals—including several
possible carcinogens—found in several drinking water supplies, and particu-
larly in New Orleans.  This legislation, which calls for establishment
and enforcement of maximum contaminant levels in nationwide drinking
water supplies, has far-reaching implications for industry.  It seems
unlikely that municipalities will invest large sums  of money in removing
chemical contaminants from their water supplies without first attempting
to identify and control the sources of these contaminants.   In  many cases
the sources of concern will undoubtedly be industrial dischargers.
     The proposed Toxic Substances Control Act offers an unusual opportunity
to improve the soundness and the fairness of regulatory decisions concerning
toxic chemicals.   The heart of this proposed legislation is the acquisition
of more authoritative information concerning both the risks and the benefits
associated with chemical activities^  Special emphasis is placed on better
test information that is predictive of the behavior  of chemicals in the
environment.  A second aspect of this proposed legislation  is provision
for controlling serious toxic chemical problems that cannot be  adequately
addressed under other existing authorities.
     An improved information base is critical to better decisions concerning
Governmental intervention in chemical activities under a variety of regula-
tory authorities.  At the present time, decisions are being made on the
                                       7

-------
basis of very sparse data.  Even in the absence of such information,
decisions will continue to be made, for action in this field cannot be
delayed.  In this regard, the lack of hard data concerning chemical behavior
should not be considered a license for continued production and use of
the chemicals any more than we can assume that activities should cease
until they are proven to be absolutely safe.

Intercepting the Problems at the Outset
     A main feature of the Toxic Substances Control Act is the emphasis
on identifying problems early in the commercial lifetime of chemicals —
before there has been irreversible environmental  damage and before major
economic investments are in place.  At present we find ourselves constantly
reacting to problem chemicals that are already widely dispersed throughout
our economy--chemicals which have already caused environmental problems
and which represent substantial  investments for suppliers, manufacturers,
and distributors.  Corrective measures invariably mean substantial economic
dislocations.
     With 500 to 700 new chemicals being introduced into commerce every
year, it is only sensible to make the extra effort to insure that these
new products are not going to cause problems later in their lifetime.
The extent of the research and testing needed to reach a judgment as
to potential environmental problems will vary among chemicals and among
uses of the chemicals.   However, the ground rules for early assessment
of chemicals need sharper clarification and greater acceptance by all
concerned.   In my view, the recent report of the National Academy of
Sciences Principles for Evaluating Chemicals rn_ tjre Env'ironment has
been a major step forward in this regard.   Further development of the
concepts set forth in this report, and particularly relating these concepts
to practical problems,  needs priority attention.
     Of course,  any governmental intervention during the premarket phase
must be sensitive to the financial realities of R&D activities.   Particu-
larly important is the  need to avoid additional delays due to uncertainty
as to governmental actions.  Also, the cumulative effect of actions
directed to Individual  chemicals can dampen the overall  climate for research.

-------
Finally, protection of the confidentiality of activities  directed to
new chemicals is of critical  importance.
     Unfortunately, this approach of early identification and prevention
of environmental problems and economic dislocations  will  not help in
addressing chemicals currently in large-scale production.  It is  indeed
unfortunate that this "pay now and save later" philosophy was not adopted
many years ago.  As problems  continue to  arise with  high-volume chemicals,
the short-term economic adjustments will  undoubtedly be severe.

Cost/Risk/Benefit Considerations
     Recently the government  has significantly increased its efforts
1;o not only assess but also to try to balance the costs,  the risks,  and
the benefits involved in regulating toxic chemicals  in the environment.
To the extent possible, regulatory activities should be judged on the
basis of their total impact on society—impact on the standard of living,
effective resource utilization, and preservation of  social as well  as
environmental values.
     This change in direction in approaching regulatory decisions has
in large measure resulted from a reorientation in the nature of some
of the legislative authorities under which EPA operates.   For example,
the'new Safe Drinking Water Act and the proposed Toxic Substances Control
Act are very explicit in their requirements to take  into account  economic
as well as health and environmental considerations.   On the other hand,
certain provisions of the Clean Air Act and Federal  Water Pollution  Control
Act are far from clear as to  the weight,  if any, to  be given to economic
considerations.  In a related development, recent court action concerning
the feasibility of the workplace standard for asbestos has had a  considerable
impact on the approach of OSHA.
     Despite growing sophistication in the approach  to controlling  toxic
substances, rigorous cost/risk/benefit analyses will  seldom be possible;
for adequate time, data, or resources will usually not be available  to
satisfy a purist.  However, we can certainly do better than we have  in
the past.
     Many of us have had direct experience in attempting  to draw  conclusions
from biological data that are invariably  "soft."  At the  same time,

-------
pragmatic economists tell  us  that their'data on benefits  may be even
softer—and probably characterized by uncertainty,  incompleteness,  and
perishability.    They are  particularly reluctant to provide estimates  of
the societal benefits to be derived from the use of chemicals that
contribute to improved health and living conditions, to greater personal
conveniences, to new recreational and esthetic opportunities, and
to maintenance of national defense.  Often, they are even less willing
to speculate as to how the marketplace will react if a specific chemical
is removed or if its price is increased as the result of environmeatal
controls.  In shorts the economists can provide a shopping list of
some of the factors to be  considered in -regulatory decisionmaking,
but they provide relatively little guidance as to how these economic
factors are to be weighted or integrated or how they are to be meshed
with other considerations.
     Several points related to costs seem to be clear, however.  If
there are increased costs  involved in environmental controls these
costs will be eventually passed on to the consumer.  Secondly, there
will probably be local impacts attendant to specific types of regulatory
activities, and particularly to limitations on the manufacture or use
of chemicals.  These local impacts can include business setbacks, employment
dislocations9 and even depressed real estate values.  Finally, the
market is in general sufficiently flexible and our innovative capacity
sufficently high to fill promptly the vacuum caused by the loss of
a single product witii alternative products or approaches to providing
a similar service.
     In view of the critical importance of cost/risk/benefit assessments
to responsible decisionmaking, we have recently launched several major
efforts to refine the methodologies that can illuminate in advance
the implications of regulatory decisions.  It is particularly important
that value judgments not be disguised in manipulating the data base
and that the bases  for decisions be structured in such a way that the
public can  understand the rationale that is used.

The Special  Responsibilities of  Industry
     In  recent years, many segments of industry have made very significant

                                        10

-------
investments to control  the discharge of effluents  and emissions  into
the environment.  These steps have been taken in large measure in response
to governmental requirements at the Federal, State, and local  levels.
There seems to be little doubt that such actions have had a dramatic
effect in slowing the rate of degradation of our environment.   However,
all will agree that we still have a long way to go in cleaning up our
air and water and in preserving our landscape.
     Similarly, industry has over the years expanded its efforts to insure
the safety of its chemical products--safety as viewed from the perspective
of the worker, of the housewife, and of the general population.   Such
efforts have been spurred to a great extent by governmental regulations,
in some cases by the latent threat of lawsuits, and at times simply by
good business practices.  For many years, direct acute effects of chemicals
have, of course, been of major concern; and more recently, complementary
efforts have been directed to the more long-term and subtle health and
ecological effects.
     In some cases industry has gone far beyond the requirements laid
down by government for pollution control levels to be achieved and for
safety requirements.  For example, one major chemical company has adopted
the near-term goal that all new plants be designed to achieve zero discharge
with regard to process liquid waste effluents.  Some companies have signifi-
cantly expanded their staffs of toxicologists to address health problems
beyond those of immediate interest in governmental regulations.   Other
companies are conducting ecological effects tests  on chemicals which
by regulation are only required to be tested for their health effects.
However, our general impression is that most companies are not moving
much faster on the environmental front than the rate at which they are
required by legally enforceable regulations.
     Industry has a special responsibility to know what chemicals are
released during its manufacturing activities and during the use of its
products.  Further, industry has a responsibility to know the levels
of human and environmental exposure to chemicals resulting from such
releases.  Industry has a responsibility to know the likely hazards,
if any, associated with such exposures and to insure that the public
is aware of these hazards.  Finally, industry has  the responsibility
                                       11

-------
to take all possible steps to minimize these hazards.
     These are societal responsibilities that transcend legal  obligations
imposed by Federal, State, or local  regulations.   In the years ahead,
these responsibilities must be given equal  weight with product performance
in judging a company's contribution  to society.
     To accept these types of responsibilities implies new dimensions
in corporate activities, particularly with  regard to physical  monitoring
and to studies of health and environmental  effects of chemicals.   However,
I am optimistic that the industrial  leadership of this country will  respond
to the challenge—that this leadership will show  restraint in  foregoing
attractive commercial activities when necessary  in the face of environmental
uncertainties, that it will expand its search for less hazardous  products,
and that it will reward its management for  contributions to the health
of the Nation and to the conservation of ecological  resources  with as
much enthusiasm as it rewards employees for increasing sales.

A New Departure Towards Common Understanding
     This Conference signals a new departure in  our efforts to better
understand the character, scope, and implications of problems  associated
with chemical activities.  As additional activities  in this field are
contemplated by government, industry, labor, and  other interested groups,
it. seems imperative that we have an  authoritative examination  of where
we are today—the effect and implications of environmental actions already
instituted by government and industry and their  future plans and programs.
Hopefully, with a common base of understanding,  deliberations  within govern-
ment, industry, and labor will be more rational,  better balanced, and  more
objective.  In the absence of this common point  of departure,  there will
only be a spiralling of confusion, suspicion, and acrimony on  the part
of all concerned.
     This session, which draws on the expertise  and insights of repre-
sentatives of many of the concerned  organizations, is  designed to help
establish the baseline as to the current situation.   Hopefully, the formal
program represents but a small portion of the exchanges that will take place
                                      12

-------
during the next 2-1/2 days.  We are very encouraged by the large industrial
participation in this meeting.  Of particular interest to us are the
steps being taken by industry.  For example, we know that massive R&D
efforts are underway to correct the problems associated with PVC activities.
To what extent are similar efforts being extended to the rubber processing
activities of these same firms that have been so involved with PVC during
the past year?
     The industry's concern oyer chloroprene, styrene, and acrylonitrile,
for example, have been well publicized.  Similarly, government's concerns
over gross pollution effects (e.g., BOD, COD, TSS, criteria air pollutants)
are being reflected in water effluent permits and in air emission controls.
While we should understand these actions, which are important not only
in themselves but also as either successful or unsuccessful case histories,
probably of even more importance at this Conference is to look ahead
into future areas of possible concern—for we all share an overriding
interest in substituting preventive for corrective actions.
     I am pleased to note that the formal program calls for an examination
of progress in pollution control, a review of the characteristics of
specific chemicals, a discussion of innovative uses of waste products,
and an assessment of the role of epidemiological studies.  All of these
topics are central to current efforts in controlling toxic chemicals.
It seems clear that in the future:
     •Pollution control  requirements will give much greater emphasis to
      limiting discharges of selected chemicals;
     •The environmental  behavior of many more chemicals will be examined
      in detail;
     •Productive uses of waste products will  become more and more of a
      reality; and
     •Epidemiological studies to correlate exposure to chemicals with human
      health effects will expand considerably.
     We give high importance to this Conference—which is the first of
several  such meetings directed to various aspects of chemical  usage.
This  effort is enthusiastically supported by  the Administrator of EPA
and by the Chairman of the Council  on Environmental  Quality.   We are
                                       13

-------
hopeful  that it will  make  a major contribution to wiser decisions by
government and by industry—decisions that can have a significant impact
on the price we pay for the fruits of this Chemical Age.
                                       14

-------
12 March 1975
                            Session I:

          INDUSTRIAL EMSSSSOWS AND EFFLUENT SURVEYS

                          Robert C. Miles*
                         Session Chairman
                            15

-------
           ODOR SOURCES IN RUBBER PROCESSES, AND THEIR CONTROL
           Robert E. Kenson, Peter W. Kalika, and Samuel Cha*
Abstract
     The processing of rubber employs many chemicals which are potential
sources of odor emissions.  Solvents, adhesives, antioxidants, and other
chemical additives required to manufacture the final rubber products may
be odorous in themselves.  Additionally, their decomposition products
from the rubber processing may be odorous.  It is imperative that -the
difference between potential and actual odor sources in rubber processing
be determined.  Control technology that abates 90 percent of the air
pollution emissions from each process step can be very costly, and yet it
may have little or no impact on local community rubber processing odor
levels.
     Identification and quantification  (by dilution to threshold tech-
niques) of odor emission sources in rubber processing and the use of an
odor diffusion model can predict which of these sources have significant
impact on detectable odors beyond the plant boundaries under the pre-
vailing meteorological conditions. +.The model, after adjustment so that
the predicted and actual community odor surveys are in agreement, can be'
used to determine the extent of control for each odor source required to
make rubber processing odors undetectable in the community.
     These techniques can thereby be used to develop a cost-effective
odor control system for rubber processing operations.   The extent of con-
trol required and the nature of the odorous emissions (chemical identity)
helps to define the most desirable control technique.

1.0  INTRODUCTION
     This paper deals with the subject of odor sources in rubber processing
and also describes a basic methodology that can be applied successfully
to the definition and solution of odor problems in almost any processing
     *Robert E. Kenson and Samuel Cha, Research Scientists; Peter W.
Kalika, Senior Project Engineer; The Research Corporation of New England,
Wethersfield, Connecticut  06109.
                                      17

-------
industry.  .The paper will briefly outline the methodology, and as an
example of its application, we will discuss the odor problems at a tire
manufacturing plant.
     The processing of rubber employs many chemicals which are potential
sources of odor emissions.  Solvents, adhesives, antioxidants, and other
chemical additives required to manufacture the final rubber products may
be odorous in themselves, and their decomposition products from the
rubber processing may be odorous.  Control technology which abates 90
percent of the air pollution emissions from each process step can be very
costly, and yet it may have little or no impact on community odor levels
from rubber processing.  Thus, it is imperative that the difference
between potential and actual odor sources in rubber processing be
determined.

2.0  ODOR IDENTIFICATION
     Odor pollution problems do not generally have a counterpart in other
                                                                        *
forms of pollution whose manifestations are clearly measurable by physical
or chemical means.  For example, concentration of particulates in the
ambient air is measurable directly as a unit of weight per cubic meter of
    r-	
air.yjkior pollution involves the response of the human olfactory system
to chemical stimuli and the degree of the pollution is related to many
subjective factors, including psychological, emotional, and socioeconomic
(ref. 1).  Thus, if an odorant is detectable in minute concentrations and
is offensive, an odor pollution problem certainly exists.  On the other
hand, large concentrations of certain materials may not be detectable,
or if they are, they may have a relatively pleasant odor, and not consti-
tute an odor problem.  Therefore, because odors are effects, each odor
problem is unique, j If plant management attempts to apply a successful
solution for one odor problem to what appears to be a similar problem,
merely by scaling up or down as required to fit the design to the new
source, the intended solution may not solve the problem at all or may cost
much more than it should.
     While each odor problem is unique, a consistent approach can be used
for a solution.  The key to effective odor control  is always proper defi-
nition of the problem.

                                      18

-------
2.1   Methodology
     Most current odor regulations are of the nuisance type which ban the
release of objectionable odors but which seldom define how objectiona-
bility is to be determined (ref. 2).  Therefore,- to solve the odor
problem, it is usually necessary to achieve essentially zero detectable
odor from plant emission sources in the community beyond the plant
boundaries.  The following steps are designed to achieve this objective:
     (a)  Conduct an odor survey in the community.
          This involves the recognition of odor quality (or characteristic
     smell) and odor level under different meteorological  conditions.
     This is accomplished by trained observers operating beyond the plant
     boundaries.
     (b)  Collect odor samples.
          Odor level and standard flow rate measurements are made at each
     potentially odorous plant emission source.  This is done by trained
     observers within the plant.
     (c)  Evaluate the effects on community odor levels of specific
     individual potential odor sources.
          This aspect of the program is best done by means of simulation
     modeling.
     These problem definition steps would identify the sources that need
to be controlled and what degree of control is needed to eliminate the
detectable odors in the community.

3.0  ODOR QUANTIFICATION
     An important part of the solution of an odor problem is the quanti-
fication of the odor levels.  Since odor quantification must always
involve the human nose, there are many factors which will  affect the
results of such quantification.  These factors have been grouped into the
following two categories:
     (a)  Sampling - Factors such as sampling container materials, pre-
     conditioning of the container surfaces, storage time of the sample,
     and condensation of moist emissions are the major parameters that
     have significant effects on the odor sample collection.  Details of
                                      19

-------
     these effects have been studied by TRC under a Federal Environmental
     Protection Agency contract and results of this study have been
     reported (ref. 3).
     (b)  Dilution-to-threshold measurement techniques—There are many
     such techniques used, the most widely known (and unfortunately the
     least reliable) being the ASTM D 1391-57 syringe technique (ref. 4).
     Recently, TRC was asked by the Division of Air Pollution Control of
     the State of Illinois Environmental Protection Agency to evaluate
     the ASTM D 1391-57 technique along with three other dynamic tech-
     niques (IITRI olfactometer, Hemeon odor meter, and Misco olfacto-
     meter).  Other types of devices have recently been reported in the
     literature (ref. 5).
     Whichever dilution technique is used, the measurement involves making
successive dilutions of an odorous sample with odor-.free air, and pre-
senting the diluted sample to selected odor panelists until the panelists
report a detectable odor (ref. 6).  The dilutions should be presented in
an ascending order, i.e., the most dilute first.  Figure 1 shows a diagram
of the TRC odor laboratory system.  Panel size and panel selection and
training are additional parameters which will affect the odor measurement.

3.1  Odor Correlation
     Once the potential odor source emissions and the community odor
levels have been quantified, they must be correlated.  This means that we
must assure that the odor levels and types found in the community and
those determined for the suspected sources can be related.  This is
generally done by modeling, either by computer simulation or by wind
tunnel  modeling techniques.  If we cannot relate the sources emissions to
the community odors, this could mean that the odor source system is more
complex than originally anticipated, or that a significant contribution to
the community odor problem has been neglected, or incorrectly represented
in the model.  For example, building downwash effects could convert a
stack emission source into a ground level source.
     Figure 2 illustrates the downwash effects and how the most effective
stack height was determined by physical modeling (by means of smoke) of a
potential odor source.

                                      20

-------
                          Firs^DMution Stage	      Second Dilution Stage
                         Sx bleed off      Sample inlet      Bleed-off  Exhaust
          Figure 1.  Schematic of TRC dynamic dilution  odor
                            measurement system.
Centerline travel path of material
from roof top release
Centerline travel path of material
from intermediate height release
Centerline travel path of material
from the highest release investigated
              Figure  2.  Wind tunnel studies  with smoke
                  of  effective stack height modeling.

                                    21

-------
     Computer simulation modeling involves the application of physical
equations describing.the diffusion of contaminants in the atmosphere
(ref.  7).  There are equations available to describe a number of physical
situations, including  both elevated stack emissions (stacks generally 2
to 2.5 times higher than adjacent buildings) and low level emissions
(ground level and elevated line and area configuration sources).
     The^computer simulations can produce maps of odor concentrations such
as those shown for figure 3.  These maps show contours of constant odor
concentrations (isopleths) in the community that were predicted for
different values of stack heights.  The example shown is a rubber proces-
sing operation.  The existing configuration was successfully modelled,
then from this result the required stack height to abate the odor problem
was determined by adjustment of the stack height parameter input to.the
computer.

4.0  ODOR CONTROL
     When a proper identification of the problem has been made, we are
now in a position to determine how this problem can be solved in a cost-
effective manner.  There is an important decision point here, which
requires that we examine the problem carefully to see if either process
change or better dispersion of the odorant would be more feasible and -
cost-effective solutions to the problem when compared to control equipment
installation.

4.1  Process Change/Better Dispersion
     Process change can often be the most cost-effective method of odor
control.  Even if complete control of the odor is not possible, this may
lead to  improved operations (e.g., plugging leaks, closing windows, rede-
signing  hoods) which better confine the odorous emissions and/or reduce
total ventilation air volume and thereby lower control costs.  As discussed
in section 3.1, and shown on figure 3, better dispersion  is,another poten-
tially viable  and cost-effective method.  The stack height that meets the
criterion of no detectable community odors may, however,  not always be in
                         s~
the reasonable cost realm  (table 1).
                                       22

-------
     Odor detectable zone
                                          Odor Isopleths
                                            3 oven sources combined
                                            Existing configuration
                                            Wind speed - 2 meters/sec.
                                                                  Oven stacks
                                           Odor Isopleths
                                                3 oven sources vented to
                                              a new 20 meter stack
                                                Wind speed - 2 meters/sec.
Odor detectable zone
  Odor detectable zone
                                                                  Oven stacks
                                    Odor Isopleths
                                         3 oven sources vented to
                                       a new 40 meter stack
                                         Wind speed - 2 meters/sec.
                                                                  Oven stacks
Figure  3.  Odor isopleths for various plant stack'heights,
                                     23

-------
            Table 1.  Cost estimates for small diameter  tall stacks
                   for odor control at one  client  location*
Height
50 ft
100 ft
200 ft
300 ft
Construction
Guyed-on structure
Guyed-on structure
Self-supported
Self-supported
Cost (approx.)
$ 6,400
$ 12,800
$250,000
$380 ,000
        *These are specific to the case and are meant to show relative
   costs only.  Each odor problem must be treated in the context of
   the specific emission rates, flow, and meteorological conditions.
4.2  Control Technology
     If odor control by other than process change or better dispersion is
required, we must first consider the chemical and physical nature of the
odorants and other constituents of the gas stream emitted.  In many cases,
the odorant is a hydrocarbon and the technology of hydrocarbon emission
control should be pursued (ref. 8).  If the odorant is a water-insoluble
hydrocarbon, for example from rubber processing, wet scrubbing may remove
particulate matter (e.g., ground rubber) from the gas, but will not control
the odor.  If instead, we use a carbon bed which is effective for control
of the odor, the particulate matter may plug and damage the bed.  It is,
therefore, apparent that a control technology for one source cannot readily
be applied to another source without careful study of the emissions.  The
uniqueness of each odor problem makes odor control a challenge to the
ingenuity of the investigator.   Off-the-shelf solutions may be poor and/or
costly applications to the problem.  Creative design by those experienced
in odor control can lead to more cost-effective solutions which will
solve the problem without hampering process operations.
     The basic control technologies which could be considered for appli-
cation to solution of odor problems are:
                                     24

-------
      (a)  Oxidation
          (1)  Chemical
          (2)  Thermal
          (3)  Catalytic
      (b)  Condensation
      (c)  Absorption
      (d)  Adsorption.

4r2vl  Oxidation
      Oxidation is a technique which  can  solve  a wide  variety  of odor
 problems.  Chemical oxidation,  for instance, can  be used  to remove  HLS
 odors from rubber-processsing offgases by  oxidation to  less odorous S02
 using an aqueous scrubber  solution.   Permanganate or  hypochlorite solu-
 tions are among the more effective oxidizing agents.  Oondensible partially
 oxygenated hydrocarbons  (e.g.,  some  types  of paint oven emissions)  can be
 controlled in this manner.
      Thermal oxidation  is  extremely  effective  in  controlling  odors  from
 organic-based odorants.  Total  combustion  (>90 percent)-of the  odorants
 to C02 and water is achieved at about 1200° -  1400°F  for  most hydrocarbon-
 based odor sources.   It  is  also an extremely costly solution, especially
 at current fuel prices,  and may be at times the last  resort answer  for
 rubber processing hydrocarbon odors  if all 'else fails, (irefs.  VHT3}.
      Catalytic oxidation promotes the rate of  oxidation to allow use of
 lower operating temperatures and thus saves fuel  costs  as compared  to
 thermal oxidation.  Installed costs  are  about  equal to  thermal  oxidation,
 but operating costs should  be lower.  This method should  be considered
 for hydrocarbon-type  emissions  such  as those found in  tire manufacturing.
 It is important to insure  that  heavy metals and sulfur-containing com-
 pounds are virtually  absent from the treated gas  stream,  since  these are
 virulent catalyst poisons.

 4.2.2  Condensation
      For concentrated,  hot, and odorous  vapors that exist as  liquids
 under ambient conditions,  condensation may be  a feasible  technique.
 Condensers can be readily  applied as  off-the-shelf control technology,
                                      25

-------
but it must be cautioned that they may transform an air pollution problem
into a water pollution problem when contact condensers are used.  Con-
densers may also be considered as preliminary cleanup devices ahead of
more sophisticated control systems such as activated carbon adsorbers.

4.2.3  Absorption
     Water-soluble odorants can be removed by water scrubbers using this
principle.  Generally, the scrubbing liquor will contain an oxidant or
reactive reagent to convert the odorant to a nonodorous state.  Otherwise
the odor problem is transferred to the sewer system discharge point or
exchanged for a water pollution problem.  Organic solvents of low vapor
pressure might also be used as a method of concentrating the odorous
material, but a recovery or secondary disposal system (e.g., afterburner)
will be required.

4.2.4  Adsorption
     Organic odorants can be readily adsorbed on porous high internal
surface adsorbents such as activated carbon (ref. 14).  In the case of
high concentrations of hydrocarbons in gas streams, the hydrocarbons can
be recovered and recycled into the process.  This is a very common odor
control method.
     There are, of course, problems.  If, as previously mentioned, par-
ticulate matter is present in the gas stream bed, plugging can occur.
Aside  from this problem, pressure drop characteristics of the bed can
cause  certain design  limitations  (figure 4).  The regenerability and
cycle  time between steam regenerations should be carefully examined
before activated carbon is selected for odor control.  Figure 5 shows a
typical system.  Carbon adsorption control systems are a viable tech-
nology for application to odorous hydrocarbon emissions from rubber pro-
cessing, especially for solvents.

5.0  RUBBER  PROCESSING ODOR SOURCES AND CONTROL
     The odors which  can be associated with rubber processing are  in many
cases  detectable beyond the plant boundaries.   While  the objectionability
of  such odors can  be  debated, since this  is a subjective response  of

                                     26

-------
                    10
             30   40  50 60 70  90

                              80 100
Linear Velocity (ft. per min)
Figure  4.   Pressure  drop vs now  rate through  granular carbon  beds.
      Odorous
      air
        Steam
                                                     -^ Top phase liquid


                                                 Decanter


                                                     -t*- Bottom phase liquid
                                            Odor-free air
Figure  5.   Two-unit fixed bed activated carbon absorber (unit  1  in
            operation;  unit 2 being  stripped).
                                     27

-------
individuals to the odors, the detectability itself indicates a potential
community odor problem.  In some States, the regulations do not permit
any detectable.odor; therefore, such odors may already be a nuisance law
violation.
     If we examine a typical tire plant flowsheet (figure 6), the
potential emissions, including odors, occur at several different process
locations.  They can be emitted through stub stacks, roof monitors,
windows, or tall stacks.  These potential odor sources in the process,
even if they consist of high concentrations of odorous substances and are
emitted at a high flow rate, may not produce the odors finally detected
in the community.  A community odor survey needs to examine the odor
levels and the characteristics of the odor detected in order to relate
these to the potential odor sources in the tire manufacturing process.
     In the tire plant flowsheet, the plastication of the natural rubber
after heating and cutting is a potential odor source, since odors from
rubber and probably the plasticizer are detectable at the work station
involved.  In other plants, this operation is sometimes bypassed, and
therefore, the Banbury mixer (next operation) is a potential odor source.
The odors are basically hydrocarbon (gas and particulate) but also may
include gaseous sulfur compounds and oxygenated organic vapors.  Another
potential odor source is the curing press, where the basic tire is
formed and heat-cured with  steam.  Opening of the press results -in
release of odorous vapors and gases.  This odor is probably a complex
mixture of many odorants.   They include sulfur compounds  (hLS and organic
thiols/sulfides), hydrocarbons (gases and particulates),  and oxygenated
hydrocarbons (esters, alcohols, aldehydes).

5.1  Other Potential Odor Sources
     The other potential sources of odor in the tire-making process  are
fabric drying ovens (part of the fabric to rubber bonding process) and
tire-finishing operations.  These odorants probably include vapors of
the solvents and cement as  well as the rubber itself.  Other potential
odor sources not so indicated on the flowsheet are any sources where
significant quantities of hydrocarbons are emitted or where sulfur-con-
taining  compounds are  used.

                                     28

-------
       Potential
       •mission*
                                        Hydrocarbon
                                           ( Illght)
                             Part culetes
                                                               Hydrocarbon*  Hy< rocarbon*
                                                      Paniculate*
                                                        t ilight )
                                                                                                      Hydroc*rbont
        Process
        step

Primary-
Mattarbatch
Mixing

_», i Saeondary
| Mixing
^[ MllllnB|-
[Trtad &
Sldewail

	 »

4 	 	

Fabric to K^
Rubbar


Cement-
NV^^' Ing ^
\ •
- — \
| taxiing |
W 1


Cement
H House


	 a>

(con.
below)
        Process
        equipment
        category
        EmlMlon
        source*
                 Plastlcaton   B anbury f
            Fuma hoods,  Banbury
            Oanaral      Ventilation
            ventilation
        Mills       Tubrr*
        (thaatino.
         bland Ing,
         haating,
         cooling,
         lubrication)

        Fuma hoodi  Camant
                   tfpray
                   hood*,
                   General
                   ventilation
                                                                            Calendars,
                                                                            Drying
                                                                            ovan*
   Fuma hood*,
   camant dryer,
   fabric dryer
                                                                                           Cementing
                                                                                           stations
         General
         ventilation
Potnttlal
amlatloni
     Procaia
                       Hydroe«rbont     Hydrocarbons     Partlcutaia

                                               Odors
                        Particulatat  Hydrocarbon!    Partieulatai
                                    (•light)         (Might)
                                                                               Tlra
                                                                               Rapalr
Whlta
lldawall
Qrlndlng
-+
Mhlta
Sldawall
Coating


,,*
Black Sldawalli
     equipment
      EmleHon
      sources
               8-v.c.
               ublM A
               nuchlnM
                                 spray
                                 Booth
                            Spray
                            Booth
«nulp-t

          Alr-v«vlnq
Qwwal    ol
vwmiMlon  trimming*
                                                                                     iprav
                                                                                     •tatlon
Alr-v«ylnQ
°<           Fum«
grinding!      hoodi
                                                   Forca
                                                   variation
                                                   machlnat
Fuma
hoodt
Figure  6.    Process  flow diagram  of  a  tire  manufacturing  plant
                   showing  odor and  other emission  sources.
                                                        29

-------
                    Table 2.  Threshold detection values for
                       potential rubber process odorants
                Compound                       Odor threshold (ppm)*
              Styrene                        0.05
              Xylene                         0.08
              Toluene                        0.17
              1-3 Butadiene                  0.45
              H2S                            0.017 (TRC studies)

             *Ref. 6.  Concentrations at which 50 percent of the odor
        panel observed an odor in the working fountain.
5.2  Nonobvious Potential  Odor Sources
     If we confined our source identification to the inplant detectable
odor sources, we still might miss the most significant sources of com-
munity odor.  Hydrocarbons, that may have a low threshold of detection
but are emitted from the tire plant at high rates, may contribute
less to the overall community odor levels than more potentially objec-
tionable odorants, which are emitted at low rates (table 2).  Another
potential source which cannot be ignored is that due to misoperation of
air pollution control equipment.  One example would be a thermal incinera-
tor operating at too low a temperature or too short a residence time.  The
result could be the emission of a high level of partially oxygenated
odorous hydrocarbon, which may be more odorous than the original uncon-
trolled emissions.
     The evaluation of potential odor sources must be accomplished close
to the point of release to the atmosphere, and odor source measurement
programs must  include all those potential sources whose odor character
can be detected in the community or is suspected to be a contributor to
the community  odor character.  Potential odor sources to be measured
may include:
                                     30

-------
     (a)  Open plant doors and windows;
     (b)  Roof monitor and local ventilation ducts;
     (c)  Stub stacks of local hoods;
     (d)  Main process stacks;
     (e)  Stacks and vents from air pollution control equipment.

5.3  Odor Source Inventory
     If it is complex enough, an inventory of odor sources may be required.
Table 3 shows odor emission data from a hypothetical plant that was used
to help define the sources of odor in relation to the principal processes
carried out in the plant.
     It should be emphasized that odor problem identification begins in
the community but requires correlation of community odor survey data with
potential plant odor sources.  A plant odor source not detected in the
community is not an odor problem.
          Table 3.  Odor source inventory for a hypothetical  process
Source
Stack #1
Roof vent A
Roof vent B
Roof vent C
Stack #2
Stack #3
Roof monitor
Storage
Odor level
(Odor units/CF)
400
5,000
150
350
1,000
10
50
10,000
Source
flow rate
SCFM
200,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
20,000
50,000
80,000
200
Odor units
emissions
(Odor units per minute)
80,000,000
25,000,000
750,000
1,750,000
20,000,000
500,000
4,000,000
200,000
       Dilutions with pure air required to make source odor undetectable.
       Odor level * SCFM source flow rate.

                                    31

-------
5.4  Rubber Process Odor Control
     When considering the control of a given odor problem, the following
approaches should be considered in the order listed.  In most cases, this
would be the order of increasing costs:
     (a)  Process change;
     (b)  Better dispersion;
     (c)  Control technology.
     Under control technology, adsorption should be given preference when
economical solvent recovery can result from its use.  Oxidation (chemical
or catalytic) would be the next preferable technology to be considered.
Thermal oxidation (incineration) should generally be considered as a last
resort, since installation and operating costs, assuming that fuel is
available, are high.  Under special circumstances, the extensive use of
heat recovery techniques such as recuperative heat recovery within the
incinerator, makeup air heating, and oven or other process heat, may
make incineration a viable alternative.
                               REFERENCES
 1.  A. Turk, J. W. Johnston, and D. G. Moulton, Human Responses to
     Environmental Odors, Academic Press (1974).
 2.  G. Leonardos, "A Critical Review of Regulations For the Control of
     Odors," J. Air Pollution Control Association, May 1974.
 3.  R. A. Duffee, J. P. Wahl, W. A. Marrone, and J. S. Nader, "Defining
     and Measuring Objectionable Odors," presented at International
     Pollution Engineering Congress, October 22-25, 1973, Philadelphia,
     Pennsylvania.
 4.  R. A. Duffee., "Appraisal of Odor Measuring Techniques," J. Air
     Pollution Control Association, July 1968.
 5.  A. Dravnieks and W. H. Prokop, "Source Emission Odor Measurement
     by a Dynamic Forced-Choice Triangle Olfactometer," J. Air Pollution
     Control Association, January 1975.
 6.  T. M. Hellman and F. H.  Small, "Characterization of the Odor
     Properties of 101 Petrochemicals Using Sensory Methods," J. Air
     Pollution Control Association, October 1974.
 7.  F. Pasquill, "Atmospheric Diffusion," Van Nostrand (1962).
 8.  P. W. Kalika, "Hydrocarbon Emissions - Classification, Regulation,
     Measurement and Control," RMA Environmental Conference and Workshop,
     October 29-30, 1973, Chicago, Illinois.
                                     32

-------
 9.  A. Turk, "Industrial Odpr Control," Chemical  Engineering, Deskbook
     Issue, April 27, 1970.
10.  R. A. Duffee and J.  E. Yocom,  "Controlling Industrial  Odors,"
     Chemical Engineering, June 15, 1970.
11.  G. M. Hein and R. A. Duffee, "Odor Control -  Combustion Methods,"
     ASHRAE Systems and Equipment Guide, Chapter 63 (1967).
12.  0. E. Yocom, "Incineration of Gases and Vapors,"  AIHA Air Pollution
     Manual. 1968.
13.  D. E. Waid, "Thermal Oxidation or Incineration,"  presented at The
     State of the Art of Odor Control  Technology Conference, March 7-8,
     1974, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
14.  R. Poltorak and W. D. Lovett,  "The Use of Activated Carbon for
     Controlling Odorous  Air Pollutants,"  presented at The State of The
     Art of Odor Control  Technology Conference, March  7-8,  1974,
     Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
DISCUSSION
DR. C. BOYD SHAFFER (American Cyanamid Company,  Wayne,  N.JJ:   There
     was a great deal  of information exchanged here about chemicals and
     the related problems.   One of the problems  is the  odor definition—
     one of the chemical standbys such as hydrogen sulfide or  hydrogen
     cyanide.   My question  is, do you think it would be feasible to
     develop a standard set of descriptions of odors, and if feasible,
     do you think it would  be worthwhile?
DR. KENSON:  I think it would be feasible in the long run, but the
     problem is that you may not be defining the odor problem  at all.
     If it is  an industrial odor problem; it is  a mixture of odors.  A
     mixture of odors is not always described and defined.  There is an
     interaction of more than one odor.   You may have very definite rele-
     vance to  the choice of sources to apply to  a certain chemical, and
     this is based on the industrial studies.  You cannot describe the
     odors sufficiently to  say they are from certain chemicals "x."
     There may be very much of a mixture.
DR. ABDUL QASI (Union Carbide, South Charleston, W.Va.'):   First, what
     odor are  we talking about?  Secondly,  have  you done any studies
     working at changing the stack height?   If so, what happened and wnat
     is the extent of the odor when you have a wind speed of zero and
     when the  stack height  is changed?
                                     33

-------
DR. KENSQN:  We are talking about the community odor as detected.   This is a
     very simplistic view, but it is one which can be had by measurement
     techniques and. by models.  Zero wind speed is something that  is just
     about never achieved in real situations.
DR. QASI:  I mean, under stagnant conditions we have temperature inversion
     and no movement of air, and the density of warm air increases.
DR. KENSON:  This type of problem would cause odors which generally are
     not odor sources because of the intensified problem.effect.  In fact,
     in Los Angeles they found that, during the stagnation period, there
     were suddenly odor problems and some drastic ones concerning  indus-
     tries, when stagnant air temperature started inversions.  In  the
     animal-processing industries, the standards were based upon problems
     that were not recognized until  very stagnant conditions occurred.
DR. QASI:  By oxidation of chemicals, is it true that at the same  time
     oxidation would be a worse problem than you have in the given
     situation?  Suppose you have C2H5OH.  When it oxidizes to a very high
     extent, it then odorizes more?
DR. KENSON:  I agree with you.  We have encountered situations, for instance,
     where an incinerator malfunctioned, causing worse problems. The
     second implies chemical oxidation.  Before we install such equipment,
     a pilot test should be run, and the odor should be no worse than what
     we are trying to solve.
DR. QASI:  I would like to ask one question.  From the studies that you
     did on the odor emission survey on the tire plant, did you determine
     that the major principal source of odors came from the application
     of natural rubber?
DR. KENSON:  Basically we find that the first step is to find the primary
     odor source, but the problem at each plant is to some extent unique.
     For instance, the ventilation system is different in different plants.
     This source may be quite different from the one I showed in the
     hypothetical plant.  The source, which is from a tall stack,  may be
     the highest odor-potential emission, may not be an odor source in
     the community.  The one coming out of the roof vent gets downwashed
     and may be the most severe odor problem.  So if I try to generalize
                                    34

-------
     I may get into trouble here, because the specific odor problem is
     different from the first plant.
MR. KEN CAMINSKY (B. F. Goodrich Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio):  After
     listening to the various nuggets from you I am still not sure that
     an odor problem exists.  For example, in the State of Connecticut,
     they have adopted odor regulations in the State agency.  They have
     one odor, or a concentration of one odor.  You can put your subjec-
     tion in the order of regulations.  I think that, even in -the City of
                                                                     /
     Cleveland, the indicated odor concentration of 7, 8, 9, and 10 would
     be acceptable.  However, would you give me your opinion, based on
     current odor technology, as to what a company should have or act on
     the odor problem?  For example, say there is an odor concentration of
     50 units, would it be acceptable in order for the company to take any
     action about that?
DR. KENSON:  Basically, you should be in compliance with the law first.
     Now I presume the public nuisance regulations say that, if someone
     objects to an odor, there is a problem, which is a violation of the
     law.  The other laws are involved with the various techniques in
     specifying odors or odor units from the emission source.  So the
     basic statement I first gave is to comply with the'law.  However,
     sometimes the law can be subject to the very interpretation given to
     it..  The practical limit of odor detection is odor units in the range
     of somewhere around 5 to 8, because, when you talk about odor units,
     you are talking about a trained panelist.  But at the same time,
     there is always going to be somebody possibly objecting to the
                                                             i
     odor and smell. 'So my answer is deliberately vague because there
     is a law to be obeyed.
DR. QASI:  Do you believe the time has arrived that we should have a
     little more sophisticated workman's point of view?  The health of
     the citizen may not be at stake in the criteria, but if we stay  .
     below certain levels, you can live with it.  We have shown this was
     not to be adverse to health--s.omething in this regard?  What I am
     saying in this regard is, in other words, that it is possible for a
     very small amount of odor to cause a few citizens in the community
                                      35

-------
     to precipitate a very large  expenditure  on  an  odor  problem, and  I
     think simply this means  a  large regulatory  criteria.
DR. KENSON:  This is usually  the  case.   It's  like anything  under the
     frequency-of-distribution  people,  as  far as why  the odor-processing
     problem is unique.   If you try to  say yes,  a detectable  odor  is
     tolerable, instead of saying it is unique and  detectable,  it  becomes
     so subjective at this time.   People are  trying to develop  this
     criteria, and they have  not.
DR. QASI:  One last question—many of the  odors  associated  with the rubber
     companies in general  are due to aerosols.  We  have  found where the
     classical dilution-type  techniques and other chemical  tests are  not
     appropriate in determining the odor content of an aerosol.  Are
     there any investigative  activities currently under  way which  will
     allow us to determine accurately the  amount of odor in an  aerosol?
     For example, in engineering  techniques and  other types of  techniques,
     they simply adhere to the  inside of the  container in which you
     accumulate the sample?
DR. KENSON:  Basically, you are addressing a  problem  I am aware of.   First
     of all, an aerosol odor  is a rather short-range  impact.   It is very
     difficult to model.  Secondly, it  can only  be  measured in  situ;  it
     cannot be stored—the odors  cannot be stored,  I  agree.  Now that
     odor is actually vapor,  the  odor carrier, however,  can be  an  aerosol.
     But basically, the dilution  technique must  be  done  at  the  source; you
     cannot store a sample, you cannot transfer  a sample, and we also
     have to be careful in our  modeling in that  we  do not overestimate
     the transport of any odors.
                                     36

-------
                     LIQUID EFFLUENTS-EMISSION  POINTS  FROM
                         RUBBER MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
                               David C.  Day,  Ph.D.*

Abstract
     During development of the recent effluent limitations  guidelines,
all significant sources of liquid process  effluents from the major
segments of the rubber-processing industry were  studied.  Wastewater
characteristics3 treatabilities,  and applicable  control and treatment
technologies were evaluated.   Based on such factors as  these* it was
determined that the rubber processing industry could be categorized:
     •Tires and inner tubes;
     •General molded and fabricated products;
     •Reclaimed rubber;
     •Synthetic rubber;
     •Latex-based fabricated products.
     Process wastewaters from the tire and inner tube industry are   \
principally caused by spills  and leakss  and contamination is by tramp
machinery oil and miscellaneous solid materials.  Accordingly oil
and suspended solids are the  major Wastewater parameters.
     Similarly3 in the general molded and fabricated product sectors
of the industry, most liquor effluents are produced by  spills and
leaks, and the principal parameters are oil and  suspended solids.
However Wastewater volumes and contaminant loadings differ  from those
found in the tire and inner tube industry.  Potentially,  lead is an
additional contaminant of the hose industry.
     Based on process methods and effluent characteristics, the rubber-
reclaiming industry requires  further sub categorization:  CD wet
digestion reclaiming, and (2) dry reclaiming.  The  Wastewater sources
and characteristics from dry  reclaiming processes are similar to those
from the tire and inner tube  industry.   However,  the wastewaters
       Project Manager, Southwest Region, Roy F. Weston, Inc.,
 Houston, Texas.
                                      37

-------
generated by wet digestion plants result primarily from the digestion
unit process itself and can be characterized by high COD and BOD
loadings in addition to higher levels of oil and suspended solids
than found in the tire industry.   Furthermore in some older plants,
zinc concentrations are significant.
     The principal products of the synthetic rubber industry fall  -into
three sub categories:  (1) emulsion crumb3 (2) solution crumb,  and  (3)
latex.   The principal sources of process wastewaters are monomer and
solvent recovery operations, crumb coagulation and washing steps,
equipment cleanouts, and area washdowns.  The significant parameters '
are COD, BOD, suspended solids, o-il,  and pH.
     Although the latex-based products industry is diverse,  one common
factor is the use of latex as a raw material and consequently wastewater
contamination by latex.   Equipment aleanout,  product washing,  and  area
washdowns are the major effluent sources, and COD,  BOD,  suspended  solids,
oil, and pH are principal parameters.  In some cases chromium and  zinc
levels are significant.

Introduction
     Effluent limitations guidelines  and new source performance standards
have been promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency  for
the major segments of the rubber-processing industry (refs. 1,2).
Briefly, the guidelines identify applicable wastewater control and
treatment technologies and propose minimum levels of effluent quality for
distinct manufacturing categories within the rubber industry:
     •Tires and inner tubes;
     •General molded and fabricated products;
     •Reclaimed rubber;
     •Synthetic rubber;
     •Latex-based fabricated products.
For reasons of consistency and maximum correspondence with the guidelines,
it  is convenient to discuss the liquid effluents produced by the rubber-
processing industry in terms of the above categories.
                                      38

-------
     The guidelines apply only to process  effluents;  that  is  those  liquid
effluents generated directly by product processes.  However,  in  ord&r  to
adequately cover the subject of the industry's  liquid effluents,  it is
necessary here to discuss briefly other types of effluent  generated by
the industry; namely, utility and laboratory wastes.
     The intent is to describe rubber industry  effluent  types"affd character-
istics.  Since control  and treatment technologies applicable  to  the industry
are diverse and involve many considerations, discussion  of the industry's
effluent treatment practices is deemed outside  the  scope of this  paper.

Tires an'd Inner Tubes
     The tire and inner tube industry is responsible  for the  manufacture
of a diverse list of products, which includes automobile tires,  truck  and
bus tires, aircraft tires, and "off-the-road" vehicle tires,  camelback,
and inner tubes.  In spite of this fact many of the raw  materials,
processing operations,  and wastewater types are common throughout the
industry.  Furthermore, most tire and inner tube plants  manufacture a  mix
of products encompassing several  of the above product types.
     Table 1 presents the waste characteristics of  some  individual  process
effluents from typical  tire and inner tube plants,  and a simplified block
flow diagram of a typical tire and camelback production  facility  is il-
lustrated in figure 1.
     Briefly, process effluents from a typical  tire and  inner tube  plant
be grouped as follows:
     •Spills and leaks  of process materials and lubricants;
     •Intentional washdowns and cleanup wastes;
     •Unintentional cooling water and steam condensate discharges;
     •Air pollution control equipment effluents.
     The more significant spills  and leaks normally arise  in  storage areas
and compounding buildings where oils, compounding materials,  and  antitack
agents are handled and used.  In  addition, cement and sprays  can  potenti-
ally be spilled in the  building and painting areas.   If  not contained  or
removed by "dry" methods, such spillages are frequently  flushed  to  the
sewer system by washdowns or leaking cooling water.
                                     39

-------

                                                    o
                                                   •r™
                                                   4->
                                                    O

                                                   T3
                                                    O

                                                    O.

                                                   J4
                                                    O
                                                    fO
                                                    s
                                                    CO
                                                    O
                                                    (O

                                                    D>
                                                    £
                                                    3
40

-------
            Table 1.   Typical  characteristics  of process
              effluents from tire and inner tube plants
Effluent type
Curing press
Tread cooling
Tread cooling
Wet collector
Wet collector
Inside drains

area8


tank overflow9
tank overflow0
(painting
(sidewall
e
area)
grinding

Fl,ow
(gpm)
31b
155
155
177
area)a 2
0.25
COD .
(mg/1)
2,160
40
10
188
860
216
Suspended
solids
(mg/1)
546
9
30
14
312
15
Oil
(mg/1)
836
2
_
24
65
6
 For a plant consuming 18,500 Ib/hr of raw materials.
Vlow includes water spills and leaks as  well  as  steam condensate leaks.
•»
'For a plant consuming 11,000 Ib/hr of raw materials.
 For a plant consuming 28,000 Ib/hr of raw materials.
Tor a plant consuming 22,000 Ib/hr of raw materials.
     Although there are few instances  in  a  tire or inner tube plant where
water washdown or cleanup operations are  necessary,  the practice is employed
to some degree in most plants.   Spilled process oils and solid materials
or lubricating oils and greases  normally  contaminate washdown and cleanup
effluents.
     Owing to the nature of the  industry  and  the equipment used, cooling
water usage by the industry is high.   In  old  plants, once-through cooling
water systems are common, whereas  newer plants generally employ cooling-tower
systems.  Although contamination of cooling systems  by foreign materials,
such as oil, is not a major problem, cooling  water leakage in the vicinity
of process machinery is relatively common and normally results in flushing
contaminants, such as spilled oil  or solids,  to the sewer system.  'Con-
densate leaks at curing presses  are common  to the  industry.  In most cases,
the leaking condensate picks up  tramp  hydraulic oil.  Although the volume
of leaked condensate is relatively low for  we11-maintained presses, the
accumulated leakage nevertheless requires drainage or periodic removal.
                                   41

-------
     In addition to noncontact cooling water used to cool  machinery,
contact cooling water is used to cool  extruded tread and camelback
rubber.  The flow of such tread cooling water is relatively low and
contamination insignificant.   In cooling the tread rubber* the temper-
ature of the discharged cooling water is raised approximately 10°F
above that of the supply water.
     Air emission control devices are normally required for the compounding,
spraying, and grinding areas  of tire and inner tube plants.  Particulates
are emitted by the compounding and grinding operations, and three types
of control devices, wet scrubbers, bag-house collectors, and cyclones
are common to the industry.  Bag-houses and cyclones are preferred
from a wastewater standpoint but, in some applications, are inappropriate
due to binding problems and wet scrubbing devices must be employed.
Although it is generally possible to recirculate part of the scrubbing
water, some water must be discharged as effluent in order to purge
accumulating solids from the system.
     The painting or spraying operations of a tire or inner tube
plant frequently generate hydrocarbon emissions which are generally
difficult or costly to control.  Many tire plants are able to use wet
scrubbing equipment.  Such devices produce an organicsladen effluent.
Generally the organic phase is separable and can be removed prior
to discharge of the aqueous effluent.  Newer technologies, used frequent-
ly in other industries, include carbon absorption and thermal or cataly-
tic in cineration and potentially have application 1n the tire industry.
Wastewater effluents from these technologies are normally lower in
volume or less troublesome than those produced by wet scrubbing.
     In summary, suspended solids and oil are the only significant
characteristics of the liquid e'ffluents from tire and inner tube
plants.  Liquid effluents are produced by spills and leaks, washdowns
and cleanups, and air pollution control discharges.

General Molded and Fabricated Products
     Rubber products made by molding processes are diverse in size,
shape, and end-use.  Principal products include hose, footwear, belting,
                                    42

-------
seals and gaskets, and coated fabrics.  Processes employed by this
industry can typically include compounding, milling, fabrication, molding,
and vulcanization.
     Although the product mix and number of processes can vary in
this industry from plant to plant, most process liquid effluents can
be  described as:
     •Spills and leaks of process and lubricating materials;
     •Intentional washdowns and cleanup wastes;
     •Unintentional cooling water and steam condensate discharges;
     •Air pollution control equipment effluents.
Individual process effluents produced by typical plants in the general
molded and fabricated products industry are characterized in table 2.
     Spills and leaks from this industry sector are similar in origin and
characteristics to those generated by the tire and inner tube industry.
Oil and suspended solids are the major constituents.  In addition to oil
and solid material spillage, latex leaks and spills are a potential
problem in both the rubber footwear and coated materials industries where
rubber latexes are used as adhesives and coating aids.  Latex wastes are
usually characterized by suspended solids, COD, and color.  The latex
spill potential is magnified by the fact that in many cases latex is
transported and used throughout the plant in small quantities and by manual
methods.  Process effluents caused by spillage and leakage should be
contained and cleaned by "dry" methods.  Latex spills are best coagulated
in situ and removed as a solid.
     As discussed for tire and inner tube plants, water washdowns and
cleanup methods are generally unnecessary, although they are frequently
practiced.  The most difficult problem created by such practices involves
areas where latexes are stored, transported, or used.  Ideally all "wet"
wash and cleaning methods should be reduced or eliminated completely.
     The industry in general has high cooling-water usage supplied by
once-through or recirculating systems.  In both cases if adequate water
segregation or equipment maintenance is not carried out, oil  contamination
of cooling water or oil pickup by leaking cooling water frequently results.
Similarly, leaking steam condensate can be contaminated by tramp oil.  The
hydraulic oil systems on the compression and transfer molding machines
                                    43

-------
         Table 2.  Typical characteristics of process effluents from
        	general molded and fabricated products plants
Effluent type
Product type
Flow     COD
(gpm)   (mg/1)
         Suspended
           solids
           (mg/1)
          Oil
         (mg/1)
Spills, leaks,'
washdown, and
runoff
Spills, leaks,
washdown, and
runoff
Spills, leaks/
washdown, and
runoff
Miscellanepus
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
  16
  52
         182
180
180
            216
122
145
Vulcanizer
condensate
Vulcanizer
condensate
Hose (lead
sheath cure) 1
Cement-dipped
goods and hose
(cloth wrap
cure) 1 823
63
10
63
uFor a plant consuming 5,000 Ib/day of raw materials.
 For a plant consuming 20,000 Ib/day of raw materials.
 For a ptant consuming 100,000 Ib/day of raw materials.

  used in the industry lead to a  high  incidence of oil  leaks  and spills.
       Hose manufacture normally  produces  a curing-oven condensate  which  is
  contaminated by organics or lead,  depending  on whether a cloth-wrapped  or
  lead-sheathed curing method is  used.   In either case  the condensate  volume
  is low and the contribution of  such  effluents to the  plant's  overall
  effluent is minimal.  The organics are leached from the rubber through
  the cloth wrapping, and presumably small  quantities of lead are scoured
  from the lead sheath by the steam, condensate.
       Air pollution control devices are used  by the industry in the rubber-
  compounding areas.  These can be either wet-scrubber or bag-house type
  devices.  With few exceptions bag-house equipment is  successful and
  scrubber effluents can be avoided.  Since product painting  and spraying
  with organic compounds is not practiced in this industry as much  as  in
  tire and inner tube plants, "wet"  air pollution control devices for  this
  type of service are seldom encountered.
       In some plants, such as hose-manufacturing facilities, water is used
                                     44

-------
to hydraulically or pressure test the hose product.  In cases where good
housekeeping is practiced, little contamination of the test waters.-occurs.
However, if the test water is spilled or poorly drained after use, con-
tamination by tramp solids or oil can occur.  Test waters can also be
recycled, and the discharge can be eliminated or its volume significantly
reduced.
     In summary, oil and suspended solids are the principal character-
istics for the industry as a whole.  Latex solids are an additional
constituent in liquid effluents from plants utilizing latex solutions
in fabrication processes.  Although most suspended solids and oils can
be removed by gravity separation, latex effluents require coagulation
                                  i
treatment or ideally should be containerized prior to contract dis-
posal .

Reclaimed Rubber
     From a wastewater standpoint, the rubber-reclaiming industry can
be subcategorizeds
     •Pan* mechanical, and dry digester processes^
     •Wet digester process.
     The manufacturing operations occurring at most rubber-reclaiming
facilities can be described by:
     •Scrap grinding and separation;
     •Depolymeri zati on;
     •Final processing.
It is in the depolymerization step that the wet digester process
differs significantly from the other reclaiming methods.
     The wet digester, pan, and mechanical reclaiming processes are
presented in simplified block flow diagram form in figure 2.  Liquid
effluents typically generated by rubber-reclaiming facilities are
characterized in table 3.
     The operations occurring in the grinding and separation areas are
essentially common to all reclaim processes and can be classified as
mechanical and "dry" in nature.  The principal  liquid effluents result
from cooling water leaks and water washdowns.  The significant character-
istics are oil (machinery lubricants) and suspended solids (rubber fines
and particles).
                                    45

-------
                                                          to
                                                          d)
                                                          V)
                                                          t/)
                                                          0)
                                                          u
                                                          o

                                                          Q.

                                                          E
                                                         •I—
                                                          10

                                                          u
                                                          O)
                                                          10
                                                          0)
                                                          o>
                                                          I
                                                         -o
                                                          c
                                                          id
                                                          (O
                                                          0)
                                                          
-------
           Table 3.  Typical characteristics of.process effluent
                       from rubber-reclaiming plants
                                                         Suspended
                                Flow    COD      BOD       solids     Oil
Effluent type	(gpm)  (mg/1)   (mg/1)     (mg/1)   '(mg/1)
Pan, mechanical, and drya
digester processes
Spills, leaks, washdown,
and runoff                       26     110       27        287       154
Vapor condensate from air
pollution control devices         2     340      160         -8        65
Wet digester process
Spills, leaks, washdown,
and runoff                       32     HO       27        287       240
Vapor condensate from air
pollution control devices        17     240       70         70       480
Dewatering liquor (chemical
defibering)                      24   3,910      790    106,650°   10,770
Dewatering liquor (mechanical
defibering)                      24   3,910      790        585    10,770

?For a plant producing 100,000 Ib/day of reclaimed rubber.
°For a plant producing 123,000 jb/day of reclaimed rubber.
 This value is an estimate and represents a maximum loading assuming, all
 scrap fibers converted to suspended solids.
      Depolymerization by the wet digester method is essentially a chemical
 process and the principal effluent occurs at the dewatering step where
 the depolymerized rubber solids are separated (dewatered)  from the
 digestion liquor.  Since the digestion agents include various  oils,
 organic sulfides, thiols, and amino compounds, the dewatering  liquor is
 characterized by high COD, BOD, suspended solids, and oil.
      If the rubber scrap is defibered mechanically prior to digestion,
 improvements can be made to the digestion and dewatering processes and
 a significant fraction of the dewatering liquor can be recycled to the
 digester with makeup of depleted ingredients.  Excess liquor is "blown
 down" from the system, but the net result is reduced levels of COD,  BOD,
 suspended solids, and oil in the effluent.
      On the other hand, if the rubber scrap  is not defibered mechanically,
                                    47

-------
chemical degradation of the fibrous components must also be accomplished
in the digestion step, and this normally requires the addition of caustic
soda and calcium chloride to the digester.   Accordingly, in such cases
the dewatering liquor exhibits alkalinity and extremely large amounts of
suspended solids from the fibrous materials and in addition is not
suitable for recycle to the digester.
     Vapors produced during the digestion process require control.  Normally
this involves condensing and decantation.  With some modification to the
digestion process, the decanted organics can be recycled to the digester
for reuse, and the need for a wastewater discharge is eliminated.
     The pan, mechanical, and dry digester processes are, for the most
part, "dry" processes, and most liquid effluents are produced indirectly.
Spills, leaks, and washdowns are the major sources and can be characterized
by oils and suspended solids.  Vapors liberated during the depolymerization
process necessitate emission control equipment.  Condensation or scrubbing
can be used resulting in a liquid effluent characterized by COD, BOD, and'
oil.
     The final stage in all reclaiming processes involves compounding and
milling the reclaimed rubber with the required additives.  The processing
methods are essentially "dry" in nature, and effluents are produced by
spills, leaks, and washdowns as well as air control equipment wastes.
Spills, leaks, and washdowns are characterized by oil (lubricant) and
suspended solids (additives, fines, and soapstone solids) and the ef-
fluents from air control devices contain suspended solids produced by
scrubbing of particulates and hydrocarbons.
     In summary,jthe effluents produced by the grinding/separation and
final processing operations in all reclaiming plants are essentially
similar to those produced in tire and inner tube plants and can be
characterized by oil and suspended solids.  The wet digestion process
itself produces a significant liquid effluent containing high levels of
COD, BOD, suspended solids, and oil.  Chemical defibering, where used,
contributes additional suspended solids and some alkalinity.
                                   48

-------
Synthetic Rubber
     Based on the nature of the manufacturing processes, effluent chara-
cteristics, and treatabilities, most synthetic rubber production facilities
can be subcategorized:
     •Crumb rubber;
     •Latex rubber.
     Owing to several basic processing similarities, it is convenient to
discuss jointly the liquid effluents generated by plants producing crumb
rubber via emulsion polymerization and solution polymerization processes.
The two classes of crumb rubber produce wastewater by analogous operations
and, in many cases, in common plant areas:
     •Monomer recovery;
     •Rubber coagulation;
     •Crumb dewatering;
     •Equipment cleanout;
     •Area washdown.
     Monomer recovery and reuse is practiced by the industry in the
interests of both process economics and product quality.  In most cases
this is carried out via steam and vacuum stripping followed by decantation
and distillation.  Decantation generally produces a monomer-rich layer and
a water layer.  The water layer is discharged and usually contains dis-
solved and entrained monomer.  Distillation frequently leads to a light
monomer cut, a middle water cut, and an organic bottom cut.  The bottoms
should not be discharged to the sewers since the organic loading is nor-
mally very high.  It should be incinerated or blended into a compatible
organic chemicals feedstock stream.  The middle water layer contains
moderate loadings of dissolved organics and can be discharged as a waste-
water.  Solution crumb plants generally combine the solvent and monomer
recovery operations.  The solvent and monomers are stripped from the
rubber product in the stripping-coagulation process.  The solvent-monomer-
steam overhead stream is decanted and organic layer passes to a
distillation unit for separation of the solvent and monomers.  The liquid
effluents from the distillation and decantation steps are similar to
those described above.  Monomer and solvent recovery wastes, depending
on the nature of the recovery process and on the organics involved, exhibit
                                    49

-------
varying levels of BOD, COD, and oil  and grease,  the monomer recovery
effluents produced by emulsion crumb rubber plants generally contain
higher levels of organic loading than those generated at solution crumb
facilities.
     The coagulation of emulsion crumb rubber is different from that of
solution crumb rubber.  In the former case, coagulating agents, normally
sulfuric acid and brine, are added to the latex rubber producing
solid crumb rubber, which is screened from the coagulation liquor.  The
liquor is returned to the coagulation unit with makeup and a purge stream
of the liquor is discharged.  This effluent contains acid, brine, dis-
solved organics, and suspended rubber crumb fines and exhibits low pH,
COD, and suspended and dissolved solids.  In some cases coagulant mixtures
other than acid and brine are used,  such as acid-polyamine blends.  In
such cases, the discharged coagulant liquor contains higher COD and BOD
levels and, in addition, has a high  nitrogen content.
     Solution crumb rubber is generally coagulated during steam stripping.
Water and live steam are added to the rubber solution, the monomers and
solvent are stripped off, and the coagulated crumb rubber remains.  Sur-
factants are usually added to the stripping-coagulation unit as a means
of controlling crumb size.  The rubber crumb is screened from the
coagulation slurry.  The majority of the screened slurry water is returned
to the stripper as makeup hot water and the remainder is discharged as
a purge stream.  The effluent contains dissolved and separable organics,
surfactants, and suspended rubber crumb fines and can be characterized
by COD, BOD, suspended solids, and surfactants.  The strength of the
coagulation effluent from solution crumb plants in terms of COD and BOD
is considerably lower than the excess coagulation liquor discharged from
emulsion crumb facilities.  In plants where carbon-extended masterbatch
crumb is produced, the coagulation effluent has a significant black color.
     After coagulation and the associated screening operation, the rubber
crumb requires washing to remove entrained contaminants, such as monomer,
coagulation agents, etc.  The rinse water is screened and recycled to the
wash operation with makeup.  A purge stream must be discharged.  This
effluent contains dissolved organics as well as suspended and dissolved
                                   50

-------
 solids  and  can  be  characterized  by  COD, BOD, and  suspended solids.   In
 addition, emulsion crumb  rubber  rinse wastes exhibit  some acidity  (plus
 low  pH)  and solution  crumb  rinse wastes generated by  the two  classes of
 crumb  rubber are relatively similar.
     Since  solution polymerization  must be carried  out  in water-free
 equipment,  virtually  no water  is used for equipment cleanout  purposes.
 Any  equipment cleaning that might be necessary  is generally done with
 solvent.  The solvent is  then  recovered and reprocessed.  In  emulsion
 crumb  plants, however, considerable quantities  of wastewater  are generated
 by equipment cleaning operations and in most cases  contamination by  latex
 emulsion results.   One major source of cleanout wastes  is the stripping
•columns which must be periodically  cleaned of accumulated rubber solids.
 In most  instances  cleanout  effluents contain dissolved  and separable
 orqanics and suspended and  dissolved solids, and  they have a  milky colora-
 tion caused by  the rubber latex  content.  Cleanout  wastes can be character-
 ized by COD, BOD,  and suspended  solids.
     Area washdowns occur in all parts of crumb rubber  plants but are more
 common  in emulsion crumb  facilities than in solution  plants.   Common*
 contaminants are orgam'cs and  rubber crumb solids.  Latex spills are
 frequently  washed  down in emulsion  crumb plants.  Washdown effluents
 contain all  the major wastewater characteristics  including COD, BOD, oil
 and  grease,  and suspended solids.   Storm-water  pickup from contaminated
 areas  is similar to washdown effluents, although  contaminant  concentrations
 generally will  be  lower.
     Three  additional sources  of effluent contamination that  should be
 mentioned are baler hydraulic  oil,  extender oil,  and  carbon black.  Leaking
 hydraulic oil is a common problem in the baling area.  Without adequate
 containment and handling, this oil  can reach the  plant  sewer  systems.
 Extender oil, added to the  rubber during the coagulation step, can carry
 over with the coagulation purge  streams and contribute  to the effluent oil
 and  grease  content.  Carbon  black storage and handling facilities are
 generally difficult to keep  clean.  Storm runoff  picks  up tramp carbon
 black,  resulting in increased  effluent suspended  solids and color  (black).
     In order to prevent  premature  polymerization during transport and
 storage, much of the butadiene used by the crumb  rubber industry is
                                       51

-------
shipped containing an inhibitor.   Prior to processing, the inhibitor is

scrubbed from the butadiene using a strong caustic solution.   The caustic

soda picks up the inhibitor and eventually must be purged from the system

as a waste discharge.  This effluent has an extremely low average flow

rate with high pH, alkalinity, and color (reddish-purple).

     Liquid effluents generated in typical emulsion crumb and solution

crumb rubber plants are summarized in table 4.   Figure 3 is a simplified

process flow diagram of an emulsion crumb rubber "production facility

showing potential sources of liquid effluent.
         Table 4.  Typical characteristics of process effluents from
         	emulsion crumb and solution crumb rubber plants	
 Effluent type
 Flow
 (gpm)
 COD
(mg/1)
 BOD
(mg/1)
Suspended
  solids
  (mg/1)
 Oil
(mg/1)
Other
(mg/1)
 Emulsion crumb8
 rubber processes
 Monomer recovery

 Coagulation
 overflow
 Crumb dewatering
 Caustic inhibitor
 scrubbing


 Solution crumb
 rubber processes
 Solvent monomer
 recovery

 Crumb rinse
 Caustic inhibitor
 scrubbing
  117


  260
1,170
   376


   456

   654


28,000
  62
  44
    16
   647
  20


  35

 266
   80

  300
   461
          1,030
               8

             447
                            16,200(TDS)
                                             72,000(alka-
                                             li nity as
                                             CaC03)
                                         52(TOC)
 0.25   98,000
 ?For plant producing 45,600 Ib/hr of emulsion SBR  (styrene-butadiene  rubber).
  For a plant producing 29,000  Ib/hr of solution  PER  (polybutadiene  rubber).
                                      52

-------
                                                    o
                                                    
53

-------
      Owing  to differences  in  the  size  of typical  plants  as  well  as  the
 form of the final  product,  the  latex rubber  industry  can best  be discussed
 separately  from the  crumb  rubber  industry.   Since crumb  rubber is not the
 final  product of this  industry, crumb  coagulation and dewatering effluents
 are not generated.   The  principal  liquid effluents from  latex  rubber plants
 are generated by:
      •Monomer removal;
      •Equipment cleanout;
      •Area  washdown.
      Because the polymerization reaction is  taken almost to completion,
'recovery of excess monomer is not practiced  in  latex  plants.   However,
 in the interests of  product quality, excess  monomer is removed from the
 latex prior to shipment.   This  is usually done  by vacuum stripping, or
 steam stripping, or  a  combination of both.   Steam jet-barometric condenser
 systems are commonly used  in  the  stripping operation. The  stripped monomer
 and condensate mixture is  either  discharged  directly  or  decanted, resulting
 in an effluent water layer.  In either case  the effluent contains dissolved
 and separable organics and can  be characterized by COD,  BOD, and oil and
 grease.
      Due to shorter  production  runs and multiproduct-processing operations,
 more equipment cleaning  occurs  in latex plants  than in crumb rubber
 facilities.  Typically,  tankage,  reactors, and  stripping units are  by
 spray and rinse-out  procedures.   Similarily, shipment equipment, such as
 railroad tank cars and road tank  trucks, are cleaned  frequently, usually
 by rinsing  with large  volumes of  water.  The effluents produced by  these
 cleaning operations  contain dissolved  organics  and suspended and dissolved
 solids.  Latex contamination, with its associated milky  color, is in-
 variably present.
      Area washdowns  are more  common  in this  industry  than in crumb  rubber
 plants and  occur predominantly  in polymerization, blending, and shipping
 areas.  The contaminants are  similar  to those of cleanout effluents and
 can be characterized by COD,  BOD, and  suspended solids.
      Latex plants using inhibited butadiene  monomer frequently generate
 the low-volume caustic scrubber waste  with characteristics  and flow rates
 comparable to those  described above  for crumb plants.
                                        54

-------
Latex-based Fabricated Products
     Although the product types manufactured by this industry are diverse,
two segments of the industry use the majority of the latex consumed by the
whole industry and consequently are the most significant:
     •Dipped goods;
     •Latex foam.
Process effluents from dipped goods manufacture are generated in the
following operations and plant areas:
     •Product washing, cooling, and rinsing;
     •Form cleaning;
     •Tankage cleanout;
     •Area washdown.
     Prior to curing, the dipped goods, still on the forms, are washed to
remove soluble constituents from the rubber.- After curing, the rubber
items are cooled in a cooling tank and removed from the forms.  Frequently
a detergent solution is used to facilitate the removal.  The Items are
then rinsed prior to drying, packaging, and final shipment.  The effluents
from the washing step, cooling tank, and rinsing operations contain
dissolved organics and suspended and dissolved solids, and can.be character-
ized by COD, BOD, and low suspended solids.
     Periodically it is necessary to clean the forms to remove accumulated
rubber deposits.  Procelain forms can be cleaned in a chromic acid bath
and then rinsed clean.  Such rinse waters contain hexavalent chrome which
generally requires removal prior to discharge.  The other common cleaning
method is simple scrubbing with cleaning agents or detergents followed by
rinsing.  The rinse water usually contain surfactants or suspended solids.
In most cases, regardless of the cleaning method, the rinse waters carry
suspended and dissolved solids and can be characterized by COD, suspended
solids, and surfactants or hexavalent chrome.
     Because of short production runs and the general nature of the
industry, tank cleaning is common.  Normally, simple rinsing techniques
are used and the resulting wastewaters contain dissolved organics and
suspended and dissolved solids.  Rinse waters are usually laden with latex
solids and exhibit a milky color.  Such effuents can be characterized by
COD, BOD, and suspended solids.
                                      55

-------
     Area washdowns are common to the industry and occur most frequently
in the storage and dipping areas.  The most significant contaminant is
latex solids.  COD, BOD, and suspended solids are the principal character-
istics of the washdown effluent.
     The effluents generated by the latex foam industry have higher flow
and loadings than those produced by depped goods manufacture.  In addition
foam product rinse waters generally contain zinc.  The zinc originates from
the gelling agent mixture which is added to the latex foam prior to the
curing step and is instrumental in the curing reaction.  The zinc laden
rinse water requires zinc removal prior to discharge.  Other constituents
of the rinse effluent are dissolved organics, and suspended and dissolved
solids.  The rinse water can be,  therefore, characterized by COD, BOD,
suspended solids, and zinc.
     Liquid effluents potentially discharged by typical dipped goods and
foam-manufacturing facilities are summarized in table 5.

Utility Effluents
     Like most manufacturing industries, the rubber industry uses cooling
water, steam, and treated water.   The effluents produced by such service
facilities, termed here utility effluents, include;
     •Water treatment wastes;
     •Boiler blowdowns;
     •Steam condensate;
     •Cooling-tower blowdown;
     •Once-through cooling water.
Since the above effluents are not unique to the rubber industry, it is
not necessary to describe them at length.  Table 6 is a brief description
of the characteristics commonly found in utility effluents.
     Once-through cooling waters are discharged directly and contribute
high flows together with residual quantities of treatment chemicals.
Cooling tower blowdowns, on the other hand, have lower flows and
potentially contain higher levels of treatment chemicals.  Additional
contaminant loadings can be present in both once-through cooling water
                                       56

-------
     Table 5.  Typical characteristics of process effluents from latex-
                    dipped goods and latex foam plants
Effluent
type
Flow
(gpm)
COD
(mq/1)
BOD
(mg/l)
Suspended
solids
(mg/l )
Surfac-
tants
(mg/l)
Zinc
(mg/l)
Latex-dipping
processes
Spills, leaks, wash-
down, and runoff
from latex-handling
areas
Product wash anda
rinse water (single
wash)
Product wash and
rinse water (multi-
ple wash)

Latex foam-manufac-
turing processes
Foam rinse waters

Spills, leaks, wash-c
downs, and runoff
from latex-handling
areas
34    176



63    108
133
 24
                         3,900
78
60  13,230   4,900
10  29,180   3,620
           7,000
           1,200
          25
975
                  33
?For a plant consuming 9,500 Ib/day of latex solids.
Tor a plant consuming 2,000 Ib/day of latex solids.
 For a plant consuming 200,000 Ib/day of latex solids.
  and cool ing-tower-system discharges if process  or lubricating  materials

  are allowed to enter the systems.
       Boiler blowdowns are generally low-flow effluents,  characterized

  by dissolved solids and high temperature and sometimes  alkalinity.

  Associated with steam-generating operations  are the boiler feed water-

  treatment facilities.  Depending on the characteristics  of the supply

  water and the type of boiler equipment, water treatment  effluents can
  include clarification solids, softening regenerants, and deionization

  backwashes.

       In addition, the synthetic rubber industry and latex-consuming

  industries consume treated water in preparation of latex rubber

  emulsions and blends.
                                        57

-------
                       Table 6.  Summary of utility effluents
          Source
  Effluent Type
  Common characteristics
  Water treatment wastes
    Clarification


    Lime softening

    Zeolite softening


    Deionization


  Boiler blowdown

  Steam condensate
Clarifier and filler
  solids

Clarifier solids

Brine regeneration-
  tion

Acid/Alkali regenera-
  tion

Blowdown
Waste or nonreturned
  condensate
  Cooling-tower blowdown     Blowdown
  Cooling water
Once-through water
Suspended solids, coagu-
  lation aids, pH

Suspended solids, high pH
Dissolved sol ids


Acidity, alkalinity, pH
Dissolve solids, tempera-
  ture

Process contaminants,
  temperature

Suspended and dissolved
  solids, chromium,
  zinc, COD, process
  contaminants

Process contaminants
Laboratory Effluents

     Most manufacturing facilities in the rubber industry have laboratory

operations for product quality control  and raw material  assay purposes.
The liquid effluents generated by such facilities generally have low

volumes but potentially can contain corrosive, toxic, or explosive

constituents.  In some instances where process effluents are not
appreciable in both flow and concentration, laboratory wastes can

contribute a significant proportion of the total organic loading from
the plant.

                               REFERENCES


1.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Development Document for
    Effluent Limitations Guidelines and New Source Performance Standards
    for the Tire and Synthetic Segment of the Rubber Processing Point
    Source Category," Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

2.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Development Document for
    Effluent Limitations Guidelines and New Source Performance Standards
    for the Fabricated and Reclaimed Rubber Segments of the Rubber
    Processing Point Source Category," Government Printing Office,
    Washington, D.C.
                                      58

-------
DISCUSSION

OBSERVER:  Can you tell us if, from your experience, you have any opirtion
     of any specific organic chemicals in tires that would be toxic in
     the water?
DR. DAY:  My experience with the rubber industry has involved study of gross
     pollution parameters only, such as BOD, oil, grease, and suspended
     solids, and not toxic materials in detail.  Therefore, I -feel
     I am not qualified to discuss the toxic nature of ,some of the com-
     pounds experienced in the rubber industry.  This is a separate type
     of study that would be required.  I am sorry I cannot help you.
MR. ROBERT C. NILES  (Uniroyal, Inc., Middlebury, Conn.):  I would like
     to add a postscript to Dr. Day's presentation.  Many of you may be
     aware that Public Law 92.500, Section 515, established the Effluent
     Standards and Water Quality Information and Advisory Committee,
     of which Dr. Martha Sager is chairman.  This committee recommended
     to EPA very early in the phase of developing effluent guidelines
     in industry that the matrtfc model system should be considered.  The
     Rubber Manufacturers Association contracted with the Industrial
                                                       i
     Water Quality Management, the Center for Industrial Water Quality
     of Vanderbilt University, to develop the matrix model for tire plants.
     This study has just been completed this week, and if any of you are
     interested and would like, a copy, you may contact Mr. Frank Ryan
     of the RMA office in Washington to secure a copy.  The significant
     aspect of the study indicated that perhaps the industry should be
     divided into two categories, those plants built after 1945 and those
     built prior to 1945.  It was also indicated that there was a substantial
     difference between the 30 days' average and the daily maximum value
     of the perimeter study.  If any one is interested, Dr. James H. Clark
     from Vanderbilt is here, and I am sure he will be pleased to discuss
     with you the ramifications of this study.
                                        59

-------
                    SECONDARY TREATMENT OF WASTEWATER
                     FROM SYNTHETIC RUBBER PRODUCTION
                           Frederick G. Troppe*

Abstract
     Secondary treatment of wastes generated from synthetic rubber produc-
tion was studied for a 9-month period.   Its design criteria were flow of
3.55 MGPD and. effluent reductions of BOD^ by 90 percent and suspended sol-
ids by 95 percent to 7 mg/l and 10 mg/l respectively.  Average reductions
of 84.2 percent for 'BOD, and. 85.2 percent for suspended solids were achiev-
ed.
     The treatment processes included neutralization, coagulation, floccu-
lation, primary clarification, biological treatment, final clarification,
and sludge impoundment.  Dissolved air floatation aids clarification, while
aeration provides biological treatment.  Raw wastewater was characterized
by the presence of salt brine, dilute acid wastes, boiler blowdown, dilute
latex, and coagulated rubber solids.  Influent concentrations were:  BOD,.,
                                                                        a
72 mg/l; COD, 447 mg/l; suspended solids, 197 mg/l.
     Of the total project cost in excess of $2,000,000, approximately 25
percent was utilized to segregate process wastewater from storm water.  The
average costs for operation, maintenance, and depreciation were $0.50 per
1,000 gallons of wastewater treated.

                               INTRODUCTION
     Each and every time an industrial  process uses any portion of its en-
vironment, whether it be air, water, or land, that process inherently gen-
erates a waste load that must be returned to a respective disposal site.
Ideally, this waste load is returned to the environment with minimal effects,
at least within the assimilative capacity of its disposal site.
     The manufacture of synthetic rubber offers no exception to this use-
disposal scheme.  It is estimated from our studies that for each long ton
of rubber produced, 4,500 gallons of water-use are required.  Since daily
     *Project Engineer—Environmental, The Firestone Tire and Rubber Company,
Akron, Ohio.
                                     60

-------
production at the Firestone Plant In Lake Charles,  Louisiana,  1s  about 800
long tons, the magnitude of Its effluent treatment  needs is  immediately
felt.  Of the 3.55 million gallons per day of wastewater, approximately 85
percent is generated by the emulsion polymerization process.   Wastewater
Incident to solution polymerization is significantly less because polymeri-
zation occurs 1n a solvent medium instead of 1n a water emulsion, thus elim-
inating the coagulation step in the process.  A majority of the water usage
is Indirect such as in power utility and noncontact cooling.
     In light of anticipated effluent guidelines, this  development study to
treat the plant's effluent was undertaken because it represented  a recog-
nized, potential effluent problem.  Since no previously tried  or  proven
technology for the treatment of wastewater from the synthetic  rubber pro-
duction had existed, partial sponsorship was received from the Federal En-
vironmental Protection Agency under demonstration grant no.  12110GLP.  Its
objective was to demonstrate the feasibility of treating a synthetic rubber
wastewater using the various staged techniques of neutralization, chemical
coagulation and flocculation, primary and secondary clarification, and bio-
logical treatment.  The economics and efficiency of this treatment system
would be reflected in:
     a)   The utility of dissolved air flotation clarification for suspend-
          ed solids removal;
     b)   The successful removal of 90 percent BODg and 95 percent suspend-
          ed solids;
     c)   The BODg and COD removals via completely  mixed aerated  lagoon
          with 1-day retention;
     d)   The capital, operating, and maintenance costs incurred.
     Similar prbduction facilities and manufacturing techniques would pro-
duce similar wastes.  However, dissimilar disposal  sites would dictate radi-
cally different effluent limitations.  In order to  find a flexible, long-
range solution to the problem, only an expandable,  parameter-withdrawal
technology was considered to be a logical approach.

                BACKGROUND AND THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS
     Since the treatment of synthetic rubber wastewater requires  numerous
separation techniques and physicochemical processes,  it  follows accordingly
                                     61

-------
that the fundamentals of colloids,  chemical  coagulation,  flotation,  and bio-
oxidation via aeration must be applied.

Colloids
     Most materials in a suspended  or colloidal  form cannot be removed by
mere settling.  Exhibiting large surface area-to-volume ratios, colloids
cannot be separated by conventional physical treatment methods.  However,
surface phenomena, e.g., adsorption, electrostatics, provide the rate-con-
trolling mechanisms for particle growth  and removal.
     Colloids can be hydrophilic, surrounded by  a water layer hindering
contact and aggregation with other  colloidal particles, or they can  be hy-
drophobic, maintaining stability by the  mutual repulsion of similarly
charged colloids.  In both cases, an overall condition of electroneutrality
must be satisfied.  A hydrophilic particle derives its charge by ionization,
being dependent on the pH of the medium; whereas the hydrophobic particle
is charged by localizing excess electrical charges and attracting counter-
ions to create an electrical double layer.
     The electrostatic potential at the  shear surface of the double  layer
is called the zeta potential; its magnitude directly affects the stability
of the colloid.  The dispersion of a colloid remains stable as long  as the
zeta potential exceeds the value from contributions of gravitational and
van der Waals forces.  Once this condition is reversed, the colloid  is de-
stabilized and aggregation can occur.  If solvation of hydrophilic colloid
is weak, destabilization is accomplished by neutralization and adjustment of
the pH to the isoelectric point where no net charge or double layer  exists.
     According to the Schulze-Hardy rule, the ion used to destabilize a col-
loid is most effective if it is trivalent and to a lesser degree a bivalent
ion.  Coagulants of a trivalent nature,  i.e., iron III and aluminum  III,
can effect chemical coagulation successfully if a proper pH allows a suffi-
ciently high concentration of metal ions to precipitate hydroxides.   The
hydroxide floe formed sweeps the dispersion together and entraps particles
in the floe.
     Various polyelectrolytes, activated silica, and bentonite promote and
enhance coagulation by chemically bridging the occluded particles with the
floe.
                                     62

-------
Flotation
     Once the particles have been conditioned for destabilizatton .and aggre-
gation begins, the floe solids have three response choices possible within
the medium:  settling by gravity, remaining in suspension, or floating to
the surface.  Since all three will be present to some degree, it is logical
to force all solids to the surface by flotation.  There are" tfiree basic
types of dissolved air flotation systems:  1) pressurization of the total
influent liquid, 2) pressurization of part of the influent stream, and 3)
reci'rculation and pressurization of a clarified effluent fraction.
                            *•
     In this last case, a portion of the clarified effluent is pressurized,
e;g., 40-65 psig, with sufficient air to approach saturation.  When this
portion is combined with the bulk liquid, micron-sized air bubbles are re-
leased because the solubility of air in water varies directly with pressure,
solubility being inversely proportional to temperature.  The air bubbles
become occluded within the floe particles or adhere to the suspended solids,
buoying them to the surface.
     Solid-liquid separation by flotation is governed by Stokes1 Law:

                      g"2
                  v-	                               (1)
                         18y
     The density difference of the air-solid particle versus the liquid med-
ium provides the driving force.  Because of convention, the velocity is neg-
ative if the particle is floated.
     For a given temperature, the theoretical quantity of air released when
pressurized and then reduced to atmospheric pressure may be calculated from:
                  s
  (f Pa)
a  14.7
- 1                               (2)
                                            o
where     s    =  amount of air released, cm /I
                                                            3
          sa   =  air saturation at atmospheric  pressure,  cm/1
          Pa   =  absolute pressure, Ib/ifl.
          f    =  fraction of saturation attained.
     The actual amount of air released depends upon the turbulent mixing
conditions and design of the pressurization system.  This, in turn,  will
                                      63

-------
reflect the performance of a flotation unit by relating the mass  of air re-
leased per unit mass of solids in the influent liquid.   An air/solids  ratio
can be calculated, directly by the following equation (ref. 1):
               A    _  CsaR(f P-l)                          (3)
               s    -  -^

where          C    =  air density, mg/cm
               R    =  pressurized volume, liters/day
               P    =  absolute pressure, atm
               Q    =  waste flowrate, liters/day
               Sa   =  influent suspended solids, mg/1
                a
     There naturally will exist a practical limit for an air/solid ratio,
above which turbulence destroys floe formation and decreases removal effi-
ciency.

Biological Oxidation
     Biological wastewater treatments are natural, spontaneous,  self-purify-
1nq processes that will proceed under specific and controlled conditions.
there are two basic processes that remove organic matter from wastewater
via oxidation and cell Synthesis.
     Organic matter + 02 + NH3 (cells)  New Cells + C02 + H20       (4)
    N Cells + 02  	1	       » C02 + H20 + NH3             (5)
Under aerobic conditions, microorganisms use dissolved oxygen as a respir-
able food to fuel its conversion of organic wastes Into cellular matter.
If there exists a low food-to-microorganism ratio, endogenous metabolism
occurs.  As a result the amount of cellular matter consumed is also affect-
                                                 i
ed by the average sludge age and waste characteristics such as toxicity.
     Almost all mathematical models proposed show that at high BOD,- levels
the rate of BODg removal per unit of active biological sludge remains con-
stant to a limiting concentration.  Below this level, the rate becomes con-
centration-dependent and will decrease.  The overall removal rate will fol-
low first- or second-order kinetics, depending on the substrate mixture.
                                      64

-------
               ^-5k=kL                                   (6)
               Xa dt
and
               Xa dt
                a
                                                            (7)
where:         a  =  volatile suspended solids synthesized per unit of BODg
                     removed, mg VVS /mg BODr
               k  =  substrate removal rate coefficient (or sludge growth
                     rate), 1/mg per hour
               Le =  Effluent BODg, mg/1
               LQ =  Influent BODg, mg/1
               t  =  aeration time, hours
               Xa =  concentration of biological volatile solids, mg/1.
                Q
Integrating (6), it becomes

          r^ = exp (-k Xa t)                                (8)
           o
and (7) becomes

          kL =  S    e
                 a
or rearranging and solving for "k,"
              L« - L
          k =
               o "  e .                                      (10)
     The data from most completely mixed systems in which the effluent BOD,.
concentration is low can be correlated according to equation (9).  The re-
moval rate coefficient is temperature dependent, as shown by equation (11)
(ref. 1).
          kT = k2QOC • e exp (T-20)                         (11)
where:    0  =  experimental temperature coefficient
          T  =  temperature °C.
     The sludge yield from a biological treatment system can be estimated
from the following relationship (ref. 1).
                                     65

-------
where:    Xy  = sludge yield, mg/1
          X   = average MLVSS 1n system, mg/1/day
          9.   = cell yield coefficient, mg SS/mg BODrl
          L   = BODg removed, mg/1                  ~~
          SQ  = Influent VSS, mg/1.
     Sludge yield from biological oxidation may vary for several  reasons.
The "k" rate in the BODg test may vary, depending on the characteristics of
the waste and the microorganisms.  Also, variations in the volatile suspend-
ed-solids content of the influent wastewater will influence the sludge
yield.  Probably most important to most industrial wastes is that the rates
and concentrations of the influent streams may change markedly during the
course of the measurement period.
     In practice, biooxidatlon would be accomplished in an aerated lagoon,
which is a waste stabilization pond, typically 6 to 18 feet in depth,
outfitted with mechanical surface aerators to provide oxygen transfer
through the air-11quid interface.  Oxygen is needed for biooxidation as re-
flected in BOD removal.  It has the advantage of not being very sensitive
to wide system variations and, therefore, does not require extremely close
control of temperature, pH, and organic loading.
     Its full potential might be realized if sufficient aeration equipment
could be installed to keep the system completely mixed so as to satisfy the
necessary 0« requirements.  Often, a turbulence level is maintained only to
ensure oxygen throughout the basin.  Most inert solids and nonoxidized bio-
sol Ids will settle to the bottom and undergo an aerobic decomposition.  If
the turbulence level is sufficient to maintain solids in suspension, the
system becomes analogous to an activated sludge process.
     Since the level of active biosollds is low in an aerated lagoon, BODg
removal becomes primarily a function of retention time, temperature, and
the nature of the waste.  At equilibrium a small fraction of BOD will re-
main because autooxidation will continue to release back into solution some
minimum level of cellular breakdown products.

                           PROCESS DEVELOPMENT
     Long before the choice of a treatment system can be made, a sound and
detailed definition of the problem must be made.  This will pinpoint any
                                     66

-------
meaningful design criteria.  The Intent Is to develop an expandable technol-
ogy permitting parameter withdrawal in step-wise fashion.'  This method
should allow a greater degree of contaminant removal  based on the existing
quality of the receiving body of water; the quality of effluent being dis-
charged to a sanitary sewer system need not be treated as extensively as
that being discharged to a surface stream.  In the case of wastewater treat-
ment, flow and waste characterization present but two fundamental questions
of how big and to what extent treatment must be.
     Each of the following steps was specifically taken by the plant to un-
cover any extraordinary requirements, and corresponding conclusions were
drawn.
     (1)  A weir was constructed for flow measurement; because of wide fluc-
          tuations due to storm runoff, 1t was prudent to separate process
          wastes from storm water.
     (2)  Composite sampling and analysis of the plant's raw wastewater was
          conducted; the wastewater parameters that are consistent with syn-
          thetic rubber production are suspended solids, biochemical oxygen
          demand, chemical oxygen demand, and oil and grease.
     (3)  Jar tests were conducted to survey possible chemical treatment;
          anibnic polyelectrolytes of medium charge and high molecular
          weight are the most effective flocculents at the 0.25-1.0 mg/1
          level and alum, the primary coagulant, at a 30-150 mg/1 level.
     (4)  Bench-scale air flotation tests (figure 1)  were run as a primary
          solids removal technique; pretreatment with coagulants and floc-
          culents is required.  A .maximum recycle pressure of 50 psig for
          air-bubble formation gave good clarification.  Higher pressures
          showed no improvement, while lower pressures produced too large
          bubbles.  A BODg removal of 28 percent suggested that the BOD was
          dissolved, thus requiring bio-'oxidation.
     (5)  Air flotation was run as a secondary solids removal technique
          conjunction with bio-oxidation (figure 2);  again it is noted that
          a flocculent aid is required for effective  clarification.
     Once that it was determined that suspended solids could be removed ef-
fectively by air flotation, it was simultaneously learned that BOD was dis-
solved, thus requiring bio-oxidation for its  removal.
                                     67

-------
    COAGULATION
       TANK  ,	
FEED

PUMP
           -ALUM
t
          ANIONIC POLYELECTROLYTE


                       I     I    I
                  FLOCCULATION
                     -TANK
n             RELEASE
               VALVE

   RAW w"ASTE
FLOW RECORDER

 AIR ROTAMETER

           AIR



_J
SHOP



fi*-
0 (
-+— ! 	 ! 	 ! 	 ' 	 J-"
1 I LAMEL
1 ! r
a! [
)
1~7
ly
K-
                   PILOT AIR FLOTATION UNIT
 SLUDGE
•CLARIFIED
 EFFLUENT
                               RECYCLE
                                 PUMP
                      PRESSURE
                      RETENTION
                        TANK
              Figure 1.   Air flotation  unit.
    AIR
                AIR-LIQUID
                INTERFACE
         AIR,
   PRE-SATURATION
      CHAMBER
                                     -SLIDING  BAFFLE
                                        -ADJUSTABLE OVERFLOW TUBE
                                        -CLARIFICATION CHAMBER
INFLUENT
  FEED
 VESSEL
 AERATION.
 CHAMBER
       AIR  DIFFUSER
                      BIO-OXIDATION UNIT
f
UNIT
*
FILTER



                                                         EFFLUENT
                                                       COLLECTION
                                                          VESSEL
        Figure 2.   Laboratory bio-oxidation  unit.
                                 68

-------
      In order to determine the biodegradability of the combined wastewater,
 composite wastewater samples were tested to affix toxicity, nutrient re,-.
 quirements for biological stabilization, oxygen requirements, oxygen uptake
 rates  at various organic loadings, BODg loading ratio, and retention time
 necessary during aeration.
      Mixtures of wastewater and activated sludge from a sewage treatment
 plant were aerated with a gradual concentration increase of plant waste-
 water over a 2-week period until 100 percent of the wastewater under aera-
 tion  was plant wastewater exclusively.  The acclimated organisms were used
 as seed material in five 2-liter aerated lagoon units, each equipped with
 mi xers.
      Nutrient fortification of the wastewater was stopped once analysis
 showed that sufficient amounts of nutrients were Inherently present already.
      Wastewater was continuously fed Into laboratory units, varying reten-
 tion  times between 1 and 5 days and temperatures between 5° C and 15° C.
 A Warburg respirometer measured typical oxygen uptake rates of 2.6 mg/1 per
 hour  and would have indicated the presence of toxic materials if they in
 fact  had been present.
      Other results concluded that (1) retention times of more than 1 day
 could lead to underloading and autooxidation, (2) loading ratios from 0.20
-to 0.50 pounds BOD,, per pound of mixed liquor suspended solids (MLSS) per
 day provided excellent effluent quality (figure 3), and (3) a BODg removal
 of 90 percent was possible using a completely mixed aerated lagoon (figure
 4).
      However, coincident with this BODg reduction was a three-to-five-fold
 Increase in suspended solids during biological oxidation.
      Once the choice of a dissolved air flotation system is made, six major
 variables must be studied and, if possible, optimized.  These are:  (1)
 chemical feed rates; (2) a1r/sol1ds ratio; (3) retention time; (4) recycle
 ratio; (5) pressurization of recycle stream; and (6) loading rate.  Meaning-
 ful answers for each of these categories require the-use of a pilot unit;
 the one chosen offered a 15-gpm capability.
      An optimum chemical feed rate will produce some level of clarity.  Ex-
 cesses increase turbidity, while a lower rate reduces suspended solids
                                    69

-------
       WEEKLY  AVERAGES FOR MARCH-JUNE, 1972
               0.6
   80D5        '
 REMOVAL
( MG/L BODr/DAY/
  MG/L ML SB)
               0.2
               0.0
                                                       = 0.862
                  0.0        0.2        0.4        0.6        0.8
                        BOD5LOADING (MG/L B005/ DAY/MG/L ML SS)
1.0
      Figure 3.  BODg removal vs.  BODg loading for aerated  lagoon.

 removal.-:A1urn dosages of 30-150 mg/1  and flocculent aid dosages of 0.25-1.0
 mg/1 offered the ranges to be tried and optimized 1n the fullscale unit.
     An a1r/solfds ratio represents a  potential  to float all of the sus-
 pended matter.  Excess air may, In some cases, adversely affect effluent
 quality.  With wide fluctuations of Influent solids, an air/solids ratio
 must also vary accordingly.  For a recycle rate of 33-1/3 percent and a
 loading rate of 5.0 gpm/ft2 , an average ratio of,0.114 Ib  air/lb solids
 was used during pilot trials.
     The retention times 1n the pressurlzatlon system and 1n the flotation
 unit must be balanced.  While a long retention time Insures maximum air
 saturation and flotation of partie|»s  with low separation velocities, ex-
 cess retention time limits air-bubble  life and permits float dissociation.
     Recycle rate of 20 percent gave consistent good restrlts, but,
-------
          WEEKLY AVERAGES FOR  MARCH- JUNE 1972
                  0.7
                  0.5
         BOD5
        REMOVAL
  (MG/L BOD5/DAY/
      MG/L MLSS)
                  0.3
                 0.0
                                                  SLOPE =
oo
                                     468
                                EFFLUENT BOD^  (MG/L)
       Figure 4.   BODg removal vs. effluent BODfi - removal rate
                  coefficient for aerated lagoon.
pressures being limited by economics and tolerated to the point where bub-
ble size and turbulence are controlled, usually within the 40-60 pslg range.
    -In order to Increase the  loading rates without producing turbulent
flow/ the use of lamels (parallel vertical baffles) produced two specific
effects; a reduction  1n turbulence and backmixing, and a surface quieting
where particles can rise for skimming without excessive Interference caused
by flow across the unit.
     The lamel concept is based on the dimenslonless Reynolds Number:
                         4RhG
                    NRe
This relates  mass  velocity, G, 1n an open channel to its hydraulic radius,
Rh, and the viscosity, y, of the liquid.
     This  is  accomplished by choosing a NRe < 2000 and assuming the visco-
sity to be constant, leaving only the variables of mass velocity and hy-
                                    71

-------
      PERCENT
     SUSPENDED
      SOLIDS
     REMOVAL
                        O  6.0 pH WASTEWATER
                                  5-27-70
                        A8.OpH  WASTEWATER
                                   4-14-70
                               20        3a       40
                                    PERCENT RECYCLE RATE
    Figure  5.   Percent suspended solids removal  vs.  percent  recycle
               rate for pilot air flotation clarifier.
draulic radius.   By dividing the flotation chamber into a series  of  narrow
channels called  lamels, dramatic increases in the loading rate  (mass  velo-
city) can be  realized  (ref. 2).
     Each step of the  treatment process would add a chemical  to coagulate
or condition  the suspended solids to a point where it could be  segregated
or isolated from the mainstream of the wastewater flow.  However, any treat-
ment process, such as  chemical coagulation with biooxidation, is  one of dis-
placement, i.e., the contaminants are isolated from the water stream but
now become a  solid waste disposal problem (figure 6).  As an example, at a
                         2
loading rate  of  5.0 gpm/ft  and a recycle rate of 33-1/3 percent, sludge
rates averaged 0.28 gpm.  Average concentration of the sludge was 4.11  per-
cent total solids by weight and 42.3 percent volatile content based  on dry
solids content.   Sludge total solids varied between 1.47 and 7.43 percent.
By extending  these numbers, a full-scale primary unit would generate a
projected sludge of 25,375 gallons/day or 4^ tons dry solids/day. The
                                    72

-------
          "A* a "B" FOR AERATED LAGOON FOR MARCH - JUNE , 1972
                  0.6
            SLUDGE  °4
            YIELD
          (MG/LVSSp/
          DAY/MG/L
           MLVSS)
                   0.2
                  0.0
-SLOPE*
0.447. "A"
                      Y - INTERCEPT * O.O84 • *B'
                     0.6        O.7         O.8        O.9        1.0
                          BOD5 REMOVAL (MG/L BODr /DAY/MG/L MLVSS)
       Figure 6.  Sludge yield vs. BOD removal - determination  of
                  Biological oxidation constants.
sludge generated from this treatment can take many steps as  simple  screen
drying, centrifugation, vacuum filtration, and pressure filtration.
     The first attempt by means of a sludge drying bed accomplished a  mini-
mal amount of dewatering; however, it proved to be unsuccessful  due to
sludge stratification and screen blinding in a short period  of time.   Under
ordinary circumstances, centrifugation would have offered a  viable  solution;
however, in the case of suspended rubber solids where the sludge is  actually
lighter than water, effective separation could not be obtained.   There are
also other inherent plugging problems with rubber particles.   Vacuum filtra-
tion using a rotary drum offered little further improvement,  for filtration
rates were extremely slow.
     Pressure filtration, however, was considered to have shown  the most
promise because relatively dry filter cake of 50-65 percent  solids  could be
obtained.  Typical conditions for a horizontal plate and frame filter  indi-
                                     73

-------
  EMERGENCY
  SPILL BASIN
TEMPORARY
SLUDGE STORAGE
  FINAL
EFFLUENT
            COMBINED SLUDGE
                                                       AERATED
                                                        LAGOON
                                                      SLUDG
                                                    IMPOUNDMENT
                                             PRESSURE
                                            RETENTION
                                               TANKS
                                           ALUM
                                           COAGULATION
                                           TANK
      RAW
   WASTEWATER
   CAT. POLYMER
    FEED TANK
                                    ANIONIC      Hgl &
                                    POLYELECTROLYTE 1*1
                                    MAKE-UP TANKS
                                                               AERATORS
                                          O-SAMPLE POINT
               FEED TANKS
   ALUM FEED
     TANK
               Figure  7.   Flow diagram of treatment plant.

cate that a sludge of  50  percent  dry  solids could be obtained on a 1.5-hour
filtering cycle with 225  psi  as its terminal filtration pressure.  Because
of its low operating costs,  the filter-capacity-expansion high capital cost
of pressure filtration was small  considered over a long useful operating
life.

                           TREATMENT  FACILITIES
     The general flow  pattern of  this treatment process is shown in figure 7,
Description of the various stages begins with  the raw wastewater flow
through the bar screen, and pH adjustment follows just prior to alum coagu-
lation of the suspended solids (figure 8).  A  cationic polyelectrolyte is
added separate from the alum to avoid inhibiting mass transfer.  The coagu-
lation tank is divided into three compartments by baffles.  Mixing is
                                     74

-------
         ALUM
            COAGULANT
            AID
                  POLYELECTROLYTE
                                                       CLARIFIED
                                                       EFFLUENT
                                                       COMPARTMENT
FLASH
 MIX
TANK
                ALUM
                 MIX
                TANK
                                    CLARIFIED
                                    EFFLUENT
                  FLOC-FORMER
                  COMPARTMENT
                                            FLOTATION -
                                            COMPARTMENT
                                               RECYCLE
                                                PUMP
                                    PRESSURE
                                    RETENTION
                                      TANK
                                         RECIRCULATION
               Figure 8.  Primary air-flotation clarifier.
necessary 1n the first sectton, quiescence in the remaining two to permit the
floe to grow.  Wastewater passes through a flow-measuring box where anionic
polyelectrolyte is added as the wastewater enters a flash-mixing tank.  Flow
then is uniformly distributed  into the floe-former compartment of the pri-
mary flotation clarifier unit.  The primary clarifier effluent is pumped to
the aerated lagoon for biooxidation.  After a 24-hour retention period, the
lagoon effluent is pumped back to the final clarifier where alum is added
en route and cationic polyelectrolyte 1s added within the flow-measuring box.
Anionic polyelectrolyte is Introduced at the flash-mixing tank just prior to
the flow entering the final clarifier via distribution flume.  The final
clarifier effluent is discharged to a concrete-lined trench before leaving
the plant property.
Sampling
     Throughout the plant there are located nine major sampling points.
                                                  Of
                                      75

-------
these, three different sampling methods are used; namely, continual,  auto-
matic composite, and a grab sample on 6-hour intervals  composited over a
24-hour period.  The influent raw water to the bar screen and the final ef-
fluent to the bayou are under composite sampling.  This method is also used
to monitor the effluent from the primary clarifier and  the effluent from the
aeration lagoons.  Grab samples are taken at five locations:   (1) equalized
raw water to mix tank #1, (2) feed to primary clarifier, (3)  feed to final
clarifier, (4) sludge from primary clarifier, and (5) sludge  from final
clarifier.

System Performance
     Problems which interfered with smooth continued operation centered
around the clarifiers with turbulence and sludge accumulation.  High air
suctian from the flash-mixing tank preceding the clarifiers caused turbu-
lence, resulting in floe breakup and required higher-than-anticipated chem-
ical dosages.  Liquid-level controllers have since helped maintain a suf-
                                                          \
fiicient inventory of water and eliminate air suction.
     Sludge would inevitably accumulate in the bottom of the  clarifiers. due
to the continual presence of carbon black and its high  specific gravity'.
Even though both air flotation cTarifiers have bottom sludge  blow-down
headers inside the sludge collection troughs and the sloped floors toward
the trough outlet, downtime for cleanout could not be avoided.  A 6- to
10-hour period using a firehose was needed for a cleanout.
     During the 9-month demonstration period, downtime  was 5.2 percent of
the total operating time for the primary and 4.1 percent for the secondary.
One primary clarifier would always be 100 percent operational because the
dissolved air is also interconnected with the secondary clarifier, allowing
it to function if and when the primary clarifier was down for maintenance
or cleanout.
     Performance shown by table 1 demonstrates the overall removal effic-
iency and effluent discharge concentrations.
     A further comparison can be made by looking at Federal Effluent Guide-
lines (table 2), which relate allowable concentration limits  of character-
istic parameters to raw material usage and/or product output.
                                     76

-------
Table 1.  System performance
Flow - 3.55 MGD

Parameters
PH
Suspended
solids*
BOD
COD
Dissolved
oxygen
Oil & grease
Chromium (+3, +6)
Phenol


Effluent Limit Target
7.1 7.0+0.5 7.0
29 25 10
8 10 7
78 135'
5.2 4.0 (65% of
Saturation)
3.2 7.5 Nil
0.05 0.05 Nil
0.03 0.05 Nil

Percent
Removal
• —
88*
89
84
—
83
100
77
Table 2. Federal EPA effluent guidelines
synthetic rubber production
Parameter
COD
BOD
Suspended
solids
Oil & grease
Actual Guideline limit
f.12 6.38
0.11 0.40
0.45 0.65
0.05 0.16
(mg/1 )
(398)
( 25)
( 40)
( 10)
               77

-------
        WEEKLY AVERAGES OCT. 1971- JUNE 1972
               1200
               1000
  CHEMICAL
   OXYGEN
  DEMAND(MG/L)
80O

600

400

200
                      OCT  NOV  DEC JAN  FEB  MA*  APR  MAY  JUN
                            1971                     1972
        Figure  9.   Influent and effluent chemical  oxygen demand.

     The parameters designated by the EPA for the  synthetic rubber industry
are chemical  oxygen demand (COD), biochemical oxygen  demand (BODg), suspend-
ed solids (SS), and oil and grease.
     Figures  9, 10, and 11 graphically give a broad impression of influent
versus effluent for COD, BOD,-, and SS during the demonstration period, Oct-
ober 1971 -  June 1972.
     Figures  12 and 13 indicate that system performance  is not reflected by
percent solids  removal across each air flotation clarifier.   It must be
remembered that biooxidation occurs between clarifiers reintroducing new
suspended solids that are to be removed during secondary clarification.  A
comparison of chemical usage in each clarifier suggests  an approximately
equal removal of suspended solids  (table 3).  The  scattering  of data sug-
gests the influence of these and other operational variables  as discussed
previously in Theoretical Considerations.
                                    78

-------
              WEEKLY AVERAGES OCT. 1971 - JUNE 1972
          BIOCHEMICAL
           OXYGEN
          DEMAND(MG/L)
                         OCT  NOV DEC JAN  FE8  MAR APR MAY JUN
                              1971                "972
      Figure 10.  Influent and effluent biochemical oxygen demand.

                         FINANCIAL CONSIDERATIONS
     The total cost, including engineering, of this wastewater treatment
facility was $1,472,528.  The engineering costs included survey work, water
testing, pilot plant testing, plans and specifications, quotes and bid pre-
paration, and supervision and inspection of construction.  The increased
costs incurred in excess of those expected for similar facilities were a  re-
sult of (1) the great distances between the aerated lagoon and clarifiers
requiring a lift station, added pumping capability, and two electrical sub-
stations, and (2) anticipated high chemical costs that suggested more exten-
sive instrumentation.
     The total operating and maintenance cost during the 9-month demonstra-
tion period was $367,274, which includes $57,404 for contract sludge dispos-
al.  Since sludge was disposed of by a contractor for only 5% months, the
expected annual cost of sludge disposal, $125,245, was not realized (table
                                     79

-------
         WEEKLY  AVERAGES OCT. 1971- JUNE 1972
SUSPENDED
  SOLIDS
  (MG/.L)
                400
                 300
                 200
                       OCT   NOV  DEC  JAN  FEB  MAR  APR  MAY JUN
                             1971                     1972
           Figure 11.   Influent and effluent suspended solids.

4).  The sludge is  presently being impounded until a more desirable means
of disposal  is  developed.

                        SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
     The wastewater treatment facility at Firestone Synthetic Rubber & Latex
Company's Lake  Charles,  Louisiana, plant was studied for a 9-month period
from October 1, 1971  through June 30, 1972.  The following conclusions were
reached based on the  results of the study presented in this report.
     1.   A  completely  mixed aerated lagoon was an effective and acceptable
means of removing oxygen-consuming pollutants from the wastewater, as shown
by an average BODg removal of 84.2 percent.
     2.   Dissolved air flotation removed 85.2 percent of suspended solids
and was the  only effective method to produce a high-quality effluent.
     3.   Only  chemical  treatment of the wastewater could remove colloidal
materials and provide an effective floe for initial and final dissolved air-
flotation clarification.
                                     80

-------
PERCENT
REMOVAL
 80



 60


 40



 2O
               0           100         20O          300

                   INFLUENT SUSPENDED SOLIDS  (MG/L)
                                                    400
      Figure 12.   Percent removal vs. influent suspended solids
                 for primary clarifier (May  & June, 1972).
PERCENT
REMOVAL
100


 80


 60


 40


 20
                             o  e
                            0
               0           50          100          I5O

                    INFLUENT SUSPENDED SOLIDS  (MG/L)
                                                    200
      Figure 13.   Percent removal vs. influent suspended  solids
                 for secondary  clarifier (May & June, 1972).
                                 81

-------
                       Table 3.   Chemical  feed rates*
. Primary Clarification
Month
1971
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
1972
Jan.
Feb.-
Mar.
Apr.
May
June
Average
Alum

20
44
62
52
20
40
37
29
30
37
Cat.
polymer

4.6
2.6
1.5
0.0
2.8
5.4
4.7
3.6
" 3.6
3.2
An ionic
polymer

0.79
0.76
0.85
0.63
0.73
0.70
0.70
0.61
0.70
0.72
Secondary Clarification
Alum

58
36
58
57
33
29
27
24
34
40
Cat.
polymer

3.8
2.4
1.8
0.0
4.7
4.8
3.8
3.2
3.1
3.1
Anionic
polymer

0.82
0.75
0.89
0.62
0.61
0.57
0.53
•0.49
0.53
0.65
*Data represent daily average concentrations as mg/1 based on total' waste-
water flow.
     4.   Final dissolved air-flotation clarification was required to pro-
duce a high-quality effluent and to prevent sludge autooxidation.
     5.   Turbulence within the chemical coagulant and precipitation treat-
ment system hindered solids removal during clarification and increased the
amount of chemicals required to sustain an effective floe formation.
     6.   Cleaning of the primary clarifier was necessary every 4 to 6
weeks due to the accumulation of solids.  The final clarifier only required
cleaning every 10 to 12 weeks due to the solids concentration of the lag-
oon effluent and to the nature of the effluent solids.  The accumulation of
solids forced the cleaning of the primary clarifier every 4 to 6 weeks; the
final clarifier every 10 to 12 weeks.
                                      82

-------
                        Table 4.  Total annual  costs
Item                                                            Annual  cost
Interest on capital cost of $1,472,528                         $   51,538
Annual operating and maintenance cost                             409,751
Estimated equipment replacement and depreciation                 '147,253

    TOTAL ANNUAL COST                                          $  608,542
    (excluding sludge disposal  costs)
Sludge disposal costs                                          $  125,245

    TOTAL ANNUAL COST                                          $  733,787
    (including sludge disposal  costs)                          	
     7.   Carbon black particles present in the wastewater hindered floe
formation and float stability during air flotation, requiring higher alum
dosages for effective clarification.
     8.   The best environment for effective clarification required a pH
adjustment of the raw wastewater to a 6.5-8.0 range.
     -9.   The average substrate removal rate coefficient (k) was found to
be  0.067 1/mg-day, indicating that the wastewater was amenable to rapid
biological oxidation.
     10.  A retention time of approximately 1 day in the aerated lagoon
produced maximum BOD reductions.  Longer retention times resulted in lower
BOD removals due to relatively low organic loading ratios and sludge auto-
oxidation.
     11.  Sufficient concentrations of nitrogen, phosphorus, and other es-
sential nutrients were present in the wastewater to support biological acti-
vity without supplemental addition.
     12.  The ambient air temperature had little effect >on aerated lagoon
performance.  The relatively short stabilization period and the temperature
of  the.raw wastewater maintained adequate lagoon temperatures for efficient
lagoon operations all year long.
     13.  The average sludge generation was 6.34 gallons/1,000 gaTTohs of
wastewater treated.
                                     83

-------
     A number of problems  Inherent in this  system should  be  considered  in
order to Improve its overall  operation,  namely:   (1)  better  equalization to
improve pH adjustment to effect a reduction in  chemical costs  incident  to
alum coagulation; (2) the  addition of drag-out  equipment  in  the  flotation
compartment of the primary clarifier to  reduce  downtime for  cleanup;  (3)
reinforcement of lagoon walls to prevent erosion; and (4) rectangular shap-
ing of lagoons to develop good mixing, flow, and oxygen-transfer patterns
and to avoid short-circuiting and solids accumulation in  stagnant areas.
     It has been demonstrated that wastewater generated from synthetic  rub-
ber production can be effectively treated using a multifaceted approach,
which includes coagulation, air flotation,  biooxidation,  and sludge  dewater-
ing.

                             ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     Appreciation is expressed to the Environmental  Protection-Agency for
its financial support under demonstration grant no.  12110GLP,  and their per-
sonnel support from Messrs. W. J. Lacey, C. R.  Ris,  G. J. Putnicki,  and J.
W. Field.
     Appreciation is further expressed to Mr. R. A.  Riley, President of the
Firestone Tire & Rubber Company, and to  Mr. J.  R. Laman,  Corporate Manager
of Environmental Engineering, for their  encouragement and administrative
guidance.
     Special gratitude is  given to Messrs.  A. H. King, J. Ogea,  and  J.  W.
Sutton for the actual performance of this development study  and  to other
people of the Firestone Synthetic Rubber & Latex Company, Messrs. T.  E.
Salisbury, J. R. Swenson, M.  W. Carlson, and P. A. Boley, who  were instru-
mental in this project.

                                REFERENCES
1.   W. W. Eckenfelder, Industrial Water Pollution Control,  McGraw-Hill Book
     Co., New York, 1966"::
2.   Hans Lungren, "Recent Advances in Air Flotation Technology," TAPPI
     Sixth Annual Water and Air Conference, Jacksonville, Florida, April
     28-30, 1969.
                                     84

-------
                          SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY

Busch, A.  W., "Biochemical  Oxidation of Process Wastewater," Chemical  En-
     gineering. Vol.  72, No.  5 (March 1, .1965), pp.  71-76.

Busch, A.  W., "Liquid Waste Disposal System Design," Chemical  Engineering,
     Vol.  72, No. 7 (March 29, 1965), pp.  83-86.

Busch, A.  W., "Treatability Versus Oxidizability of  Industrial  Wastes  and
     the Formulation  of Process Design Criteria," Proc.  16th Industrial
     Waste Conference,  Purdue University (1961).

Characklis, W. G., and A. W.  Busch, "Industrial Wastewater  Treatment,"
     Chemical Engineering Deskbook. Vol. 79, No. 10  (May 8, 1972), McGraw-
     Hill, Inc.

Eckenfelder, W. W., "Design Procedures for Wastewater Treatment Processes,"
     Center for Research in Water Resources, University  of  Texas,
     October 1968.

Eckenfelder, W. W., Industrial Water Pollution Control,  McGraw-Hill Book
     Co.,  New York, 1966.
Eckenfelder, W. W., "Principles and Practice of Industrial  Water Treatment,"
     Seminar on Water Pollution Control in the Chemical  Industry.

ForcUJDavis L., "Laboratory Methodology for Developing Biological Treatment
     Information," date of publication unknown.

Geinopolos, Anthony,  and W. J. Katz, "Primary Treatment," Chemical^ Engi-
     neering Deskbook. Vol. 70, No. 22 (October 4, 1968), McGraw-Hill, Inc.

Gloyna, E. F., and I. J. Aquirre, "Designs for Waste Stabilization Ponds
     and Aerated Lagoons," XI AIDIS Congress, Quito, Ecuador,  S.A. (July
     21-29, 1968).

Gloyna, E. F., S. 0.  Brady, and H. Lyles,  "Use of Aerated Lagoons and  Ponds
     in Refinery and  Chemical Waste Treatment," Journal  Water Pollution  Control
     Federation. Vol. 41, No. 3, Part 1 (March 19, 1969), pp.  429-439.

Lungren, Hans, "Air Flotation Purifies Wastewater from Latex Polymer Manu-
     facture," A.I.Ch.E. 65th Annual Meeting, Cleveland, Ohio (May 4-7,  1969).

Lungren, Hans, "Recent Advances in Air Flotation Technology,"  TAPPI Sixth
     Annual Water and Air Conference, Jacksonville,  Florida, April 28-30, 1969.
Ross, R. D. et al., Industrial Waste Disposal. Reinhold  Book Corp., New
     York, 1968.


DISCUSSION

MRS. JAMES H. ANGEL  (Citizens for Land and Water Use, Cleveland Metropolitan

     Area, Cleveland, Ohio):   Are the domestic waste-treatment plants,

     secondary treatment plants, often interrupted by batch doses of pollutants

     that knock out bacterial treatment?  I want to  know if your system  of

     bacterial treatment is susceptible to being interrupted.

                                     85

-------
MR. TROPPE;  By our own batch dose?
MRS. ANGEL;  Yes?
MR. TROPPE;  No. Discharge to the sewage plants would be separate.   Again,
     this 1s the advantage of keeping your storm water and domestic  wastes
     and process wastes separate.  As a case in point, the city of Akron
     has allocated, as we do on our design, separate ducts.   Let us  say
     one of the rubber companies happened to have a "batch dump." Most
     of these guys are conscientious, not unscrupulous; they would call
     up the sewage treatment plant and say, "We just dumped, by accident
     naturally, 500 gallons of latex."  So by the time it gets down  to
     the City of Akron (Treatment Works) they are ready for it.
MRS. ANGEL;  They can sidetrack it?
MR. TROPPE;  Yes, to holding basins for specialized treatment at a later
     time.
MRS. ANGEL;  Why do your bacteria eat each other?  I don't think that they
     do that in domestic waste.  Is it some kind of a monster strain?
MR. TROPPE;  It is a strange love affair, yes.  I didn't quite understand
    - that, but we will have to pursue this further.
                                     86

-------
12 March 1975
                                Session 11:

                    CHEMICALS AND THEIR EFFECTS

                          William E. McCormick*
                             Session Chairman
    "Managing Director, American Industrial Hygiene Association, Akron, Otiio.
                                87

-------
                        TOXICOLOGY OF ACRYLONITRILE
                           C.  Boyd -Shaffer, Ph.D.*
 Abstract
      Acrylonitrile -is a colorless,  volat-Lte liquid with a faintly pungent
 oclor.   Its vapor pressure at room temperature is 100 torr, the specific
 ;jravity is 0.813 and the boiling point at- 760 torr is 77.3°C.  From its
 initial synthesis in 1893, it remained a laboratory curiosity until the
 need for oil-resistant rubber for military purposes stimulated commercial
 production during World War II.   The big impetus to commercial production,
 however* was the development of acrylic fibers in the early 1950 's.  Of
.the 1,400 million pounds of acrylonitrile produced in 1973, synthetic
 fibers consumed more than half.   Nitrile rubber required less than 5
,percent of 1973 production.
      Apart from some relatively trivial uses as a fumigant and chemical
 intermediate,  acrylonitrile is used almost entirely in the manufacture of
 oopolymers.   It can be copolymerized with a large number of vinyl monomers
 using a variety of techniques.  Its introduction into copolymers imparts
 a wide range of improvements in the properties of the final product.
      Acrylonitrile has a somewhat lower order of acute toxicity than
 might be inferred from its chemical structure.  The single oral dose LD50
 for male albino rats is about 80 mg/kg, and that for female rats is of
 the same order of magnitude.   Rate will withstand a 1-hour exposure of
 1,000 ppm or a 4-hour exposure to 500 ppm with little apparent effect.
 The single dose LD50 for rabbits by 24-hour skin contact is less than 200
                                               t
 mg/kg,  but this result is achieved only because the dose is prevented from
 evaporating by an impervious wrapping about the animal.   Acrylonitrile is
 a primary irritant to rabbit eyes and skin, and will cause severe blisters
 on human skin if held in contact under clothing, particularly footgear.
      The controversy over whether acrylonitrile exerts its acute toxic
 aotion through the liberation of cyanide ion Tnae not yet been fully
 resolved,  although the cyanide antidotes are customarily recommended for
      *Director of Toxicology
                                      89

-------
oases of intoxication.  It seems reasonable to, conclude that the acute
effects are attributable only in part to the release of inorganic
cyanide.
                 t
     The Threshold Limit Value of 20 ppm of vapor of aerylonitrile has
not changed since it was proposed in 1945.  The value was set partly on
the basis of animal exposures and partly by analogy with the 10 ppm value
for hydrogen cyanide.  Industrial health experience with acrylonitrile in
the United States has been uniformly good, although episodes of transient
clinical illness were reported shortly after introduction of its use in
rubber manufacture.  Long-term feeding studies with rats support a con-
                                                           4
elusion that it is not carcinogenic.
     Results of more extensive studies, some completed and some about to
be undertaken, will be available in the near future.

     Acrylonitrile is a colorless, volatile liquid with a faintly pungent
odor.   Its vapor pressure at room temperature is 100 torr, the specific
gravity is 0.81, and the boiling point at 760 torr is 77.3°C.  It was
first synthesized  in 1893 by Moureu by the removal of water from ethylene
cyanohydrin, or aery1 amide, by reaction with phosphorus pentoxide.
     Acrylonitrile achieved no significant commercial uses until the
outbreak of World  War II, when the demand for oil-resistant'rubber for
military purposes  stimulated commercial production.  By that time it  had
been discovered that  in order to effect decomposition of ethylene
cyanohydrin .into acrylonitrile and water, it is not necessary  to remove
the evolved water  by  the use of a dehydrating agent such as phosphorus
pentoxide.  The decomposition of the cyanohydrin proceeds spontaneously
and rapidly in the presence of suitable catalysts and under the proper
conditions.  The wet  acrylonitrile  that is produced may be dried by
azeotropic distillation, either by  itself or with dichloromethane or
chloroform.
     Acrylonitrile is also formed when a  mixture of acetylene  and hydro-
cyanic  acid is passed over the proper  catalysts at 400°-500°C.
     Both  the cyanohydrin process and  the acetylene process  have been
used commercially  for the production of acrylonitrile.  Now,  however, all
                                      90

-------
acrylom'trile is manufactured by the catalytic ammoxidation of propylene.
In this process, liquid propylene and ammonia are vaporized and fed with
air to a fluidized-bed reactor.  The reactor effluent gases are cooled,
excess ammonia is neutralized, and the soluble organic products are
absorbed in a circulating water recovery system.  Crude acrylonitrile and
hydrocyanic acid are recovered from the water system by azeotropic
extractive distillation.  The crude acrylonitrile-hydrocyanic acid
mixture is subsequently separated into its components and purified in a
series of three distillation columns.
     Apart from some relatively trivial uses as a fumigant and some minor
uses as a chemical intermediate, acrylonitrile is used almost entirely
in the manufacture of copolymers.  Despite the remarkable properties which
acrylonitrile imparts to rubbers, the production of rubber goods is not
an important end use of the compound.  Only about 4 percent of the'1973
production of acrylonitrile was used in the manufacture of rubber.  The
rubbers are usually made from acrylonitrile-butadiene copolymers, which
contain 15-55 percent of acrylonitrile.  These rubbers possess high
resistance to the swelling action of solvents, oils, and greases, far
surpassing natural rubber or GR-S products in this respect.  In addition,
they possess excellent resistance to heat, aging, and sunlight.  Depending
upon the methods of compounding, a great variety of rubbers characterized
by high tensile strength, excellent elongation, and low-compression set
can be produced.
     The development of acrylic fibers in the early 1950's provided the
big impetus to commercial production of acrylonitrile.  Today, acrylic
fibers are by far the largest end-use consumer of acrylonitrile, repre-
senting more than half of the 1973 demand.  ABS plastics and barrier
resins, both high in acrylonitrile content, represent the fastest growing
use at present.  Production of acrylamide, for which acrylonitrile is the
raw material, is expected to grow substantially in the coming years.
     There are currently four producers of acrylonitrile in the United
States:  Monsanto, du Pont, Vistron, and Cyanamid.  The total production
by these four in 1973 was 1,450 million pounds.
     Investigation of the toxicology of acrylonitrile was begun promptly
                                      91

-------
after development of commercial interest in the compound.  In 1942, Dudley
and Neal (ref. 1) reported the results of single exposures to vapor.
They found a wide range in susceptibility among the various species
studied, with guinea pigs showing a marked resistance to the acutely
lethal effects of the compound, and dogs succumbing to concentrations
that had but slight effect on the other species.  They also noted that
the signs of toxicity in all species, except guinea pigs, were similar to
those of cyanide intoxication, and speculated that the mechanism of the
toxic action of acrylonitrile was. cleavage of the molecule to yield
hydrogen cyanide.  The additional observation that sodium nitrite by
intravenous injection had a protective and antidotal effect tended to
support this hypothesis.
     Subsequently in 1942, Dudley et al. (ref. 2) published the results
of repeated, daily exposures of monkeys, rats, guinea pigs, rabbits, and
cats to vapor of acrylonitrile.  The animals were exposed for 4 hours
daily, 5 days per week, for 8 weeks.  The Threshold Limit Value of 20 ppm
suggested by the authors as a result of this work has remained unchanged.
     In our own laboratories, we have performed acute toxicity and eye
and skin irritation tests according to the procedures that are described
in the regulations to the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, which are
substantially those commonly employed in most industrial and contract
toxicology laboratories.  We determined that the single oral dose LD50
for male albino rats is approximately 80 mg/kg, and that female rats
survive an oral dose of 50 mg/kg.  Furthermore, rats are not killed by a
1-hour exposure to approximately 920 ppm (2 mg/1), although two of six
animals succumbed to a 4-hour exposure to about 460 ppm  (1 mg/1).  A
dosage of 200 mg/kg is lethal to rabbits within 6 to 24 hours after appli-
cation to the shaved skin under an impervious covering that prevents
evaporation.  I mention these experiments chiefly because they include
the three components of the statutory (FHSA) definition of "highly toxic."
Therefore, acrylonitrile is "highly toxic" by skin absorption and is
customarily labeled as a "poison," although there seems little doubt that
the compound would not cause death at the indicated dosage if it were not
retained in contact with the skin by rather stringent means.
                                     92

-------
     Acrylonitrile is an irritant to rabbit eyes and rabbit skin in the
conventional  tests.   Destruction of tissue is not observed under these
conditions; hence, the compound is not considered to be a "corrosive."
     The relative rarity of acute illness from exposure to acrylonitrile
is remarkable in view of the LD50 and LC50 values and the considerable
amounts of the product that are manufactured and used.  No fatalities are
known to have occurred, at least in the United States.  Serious degrees
of exposure to vapor are not likely to occur under the usual conditions
under which the product is handled.  Most cases of systemic intoxication
by inhalation of vapor have been mild, and commence during the actual
exposure with such symptoms as eye irritation, nausea, headache, and
sneezing.  Other symptoms that may occur include weakness, lightheadedness,
and vomiting.  Termination of the exposure at this point results in rapid
improvement, with no known residual disability.
     Systemic intoxication by skin contact has rarely, if ever, been
observed occupationally, probably because acrylonitrile evaporates from the
uncovered skin before toxic quantities can be absorbed.  However, one
extremely hazardous aspect of contact cannot be overemphasized.  Clothing
wetted with acrylonitrile should be removed immediately, and should not be
worn again until thoroughly laundered.  The reason for this is not only
avoidance of absorption but also the prevention of blister formation.  The
most characteristic effect occurs on the feet, since acrylonitrile is
easily absorbed in shoe leather.  This hazard is present when a workman
walks through a spill on the floor or when the material is splashed on a
shoe.  Unless the shoe is removed at once and the foot washed, large blis-
ters will appear on the foot after a latent period of several hours.
Usually there is little or no pain or inflammation.  Otherwise, the blis-
ters resemble extensive second-degree thermal burns.
     Reports of adverse effects from occupational exposure to acryloni-
trile have been very few.  Wilson  (ref. 3) in 1944 described several cases
of mild jaundice among workmen engaged in handling of the compound.  He
found these individuals frequently exhibiting symptoms of vomiting,
nausea, and weakness, with headache, fatigue, and diarrhea present.  In
some cases nasal and an upper respiratory oppressed feeling was noted.
                                     93

-------
No further clinical reports'of possible cumulative effects appeared *irv
the literature until 1972 when Sakurai and Kusumoto (ref. 4) published
the results of an epidemiological study of acrylonitrile workers in Japan.
A total of 576 workers from five synthetic fiber plants were examined
over a 10-year period with respect to certain symptoms and certain
objective tests.  The workers were divided into several brackets with
respect.to age, levels of exposure, and length of exposure.  The conclu-
sion was that the incidence of subjective complaints as well as the
                            *
incidence of abnormal values of some of the tests related to liver
function increased in relation to the length of exposure to acrylonitrile.
These incidences were found to be 'higher at the higher level of exposure.
     In striking contrast to the early report by Wilson and the more
recent account by the Japanese authors, has been the uniformly good
health experience of U.S. manufacturers and users of acrylonitrile.  It
has been our experience in this Company that there have been no cases of
liver dysfunction secondary to exposure to acrylonitrile; indeed, there
has been no subacute or chronic illness of any variety that could be
linked to exposure to the compound. 'Jaundice has not occurred, nor have
there been subjective complaints of fatigue, debility, or loss of
appetite.  In our professional contacts with medical personnel of other
manufacturers and users, we have been advised that they  have observed
nothing that would corroborate the conclusions of the Japanese study.
     A review and comment upon all of the numerous animal feeding and
inhalation tests of acrylonitrile that have appeared in  the literature
would exceed the time allotted to this presentation.  Two studies,
however, deserve special mention because of their duration.  The first,
performed by Svirbely and Floyd  is available, unfortunately, only in
abstract form  (ref. 5); the complete  study was never published, and the
details appear  to  be  lost.  The  abstract stated  the following conclusions;
     "1.  Histopathological examination has not  shown'Significant
pronounced effects  in the organs and  bone marrow smears  of  rats given
0.5, 5, and 50  ppm  of acrylonitrile  ...  in  their drinking water for  a
2-year period.
                                     94

-------
     "2.  Dogs are able to tolerate levels of acrylonitrile . . . around
500 ppm in their food, but levels of 1,000 ppm induced vomiting and loss
in appetite.
     "3.  Reproduction studies in rats given . . . (acrylonitrile) at
levels of 10, 100, and 500 ppm in their drinking water, have given some
indication of a decrease in the indices of fertility, gestation, and
viability at the highest level of acrylonitrile administered; a demon-
strable muscular incoordination of the hind limbs was also unexpectedly
observed in the female rats on the 500 ppm acrylonitrile level, following
the weaning of the second litter."
     A second long-term study has been reported by Tullar (ref. 6),
although again the complete study was never published.  In this investi-
gation, which included only male rats, one group of animals was supplied
with drinking water containing 0.05 percent by volume of acrylonitrile,
while a second group received food that was fumigated with acrylonitrile
by a standard procedure.  Suitable analyses had established that food
fumigated in that manner contained 38 mg/kg of acrylonitrile.  Adminis-
tration of the treated food and water was continued for 2 years.  The
animals that received atrylonitrile in the drinking water maintained a
consistently lower mean weight than did the controls, and did not present
the same thrifty appearance.  Also, the survival rate was somewhat lower
for that group than for the others.  All of the animals that received
acrylonitrile in the food survived the 2-year period, and had a growth
rate equal to that of the controls.
     On November 4, 1974, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs published in
the Federal Register a proposed order to limit the amount of acrylonitrile
monomer that could be extracted from acrylonitrile copolymers by food-
simulating solvents, and to require further toxicological studies.  The
preamble to the proposal took account of both the Svirbely and Tullar
studies noting that the possibility raised by Tullar that acrylonitrile
may be a carcinogen "is unsupported because of the inadequacy of this
study and the lack of a dose relationship.  In addition, the fact that
the tumors were of different kinds suggests no relationship to the agent
fed."  The preamble observed further, in reference to the Svirbely study,

                                     95

-------
that "data from the study do have a limited usefulness in determining
that there was no increased incidence of tumors in the animals adminis-
tered acrylonitrile."
     The results of two studies pertaining to the i'ngestion of acryloni-
trile have just become available, and I am indebted to the Toxicology
Research Laboratory, Health and Environment Research, of the Dow Chemical
Company for permission to present a synopsis of these.  In the first of
these, acrylonitrile was administered to male and female dogs in the
                                                                    *
drinking water for 6 months at concentrations of 100,,200, and 300 mg/1.
A majority of the dogs that received water containing 200 or 300 mg/1
died or were sacrificed during the study, with the majority of the deaths
occurring during the last 3 months.  All of the dogs that died showed
terminal depression, lethargy, weakness, and emaciation in conjunction
with bronchopneumonia, which may have been indirectly related to ingestion
of acrylonitrile.  Among the dogs that received water containing 100 mg/1
(8-10 mg/kg per day of acrylonitrile) no differences from controls were
observed in survival, hematology, urinalyses, clinical chemistry,
electrophoretic patterns of se^um proteins, nonprotein sulfhydryl content
of liver and kidney, and gross and microscopic appearance of organs'and
tissues.  A slight increase in the mean  relative weight of the kidneys of
the males was observed, but this was considered to be of no significance.
     In the second study, acrylonitrile was added to the drinking water
of male .and female rats over a period of 90 days in concentrations of 35,
                       <       t
85, 210, and 500 mg/1.  The observations recorded included behavior,
appearance, weight, food and water consumption, hematology, nonprotein
sulfhydryl content of liver and  kidney,  clinical chemistry, urinalyses,
organ weights, and gross and microscopic pathology.  Water intake was
significantly decreased at 500,  210, and 85 mg/1, but not at 35 mg/1.
There was a lesser weight gain of males  at the highest level, and of the
females at the two higher levels.  Small but significant increases  in
liver-to-bodyweight ratios were  found  in both sexes at the two higher
levels.  All other parameters evaluated  were either comparable between
the test and control groups, or  the  differences were  considered to  be
unrelated to the  ingestion of acrylonitrile.  These  results  indicate that
                                   96

-------
rats may drink water containing 8b mg/1  of acrylonitrile, equivalent to a
daily dosage of 8-10 mg/kg, without harmful  effect.
     Additional long-term studies, involving exposure by both ingestion
and inhalation, are in the design stage  and are expected to be carried
out under the joint sponsorship of a group of producers and users of
acrylonitrile.  Therefore, there is every likelihood that exhaustive
information on the toxicology of the compound will  become available over
the next several years.

                               REFERENCES
1.   H. C. Dudley and P. A. Neal, "Toxicology of Acrylonitrile (Vinyl
     Cyanide). I. A Study of the Acute Toxicity," J. Ind. Hyg. Toxicol.,
     Vol. 24, 1942, pp.  27-36.
2.   H. C. Dudley, T. R. Sweeney, and J. W.  Miller,  "Toxicology of
     Acrylonitrile (Vinyl Cyanide). II.  Stud-ies of Effects of Daily
     Inhalation," J. Ind. Hyg. Toxicol.. Vol. 24, 1942, pp. 255-258.
3.   R. H. Wilson, "Health Hazards Encountered in the Manufacture of
     Synthetic Rubber,"  J. Am. Med. Assoc.,  Vol. 124, 1944, pp. 701-703.
4.   H. Sakurai and M. Kusumoto, "Epidemiological Study of Health Impair-
     ment among Acrylonitrile Workers,"  Rodo Kagaku, Vol. 48, 1972,
     pp. 273-282.
5.   J. L. Svirbely and  E. P. Floyd, "Toxicologic Studies of Acryloni-
     trile, Adiponitrile, and e, 3'-Oxydipropionitrile. III. Chronic
     Studies," Abstract  of a paper presented at a joint meeting of the
     American Conference of Governmental Industrial  Hygienists and the
     American Industrial Hygiene Association, April  13, 1961.
6.   P. E. Tullar, "Final Report on the  Pharmacology and Toxicology of
     Acrylonitrile and Acrylon," Unpublished report  to American Cyanamid
     Company, November 1, 1947.

DISCUSSION
OBSERVER:  I was wondering how much of an air pollution problem this could
     be?
DR. SHAFFER:  I am sorry, I don't think  I have an opinion on air emissions
     of acrylonitrile, as a compounding  problem with rubber.  I do not
     have any information in that respect.
OBSERVER:  Has there been any study on the synergistic actions of
     acrylonitrile with  the chemicals in this area?
                                    97

-------
DR. SHAFFER:  There are none that I am aware of.   I can't think of any
     experiments in which acrylonitrile was administered in conjunction
     j/yith another substance in this group to determine any joint action.
OBSERVER:  In areas where there are multiple types of industries manu-
     facturing plastics, this air pollution mix with acid is a very
     serious type of problem, and we desperately need studies of syner-
     gistic reactions.   I wonder if you could carry the message some
     place where it would do some good.
DR. SHAFFER:  I certainly shall.  One of the points that the Food and
     Drug Administration wanted some information on was the possible
     synergistic reaction of acrylonitrile with cyanide.  It is very
     likely that some experiments of that nature will be carried out.  I
     agree with you that the possibility of adverse effects from inter-
     action of various substances is a very important area.  It is also
     quite complex in that it would be rather difficult to carry out
     studies in combinations in view of the wide variety of substances
     and the large number of combinations that could possibly occur.
     There are certain significant substances that should be investigated.
OBSERVER:  There are two factors I want to mention.  One is that high
     wind gusts and dust bring undiluted toxic elements.  Also, there is
     the heat factor, which is possibly more concerned with the chlori-
     nated hydrocarbons, but you have deterioration when it enters the
     home where it circulates through a furnace or contacts an electric
     heater or stove.  So if the acrylonitrile is not faster in a tube,
     it would justify the settling of these mixes and the effect of heat
     in the home.  I am sure that we have been struggling with this now
     for about 8 years.  We need help on this air pollution problem.
     Thank you.
                                     98

-------
          ALTERATION PRODUCTS OF SUBSTITUTED p_-PHENYLENEDI AMINES
                      Henry C. Hollifleld, Ph.D.
                        and Pasquale Lombardo*
Abstract
     An investigation was conducted to determine the likelihood of the re-
lease o£ substituted p^phenylenediamines from rubber tires and their pos-
sible entry into the human food chain.  Criteria for the selection of the
amine antiosonants for study as possible food contaminants are given.  The
production volumes, end use, and waste disposal patterns of these products
are discussed, and likely alteration products formed in the tire and in
water are described.

     Several years ago, the Food and Drug Administration Instituted a Chem-
ical Contaminants Program in the Bureau of Foods.  A brief discussion of the
program's objectives may help explain why industrial chemicals such as the
substituted p_-phenylenediamines were selected for study to determine the
likelihood that they might enter the human food chain.
     Over the past few years, there have been discoveries of methyl mercu-
ry contamination of fish and polychlorinated biphenyl residues in a variety
of foods all over the world.  These incidents of food contamination by in-
dustrial chemicals led to some tragic results for humans.  Although never
intended as food additives, mercury and polychlorinated biphenyls are exam-
ples of industrial chemicals that entered foods and caused illness and
death.
     In an attempt to prevent future disasters of this type, the Food and
Drug Administration established its Chemical Contaminants Program.  The pro-
gram has two chief objectives.  The first is to develop sufficient informa-
tion to establish guidelines for recognized industrial chemical food con-
taminants.  The second is to search for previously unrecognized industrial
     *Division of Chemical Technology, Bureau of Foods, Food and Drug Ad-
ministration, 200 "C" St., S.W., Washington, D.C.  20204.
                                     99

-------
is indeed present in foods, it is then necessary to develop further informa-
tion.  The chemical's toxicity, level of occurrence in a variety df foo'ds,~
and mode of entry into the food chain are vital information that must be de-
termined to decide on an appropriate course of action.
     In the search for unrecognized industrial contaminants, the above cri-
teria are being applied to many different types of chemicals, including aro-
matic amines.  It is well known that certain aromatic amines and/or their
alteration products are carcinogenic or otherwise toxic to man or animals.
As part of a project to inves-tigate the possibility that aromatic amines
enter the food chain, substituted p_-phenylenedi amines were selected as one
of the types for further study.  Th,e following summarizes our investigation
of the uses, reactions, and ultimate fate of these amines.  Much of this in-
formation is abstracted from an internal FDA report (ref. 1).
     Production of the substituted p_-phenylenediamines presently exceeds 70
million pounds per year in the United States.  Essentially all of this is
used as antiozonants and antioxidants in rubber tires.  The three basic
types of p_-phenylenediamines are shown in figure 1.  They are the dialkyl,
alkyl-aryl, and diaryl substituted products.  In figure 1, I* represents al-
kyl groups.  It is estimated that N-(l,3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-p_-phenyl-
enediamlne accounts for about 60 percent of all the p_-phenylenedi amines
made, and N-phenyl-N1-sec-butyl and N,N'-bis-(l,4-dimethylpentyl) deriva-
tives account for another 15 percent of the total production.  These three
particular compounds thus represent about 75 percent of all the p_-phenyl-
enediamines sold.
     In general, based on the rubber content of the tire, the dialkyl p_-
phenylenediamine antiozonants are used at levels of about 1.5-2 percent,
and the diaryl types at about 0.5 percent.  It is obvious that large quan-
tities of rubber waste are released to the environment as rubber dust and
discarded tires.  This broad exposure of the environment to large quantities
of aromatic amine-containlng waste could possibly result in the contamina-
tion of man's food chain by these chemicals.  On the b'asis of production vol-
ume, end use patterns, and waste disposal patterns, the substituted p_-phenyl-
enediamines are considered to have high risk factors as possible food con-
taminants.
                                     100

-------
                             RNH
NHR
                            RNH  \O/
   Figure 1.  Examples of dialkyl, alkyl-aryl, and diaryVsubstitution.

     On the other hand, the literature indicates  that the  bulk of these
amines react both on the surface of the rubber tire,  and also within  the
rubber.  The amines react with substances  such as ozone, oxygen,  and  vul-
canization fragments (refs. 2,3).  These reactions occur during manufacture,
storage, and use of the product, and inert polymeric  compounds are apparent-
ly formed by these reactions.   This results either in the  formation of pro-
tective films that are chemically bound to the elastomer surface, or  in the
formation of other reaction products that are chemically attached or  phy-
sically retained within the vulcanizate.  Very little is known regarding the
identity of these polymeric alteration products.
     Although most of the amines appear to remain within the  rubber in one
form or another, the literature indicates  that small  amounts  of the free
compound may be leached out by water (ref. 4). These amines  may  then ulti-
mately be converted to alteration products which  differ from  those formed in
tires.  The amines apparently  oxidize to their corresponding  diimines, and
are probably further altered by one or more competing reactions (ref.  5).
For example, the oxidation of  £-phenylenediamine  will illustrate  two  possi-
bilities of competing reactions.  One type of reaction may  predominate at
                                     101

-------
             ox.
               Figure  2.   Formation of Bandrowski's Base.
                                                        HUMIC
                                                        ACIDS
              Figure 3.   Hydrolysis of £-phenylenediimine.
high concentration and another at  low  concentration  (ref. 6).  First, when
present in high concentrations and exposed to oxidizing conditions, p_-phenyl-
enediamine is converted to its diimine (see figure 2).  This product in
turn may couple with two unbxidized  diamine molecules to produce a compound
called Bandrowski's Base (shown on the right of figure 2).  The coupling re-
action rate is accelerated by increasing oxidant concentration, Increasing
pH, and increasing temperature. At  low concentrations, however, the hydro-
lysis of the diimine predominates  over competing reactions  (such as coupling,
see figure 3).  The monoimine formed reacts further  to give p-benzoquinone,
and it is believed that humic acids  are the eventual products.  Reactions
similar to these also occur with substituted jp_-phenylenediam1nes to give
additional reaction products, and  in some cases they are quite complex.
     Dlalkyl dilmines apparently hydrolyze rapidly to aliphatic amines and
p-benzoquinone.  As in the previous  example, the reaction rate is Influenced
                                    102

-------
                            NHR
                                 OX.
                                H,Q
                                    H,O
                         O -f RNH,
     Figure 4.   Proposed mechanism for the oxidation and hydrolysis
                of an alkyl-aryl substituted p_-phenylenediamine.
by pH, temperature, and concentration.  The hydrolysis rate of the quinone-
dlimine increases as its concentration in water decreases.   Alkyl substitu-
tion at the amine group also appears to accelerate the hydrolysis reaction
(ref. 7).
     The fate of the mixed alkyl-aryl p_-phenylenediamines 1s not as clear
ly defined.  To date, no studies have been uncovered which  describe the
products formed from the aryl substituent subsequent to oxidation and hydro-
lysis.  Oxidation, of the mixed substituted p_-phenylenediamines could possi-
bly follow the scheme presented in figure 4.
     Hydrolysis undoubtably occurs at the alkyl-substituted imino group
(refs. 8,9).  In view of the apparent stability of the diary! substi-
tuted di1mines, however, it is questionable how rapidly they undergo uncat-
alyzed hydrolysis.  While the hydrolysis of an alkyl group  is rapid, hydro-
lysis of the phenylimine linkage is apparently a good deal  slower.  Hydro-
lysis of the phenyl benzoqulnone imine would be expected to produce aniline
and p-benzoquinone.  It is also possible that phenyl benzoquinone imine
might react by self-condensation, addition reactions, and/or oxidative reac-
tions to yield other reaction products.  In the absence of  other reactants,
however, hydrolysis would be expected to predominate in dilute aqueous solu-
tions.  Under these conditions, the mixed p_-phenylenediamines would most
likely form alkyl amines, p-benzoquinone, and aniline as the principal alter-
ation products.
     Only relatively small tonnages of diaryl-p_-phenylenediamines are used as
antiozonants and antioxidants in tires.  Because of their low water solubil-
                                    103

-------
ity, they would be expected to leach from tires to a lesser, extent than ei-
ther the dlalkyl or the mixed p_-phenylenediamines.  It would therefore be ex-
pected that smaller total quantities of these materials would eventually en-
ter the environment.  These factors, however, compelling as they seem, could
possibly be counterbalanced by other considerations.  For example, both the
diaryl amine and the corresponding diimine are relatively stable.  Because
of their low water solubility and probable environmental stability, they
would be more likely to accumulate in fat.  Diary! p_-phenylenedi amines can
couple even in very dilute solution to give complex reaction products.  If
hydrolysis proceeds at all, it probably occurs at a very slow rate.  However,
it must be admitted that very little is actually known concerning the environ-
mental fate of the diaryl products.
     In summary, on the basis of current information, it would appear that
the bulk of the substituted p_-phenylenediamines are retained in rubber tires,
and only small amounts of the original antlozonant or antioxidant are leach-
ed by water to the environment.  This free amine may subsequently be altered
by oxidation and hydrolysis, and its principal alteration products are
thought to be anilines, aliphatic amines;- and p-benzoquinone.  As these are
labile compounds, they would be expected to undergo additional transforma-
tions in the environment through biodegradation, photodecomposition, bacter-
ial action, and oxidation.
     It is apparent that some important gaps exist in the available informa-
tion.  For example, the exact nature of the alteration products formed in
the tire is not known, and under environmental conditions, it is not known
which products are most likely to form from the degradation of the phenyl
benzoquinone imines and the diaryl p_-phenylenediamines.  Several reaction
pathways are likely, and one can certainly speculate on which is most prob-
able.  At this time, however, the data necessary to justify any firm conclu-
sions are not available.  The investigation of these compounds will be con-
tinued in an attempt to determine their environmental fate and the likelihood
of their entry into the human food chain.
                                     104

-------
                                REFERENCES

 1.   Henry C. Hollifield,  "Alteration Products of Substituted £-Phenylene-
     d1amines," FDA Internal Report, 31 references, 1975.
 2.   Otto Lorenz and Carl  R. Parks, "Mechanism of Antiozonant Action.
     I. Consumption of p-Phenylenediamines In Rubber Vulcanlzates During
     Ozonizatlon," Rubb. Chem. Techno!., Vol 36 (1963), p. 194.
 3.   K. B. Piotrovskii and Yu. A. L'vov, "Relationship Between the Chemical
     Reactions of Rubber-like Polymers and Those of p-Phenylenediamine De-
     rivatives During Inhibited Oxidation," Dokl. Akad. Nauk., USSR, Vol.
    . 198 (1971), p. 122.
 4.   E. J. Latos and A. K. Sparks, "Water Leaching of Antlozonants," Rubb.
     Journal, No. 6 (1969), p. 18.
 5.   L. K. J. Tong, "Kinetics of Deamination of Oxidized N,N-disubst1tuted
     p-Phenylenediamines," J. Chem. Soc., Vol. 58 (1954), p. 1090.
 6.   John F. Corbett. "Autooxidation of p-Phenylenediamines," J. Soc. Cosmet.
     Chem., Vol. 23 (1972), p. 683.                           	
 7.   Louis F. Fieser, "The Potentials of Some Unstable Oxidation-Reduction
     Systems," J. Amer. Chem. SocA, Vol. 52 (1930), p. 4915.
 8.   John F. Corbett, "Benzoquinone Imines. Part I. p-Phenylenediamine -
     Ferricyanide and p-Aminophenol - Ferricyanide Redox Systems," J. Chem.
     Soc. B. 1969, p. 207.
 9,   John F. Corbett, "Benzoquinone Imines. Part II. Hydrolysis of p-Benzo-
     quinone Monoimine and p-Benzoquinone D11m1ne," J. Chem. Soc. B, 1969,
     p. 213.
DISCUSSION
MR. ROBERT J. DOWLING  (Uniroyal  Chemical  Co.* Naugatuck* Conn.):   Have you  at
    this  point found any  indication of any  TPA or  TPA-related compounds  in
    food,  and if so, is  there any  rationale  to support  the feeling that,  if
    you did  find trace  amounts,  there would  be any hazard?
DR. HQLLIFIELD:   In answer to your first question  our  work has  not progressed
     to the stage to where we have analyzed foods.   Therefore,  I  think  it
     would be premature to respond to  the second question at this  time.
MRS. JAMES H. ANGEL (Citizens for  Land  and  Water Use,  Cleveland Metropolitan
     Area,  Cleveland,  Ohio):   In Lake  Erie  in Ohio,  fish were contaminated.
     Some fish were confiscated  by the  U.  S. Government and  impounded until
     the  case was  heard.  They were confiscated because  of mercury  content.
     They were kept frozen, and  then  the fish were released  and sold  in
     Michigan.   I  would like  to  know how the Food  and  Drug Administration
     allowed that to  happen.
                                  105

-------
DR.  HQLLIFIELD:   The answer to that is--I  don't know.   I  am sure.,that,
     if the fish were confiscated,  there was  some  question  as  to  the
     mercury level  in the fish, and that  it might  have  to be determined
     if the fish met guidelines that are established by FDA.  Presumably,
     since the fish were released,  they met those  guidelines.
DR.  DAVID C. DAY (Roy F. Weston, Inc.,  Houston, Texas):  In view  of the
     fact that these amines have not been  found in food,  that  the poten-
     tial has not been identified,  why  is  there interest in them?  I
     might sound facetious, but I missed  the  point on  them.
DR.  HOL'LIFIELD:   These compounds are of interest because they  are, first
     of all, aromatic amines,  which are under investigation as a  part of
     the overall project to determine whether or not such compounds are
     getting into foods.  They are  relatively high-production  volume
     amines.  Not a great deal is known about their environmental fate,
     and it is our job in the  Chemical  Division of Technology  to  determine
     whether or not these materials do  get into foods.   If  they get into
     foods, then we determine  at what levels  they  are found.  Then, this
     information is carried forward to  determine in a broader  survey  what
     type food they get into and at what  levels, and where  these  problems
     are most likely to occur.  In  fact, we try to define the  problem as
     completely as  possible.  Perhaps I did not stress  the  point  enough
     that this is a part of a  program that is in a quite early stage  of
     development.  We have not yet  begun  conducting food surveys  to find
     out whether or not these  materials are there.  We  have, primarily,
     been gathering preliminary information to determine the probability
     of whether or not they might get into foods.
CHAIRMAN MCCORMICK;  Dr. Hollifield, would you pursue that  just a little
     further.  I am curious why the Food  and  Drug  Administration  is spe-
     cifically interested in aromatic amines.
DR.  HQLLIFIELD;   This goes back to  the  fact that a number of aromatic amines
     have been identified as carcinogens.   A  number of them also  have been
     identified as  being toxic either acutely or chronically.   Because we
     are attempting to try to  define the  problems  before they  exist,  we
     felt it was wise to look  at aromatic  amines in general to determine

                                   106

-------
     whether or not they get into foods and, if they do, to learn if they
     pose a real threat to the consumer.  Our first interest is the welfare
     of the consumer.  In attempting to define problems before they arise,
     you have to take shots at potential problem areas and this looked like
     a likely target.
MR. DQWLING:  This is not a question; it is just a comment or statement.
     Dr. Hollifield must know that under the current Food Act as law, many
     of the compounds referred to have been reviewed rather carefully by
     FDA and have been judged safe to be used in products that do come in
     contact with food; therefore, we strongly suggest that there are not
     any real hazards.
DR. HQLLIFIELD:  A number of materials previously recognized as safe are
     in process of review.  We have become aware, very acutely aware, in
     the last few years of a number of compounds which have been used
     in-industry for many years without problems being recognized.   For
     example, mercury was used in chlor-alkali plants without any thought
     of any real problem existing.  In the last few years, we found that
     the elemental mercury, has been discharged from a number of these
     plants and modified by bacterial action to such compounds as methyl
     mercury.  Our review of certain materials is an attempt to try to
     stop these problems before they really become very serious.  That is
     why we are very interested in aromatic amines in general.
                                    107

-------
                      - HALOGENATED HYDROCARBONS IN
                            RUBBER PROCESSING
                         Walter D. Harris, Ph.D.*

Abstract
     The rubber processing industry involves not only companies that'
fabricate rubber but also those making textiles, chemicals3 and plastics.
Some also fabricate plastics, a wide variety of mixtures and composites
of fabrics, plastics, and rubbers.  Some of the large companies are
in unrelated businesses such as metal fabrication. 'Thus, almost any
chemical may be used in a company generally thought of as a rubber
processes.
     This paper makes only brief mention of vinyl chloride and. deals
with the halogenated polymers (used alone or in mixture with conventional
rubbers to impart improved properties), halogenated solvents, plasticizers,
and flame retardants.
     In general, the typical use of the above materials does not present
a difficult environmental problem.  Local plants may have specific
problems which will need individual attention.  Some of these materials
are likely to be incinerated either as process wastes or after their
normal life.  The hydrogen halide gases produced may occasionally present
a corrosion problem; however, in the community at large, this should not
be a-serious problem.

     This conference is concerned primarily with chemicals used in rubber
processing as opposed to those used in making synthetic rubber on one
hand and  those used  in plastics fabrication on the other.  If we then
restrict  ourselves to halogenated hydrocarbons used in rubber processing,
there is  not a great deal to talk about.  Therefore, I will take the
liberty of broadening the subject slightly.
     American industry seldom confines itself to one product line.1. Thus,
UNIROYAL  started out as a rubber fabricating company under the name U.S.
     *Industrial Toxicologist
                                    108

-------
Rubber Company.   Then, it broadened Into growing and importing natural
rubber, and it began making chemicals and fabrics needed in fabrication
of the end products.  In World War II, its Chemical  Division began to
make synthetic rubbers, plastics, and even agricultural chemicals.  Its
fabricating plants make products from virtually all  types of rubbers,
from natural to polyurethane, as well as from plastics; and a wide variety
of processes and equipment is used.  Other companies are similarly diversi-
fied.  For this reason, it is unwise to say that a given material is not
used in the industry.  Almost any chemical may be used by some rubber
company for a nonrubber use; and many are used in some very small volume
specialty items.
     The above fact can be illustrated by citing vinyl chloride, one
of the largest volume plastic monomers.  B. F. Goodrich is one of the
largest manufacturers of both the monomer and the polymer PVC.  Goodyear,
Firestone, UNIROYAL, and General are all involved in making monomer and/or
polymer PVC, and many of the rubber companies of all sizes fabricate it
into a wide variety of consumer products.  I will not dwell on the toxicity
of vinyl chloride since EPA is already well acquainted with it and has made
a study of the environmental problems caused by all  segments of the industry
(ref. 1).

Polymers
     The largest volume rubbers are hydrocarbons.  All halogenated
rubbers fall into the broad category of halogenated hydrocarbons.  Many
manufacturers both here and abroad are experimenting with various fluori-
nated, chlorinated, and brominated rubbers to improve the performance of
rubber for specialized applications.  Decreased permeability of various
gases; resistance to ozone, solvents, heat, and light; and improved
processibility are the desired properties.  Typically, applications
are of relatively small volume and scattered so that the use of these
rubbers in any one plant at present tends to be very small.  Other
than PVC, the combined volume of these specialty halogenated polymeric
hydrocarbons make up roughly 5 percent of the total  rubber used in the
United States.  (This of course leaves the typically plastic uses of
PVC out of consideration.  The total volume of PVC used in the United

                                    109

-------
States Is nearly as large as the total  volume of rubber used.)
Typical of these materials, somewhat in the order of volume produced,
are the following:
     •Chloroprene rubber—cements, adhesives, and specialty rubbers
      where resistance to chemicals, sunlight, ozone, and solvents
      is of special importance;
     •Polyvinyl chloride—as a modifier for "nitrile" rubber to
      improve processing and to impart ozone resistance;
     •Chlorinated and brominated butyl  rubbers;
     •Chlorinated polyethylene;
     •Chlorinated natural rubber;
     •Fluorinated rubbers;
     •Liquid bromine terminated polybutadiene.
     None of these halogenated polymers are toxic per se due to their
low solubility in cellular fluids.  As with any other material, they
may constitute a solid waste disposal problem for plants using them.
Their biological degradation is slow and they will slowly release
chloride, bromide, or fluoride ions.  It seems unlikely that this
would cause a serious water pollution problem.  Incineration of either
the raw polymer or fabricated products will lead to release of HF,  HC1,
or HBr.  The fluorinated rubbers, such as the Viton® rubber, are used in
small volume at present.  HC1 and HBr released from incinerators that
burn substantial amounts of the chlorinated or brominated polymers  are
more likely to cause corrosion problems in the incinerator or its im-
mediate environs than to create a health problem or agricultural damage.
The uses are so specialized that these polymers would normally make up
an almost insignificant part of the feedstock for any given incinerator,
other than a waste incinerator operated by the manufacturer of the
halogenated polymer itself.
     The chloride ion is common in nature, and the body has a great
deal of buffering capacity.  HC1 and HBr are irritants at concentrations
far higher than would normally result from incineration of the above
polymers.  Chronic effects are unlikely because both the chloride and
bromide ion are readily eliminated in the urine.  Darmer et al. (ref. 2)
have recently  studied acute effects of high concentrations of HC1 both
as the gas and as an acid  aerosol.  Both forms produce the same effect.
                                   110

-------
While these are irritating and toxic at high concentrations, there is
nothing to suggest toxicity at low concentrations such -as might be
encountered in community air from burning solid wastes produced by a
fabricating plant or burning the wornout products made from these
polymers-.

Solvents
     Solvents have many uses in a rubber plant, some not peculiar to
the rubber industry.  A major use is the dissolving of rubber to make
rubber, cements.  Because of the nature of the large volume rubbers,
chlorinated hydrocarbons are not very good solvents.  They are also
relatively expensive.  Gasoline and naphtha or aliphatic hydrocarbons
such as hexane or heptane are more commonly used.  Toluene and xylene
are also used.  Patty (ref. 3) gives an authoritative though somewhat
dated discussion of toxicity of a wide variety of halogenated
hydrocarbons.

Fluorocarbons
     As in any industry, certain of the fluorocarbons are used as refrig-
erants.  To a minor extent, they may be used as propellants but this
use is minor in the rubber processing industry compared with the
aggregate use in propellants for aerosols in the home.  The biggest
single use is as blowing agents in polyurethane foams.  The main ones are:
     •Trichlorofluoromethane—both rigid and flexible foams;
     *Dichlorodifluoromethane--blowing agent for flexible foams;
     •Trichlorotrifluororethane--blowing agent for flexible foams.
It can be assumed that all of these ultimately are discharged to the
air.  They are not toxic per se.

Methylene Chloride
     While not a preferred solvent for uncured conventional rubbers,
methylene chloride is used commonly in the polyurethane foam industry
to flush spray nozzles between runs.  It is a very volatile solvent
of low toxicity and moderate cost, so it is used in a variety of
                                   111

-------
specialized applications.   Its use in paint  removers  and  as  a  solvent
for certain plastics is much larger than  its  use  in  rubber processing.
Of course, paint removers  are used in maintenance operations as  in  any
industry.

Chloroform and Carbon Tetrachloride
     Because of toxicity,  these chemicals have been  virtually  eliminated
from the rubber fabricating industry.  They  are used in laboratories for
specific operations, but this use is very small.

1 iil-Dichlorethyiene or Vinylidene Chloride
     This is used as an intermediate in plastics.

1,2-Dichloroethane or Ethylene Pi chloride
     This is used as an intermediate chemical for vinyl chloride and cer-
tain other commercial chemical processes.  It is  also used as  a  solvent in
some chemical operations but not commonly in the  rubber industry per se.

1.1,1-Trichloroethane
     This is used as a "safety" solvent.   The name is a misnomer since
its safety is relative.  It is much less  toxic than  carbon tetrachloride
and is much less of a fire hazard than many of the other  solvents commonly
used.  It is not typically a good rubber solvent for making cements.   It
is used more for cleaning surfaces.
     While it is much less toxic than carbon tetrachloride, it is very
volatile.  At high concentrations, it is  a liver poison but is not toxic
at concentrations conceivable in the air surrounding a rubber fabricating
plant.

Trichloroethylene
     Trichloroethylene is  used for metal  degreasing and as a dry cleaning
solvent.   It is not commonly used as a rubber solvent.  Use in the rubber
industry  is, therefore, quite limited in volume.
     The  properties commonly ascribed to the chlorinated solvents—anes-
thesia,  liver damage,  skin  irritation—are not likely  to be problems  in
                                    112

-------
the low concentrations to be found in the air around a fabricating plant.
In some instances, concentrations in water could be toxic to aquatic life,
especially in the'event of a spill.

Medium Molecular Weight Halogenated Hydrocarbons
     A number of materials are being studied as flameproofing agents,
alone or in combination with such materials 35 antimony trioxide and
phosphates.  Such uses are largely confined to the plastic side of the
business, especially in foams.  The chlorinated diphenyls are no longer
sold for any but closed system use.  Materials such as hexabromobenzene
may be so stable that they will distill out of incinerators unchanged.
Unless they are toxic in the environment, this might not cause harm.
     It would be unwise, in this writer's opinion, to force industry
to move too rapidly in the flameproofing field until the materials can
be adequately studied.  In view of the environmental concerns caused by
the widespread use of the insecticides DDT, chlordane, dieldrir.s ^Idrin,
endrin, and related materials, there is a tendency to suspect all  the
highly halogenated hydrocarbons of similar molecular weight.  It shou.ld
be recognized that these- are specific, biologically active chemcials
developed specifically to kill insects.  Each was the end product of
many man-years of research to find highly toxic chemicals with long
residual activity.  Many of the flameproofing compounds under study
may be equally stable in the environment but, if not active biologically,
may do no harm.  Sand is very stable but is toxic only when airborne in
a particular narrow particle size range.  Unlike the insecticides, these
flameproofing compounds would not be sprayed over'the landscape.  They
should be watched, but there is no need for a panic approach.
     In considering halogenated hydrocarbons or any other chemicals, it
really comes down to the fact that every plant is a living, changing en-
tity.  The planning should start back in the laboratory and carry right
on through to the daily operation with full understanding and backing of
top management.  There is no way that government can force industry to
"be good" without forcing them out of business.  There should be a coopera-
tive effort backed by good laws enforced wisely as a last resort.   The
ancient Hebrew prophets longed for the day when men would want to live in

                                   113

-------
harmony with God's laws.  We've got a way to go but I am hopeful that
this conference is a small step in that upward climb.

                                  REFERENCES

1.  "Preliminary Assessment of the Environmental Problems Associated with
    Vinyl Chloride and Polyvinyl Chloride, Report of the Activities and
    Findings of the Vinyl Chloride Task Force," EPA, Washington, D.C.,
    September 1974.
2.  Kenneth I. J. Darmer, Edwin R. Kinkead, and Louis DePasquale, "Acute
    Toxicity in Rats and Mice Exposed to Hydrogen Chloride Gas in Aerosols,"
    American Industrial Hygiene Journal. October 1974, pp. 623-631.
3.  Frank A. Patty, Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, Second Edition,
    John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York/London, 1963.

DISCUSSION

MS. JOAN COOK  (Citizens for Clean Air and Water, Cleveland Area, Cleveland,
     Ohio):  Cleveland doctors were using fluorocarbons for anesthetics.
     I think that concerning many of the chemicals you have mentioned
     we need to emphasize that they are absorbable through the lungs,, that
     they do affect the senses and nervous systems, and that some of them
     affect the circulatory system.  From the use of fluorocarbons it was
     found that there was liver pickup, which the British doctors did
     not find in their patients.  So the British doctors came over to
     this country with their product and then got the liver pickup.  So
     the question came up, and this has been debated in the medical
     profession, as to whether or not this liver damage in patients
     brought in for surgery occurs from daily exposure to some of these
     hydrogenated fluorocarbons before they ever received a general
     anesthetic.
DR. HARRIS:  It may be true that some of the flubrocarbons have  a degree of
     toxicity if there is sufficient exposure.  The thing I was  trying to
     point out about this particular industry under discussion,  is that
     there  is really very little exposure generally.  Definitely,
     halogenated hydrocarbons  in many cases are liver  poisons,  if you  get
     enough of them.
                                     114

-------
MR. J.S. PHILLIP WILSON (Local  17 of United Rubber Workers,  The B.  F.  Goodrich
     Company, Akron, Ohio):   I  was wondering,  concerning the process  of curing
     GRS in the vulcanization process, if you  can give me any idea  of the toxi-
     cants that are in the fumes in vulcanizing the rubber.
DR. HARRIS:  Well, I think that is the subject of another paper. Are you talk-
     ing about halogenated hydrocarbons particularly?
MR. WILSON:  Well, I was wondering if they are released in the process.
DR. HARRIS:  Do you mean, would the halogenated hydrocarbons be released?  Pri-
     marily in tires?
MR. WILSON:  Yes, GRS?
DR. HARRIS:  I cannot really think of any appreciable use, can you, Mr. McCormick^
CHAIRMAN McCORMICK:  I think the gentleman is  asking what you know  about the
     composition of and the effluents from the curing of GRS--is that right?
MR. WILSON:  That is right.
DR. HARRIS:  I am not going to attempt to answer it deliberately because I
     think this is perhaps going to be discussed in one of the later papers.
     I would prefer therefore, that you hold it, perhaps, and we can come
     back to it a little later on.
DR. STEPHEN M. RAPPAPORT (Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory,  Los Alamos, New
     Mexico):  Dr. Harris alluded briefly to the vinyl chloride situation.
     Of course, this is a chlorinated hydrocarbon which is highly used in
     the rubber industry.  Recently, vinyl chloride got a great deal  of
     notoriety, as have the other chlorinated  monomers of chloroprene and
     vinylidine chloride, both which have recently been implicated  as car-
     cinogens.  I think their inclusion is highly debatable  at this point.
     I just wondered if Dr.  Harris would comment briefly as  to whether or
     not this is setting a type of trend concerning monomer chlorinated
     compounds that might in the future actually show up as  a severe class
     of carcinogenic compounds.
DR. HARRIS:  Of course I think it is starting  a trend, since it alerts every-
     one that there is a possible problem they had not realized, and since
     it is causing everyone to go back to the  drawing board  and look
                                     115

-------
     hard at the materials they are using, whether they are chlorinated or
     not.  I am sure there will be a tendency to look at other chlorinated
     materials such as chloroprene, to see if indeed they are bad actors
     in one way or another.
          We have to watch the rubber called chloroprene specifically, and
     the monomer from which it is made.  This is really the thing that is
     under question—in a work that was published in Russia and made
     available in Russian.
          I am in the process of determining what our use of these is in
     our plants.  We do indeed use a lot of chloroprene rubber and some
     latex.  Latex would more likely be a problem; there is much higher
     exposure to chloroprene vapor because there is more chloroprene
     monomer in the latex.
          As far as the rubber is concerned, I would have to conclude at
     this point that it is extremely unlikely that there is any problem
     there.
          In the case of the latex, it is theoretically possible that
     there could be significant exposure judging from our experience
     sampling for other vapors.  I do not see any data that really gets
     me terribly excited, but we are going to have to look at it care-
     fully.  Now let me see, you asked about—what was the other one
     you asked?
DR. RAPPAPORTt   V1nyl1dene  chloride?
DR. HARRIS:   Vinylidene  chloride,  of  course,  is  under  study.  We have
     done a little work and it is a little difficult to find out what
     it is.  It is not at all, I would think, conclusive at this point,
     but again  it is being studied.  I think the various industries
     involved,  in this case, the chemical industry, are being very
     responsible and not taking chances.  I think the big danger here
     is that people jump to conclusions because there is some chemical
     relation—because it has got chlorine or chloro or vinyl in the name,
     that it is automatically like vinyl chloride.  This just does not
     follow at  all.  When you know what really happens in the case of
     vinyl chloride and really understand the metabolism in the
                                    116

-------
     human organism, then you will probably understand very well  why
     some of these materials are not problems.
MR. BOBBY D. LaGRONE (U.S. Rubber Reclaiming Co., Inc., Vicksburg, Miss.):
     At what temperature would you expect to get a breakdown of chlorinated
     and brominated rubbers to the corresponding hydrochloric or hydrobromic
     actd you spoke of?
DR. HARRIS;  I was talking in terms of an incinerator temperature.  I
     think with organics--when you get up to 600 to 800°F--you are going
     ,to get a lot of breakdown.  I am just not  sure where that point
     would be, but my feeling is that it would  be considerably higher
     than the normal processing temperature. An incinerator is designed
     to take the organic material apart.
                                     117

-------
                    HEALTH STUDIES RELATING TO CARBON BLACK*
                                  Carl A. Nau, M.D.f
Abstract
     Furnace carbon black, a product of the -incomplete combustion of gas,
oil, and oil sludges. .-./ • .:• mixture of these, has adsorbed polyeyclic aro-
matic components, which can be desorbed by various solvents, of which
benzene is the best.  Some components of this extractive are admittedly
carcinogenic.
     Furnace carbon black with its adsorbed poly cyclic aromatic may be
ingested, injected subcutaneously, or applied to the skin of mice without
.detectable changes from the normal.  The desorbed components when inges-
ted, injeected subcutaneously, or applied to the skin of mice will pro-
duce tumors.
     Inhalation of a furnace carbon black by mice or rhesus monkeys leads
to  the accumulation of carbon black within the  lung without damage to
pulmonary function, and it also leads to electrocardiographic changes
indicative of right atrial, septal, and right ventricular hypertrophy.
Increase in heart weight may also be noted.  No tumor formation was noted
in  the lungs or elsewhere.
     Epidemiologic investigation of men working in carbon black for I?
years reveals that the observed death rate from cancer as well as the
morbidity rate is no higher than for other comparable populations.
     Studies on animals and man, sponsored by the carbon black producers,
have been conducted since 1949.

Historical
     The  first carbon  black  plant  using  natural  gas  as  the  raw  product
was  built in  New  Cumberland, West  Virginia,  in  1872.  West  Virginia
remained  the  chief  producer  until  1920,  when owing to rising  costs of
      *The  studies  used  as  a  basis  for  this  paper were  funded  by  carbon
 black producers  and  conducted  at the University of  Texas  at Galveston
 and  University of  Oklahoma School  of Medicine, Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma.
       Consulting Professor,  Health Sciences Center,  School of
 Medicine,  Texas  Tech University, Lubbock, Texas  79409.

                                     118

-------
natural gas in West Virginia and Pennsylvania,  Louisiana  became the
leading producer.   It held this distinction until  1929, when  Texas  became
the number one producer.   Among the other States  now producing  substan-
tial amounts are New Mexico, Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  and Kansas.
     Each year the amount produced has  increased.   The  1973 production of
furnace carbon black in the United States was  somewhere near  3,174,000,000
pounds.
     Carbon black, the finely divided carbon resulting  from the incom-
plete combustion of gas,  oil, and oil sludges--or mixtures of these
materials—is becoming increasingly more important because of its
increased usage, especially in the rubber industry.
    " While all carbon blacks are the product of incomplete combustion of
carbonaceous fuels, there are three major types resulting from  three dif-
ferent processes of manufacture.  These are:
     1.  The impingement or channel process, in which fine-particle (high-
         ly agglomerated) blacks are made entirely from gas;  the average
                                    6
         particle diameter is 50-300A;
     2.  The furnace process, using either gas  or oil  or  a mixture  of
         the two,  in which, by varying  the operating conditions, blacks
         of graded sphere diameter can  be produced;  the average diameter
         is 300-800A.
     3.  The thermal process in which hydrocarbon gases are used to pro-
         duce coarse blacks, which have very little  tendency  to agglomer-
         ate; the average particle diameter is  1,200-5,OOOA.
     From time to time inquiries have been made concerning the  possible
health effects of contact with carbon black of  the various types.   Because
not a great deal of investigative work  had been done—judging from  the
scarcity of publications  up to 1949--the carbon black producers, as a
cooperative effort, initiated studies in 1949 to  determine factual  infor-
mation on the possible health effects of contact  with the various types
of carbon black.  These studies are still  underway (refs. 1-5).   They
involve contact with the  various type blacks by,
     1.  Ingestion;
     2.  Skin contact—surface and subcutaneous;
     3.  Inhalation;

                                     119

-------
     4.   The separation,  identification,  and quantiftcation of the
         various polycyclic aromatics adsorbed on carbon black;
     5.   An epidemiological study of workers in carbon black whose work
         and health records were adequate and available (refs.  6,7).
     Because this conference is concerned with the environmental  aspects
of chemical usage in rubber-processing operations, my remarks will be
focused on the use of carbon blacks made  by the furnace process,  which,
according to my information, is the type  of carbon black having a major
usage in the tire-processing industry.
     Carbon black has characteristics that distinguish it from bone black,
charcoal, and chimney soot.  It is essentially-carbon combined with
hydrogen and oxygen.  The hydrogen is residual hydrogen from the hydro-
carbon raw material and is more or less evenly distributed.  It is
thought to be bonded to the carbon atom by true valence bonds leading to
an "unsaturated" state.  The oxygen is chemisorbed on the carbon surface.
The amount of oxygen present has an effect of the properties of the
black--the more chemisorbed oxygen, the greater is the hydrophilic pro-
perty of the black and the more acidic the water sludge of this black
                                    ^
becomes.  The properties imparted by the  chemisorbed oxygen are very
important to the rubber industry.  The chemisorbed oxygen and hydrogen
present on the carbon black are termed "volatile matter" and may be
determined by heating most of the blacks  to 1,200°C.
     The ash content of furnace black varies in kind and amount with the
chemicals present in the quenching fyater and may be as high as 1  percent.
     Early in our studies it became evident, that the furnace type carbon
blacks had an adsorbed component that could be removed (in whole 6r in
part) by continuous extraction (48 hours), especially with hot benzene
using a soxhlet extractor  (ref. 1).  Other solvents were not as effective
as benzene.  The quantities of material extracted by 48 hours of contin-
uous extraction were determined.  This extractable material was studied
extensively—using methods of separation involving chromatographic
techniques (column, plate, paper, gas, etc.) making every effort
including repeated separations to get pure compounds with identifiable
U-V spectra.
                                       120

-------
     The following polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons adsorbed on an SRF
carbon black chosen as an example of a furnace carbon black made from an
oil-enriched gas and having the largest particle size and the highest
benzene extract were identified and quantitated (ref. 8).  The sample
analyzed was produced in 1964 and was not then, nor is it now, a typical
furnace carbon black.

     1.  Anthracene                          9.  1,2-Benzopyrene
     2.  Phenanthrene                       10.  3,4-Benzopyrene
     3.  Fluoranthene                       11.  Perylene
     4.  Pyrene                             12.  o-Phenylene pyrene
     5.  Benzo (mno) Fluoranthrene          13.  1,12-Benzoperylene
     6.  Chrysene                           14.  Anathrene
     7.  1,2-Benzanthracene                 15.  Coronene
     8.  9,10-Dimethyl - 1,2-Benzanthracene
     Of these, 1,2-benzanthracene; 9,10-dimethyl - 1,2-benzanthracene;
3,4-benzopyrene; and o-phenylene pyrene are known carcinogens.
     Other compounds were separated from the total benzene extract, U-V
spectra were obtained, but these were not identified due to the lack of
suitable standards.  We had the following 28 standards on which we ob-
tained and recorded U-V absorptions spectra is isooctane and in hexade-
cane.
     We also had literature U-V absorption spectral data as recorded by
Clar (ref. 9) and Sawicki et al. (ref. 10).
     It was our opinion that we should concentrate on identifying and
quantifying 3,4 benzopyrene and use this as an indication of our poten-
tial problem.  The following studies were done:
     1.  "Whole furnace carbon black—as a 10 percent in Purina Dog Chow
         was fed to C~H and CFW male mice for 72 weeks (ref. 1).  Gross
         and postmortem examinations revealed no changes from the normal
         as compared to control mice;
     2.  The total benzene extract of a furnace black was incorporated
         in Purina Dog Chow and fed to C.,H and CFW mice.  A significant
         number of malignant tumors was found in the G-I tract of the
         mice fed (ref. 1);
                                     121

-------
     3.  A  known carcinogen  (methylcholanthrene)  mixed  with  Purina Dog
        Chow was  fed  to  C3H and  CFW mice.   A  significant  number of
        malignant tumors was  found  in  thp  G-I tract  of the  mice fed

         (ref.  1);
                    Table 1.   Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
                           standards and their sources
Hydrocarbon
         Sources
Pyrene
Chrysene
Fluoranthene
3-Methyl cholanthrene
1,2-Benzanthracene
Anthanthrene
1-Methyl pyrenc
9,10-Benzophenanthrene
1,2',3,4-Dibenzpyrene
3,4,8,9-Dibenzypyrene
3,4,1,10-Dibenzpyrene
1,2,3,4-Dibenzanthracene
3,4,5,6-Di benzophenanthrene
1,2-Benzopyrene
Perylene
Phenanthrene
o-Phenylene pyrene
1,12-Benzoperylene
9,10-Dimethyl anthracene
1,2,5,6-Dibenzanthracene

9,10-Dimethyl-l,2-Benzanthracene

5,10-Dimethyl-3,4,8,9-Dibenzpyrene

Coronene
3,4-Benzopyrene
Anthracene
Naphthacene
1,2-Benzanthracene (tetraphene)
 Eastman Organic  Chemicals
 Eastman Organic  Chemicals
 Eastman Organic  Chemicals
 Eastman Organic  Chemicals
 Eastman Organic  Chemicals
 K &  K Laboratories,  Inc.
 K &  K Laboratories,  Inc.
 K &  K Laboratories,  Inc.
 K &  K Laboratories,  Inc.
 K &  K Laboratories,  Inc.
.K &  K Laboratories,  Inc.
 K &  K Laboratories,  Inc.
 K &  K Laboratories,  Inc.
 Aldrich Chemical  Co.   Inc.
 Aldrich Chemical  Co.   Inc.
 Aldrich Chemical  Co.   Inc.
 Aldrich Chemical  Co.   Inc.
 Aldrich Chemical  Co.   Inc.
 Aldrich Chemical  Co.   Inc.
 California Corp.  for Biochemical
   Research
 California Corp.  for Biochemical
   Research
 California Corp.  for Biochemical
   Research
 Fluka AG,  Buchs,  SG,  Switzerland
 J. T. Baker Chemical  Co.
 Chemical Service Media
 City Chemical  Corporation
 Nutritional Biochemicals  Corp.
                                     122

-------
     4.   A known carcinogen (methylcholanthrene)  adsorved chromatographi-
         cally (with heat) on a furnace carbon black that had previously
         been extracted with hot benzene was fed  to C3H and CFW mice for
         prolonged periods.  None of the fed mice developed malignancies.
         This result suggests the adsorptive power of carbon black and
         the effective inactivatiqn of a known carcinogen (ref. 1);
     5.   Tests were designed to determine whether gastric juice, intes-
         tinal juice, or human blood plasma would desorb any of the
         carcinogenic polycyclic aromatics adsorbed on a furnace carbon
         black (ref. 3).  The carbon black was suspended in these
         various potential eluents for 7 days using benzene extraction
         of the eluent and subsequent examination of the benzene by
         scanning with a U-V spectrophotometer.   It was determined that
         under these conditions no carcinogen was desorbed;
     6.   It was also found that subcutaneous or'intraperitoneal injection
         of the "whole" furnace carbon black in mice in significant
         quantities led to no detectable changes  from the normal.  Injec-
         tion of the benzene extract produced tumors (ref.  3);
     7.   Tests were also designed to determine if gastric juice, intes-
         tinal juice, or human blood plasma would desorb any of the car-
         cinogenic polycyclic hydrocarbons adsorbed on a furnace carbon
         black incorporated in a typical rubber formation (10 or 20 per-
         cent) obtained from a commercial fabricator.  It was determined
         that the eluents used did not elute any  significant amounts of
         polycyclic aromatics from the rubber formulations (ref. 3).

Skin Contact Studies (ref. 2)
     Mice, rabbits, and monkeys were painted with a 20-percent suspension
of a furnace carbon black in water (using 1 percent aqueous carboxymethy-
cellulose as the emulsifying agent), cotton seed  oil, or mineral oil--
three times a week for 1 year.  No changes from the normal  were detected.
     When the benzene polycyclic adsorbed component of this same carbon
black was painted on these same species, a significant number of the
painted  animals developed skin malignancies.
                                    123

-------
     These tests indicate that, carbon black adsorbs the polycyclic aro-
matics so firmly that either they are not released at all or are released
so slowly that they are ineffective as carcinogens.

Inhalation Studies (ref. 4)
     These were more extensive and used various furnace carbon blacks.
Mice, guinea pigs, and rhesus monkeys were used as test animals.  To
'accomplish our purpose we designed an air-tight dust chamber 6x8x10 feet
in size with an entrance door of 2x6 feet.  We used a dust concentration
of 1.6 mg per cubic meter.  This concentration was higher than one would
find under the usual working conditions and was selected after tests at
•the sacking department.  Temperature and humidity were approximately 76°F
and 55 percent.  Our dust feed apparatus was designed to maintain a fixed
and continuous, relatively uniform concentration.  Our animals were
exposed 7 hours per day 5 days per week.  The monkeys were exposed for as
long as 13,000 hours and the mice for their life span.  Food and water
was available at all times.  Relevant controls were carried out for all
tests.  All animals were subjected to gross and microscopic tissue and
organ studies.
     It should be pointed out that not all of the particles inhaled
remain in the lung.  Some are too large to penetrate far into the tubular
system, and smaller ones penetrate deeply but may also be exhaled.
     The pulmonary system has fantastic capabilities of self-cleansing,
made possible by the secretory powers of the tubular lining cells and the
coordinated, sychronized movement of the cilia projecting into the tubu-
lar system.  Unless this capability is exceeded, very few particulates
will be detected by microscopic examination.  Assuming, however, that the
capability for self-cleansing may be exceeded at times for one reason or
another, particles may be found in lesser or greater amount—free or
engulfed in scavenger cells  (macrophages).
     The furnace black inhaled by our test mice entered the alveoli
(terminal parts of the lung, where the gaseous exchange takes place)
readily and could be demonstrated as free-lying particles, or sometimes
                                     124

-------
aggregates of the particulates were found in macrophages (scavenger cells).
This intra-alveolar pigmentation was uniformly distributed (irrespective
of particle size) throughout the pulmonary parenchyma, and its intensity
was a direct correlation with the duration of exposure.   The maximum
intensity was reached at 2,000 hours of exposure.
     Little or no carbon black was found in the alveoli  of our exposed
rhesus monkeys, irrespective of the length of the exposure; in only rare
instances were pigmented macrophages observed.
     Carbon black may be found within the wall of the alveolus—having
penetrated into the interstices.  The alveolar lining cells contained
minimal or virtually no pigment.  The pigment was, however, found intersti-
tially either as a free particulate or within the macrophages.  The
interstitial location became more predominant than the alveolar within
1,000 to 2,000 hours of exposure.  Within the alveolar interstices, the
pigment became more compacted in a dense manner much more prominently
than could be demonstrated in the intra-alveolar state.
     In mice, the carbon black was diffusely and finely distributed.  In
contrast, the monkey lungs primarily presented the pattern of focal nodju-
lar pigmentation diffusely distributed throughout the lungs in such a
manner as to give the gross appearance of uniform total  blackness; how-
ever, large areas of alveoli demonstrating no pigmentation were found
interposed between the areas of nodularity.
     In most instances, the physical presence of the carbon black alone
accounted for a thickening of the alveolar walls.  Some alveolar wall
thickening due to cellular proliferation was encountered.  In a few
animals, there was proliferation of the interstitial cells, and only
rarely did this change lead to a minimal and variable fibrosis.  No com-
mon factors could be determined to predict which animals would or would
not develop this fibrosis, nor did it progress as exposure continued.
     With progression, the carbon black was observed characteristically
in two locations, peri bronchial and perivascular.  This  distribution was
manifested as prominent aggregates or nodules of pigment and was observed
especially in the monkey lungs.  These heavy deposits of carbon black
were present both in the free state and within macrophages and were with-
in peri vascular and peri bronchial soft tissue.  The uniform peri bronchial
                                    125

-------
carbon black deposition served to intensify the bronchial  passages radio-
graphically.  The subpleural  lymphatics were also prominently distended
with carbon black.  The bronchopulmonary hilar lymph nodes displayed
varying degrees of pigmentation.   No fibrosis was observed within the
lymph nodes.
     Emphysema was encountered irregularly, but certainly it did occur in
varying degrees, usually focal and usually minimal.   The significance of
the emphysema in both mice and monkeys is difficult  to determine, because
it has been observed also in  some of the control animals.   This emphysema
tends to be centrilobular in  type and, therefore, probably due to the
physical presence of the carbonaceous material, or it may be a sequel to
an old inflammatory reaction.
     Microscopically, the liver,  spleen, and kidneys of the exposed ani-
mals demonstrated the presence of some carbonaceous  material but no sig-
nificant changes from the normal.
     We did not do any pulmonary-function studies on the monkeys exposed
to the furnace carbon black but did do both antemortem and postmortem
function studies on monkeys expo«ed to carbon black  made by the thermal
process (ref. 11).  No changes from the normal were  detected.  The micro-
scopic pictures of both groups (furnace or thermal)  were identical.

Chest X-Rays of the Exposed Monkeys (ref. 4)
     No changes on the chest X-rays were noted until 250 hours of exposure
were reached, at which time slig'ht changes were noted.  After 1,000 hours
of exposure, the changes noted were quite definite and increasing as the
exposure continued.  The changes consist of "blotchy" irregular areas of
infiltration scattered throughout the lower portion  of both lungs.  The
infiltrations predominantly occupy the lower portions, although there
appears to  be some infiltration in the upper portions of the lungs.  The
degree or extent of the infiltration appears to be about equal in all o.f
the monkeys with equal exposure and increases with increasing exposure.
In all of the monkeys exposed for 1,500 hours or more, there are definite,
well-marked, extensive changes in the lungs characterized by definite
                                    126

-------
areas of opacity.   In those monkeys exposed for 2,000 hours  we found  no
striking changes compared to those exposed for 1,500 hours.

Electrocardiographic Changes (ref. 4)
     Monkeys inhaling the furnace carbon black showed electrocardiographic
changes resulting from atrial and right ventricular strain and were noted
first after 2,500 hours of exposures.   After 10,000 hours of exposure the
changes were quite marked.
     After 1,000 hours of exposure (in mice) there is a snght increase
in the ratio of heart weight to body weight.
     When we studied the possible effect of the inhalation by monkeys of a
thermal-type carbon black we found a resulting right ventricular,  septa!,
and, to a lesser degree, left ventricular hypertrophy.
     In a comparison of the ratio of lung weight to body weight—using mice
exposed to a furnace black and comparing them to control mice—an
increase of threefold to fourfold in the exposed mice in lung weight  was
detected (ref. 4).  This finding warranted a study of pulmonary ventila-
tion in mice.  Using the uptake of carbon monoxide as an indication of
the amount of air going through the pulmonary system, we exposed our  test
and control mice to a known concentration of carbon monoxide for an equal
time period.  Blood carboxyhemoglobin that was determined in both  groups
5, 10, and 20 minutes after the exposure ended showed no significant
difference in the two groups.  This finding, together with the finding
of our pulmonary function studies in our monkeys exposed to  a thermal
black by inhalation, suggests that there is no impairment in air flow or
in diffusion of gases.
     An epidemiological study of men who worked for 17 years in plants
producing carbon black was conducted (refs. 6,7).  The number of workers
serving as a basis for this study, their ages, and length of time  worked
may be questioned as being adequate for conclusions.  An extension of
this survey involving a larger number of workers is presently being
designed.
     It was indicated from this study, the observed death rate from
cancer among the carbon black workers studies was 0.21  per 1,000 per  work
                                    127

-------
year for the 17-year period, 1939-1956.   This is low expectancy,  as judged
by rates observed among other and comparable populations.   The morbidity
rate also was low—1.0 for 1939-1949 and 1.2 for 1949-1956 (refs.  6,7).
     The evidence available from our studies extending over 26 years,
coupled with personal observations,  leads us to conclude that:
     1.  The health of the worker exposed to carbon black  is not
         adversely affected by his exposure;
     2.  In animal feeding, painting or  subcutaneously injecting  the
         whole carbon black as produced  and used leads to  no detectable
         changes from the normal;
     3.  Inhalation of the furnace carbon black in high concentrations
         for prolonged periods (mice and rhesus monkeys) leads to  a
         deposition of the carbon black  in the lung with no detectable
         loss of normal pulmonary function, but with some  electrocardio-
         graphic and heart-weight changes, suggesting a slight right
         ventricular, septal and, to a lesser degree, left ventricular
         hypertrophy;
     4.  Carbon black made by the furnace process has polycyclic  hydro-
         carbons adsorbed, and these can desorbed in whole or in  part  by
         extraction with benzene;
     5.  The benzene-extractible material has carcinogenic components
         which, when painted on or injected into mice, produce malignant
         tumors.  A similar result occurs when the extracted material  is
         mixed with Purina Dog Chow and  fed to mice.
                                    REFERENCES
1.  C. A. Nau, J. Neal, and V.  Stembridge,  "A Study of the Physiological
    Effects of Carbon Black.   I.  Ingestion,  " A.M.A. Arch, of Indust.  Hyg.,
    Vol. 17 (1958), pp. 21-38.
2.  C. A. Nau, J. Neal, and V.  Stembridge,  "A Study of the Physiological
    Effects of Carbon Black.  II.  Skin Contact," A.M.A.  Arch,  of Indust.
    Hyg., Vol. 18, (1958), pp.  511-520.
                                    128

-------
3.   C. A. Nau, 0.  Neal, and V.  Stembridge,  "A Study of the Physiological
    Effects of Carbon Black. III.  Absorption and Elution Potentials.
    Subcutaneous Injections," A.M.A.  Arch,  of Indust.  Hyg., Vol.  60
    (1960), pp. 512-533.

4.   C. A. Nau, J.  Neal, V.  Stembridge, and  R. N. Cooley, "Physiological
    Effects of Carbon Black. IV.  Inhalation." Arch, of Env. Heal., Vol.  4
    (1962), pp. 415-431.

5.   J. Neal, M. Thornton, and C.  A.  Nau, "Polycyclic Hydrocarbon  Elution
    from Carbon Black or Rubber Products,"  Arch, of Env. Heal.,  Vol.  4
    (1962), pp. 598-606.

6.   T. H. Ingalls, "Incidence of Cancer in  the Carbon Black Industry,"
    Indust. Hyg. and Occup. Med.,  Vol. 1 (1950), pp. 662-676.

7.   T. H. Ingalls, and R. Risquez-Iribarren, "Periodic Search  for Cancer
    in the Carbon Black Industry," Arch, of Env. Heal., Vol.  2 (1961),
    pp. 429-433.

8.   A. H. Qazi and C. A. Nau, "Identification of Polycyclic Aromatic
    Hydrocarbons in Semi-Reinforcing Furnace Carbon Black," submitted for
  '  publication.

9.   E. Clar, Polycyclic Hyrdocarbons, Vols. I and II,  Academic Press,
    London and New York, Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Gottingen-Heidel berg,
    1964.

10.   E. R. Sawicki, T.  R. Hauser,  and T. W. Stanley, "Ultraviolet, Visible
    and Fluoresecent Spectral Analysis of Polynuclear Hydrocarbons,"
    Int. J. Air Poll..  Vol. 2 (1960), p. 253.

11.   C. A. Nau, G. T. Taylor, and  C.  Lawrence, "A Study of the Identifying
    Properties and Physiological  Effects of Contact with Thermal  Carbon
    Black," submitted for publication.
                                     129

-------
                         CARBON BLACK AND ECOLOGY
                              Harry J. Col Iyer*
Abstract
     Ecology is  the biology dealing with  the mutual relationships between
 organisms  and  their environment.  Carbon  black  has a unique  combination  of
 two properties;  it is both the darkest substance and the most finely div-
 ided substance.  These properties dictate  a need for special  treatment  to in-
 sure environmental control.  The relationship of carbon black to man and his
 environment is important.  Advancing  technology in manufacturing operations
 has-insured compliance with ecological needs.   Pelletization and packaging
 improvements have facilitated shipping, in-plant handling, and  use  in  rubber
'processing operations.   Good housekeeping is essential.
     Carbon black safety and health aspects have been  documented.   Carbon
 black  by OSHA  definition is not a hazardous material and is  not a -toxic  sub-
 stance.  The Threshold Limit Value  (TLV)  relates to good housekeeping.   Car-
 bon blacks as  used in the rubber industry do not create an esplodable  atmos-
 phere.  Heavy  metals, cyanides, phenols,  and poly chlorinated biphenyIs (PCB's)
 are either absent or present, only in  trace amounts.  Carbon  black does not
 qualify under  the OSHA Standard for "carcinogens."  An FDA regulation  per-
 mits carbon black use in rubber articles.
     Physiological effects of carbon  black on small animals  have been  studied
 for over 25 years.  Morbidity and mortality studies of carbon black workers
 indicate no specific health problem.  The carbon black industry continues  its
 worker-safety  and health studies and  its  development of products that  are
 ecologically satisfactory.

     Ecology may be defined as the  biology dealing with the  mutual  relations
 between organisms and their environment.  Eco derives  from the  Greek OIKOS,
 meaning house.   Thus we  have the study of man in his house,  his habitat, the
 effect of  man  on his environment, and of  his environment on  man.  The  envi-
      *Technical  Service Manager and  Product  Liability  Coordinator
                                    130

-------
ronment is made up of a number of interrelated entities:  the atmosphere that
Mother Nature provides; the atmosphere after man has lived,  worked and play-
ed in it; the ground and water below; the surrounding structures;  the people
around; and the machines and materials man uses for his way  of life.   Let us
consider how one of these materials, carbon black., relates to man  and to the
environment of rubber processing operations.
     Carbon black has a unique combination of two properties, each of which,
it will be seen, suggests a need for in-plant control.  First, carbon black
is the darkest substance known to man.  Second, carbon black is the most
finely divided commercial substance, several orders of magnitude finer, for
example, than the particulates that make up tobacco smoke.  It is  this fine
state of subdivision (along with some other properties) that causes it to be
the most important material in the reinforcement of elastomers and plastics.
Carbon black handling operations within the rubber factory therefore involve
three factors important to ecologists:  a product which man feels  he must
use but a product which likes to be where it shouldn't be and is highly visi-
ble when it gets there.
     Since our specific interest lies in the environmental aspects of carbon
black use in rubber processing operations, we will not dwell too deeply upon
the history of carbon black development nor detail methods of manufacture or
the parameters governing the choice of a particular grade of black for a spe-
cific application.  However, to provide proper frames of reference and some
definitions, carbon blacks have been broadly classified by the methods of
manufacture.  Channel blacks are made by impingement of underventilateu nat-
ural gas flames, thermal blacks by thermal decomposition of natural gas.  Gas
furnace blacks are made by partial combustion of natural  gas in reactors or
furnaces and oil furnace blacks by partial combustion of liquid hydrocarbons
in reactors or furnaces of more advanced design.
     Channel process manufacture began to decline when SBR was developed dur-
ing World War II and a need for different types of carbon black was recogniz-
ed. Channel blacks were supplanted first by gas-process furnace blacks and
later by oil-process furnace blacks.  The channel process is not a "clean"
process and in recent years has become esthetically and ecologically unaccept-
able.  As a result of pollution control  activities, low yield characteristics,

                                      131

-------
and the increasing cost of natural  gas, production of those grades of chan1-
nel black that were suitable for use in rubber came to an end in the United
States last year.
     Thermal process blacks remain available, although domestic capacity has
been sharply reduced during the past few months.  Since the make fuel is
natural gas—a commodity of decreasing availability and increasing cost--
there is some conjecture as to the continuing availability of thermal blacks
at affordable prices.  The remaining capacity (about 255 million pounds) re-
presents only about 6 percent of the total domestic carbon black capacity
(4.1 billion pounds).
     Gas process furnace blacks had a relatively short period of large-vol-'
ume production before advancing technology introduced liquid hydrocarbon raw
materials and the oil furnace process was born.  The oil furnace process
turned out  to be the most important development ever in the carbon black in-
dustry.  It allowed greater yields per pound of hydrocarbon, greater through-
put, greater collection efficiency, and, as knowledge increased, wide flexi-
bility in the types of black produced.  Since the make fuel could be easily
transported, it opened up plant locations all over the world and, here at
home, new plants have been 1 ideated nearer the larger consumption centers.
About 94 percent of the nearly 4 billion pounds of ca,rbon black shipped in
the United  States goes into rubber products, and it is estimated that about
60 percent  of the carbon black shipped to rubber industry customers  is used
by tire manufacturers.  Carbon black's outstanding ability to reinforce elas-
tomers, and  impart other desirable characteristics make it a commodity essen-
tial to our economy and way o*f life.  As such it is appropriate to consider
its safety  and health aspects and environmental control.
     Long before passage of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970
(OSHA) the  carbon black industry had established, by all means at its command,
that its product was not a hazardous material.  A similar conclusion had been
reached by  the industrial safety and occupational health programs of our cus-
tomers.  It is gratifying to note, therefore, that carbon black does'not qual-
ify as a hazardous material by OSHA definition.
     Carbon black is technically not on the Toxic Substances List published
annually by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH).

                                      132

-------
This requires a brief explanation.   In 1971  and prior years  carbon black
was not listed.  In 1972 it appeared on the  list on the basts of some detri-
mental small animal tests reported in a foreign journal.  When it was point-
ed out to NIOSH that the work had been done  with lampblack,  not carbon black,
NIOSH agreed to remove carbon black from 1973 edition, which was done.  Car-
bon black reappears in the 1974 edition but  NIOSH has told us this is a
printing error, to be corrected in the next  edition.
     The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (AC6IH)
assigns and publishes threshold limit values (TLV) for chemical substances
in the workroom environment.  These are included in the OSHA Standards.  The
                                                  ^
threshold limit value for carbon black is 3.5 mg/nr (time-weighted average).
This amount creates a very dark cloud and would seldom be experienced.  Actu-
ally, ACGIH agrees that since carbon black is not a toxic substance, it de-
                       o
serves a TLV of 15 mg/m  , the level assigned to "nuisance dusts."  However,
the lower value is being kept for "housekeeping" reasons even though from a
health point of view the higher value should be allowed.
     The OSHA Standards contain a section extracted from the National Elec-
trical Code, which confirms that carbon black dusts having less than 8 per-
cent volatile matter do not create an explodable atmosphere.  Carbon blacks
for use in rubber offer no problem; typical  volatile contents are about 1
percent.  Tests by the Bureau of Mines, by private sector insurance labora-
tories, and by carbon black supplier laboratories confirm the nonexplosive
nature of rubber-grade carbon blacks.
     Rubber-grade carbon blacks are extremely difficult to ignite.  Ignition
in air occurs well above 300°C.  When burning, carbon dioxide and carbon mon-
oxide are evolved.  While no particular precautions need be taken when handl-
ing and storing carbon black, when entering  closed storage tanks use of an
appropriate respirator or air line is essential to guard against lack of ade-
quate oxygen supply or possible exposure to  carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide.
     From a reactivity point of view, carbon black is a remarkably inert,
stable material.
     Carbon blacks contain no detectable amount of polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCB's), .organic chemicals that can induce dermatitis and liver damage.
                                      133

-------
     Analyses of typical  rubber-grade blacks show extremely low amounts  of
phenols, cyanides, and heavy metals.   Selected values for an N-774-type  oil
furnace black include:
          Phenols                                      0.6 ppm
          Lead                                         2.7 ppm
          Antimony       Selenium
          Arsenic        Thallium
          Barium         Vanadium            less than 0.5 ppm
          Bismuth        Molybdenum
          Chromium
          Cyanides       Mercury
          Beryllium      Cobalt              less than 0.05 ppm
          Cadmi urn
     Thorough analysis of carbon black is important.  The resultant data in-
dicate no health or safety problems and provide assurance that no significant
amounts of heavy metals or hazardous substances are being discharged to the
atmosphere or into water streams.
     This portion of the conference seeks what is known (and what still needs
to be known) of the toxicology of significant chemicals, from a biological
standpoint, associated with rubber processing operations.  Dr. Nau has clini-
cally presented health studies relating to carbon black; we shall also be
hearing about carbon black from Dr. Gold and perhaps still more during the
academic program.  However, interest in carcinogenic!ty and in inhalation
effects justifies further input, even at the risk of some redundancy.
     "Petroleum oils and derivative fractions" have been described in the lit-
erature as carcinogenic substances.  There has been a tendency to include car-
bon black presumably because it is "derived from" petroleum oils.  While pet-
roleum residues are indeed the make fuel for furnace blacks, the carbon black
survives flame temperatures in the region of 3000°F (1650°C).  Similarly, nat-
ural gas is the make fuel for thermal blacks with temperatures about 2400°F
(1300°F).  The final products are about 99 percent pure carbon.  The remain-
der consists of "ash," "volatile matter," and "extractables."  The ash con-

                                     134

-------
tent comes mainly from the inorganic mineral  content of the quench water used
and has no relationship to carcinogenic materials.  "Volatile matter" relates
to chemisorbed oxygen present on the carbon surface in the form of carbon-oxy-
gen complexes removable only by heating the black to 1740°F (950°C).  These
carbon-oxygen complexes are not carcinogens and 1n any case one can see the
inapplicability of the conditions for removal.  The "extractables" refer to
material removable by long-term continuous reflux extraction by organic sol-
vents such as toluene, benzene, or acetone.  Typical extract content of rub-
ber-grade oil furnace blacks is less than 0.1 percent.  Medium thermal blacks
(N-990 type) have typical extract content of about 0.7 percent and fine ther-
mal blacks (N-880 type) may run about 1.5 percent.
     The extractable matter in all furnace blacks and in thermal blacks does
contain a number of complex organic compounds including polynuclear aromat-
ics (PNA's), some of which are carcinogenic.  This information has been pub-
lished in various medical journals (cited by Dr. Nau) since 1951.  By recent
analysis, N-339-type oil furnace black contained 23 ppm 3>4-Benzpyrene and
92 ppm Coronene.  N-990-type medium thermal black contained 192 ppm 3,4-Benz-
pyrene and 472 ppm Coronene.  However, and this is the key point, carbon
blacks adsorb and bind these PNA's so effectively that they are either not
released at all or released so slowly that they are ineffective as carcino-
gens, based on extensive small animal tests.  The carcinogenic compounds
themselves, extracted and isolated, produce tumors in small animals.  Remem-
ber that they are extractable only by severe, long-term chemical treatment.
The whole carbon black (which is what is in the. worker's environment) causes
no tumor or cancer problems when ingested, subcutaneously injected, inhaled,
or applied to the skin.
     OSHA Standard 1910.93 c-p on '-'Carcinogens" lists 14 chemicals known to
be carcinogens, some of which have been used in the rubber industry.  When
this standard was devised, mixtures were allowed containing up to 1,000 ppm
of 6 of the 14 chemicals and up to 10,000 ppm of the remaining 8.  Even if
the carcinogenic PNA's on carbon black were desorbed, .the amounts would be
far below these levels.
     Studies  of small  animal  inhalation under extreme conditions led to no
abnormality in the lung function.   Long-term massive dosage caused some in-
crease in heart-weight and size.
                                      135

-------
     While experimental research has naturally been limited to small animal
 testing,  careful monitoring of the health records of carbon black'"plant
 workers has not indicated any out-of-the-ordfnary condition.  A long-term
 cancer morbidity and mortality study of carbon black workers led to the con-
 clusion that rates were low relative to other comparable populations.  While
 no  evidence of a carbon black health hazard has appeared, we recognize the
 continuing need for anything that will aid the ecological and environmental
'containment of the product.  The carbon black producers continue to seek im-
 proved pelletization to reduce'dust, aid in handling, and shorten incorpora-
 tion times.  Packaging and transport vehicles have been upgraded during the
 past few  years.  Suppliers encourage and are prepared to advise on adoption
•of  bulk transport, bulk storage, and bulk handling.  Totally enclosed systems
 at  consuming plants ease housekeeping tremendously.  In plants too small to
 warrant bulk installation, much can still be done with proper transport, ven-
 tilation, lighting systems, and insistence on proper priorities for good
 housekeepi ng habi ts.
     Even though we do not visualize carbon black as a causative factor of
 any illness or injury, preventive medi-cal and occupational safety and health
 program records from rubber companies should make apparent any associative
 symptoms.
     Just as they have done in the past, the Carbon Black Industry Committee
 for Environmental Health and the suppliers individually will continue to in-
 vestigate the safety and health aspects of carbon black and help keep man's
 house in  order.
                                      136

-------
                         CARBON BLACK ADSORBATES:
               A NEW CARCINOGEN AND OXYGENATED POLYCYCLICS*
                            Avram Gold,  Ph.D.t

Abstract
     The polycyclic aromatic and polar fractions of neutral carbon black
extract have been analyzed.  The structure of a hitherto uncharacterized
carcinogen in the poly cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon fraction has been eluci-
dated by partial hydrogenation and correlation of the spectroscopic and
physical properties of the resulting compound to those of a "known compound
to establish the structure of the basic carbon skeleton.  Analysis of the
neutral polar fraction represents the first systematic attempt to determine
the constituents of this fraction which3 by analogy to the neutral polar
fraction of airborne particulates3 is expected to have carcinogenic acti-
vity.  Analysis of the polar fraction was accomplished by preparative high
pressure liquid chromatography in conjunction with both high and low reso-
lution mass spectrometry.   A number of poly cyclic ketones and an anhydride
have been identified.

     The industrial importance of carbon black and consequent occupational
exposure have sparked interest in characterizing its extractable organic
components (refs. 1-6).  Rubber tire dust, composed largely of carbon black,
has also been identified as a component of airborne particulates (ref. 7)
in urban locations, especially abutting heavily traveled routes.  Because
of the widespread exposure to carbon black, the discovery by Monson and
Nakano (ref. 8) of the Harvard School of Public Health that rubber workers
in jobs with heavy exposure to carbon black experience an increased rate of
stomach cancer serves to heighten the importance of studies on carbon black
adsorbates.
     *This work was funded by the B. F. Goodrich Company—United Rubber,
Cork, Linoleum and Plastic Workers Joint Occupational Health Program.
                                    137

-------
     The organic adsorb'ates of oil furnace black, a type of carbon black
used in manufacturing tires, were investigated.  In addition to examining
the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) content of the carbon black,
which has been the orthodox approach in evaluating possible carbon black
hazard, a systematic effort was made to identify constituents of the neu-
tral polar fraction of carbon black as well.  This fraction of carbon black
extract would be expected to contain oxygenated polycyclics and other heter-
ocyclic compounds.  The neutral polar fraction merits attention since Heuper
(ref. 9) and others (ref. 10) have demonstrated that, the corresponding ex-
tract of airborne particulate matter possesses considerable carcinogenic po-,
tency.  The composition of organic extractables in airborne particulate
matter and carbon black should be very similar since both are derived from
the combustion of hydrocarbons.  Because of this relationship in composi-
tion and the proven carcinogenicity of the neutral polar fraction of air-
borne particulate matter, the identification and screening of the compounds
in the corresponding fraction of carbon blacks would certainly yield en-
vironmental carcinogens.
     The experimental procedure in the analytical study of carbon black
adsorbates is straightforward.  The carbon black was extracted with ChLC^-
The crude extract was taken up in benzene, extracted with NaOH to remove
acids and phenols, and extracted again with HC1 to remove bases.  The mate-
rial remaining in the benzene, the neutral fraction, was then adsorbed on
silica,and further fractionated by liquid chromatography into saturated
hydrocarbon, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH), and polar fractions.
     The PAH fraction was separated by preparative gas chromatography (GC)
on a 25 percent SE-52 column, 1/4 in. x 15 ft  at 270°C.  As figure 1 demon-
strates, the chromatogram consisted of seven major peaks.  Each of these
components was collected and characterized by  its UV and mass spectrum.
For the first six compounds, these data were sufficient for identification.
     Figure 2 shows the UV of the first and rather minor component, 'naph-
thalene.  The spectrum is contaminated with pyrene (which occurred in such
a great quantity  that it contaminated the collection manifold of the gas
chromatograph) but subtraction of the pyrene contribution leaves the proper
absorptions for naphthalene.  The UV  identification of fraction 1 is con-
firmed by a comparison of the retention time of peak 1 with naphthalene.
                                      138

-------
     The second component was Identified as acenaphthylene by its low
resolution mass spectrum (M* 152), UV spectrum (fig. 3), and melting point
(92°C).  The third component was identified by its UV spectrum as phen-
anthrene (fig. 4).
     Phenanthrene and anthracene have identical molecular weights and frag-
mentation patterns in the mass spectrometer and also similar retention times
by GC.  Although they would not have been resolved on the column used for
the preparative GC, the presence of anthracene as a significant impurity
in compound 3 is ruled out by the UV (fig. 4).
     Compounds 4 and 5 were readily identified by UV spectra and low reso-
lution mass spectrometry as fluoranthene (fig. 5) and pyrene (fig. 6).
Compound 6 was identified as benzo [ghi] fluoranthene by mass spectrometry
(M* 226), UV  (fig. 7), melting point (145°C), and picrate derivative.
     Compound 7 could not be identified from its UV or low resolution mass
spectrum (fig. 8).  The empirical formula, from high resolution mass spec-
troscopy was C^gH^ (mass required, 226.0782; found 226.0783).  The formula
index of Chemical Abstracts led to a reference under cyclopenta [cd] pyrene
(fig. 9a) to work by Neal and Trieff (ref. 2) which described an orange,
crystalline carcinogenic compound they isolated from carbon black, having a
UV (fig. 10) and melting point (165°C) identical to those of compound 7.
     This compound, although uncharacterized structurally, had been
reported originally by Falk and Steiner in 1952 (ref. 1).  Neal tentatively
characterized the compound as 3,4 dihydrocyclopenta [cd] pyrene (fig. 9b)
rather than the unsaturated compound, which actually makes the Chemical
Abstracts reference incorrect.  The structural assignment was based on a
molecular weight of 228-230 determined by boiling point elevation and a
comparison of the UV to that of a compound identified as dihydrocyclo-
pentapyrene in a paper by Wall cave (ref. 11).  A comparison of the two UV
spectra (fig. 11) immediately rules out the structural assignment by Neal.
     Since there are a relatively limited number of reasonable PAH
isomers that can be drawn for C-igH,Q and since these systems all contain
portions which should be easily hydrogenated, compound 7 was hydrogenated
in ethanol over Pd under the assumption that the UV of the remaining
aromatic system and the number of hydrogens taken up would give a clue to
the structure of the original carbon skeleton.
                                      139

-------
     The hydrogenation product, compound 8, took up two hydrogens, and had
a UV spectrum identical to that of Wall cave's compound (fig.  12), closely
resembling the UV of pyrene.   A literature search under C,gH,2 turned up a
paper (ref.  12) in which an unambiguous  synthesis of 3,4 dihydrocyclopenta
[cd] pyrene was described.
     Both compound 8 and the unambiguously synthesized 3,4 dihydrocyclopen-
ta [cd] pyrene gave pale yellow plates from hexane melting at 131°C,
positively identifying 8 as the di hydrocycl opentapyrene (fig. 8), which
could only have arisen from hydrogenation of cyclopenta [cd] pyrene, the
structure assigned to 7.*
     Cyclopenta [cd] pyrene is a hitherto unknown carcinogenic PAH that
appears to be a major constituent of carbon black, even though benzo [a]
pyrene is often absent or a minor compound.
     In analyzing the neutral polar fraction, it was necessary first to
develop a method for separating the mixture, and second, to work out a
procedure for identifying a group of compounds for which no extensive or
conveniently tabulated literature exists as it does for PAH's.  Separation
was achieved by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC ) using porous
reverse phase packing in order to obtain a high capacity column for pre-
parative work.  The fractions collected were characterized by low resolu-
tion mass spectrometry, IR, and UV.  The empirical formulae of the com-
pounds not readily identifiable by these data were determined by high
resolution mass spectrometry and the formula index of Chemical Abstracts
utilized in conducting a literature search.
     The neutral polar fraction had the chromatogram shown in figure 13.
     Compound 9 could not be exactly identified.  Its empirical formula
was established as CioM^-  Its *R» w^tn carbonyl bands at 1775 and 1735
cm"  is typical of a cyclic anhydride containing a 6-membered ring (ref.
14).  The fragmentation pattern in the mass spectrometer (fig. 14) is
completely consistent with this assignment, major fragments being M* - 44
for loss of C02 and M* - 72 for loss of C^O.,.  The fragment at m/e 200 is
presumably C,gHg, which suggests that 9 is a derivative of fluoranthene or

     *While this work was being reviewed for publication, a paper appeared
by Wai leave describing the structural determination of cyclopenta [cd]
pyrene in an identical manner (ref. 13).  Both papers concur precisely.
                                     140

-------
pyrene.  The pyrene assignment seems particularly likely since the 6-
membered anhydride (fig. 15) could be derived from the oxidation of
compound 7.
     Support for this hypothesis can be derived from the identification of
naphtha!ic anhydride (fig. 16) in a preliminary workup of the bicarbonate-
soluble acid'fraction of the carbon black extract by HPLC.  The appearance
of the anhydride in the acid fraction presumably resulted from hydrolysis
to the di-acid and extraction by base,.then dehydration during acidifica-
tion of the basic extract prior to reextraction into organic solvent during
the workup procedure.  The identity of naphthalic anhydride was established
by determining its empirical formula (C-|2H6°3 by hlgh resolution mass
spectrometry), and by its mass spectral fragmentation pattern (fig. 16)
and its IR spectrum (v   1775, 1741 (ref. 15)).  The naphthalic anhydride
might be an oxidation product of acenaphthylene, one of the PAH constitu-
ents of the carbon black extract.
     Compound 10 was identified as phenalenone by its UV,(fig. 17) (ref. 16)
and IR (VCQ 1650 cm  ) spectra (ref. 17).
     The empirical formula of compound 11 was established as C,,-HgO, and
through the literature (ref. 18) its identity was established as 4 H-
cyclopenta [def] phenanthren-4-one (fig. 18).  The carbonyl frequency in
the IR (1725 cm" ) is consistent with the 5-membered cyclic conjugated
ketone.
     Similarly compound 12 was shown to have the formula C-,gH,QO and its
identity was established through its UV and mass spectra (fig. 19) as 6H-
benzo [cd] pyren-6-one (ref. 16).  A sufficient amount of 12 was obtained
to purify for a melting point which at 252°C is in accord with published
data as well as the carbonyl band in the IR at 1656 cm   (ref. 19).
     Of the compounds identified in the neutral polar fraction, only phen-
alenone appears to be well known, and the carcinogenic properties of these
compounds do not appear to have been examined.

                                REFERENCES
1.   H. L. Falk and P.  E. Steiner, Cancer Research, Vol. 12 (1952), p. 30.
2.   J. Neal and N. M.  Trieff, Health Lab. Sci., Vol. 9 (1972), p. 32.
3.   A. H. Qazi and C.  A. Nau (in press).
                                     141

-------
4,.    C.  A.  Nau, J.  Neal,  and V.  A.  Steinbridge,  AMA Arch.  Ind.  Health,
     Vol.  17 (1958),  p.  21.                                      "

5.    C.  A.  Nau, J.  Neal,  and V.  A.  Steinbridge,  AMA Arch.  Ind.  Health. Vol.
     18 (1958), p.  511.
6.    C.  A.  Nau, J.  Neal,  and R.  N.  Cooley, Arch.  Environ.  Health. Vol. 4
     (1961), p. 415.                             !

7.    S.  K.  Friedlander,  Environ.  Sci.  and Techno!.. Vol.  1  (1973),  p. 235.

8.    R.  Monson and  K.  Nakana, Harvard  School  of  Public  Health,  665  Hunting-
     ton Ave., Boston, Mass. 02115.  Unpublished  results.

9.    W.  C.  Heuper,  P.  Kotin, E.  C.  Tabor, W.  W.  Payne,  H.  Falk,  and E.
     Sawicki, Arch.  Path..  Vol.  74  (1962), p.  89.

10.   E.  'L.  Wynder and  D.  J.  Hoffmann,  J. Air  Pollut. Contr. Assn.,  Vol. 15
     (1965), p. 155.                '

11.   L.  Wallcave, Environ.  Sci.  Techno!., Vol. 3 (1969),  p. 948.

12.   N.  P.  Buu-Hoi,  P. Jacquignon,  J.  P. Hoeffinger, and  C. Jutz, Bull. Soc.
     Chem.  Fr.. 1972,  p.  2514.

13.   L.  Wallcave, D.  L.  Nagel, J. W. Smith, and  R. D. Waniska,  Environ. Sci.
     Techno!.. Vol.  9  (1975), p.  143.

14.   L.  J.  Bellamy,  The  Infrared Spectra of Complex Molecules,  2nd  ed.,
     John Wiley and  Sons, N.Y.,  1964,  pp. 127-129.

15.   C.  J.  Pouchert,  The  Aldrich Library of Infrared Spectra. Aldrich
     Chemical Co.,  1970,  p.  776.

16.   R.  Zahradnik,  M.  Tichy, and D.  H.  Reid,  Tetrahedron,  Vol.  24 (1968),
 -   p.  3001.

17.   C.  J.  Pouchert,  The  Aldrich Library of Infrared Spectra, Aldrich
     Chemical Co.,  1970,  p.  652.

18.   0.  Michl, R. Zahradnik, and P.  Hochmann, J.  Phys.  Chem., Vol.  70
     (1966), p. 1732.
19.   D.  H.  Reid and  W. J. Bonthrone, J. Chem.  Soc.. 1965,  p. 5920.
                                     142

-------
     il!
                          30  »  40 Tmtbnm)
    GC trace of PAH fraction
         column-- 15' x  1/4" 25%SE-52on ChromosorbW
         temp* 225°

                     Figure 1.
  0,5
.0
<
  0.4
  0.3
  O.I
          r.
                          .naphthalene
                          pyrene
                          cpd I
       225      250      275


                     Figure 2.

                        143
300     325
350
 nm

-------
  .9
  .8
V)
.£>
  .7
  .6
  .5
  .4
  .3-
  .1
   0
                   4.5
                   SO
                   t-5
                  .SO
—
—
-
-
-
-
-




-







\
\



V



/
Acenophlhyler.e
Soi.«oi; «tK
R.I: C.«lj,
J. B.«l. CM".



-^
"«l
JoCOt
.'JJ.



V

i, e
277



y

«< L
II*


X


l«t«,


^




^\/







i
1


• _'
—
—
-
-
-
—
                   tOOO  tZOO  K«OO   2600   2600   SOOO   S200   S40O   S
                                   Wiv«l«ngtli in Angitrorm
       225
250
 275

Figure 3.
   144
300
325
350
                                                                 nm

-------
                        	phenonthrene
                                 cpd 3
0
    225
                                               nm
350
                    Figure 4.
                      145

-------
 .9
 .8
V)
.a
 .7
 .6
 .5
 .4
 .2
                                 ********  fluoranthene

                                 	•—  cpd 4
                                    fluoranthene
 225
250
275       300       325        350      375
                                    nm
                           Figure 5.




                             146

-------
 .9
 .8
.a
<
 .7
 .6
     Pi *
   - *»t
     /* V
 .4
 .2
 .1
                        »*+«.»•»•» pyrene

                        	cpd 5
                                pyrene
 225
250
275     300



   Figure 6.
325       350
         rim
                          147

-------
"
1.

	
"V


fcl-
I s'

\I 1 -
• ' \ ^ —


' S


i-
_•
        benzo [ghi] f luoranthene
Figure 7.
   148

-------
aoNvaaosav
                        -SI
                          x
                        -s

                        -s
                       -8
                                               Si
                                               §
   SO  Q  Q  P   •
   3>  ®  ?  W

  A1ISN31NI 3Ali\n3b
                                                             CO

                                                             O)

                                                             3
                                                             CD
  30NV8HOS8V
                                8  8  9
               ^



               s


               8
AUSN31NI
                      149

-------
          cyclopenlo  [cd]  py«nt
                   a
                   3^4 dity*ocyclopenta [cd] pyrene
                               b
                              Figure 9.
.2-
                                             Falk.Neal 'cpd
                                             cpd  7
         250
275
300
325
350
,375
                                                                 nm
400
                              Figure 10.
                                 150

-------
                                        
-------
.8
.7
.6
.5
.4
.3
                                     Wallcpve  cpd

                                     cpd 8
 0
 225
250
275
   300




Figure 12.


  • 152
325
350
                                                      nm
375

-------
              11
                        12
          20   30  4O   50  60
                        Time (mln)

Liquid  chromatogrom of neutral polar fraction

column Octadecyl  Si) X I 4.6mm x Im
eluant   30% water - 70% methanol

                Figure 13.
  100



'>. 80
i-
to
560

z

u,40




5!'
     100   125    BO    175   200    225

 Mass spectrum  of compound  9


                Figure 14.

                   153
250    275
  TO/B

-------
                                                E

                                               1°
                                                       Ol
                                                       3

                                                       C7>

6
o
o
00
_
                                                      uo
                                                       01
                                                       S-
                                                       CT)
           154

-------
                                                           o
                                                           M
                                                            £
                                                            c

                                                           O
                                                           O
                                                           in
                                                          " r^~
                                                           ro
                                                           O
                                                           S
                                                          -C\J
                                                           ro
                                                           O
                                                           o
                                                           rO
                                                                   O)
aouoqjosqv
                            155

-------
                          8  8   8  S  S3
                           AllSN3.lNr3AU.VI3U
                                                          
-------
                                 DISCUSSION
Following papers presented by Dr.  Nau, Mr.  Collyer,  and Dr.  Gold

MR. RICHARD HUNTINGTON (Cooper Tire and Rubber,  Findlay, Ohio):   The
     question that really comes to my mind  is,  are these cancers, these
     carcinogens that are produced, benign  or malignant?  Were they
     active or passive?
DR. GOLD:  I am not an epidemiologist, but  the  researchers have this to
     say in epidemiological studies with work in the rubber tire industry;
     this is a lung cancer and stomach cancer.   At least people die from it.
MR. HUNTINGTON:  Is carbon black an antidote for these carcinogens?  Can
     you take active carbon and counteract  the  action of these nuclear
   -  hydrocarbons so that it coes  not affect anybody?
DR. GOLD:  I did not state that carbon black caused  cancer.   However,
     among rubber tire workers with heavy exposure to carbon black—they
     are exposed to other things too—and also  among the curing room
     workers in the rubber tire plant who may be exposed to compounds
     which are desorbed by steam distillation from rubber blacks, an
     increased rate of stomach cancer was exhibited  in the processing
     areas exposures, and lung cancer in the curing  room exposures.
          Now the carbon black and the compounds absorbed thereon are
     among the exposures that these people  are  undergoing.  Under the
     circumstances it tends to make the carbon  black somewhat suspect,
     although it is not proof that carbon black  or compounds thereon are
     causative.
          I am not the author of the epidemiological paper,  and I am not
     a medical doctor.  I am not an epidemiologist,  so I can't really
     defend the work, except to say that, as far as  I know,  their results
     are significant.  There was a significant  increase in the cancer
     rate among these workers, and the workers .did have an exposure to
     carbon black or to the compounds on the carbon  black.  Under those
     circumstances, it would seem  to be worth studying what is there.   I
     do not know anything about any other curative properties of carbon
     black.
                                    157

-------
DR. CARL A. NAU (Texas Tech University,  Lubbock,  Texas):   I  would  like
     very much to comment on that.   My experience deals wi.th a  lot
     of the blacks.   I have not seen tumors  in people  who  have  been
     exposed to carbon black.   I have taken  extract off of carbon  black.
     You ask if these are malignant tumors.   That is hard  to define.   I
     can just tell you that if I take the benzene-extracted  material,
     and paint it on the skin  of mice, I can get  a tumor,  but it does
     not metastasize.  This is generally thought  to be a requirement of
     a malignant tumor.  The tumor  stays right at that spot  and grows at
     that spot.  But it does not show up elsewhere in  the  body.
MR. HUNTINGTON:  In other words, it is benign?
PR. NAUi:  In that sense, if it does not  metastasize, it is benign, yes, but
     it grows bigger and bigger.
CHAIRMAN MCCORMICK:   I am not a physician but the word "cancer"—per se—
     means "malignant."  Now if you want to  say tumor, then  I think
     there are questions as to whether or not it  is benign or malignant.
     I think it is generally recognized  that it is a malignant  tumor, yes.
DR. NAU:  May I make a definition of malignant versus  benign tumor, but
     I am not sure the language will be  understandable.  A malignant
     tumor 'is a tumor in which the  cells have some pleomorphism; they
     show lack of regularity;  they  show  variations in  nuclear size and
     staining properties.  Generally, to be  defined as malignant the
     tumor must be transplantable.   I absorbed on carbon black  a known
     carcinogen.  The skin application or the injection of the  absorbed
     known carcinogen was ineffective; so it was  my conclusion  that the
     carbon black absorbed it so firmly  that it was not effective  as a
     carcinogen after it was absorbed.
DR. MARS Y. LONGLEY  (SOHIO, Cleveland, Ohio):  I  have  a couple  of  questions
     here—one for Dr. Nau.  One thing I want to  ask is, has anybody
     tried to extract the hydrocarbon from carbon black, let's  say with
     lung exudate or pulmonary fluid or  tissue?
DR. NAU:  All we did was use human  blood plasma.
DR. LONGLEY: But no  pulmonary fluid?
                                   158

-------
DR. NAU:  I do not know how the pulmonary fluid would differ from blood
     plasma.  I really am not qualified to answer that, but I would
     assume they would be identical.
PR. LQN6LEY:  And on your work with monkeys, how many animals were you
     using for exposure?
DR. NAU:  Thirty-five.
DR. LONGLEY:  That were exposed?
DR. NAU:  Yes, 35.
DR. LONGLEY:  How much?
DR. NAU:  That was 1.6 mg/m3.
DR. LONGLEY:  For 1,500 hours?
DR. NAU:  I will have to go to the paper.  The number of hours was quite
     a few thousand.
MR. MCCORMICK:  I think it said 13,000.
DR. LONGLEY:  I do have some question about the extractions of some of
     these compounds-in the body tissue fluid.  I am not quite in agreement
     with Mr. Col Iyer when he says that further experimentation would
     be redundant.
MR. HARRY J. COLLYER (Cabot Corporation, Billerica, Massachusetts);  I
     would like to make one more comment about the subject of polynuclear
     aromatics which are presumably dangerous.  This is on the question
     of malignancy or benignancy.   I am not a medical doctor, but have
     taken a 4-month course on my own.  There is a term that is used in
     the medical literature--neoplastic.  A polynuclear aromatic can be
     neoplastic, which I believe means that it has the ability to form
     a benign tumor.  In other words, it is tumorogenic but not car-
     cinogenic.  Some of these PNA's that Dr. Gold referred to and that
     other people have referred to are neoplastic but not carcinogenic.
MR. MCCORMICK:  The term neoplastic refers to both.  It includes both,
     either malignant or benign.   It is a general term meaning "new
     growth" and is undefined as respect to malignancy.
DR. GOLD:  I have one question I would like to address to Dr. Nau about
     the epidemiology on carbon black workers, and that was whether or
     not he has listed cancer by categories or by types of cancer.  I
     think it has been the experience of Morison that certain types of
     cancer, such as stomach cancer or lung cancer, can be in excess of
                                     159

-------
     what is normally expected,  and that fact may be hidden  in  a  low
     overall cancer rate.   So I  wonder if his cancer rate is broken down
     by types of cancer?
DR. NAU:   I will have to refer to the publications which were submitted
     by the epidemiologists who  made these studies.
OBSERVER:  I had a question of Mr.  Collyer.   Why did you feel that any
     work would be redundant as  mentioned in the discussion?  I think we
     encourage further work, and if I interpret the gentleman's question,
     I don't think that Mr. Collyer said that further work was  redundant.
MR. COLLYER:  I did not state that further work was redundant.   My remark
     about possible redundancy meant that I  was repeating in my paper
     what Dr. Nau had just so ably reported.
MR. LUGIAN E. RENES (Phillips Petroleum Company, Bartlesville,  Oklahoma):
     At the risk of getting highly involved in a subject on  which I
     am not qualified to speak,  I would like to make a few comments.
          First of all, we have analyses made on 10 commercial  blacks
     that we manufacture.   They were made for us by the Eppley  Institute
     for Research in Cancer.  It is true what Dr. Gold has said.   Cyclo--
     penta (cd) pyrene is present, at least in the carbon black samples
     examined for us.  At the present time cyclopenta (cd) pyrene is not
     a proven carcinogen.   If Dr. Phillipe Shubik, Director  of the
     Eppley Institute, said it was a proven carcinogen, I would believe
     him, but it is not a proven carcinogen.
          Second, I think the studies made by Dr. Gold and the identifi-
     cation of many of the oxygenated compounds, are'a very  highly
     thought-out scheme of events.  We ourselves have also tried to do
     that, and unquestionably we have not carried out and identified all
     the various materials that are present on carbon blacks.  I think
     this would be just an endless job.  We have identified  the major
     polycyclic aromatic compounds by class, and by class I  mean three-
     ring, four-ring, five-ring, and six-ring compounds.
          Dr. Wai leave of Eppley Institute has shown in the  case of our
     furnace blacks that the only carcinogen, the only proven carcinogen,
     present, on these blacks is 3,4 benzpyrene.
                                    160

-------
MR. MCCORMICK:  And this is proven--human, you mean?
MR. RENES:  This compound and several other polycyclic hydrocarbons have
     been tested by a variety of experimental  procedures and are consi-
     dered to be carcinogens by authorities in this field such as Dr.
     Phillipe Shubik.  There is one other thing that I want to mention.
     In connection with these analytical  findings, I think it is impor-
     tant not to lose sight of the results of Dr.  Nau's studies on
     animals that were exposed to carbon  blacks for periods from one-
     half of their lives to a lifetime; they developed no adverse effects.
     Furthermore, the individuals working in the carbon black industry
     are exposed only to carbon(black.  The medical examination of those
     peoples has, as of this time, not revealed any excessive numbers  of
     any kind of cancers, not only gastric cancers, but also pulmonary
     cancers.  This is a very important finding.  Perhaps, it points out
     the difficulties of working with a population such as that in the
     rubber industry, where there are mixed exposures to a variety of
     agents in addition to carbon blacks.
          I agree with some of the comments that were made by other peo-
     ple that further work needs to be carried out on carbon blacks. One
     important finding that Dr. Nau has made,  on which he did not
     elaborate in the slides, is the elution studies in the carbon
     blacks made a number of years ago.  He had placed carbon black as
     well as some materials containing carbon black into a variety of
     different physiological fluids and kept them in those particular
     fluids for several days at elevated  temperatures, and was not able
     to elute any 3,4 benzpyrene from the whole carbon black by means  of
     these physiological fluids.  There is another thing that I would
     like to refer to, but this becomes highly complicated; that is,
     work that was done by Dr. Phillipe Shubik of Eppley Institute for
     an entirely different purpose and which was not related to carbon
     blacks.  A number of years ago, Dr.  Shubik undertook a project to
     investigate the carcinogenic!ty of aromatic hydrocarbons for the
     American Petroleum Institute, Division of Medicine and Health.
                                    161

-------
     This was  a  study  that  he carried out very carefully.  He was trying
     to  show the means by which  it  is possible to  induce pulmonary
     cancer in animals without first introducing trauma into the lung.
          In doing  this particular  work,- one of the things he did do was
     to  obtain some carbon  black (a channel black) that was presumably
     free of carcinogens.   He deposited and adsorbed on the carbon black
     some methyl cholanthrene.   Incidentally, the  compound does not
     occur  freely  in nature.  It is a synthetic polycyclic aromatic
     hydrocarbon, which is  also  a very powerful carcinogen.  He found
                                          i
     that on intubating the carbon  black on which  he had adsorbed 50
     percent by  weight of the carcinogen, he was able  to induce cancer
     in  the lungs of these  particular animals that had all the charac-
     teristics of  human cancer.
         He was able  to show that  as the total amount of carcinogen
     that was  deposited on  the carbon black is intubated into a succeed-.
     ing series  of  animals, in gradually reduced amounts, the point
     is  reached  at  which no lung cancer was formed from the contact with
     the material.   The amount of carcinogen that  Dr.  Shubik found to
     produce animal effects in the  lung structure  was  far greater than
     that  is present in the carbon  blacks that you have been hearing
     about  over  here.
          Dr.  Wall cave, who examined our carbon blacks found that the
     only proven carcinogen that was present on the blacks was 3,4-
     benzpyrene.  It varied from 0.8 ppm to a  level slightly under 7.0
     ppm.   One of  the  commercial blacks contained  zero amount of 3,4-
     benzpyrene.  Dr.  Wall cave tells me that the sensitivity of the
     analytical  procedures  that  he  used were capable of detecting down
     to  the level  of 10 ppb; philosphically, that  is zero.
          (For further information  on  the effects  of carbon  black, see
     the paper by  Mr.  Lucian Renes  in  the section  of these proceedings
     entitled  Submitted Papers Not  Presented at the Conference.)
MR. MCGORMICK:  Regarding the occupational  discussion  of cancer, there
     are two basic philosophies,  among  the experts. One philosophy goes
     somewhat  like this.  If one is able  to produce a  cancer, a malignant
                                     162

-------
tumor, in any animal  of any species, no matter what it is,  this is
a potential human carcinogen and you should not further insult
humanity with that particular compound.  There are literally thou-
sands of compounds, many compounds, which may have been investi-
gated over many years and which do produce cancers in animals.  This
is the so-called "no-threshold" level for carcinogens.
     The other philosophy is somewhat in opposition to this.  We
say that there is a threshold for all carcinogens and it becomes
a matter of defining what it is, and of defining the conditions
under which the insult to the human species may occur and carcino-
gens furnish physiological responses.  Therefore, the no-threshold
philosophy should not be accepted.
                               163

-------
13 March  1975
                            Session II
                           (continued)
                              165

-------
                   ELASTOMERS IN THE HEALTH INDUSTRIES
                         Samuel Koorajian, Ph.D.*
Abstract
     Elastomeric'materials have been used extensively in the health
industries not only in the drug field but also in medical devices.  The
types of elastomers most commonly used, natural rubber, latex rubber, and
silicone rubber, along with typical formulations of these rubbers will be
reviewed and discussed,  Silicone rubber has wider application in medical
devices than natural rubber, which is used extensively in the drug field.
The application of elastomers in medical devices is critical as many of
them are used in lifesaving devices and in devices used to treat life-
threatening conditions.  The toxicological testing of these rubbers,
their components, and the relevance of the testing procedure to the end
                                                            \
use of these materials will be discussed.  The toxicity of elastomers in
                                           i
the health industries is more critical and refined than that in the
rubber industry in general.
     Some potential and real problems encountered with elastomers used
in the health field will be briefly reviewed, specifically the failure
of silicone rubber in heart valve prostheses.  The conditions leading to
this failure, the cause of this failure, and the resolution to this
problem will be presented.

                              INTRODUCTION
     Rubber or elastomers have played and will continue to play a vital
role in the health-related industries.  The requirement for flexible
materials with the unique properties of elastomers has grown rapidly in
this field over the past 15 to 20 years.  The types of elastomers used
are diverse and include natural, synthetic, latex, and silicone rubbers,
polyurethanes, etc.  The use of elastomers and natural rubber in the
health field is small in comparison to use in the consumer field in
general.  It could best be measured in the thousands of pounds as opposed
                                    167

-------
to tons and would not be considered a major consumer material  by standards
set by the large rubber companies.
     The medical uses of silicone elastomers find their greatest appli-
cation as blood tubing, catheters,  heart valve occluders, oxygenator
membrane, soft tissue augmentation and repair, coating for pacemaker
electrodes, and adhesives.   Natural and latex rubbers are most commonly
used in the health field as  tubing, catheters, tips for syringe plungers,
bottle stoppers, baby bottle nipples, surgeons gloves, and prophylactics.
A few of the applications of these materials are shown in figures 1 and 2.
     The type of toxicological  testing required prior to the use of
some materials in the health field is controlled by government recognized
organizations.  These tests  are somewhat different than those used to
determine the safety of a material  in an industrial application and are
a more sensitive measure of the potential hazard of a material.  Some of
these test methods will be discussed along with the results observed when
elastomers are subjected to these tests.
     Silicone rubber has been used extensively in the medical  field,
particularly in devices, as  it has demonstrated excellent biocompatibility
(ref. 1).  A notable failure of this material when used in a medical
device will be discussed in detail.  This failure was unpredictable as it
only became apparent after clinical usage.

                              FORMULATIONS
Natural and Latex Rubber
     The basic components of natural and latex rubber are the crepe or
latex, the vulcanizing agent, sulfur, and heat.  This will yield an
elastomeric material that will  have limited value and application.  In
order to obtain a useful material other ingredients must be added to the
formulation.  The selection and addition of these other ingredients will
be dictated by the desired properties along with the end use of the
elastomer.  The additives fall  Into several categories and include
antioxidants, accelerators, fillers, ultra-accelerators, antiozanants,
activators, blowing agents, stabilizers, plasticizers, and mold release
agents and pigments.
                                    168

-------
 t
 0)
 V?
 ^c

 "8
 §
 Q.
1  S
CQ
                                                                                X
                                                                                
-------
 5
 to

 >
 &
 S
 c
 CO
CO
CO
I
u.
0)

u
 £
 §
 8

 £

 S
 8


<
                                                             o>
                                                             i
                                                             a

                                                             



                                                             |


                                                             *5>

                                                              C


                                                             £

                                                              Ol
5
a
s,
s
o
0>
c
CO

I
  g

                                                             I  fc
                                                             &.S
                                                             £•  2

                                                             g  8
                                                             £  8
                                                             (O ~
                                                                        CM
                                                                        .2"
                                                                        u.
  170

-------
     The most common vulcanizing agent in natural  rubber is sulfur used
in concert with an activator such as zinc oxide.   The accelerators and
ultra-accelerators generally contain sulfur such  as thiazoles, dithio-
carbamates, thiurams, and mercaptans but also include aldehyde-amine
condensation products.   The fillers such as mineral clays, carbon blacks,
silica, and metal oxides not only impart strength to the elastomer but
can serve as a pigment to color the formulation.   Antioxidants are usually
amines and substituted or hindered phenols, and in our present-day society
there is a need for antiozanants, which are phenylene diamines, quinoline
derivatives, and waxes.  If a foam is desired, then a blowing agent can be
added, which decomposes during the heat cycle to liberate a gas which forms
a cellular foam.  These blowing agents can be azocarbonamides, hydrazine
derivatives, or semicarbozide derivatives.  Plasticizers and release
agents can share some common agents such as stearic acid, petrolatum,
paraffin, and finely powdered polymers.
     The above components of rubber formulations  are .quite descriptive and
do not require further comment regarding their applications or use.

Silicone Rubber
     The formulations for silicone rubber could incorporate some of the
components described above, but for medical applications most additives
are generally avoided.   The heat-vulcanized silicone elastomers used in
medicine generally have three components; the gum, filler, and vulcanizing
agent.  The gum is usually a dimethyl polysiloxane containing less than
1-percent vinyl side groups which serve as free radical sinks.  The filler,
a fine particle fumed silica, is required if the  elastomer is to have
reasonable properties.   The vulcanizing agent is  a peroxide that decomposes
during the curing operation to yield a free radical by which mechanism the
cross!inking proceeds.   The decomposition product of the vulcanizing agent
is removed during a postvulcanizing heating cycle necessary for the
elastomer to fully develop its properties.  The final elastomer is then
a two component system composed of the crosslinked dimethyl polysiloxane
and silica filler.
     Silicone elastomers used for other commercial applications such as
                                    171

-------
food handling may also be utilized in the medical field.  But, it is then
incumbent on the manufacturer to apply more extensive chemical and bio-
logical testing methods to qualify such a material.   Most manufacturers
of products which utilize silicone elastomers are not the formulators of
these compounds and have little control over the additives present when
the basic polymer is formulated.  These manufacturers may add components
to the compound, but components already present in the formulation can
only be removed with difficulty.  Conversely, manufacturers using natural
rubber in their products have a wide choice of components that can be
incorporated into their formulations.  These manufacturers also have the
advantage of closer control of their formulations by either compounding
the rubber inhouse or working in cooperation with a rubber compounder for
a custom formulation.
     Tables 1 through 3 show some typical formulations of natural and
latex rubber using many of the classes of additives previously discussed.
The formula in table 1 is typical for a bottle closure with self-sealing
properties which must tolerate multiple penetrations with hypodermic
needles for drug administration (ref. 2).  This formulation with some
modifications could also be utilized as a bottle stopper for I.V. solutions
and plunger tips for syringes.  Tables 2 and-3 are typical latex formulas
for surgeons gloves and toy balloons respectively, both of which are
dipped goods (ref. 3).  Again, with some modifications these formula
could also be utilized for the fabrication of prophylactics and the
products shown in figure ID.  These products are balloon-tipped catheters
utilized for removing blood clots from arteries and veins and also to
float catheters into specific sites in the venous circulation.  The
formulation for these small balloons has relatively large amounts of
antioxidants and antiozanants.

                           TOXICOLOGY
     The toxicological requirements for elastomeric materials used in
medical applications are significantly different and more stringent than
those for other consumer elastomers.  The elastomeric materials in medical
applications are either in direct contact with tissue and blood or in
                                    172

-------
                Table 1.  Natural rubber formula typical for self-sealing
                          puncture-resistant stopper (ref. 2)
Natural Rubber                                                              100
ZnO                                                                          5
Platy Talcum                                                             20 - 30
Calcined Kaolin                                                           30-20
Tetramethylthiuram Disulfide                                                   1.0
Merca'ptobenzothiazole                                                         0.5
Diethylene Glycol                                                             2.0
Sulfur                                                                        1.25
               Table 2. Latex rubber formula typical for surgeons gloves
                                      (ref. 3)
Natural Latex                                                               100
KOH                                                                         0.4
Stabilizer (Sulfonate)                                                          1.0
Wax Dispersion                                                                0.5
Sulfur                                                                        1.25
Zinc Dibenzyldithiocarbamate                                                  0.25
Zinc 2-Mercaptobenzothiazole                                                  0.35
ZnO                                                                          0.75
Alkylated Bisphenol                                                            1.0
                Table 3.  Latex rubber formula typical for toy balloons
                                      (ref. 3)
Natural Latex                                                                100
Stabilizer (Sulfonate)                                                            1.0
KOH                                                                          0.1
Alkylated Bisphenol                                                             1.0
Sulfur                                                                         0.2
ZnO                                                                           0.2
Zinc Diethyldithiocarbamate                                                     0.5

                                     173

-------
contact with a fluid to be placed in the blood stream or under the skin.
The toxicology associated with most consumer elastomeric products  is  that
concerned with general  industrial safety and welfare.  The industrial
toxicity of elastomeric materials is most commonly associated with inhala-
tion, ingestion, and/or skin contact with the potentially harmful  agent;
this is due to the usually large quantities  of materials which are processed
by the manufacturer.  The toxicity in this instance would be directed
tpward the individual working in an environment with large quantities  of
chemicals.
     The manufacturer of elastomers used in  the medical field must face
a different set of problems.  The production worker generally does not
face the same potential hazards as the quantities of materials handled at
any one time are quite small, measured in grams, pounds, or kilograms.
With medical elastomers it is the patient or the end user of the product
who faces the potential hazard associated with the material.  As stated
earlier, most medical products come in contact with the end user either
directly or indirectly.  Blood and tissue fluids are potent solvents  for
extracting potentially toxic compounds from elastomers, particularly  from
natural and latex rubbers, due to their complex formulation.
     The toxicology of components which enter into rubber formulations
has been studied extensively 1n animals but  is of limited value in the
medical field.  These studies have generally dealt with oral, contact,
and/or Inhalation toxicity of these materials and the responses are subject
to numerous factors such as rate of absorption, dose administration,
species, variation, alteration in gastrointestinal tract, solvent, etc.
(refs. 4,5,6).
     The National Formulary and the \L_ $_._ Pharmacopeia have specific
biological tests which must be performed on  rubber closures for injections
and plastic containers (refs. 7,8).  These tests are rather similar in
nature and are outlined in table 4.  The mouse and rabbit are the test
animals used 1n these testing procedures and several different solvents
are used to prepare extracts for testing.  The extracts are prepared by
mixing 20 ml of solvent with a sample having ah equivalent surface area
of 60 to 120 cm  and heating for 1 hour at 121°C.  The extracts are then
injected intravenously, intraperitoneally, or intracutaneously into the
                                   174

-------
 U

-o
 o
 (O
 u
^

i


I

en


I

s
j?

8
X.
o
c:
0
o o
Q) -t
fV c


(D
8
Q



"o _,/,
fl> c
-Q .1
E c
3 <
Z
"5
c



a
3

V)
•2

Q_
—
fe
> U
"5
_E
C 1"
O) Q fl)
— - ~p *"


in o .E

10 CN



* i
8^
l«s

c
•°
u
.E ~
ii
0 o
"o U
o E
X O
LU LO



Q.
— '
0
> o
"5 i
§
C "*
_x "c


8d.E

m CN



v *:
3 3
•§ D
-2: or

^
o? O
.E U
v £
"a. .2
t/1 *^
u- C
|| 1

—




Q,' U
"o
.E
c ">
p "c

°>CN —


m 
on c
u- *
o x>
11
^ 0
LU CL.

—




'h .
"5
E
£§.!.
— > c.


S?0*.£

m CM



i|


6
of Sample in
or Cottonseed '
11
x a>
LU OT

—




^


J
.5- "5
i_ £

c
"* O

CM



Q
O
Oi























Intravenous
Intraperitoneal
Intracutaneous
Intramuscular
ii n n n
>' a." U 2


                                      175

-------
animals and the animals are observed for 3 to  7 days  and compared  to  blank
                                              •
or negative control  samples.   In another test  the  material  is  implanted
into the back muscle of rabbits and the  implant site  compared  to a negative
control after 3 to 7 days.   These testing procedures  are commonly  utilized
in the testing of medical  elastomers and are reasonably good indicators
of their biocompatibility.
     Another set of tests  commonly performed determine the  compatibility
a material will have with  blood as measured by its effect on blood
clotting and red blood cell damage.  Briefly,  extracts of the material
prepared in sodium chloride injection are mixed with,  blood  and allowed  to
incubate for 1 to 2 hours.   The red blood cells are separated by centrifu-
gation and if any damage has occurred, hemoglobin  within the red cells  will
be released into the supernatant solution.  The amount of hemoglobin
released can be measured to indicate the extent of red cell damage.  When
blood  is removed from the  body it will clot in a short period of time,
usually within 5 minutes.   This factor is utilized in evaluating materials.
Again, extracts of the material are mixed with blood and the time required
for clot formation to occur is determined.  An acceleration of the clotting
would  be quite harmful whereas a slight increase in the clotting time
would  be of little consequence and may in fact be  advantageous.
     Natural rubber formulations similar to that shown in figure 1 have
been subjected to Test 1 and Test V of table 4 prior to vulcanization and
after  vulcanization on several occasions.  The results of this testing
indicated that prior to vulcanization this formulation exhibited a toxic
response whereas after vulcanization a toxic response was not apparent.
In those cases where the rubber was tested prior to vulcanization there was
some necrosis and tissue hypersensitlvity in the rabbit I.M. test and some
of the mice in the test elicited a mild response,  but there were no deaths
in the series.  No attempt was made to identify the causative agent or
agents but it was apparent that a toxic material was extractable.   Whether
this toxic material was formed as a result of the extraction procedure or
was extracted unchanged is not known.  After vulcanization  there was
apparently no extractable toxic material.  This could be due to the
material having undergone an alteration to render it nontoxic, or the
                                   176

-------
material could have become trapped in an insoluble matrix thereby being
unextractable.
     A precured latex dipping compound similar to that in table 3 has been
subjected to Test 1 outlined above as well  as to blood compatibility
testing.  This formulation was subjected to biological testing only in
vulcanized form.  The results indicated that no materials were extractable
which would elicit a toxic response in the  animal system or in the blood
compatibility test, although a relatively large amount of material, up
to 25,000 ppm, was extractable.
     The complexity of the natural and latex rubber formulas can be
sharply contrasted with the simplicity of the silicone rubber formulations.
The number and type of additives which can  be incorporated into silicone
rubber is limited and includes fillers, pigments, heat stabilizers, blowing
agents, plasticizers, and vulcanizing agents.  In medical applications
these additives are generally not utilized  and the resultant functional
elastomer is a two-component system composed of the crosslinked dimethyl
polysiloxane and filler.  The vulcanizing agent decomposes during the
curing process and is almost entirely lost  on postcure.  In certain
applications barium sulfate is added to the silicone rubber as a radio-
opaque agent to allow the material to visualized by X-rays.
     The vulcanizing agent in heat-cured silicone rubber is a peroxide,
generally 2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide, which decomposes during the curing
to 2,4-dichlorobenzoic acid.  The acid is driven off during the postvulcani-
zation heat treatment.  The acid present in postvulcanized silicone rubber
can be extracted with organic solvent such  as chloroform and very small
quantities can be detected using gas chromatographic techniques.  Generally
less than 100 ppm of the acid can be found  in postvulcanized silicone
rubber samples.  The acid has been subjected to biological testing using
the intraperitoneal test in mice and intracutaneous test in rabbits at
concentrations of 500, 1,000, and 1,500 ppm.  It was found that the
solvent caused a slight reaction in both tests.  The material at a dose
of 500 ppm gave essentially the same response as the control in both
tests; at 1,000 ppm the response in the mouse I.P. test was slightly
more severe than the control and was the same as the control in the rabbit
I.C. test.  At 1,500 ppm the response was definitely more severe than

                                    177

-------
the controls.  These results  indicate  that  somewhere  between  500  and  1,000
ppm 2,4-dichlorobenzoic acid  will  possibly  start to elicit a  toxic  response.
Whether this would also be true in man is unknown.
     These are several  factors which must be  considered whenever  results
of animal testing are to be interpreted.  One,  there  are  vast species  to
species differences and the response in one species will  not  always be
paralleled or mimicked in another species.' Therefore, care must  be ex-
ercised in transferring or correlating data between species.   Two,  the
extracts which are prepared or the compounds  to be tested are administered
in a concentrated form.  These components in  actual practice  would  in most
instances be leached from the material rather slowly; therefore,  the
total amount or dose would be spread over a prolonged period  of time  and
would not elicit a toxic response.  Three,  the  anatomical site where  the
material would be utilized would play  a major role in the toxic effects.
Some sites, such as the skin, are relatively  insensitive  and  can  tolerate
a reasonable amount of insult, whereas other  sites such as the bloodstream,
are extremely sensitive and will not tolerate the slightest inbalance.
     A desirable situation in regard to toxicological evaluation  of
material in animals would be to utilize the material  in its functional
form at the intended anatomical site.   This is  not always possible  or
feasible, particularly with the type of animals which have been under
discussion.  These animals are quite small  and it would be difficult  to
implant a heart valve, insert a urethra!  catheter, or test a  pacemaker in
such animals because of their size and also their physiology, i.e.,
heart rates in excess of 150 beats per minute.   In these  instances  larger
animals such as dogs, sheep, calves, and pigs are generally utilized.

                         SILICONE RUBBER FAILURE
     As mentioned earlier, the effect  of the  biological environment on
materials is just as important as the  converse  when  these materials are
used in medical devices.  Silicone rubber was used successfully for many
years in contact with the blood stream as shunts to  drain excess  fluids
from the cranium of hydrocephalic patients  (ref. 1).
     With the development of heart valves  in  the early 1960's, this
                                   178

-------
material was selected as one with proven biocompatibility and which  could
prove useful as a poppet.  Several  years after Its  Introduction as a ball
in a heart valve prosthesis, similar to that shcton  1n figure 2B, 1t  was
reported the valve failed due to the ball  escaping  from the cage (ref. 9).
     Shortly thereafter, several reports of failure of silicone rubber in
this application were also reported.  The  cause of  the failure of silicone
rubber was soon found to be due to lipids  being absorbed into the silicone
rubber (ref. 10).  Lipids are not found free in the blood stream but are
transported as mi cellar lipoprotein complexes.  Lipids have been the only
type of compounds isolated-and identified from failed silicone rubber
except for a recent report which cites evidence for the presence of  free
amino acids (ref. 11).  The amount of lipids extractable from a failed
silicone ball varies from 3 to 40 'percent with an average of approximately
18 percent (ref. 12).  The sequence of events which occurs to cause
failure is not known but lipid absorption  appears to be prerequisite to
ball variance.  It would be reasonable to  assume lipids enter the silicone
rubber ball and as the concentractIon increases, the ball begins to  swell
and lose its physical properties such as tensile, elongation, and abrasion
resistance.  The swelling and loss of physical properties can cause  events
such as sticking in the cage, abrading of the silicone polymer, and/or
crack formation and propagation to occur either singly or in concert.
     As the variant ball is returned to the laboratory the weight and
dimensions of the ball can be increased or decreased when compared to
an unimplanted ball.  The variant ball is  typically found to have acquired
a yellow creamy color, and is no longer spherical or translucent. The
surface shows significant damage, has lost its smooth, shiny appearance,
and may no longer be continuous.  Examples of the types of variant balls
which are encountered are shown in figure  3 with an unused ball for
comparison.
     A great deal of effort has been expended in attempting to determine
the cause of failure of silicone rubber when used in prosthetic heart
valves.  An artificial system whereby lipids similar to those found  in
the blood stream can be introduced into silicone rubber has  been developed
(ref. 13).  The amount of lipid absorbed by the silicone rubber is a
function of the exposure time and levels off at .approximately 2 percent
                                   179

-------
Figure 3.   Silicone rubber balls used in heart valve prostheses, lower right,

  new silicone rubber ball, remainder implanted variant silicone rubber balls.
       12- •
       10- -
     u
     o
     o
     X  6- •

     O

     LJ
        9 f, •
                          6
8
10
12
14
                                                     16
           18    20
                                                                     2'
                                TIME  WEEKS

            CLOSED CIRCLES • * AERATED  EMULSION

            PLUS SIGNS + « NON- AERATED EMULSION



Figure 4.  Weight gain in silicone rubber after exposure to unsaturated

           fatty acids.
                                  180

-------
in 90 days.  This small amount of lipid is insufficient to cause the same
type of variance as noted clinically.  The same authors have also pre-
sented evidence showing that oxidation products of lipids  accumulate in
silicone rubber and may be the cause of the increase in weight (ref. 14).
Linoleic acid used as the model compound, was artificially introduced into
silicone rubber balls by swelling and then subjected to 100-percent oxygen
for 120 days.  After this time the silicone balls assumed  a physical ap-
pearance similar to a variant ball.  The organic solvent extracts of the
in vivo variant ball showed the same type of oxidized polar compounds as
that observed with an in vivo variant, as determined by thin layer chroma-
tography, infared spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance, and mass
spectroscopy.
     A simple in vivo system was set up in attempts to duplicate the type
of weight increase and variance noted with clinical samples.  A 4-percent
aqueous emulsion of unsaturated fatty acids was aerated by pulling air
through a gas washing bottle.  Silicone balls were placed  in this environ-
ment and weighed periodically.  The media was changed approximately twice
weekly.  In 20 weeks the weight gain-of the silicone balls had exceeded
10 percent and the samples had assumed a yellowish color.   The percent
weight change as compared to a silicone rubber ball in an  unaerated
e'mulsion is shown in figure 4.  Aeration caused a twofold  increase in
the weight uptake in a reasonably short period of time. Thus, there are
presently two methods for duplicating silicone ball variance to study and
attempt to understand the mechanism of this phenomenon.
     Several years ago a theory was postulated to explain  the phenomenon
of ball variance (ref. 15).  The theory proposed that lipids carried in
the blood stream as lipoprotein complexes were degraded due to the capacity
of the environment in the vicinity of the valve to liberate free lipids.
The transient high concentration of free lipids in the vicinity of the
valve allowed the silicone rubber to absorb these lipids.   This theory
taken with the observations of Carmen and Mutha becomes more feasible
because lipid oxidation could proceed in the presence of the high oxygen
content (Po2 = 110 mmg Hg) present in the arterial system  (ref. 14).  This
theory has not been proven but evidence to support it is being accumulated
in several laboratories,

                                   181

-------
      The  failure  of silicone rubber as a heart valve poppet has been
 reported  to occur with an early model valve used for aortic valve replace-
 ment.   This particular model of valve was used approximately *4 years and
 there have  been 250 reported instances of ball variance for an overall
 incidence of less than 2 percent.  This valve was redesigned approximately
 9  years ago and since  that time there has been a total of eight variant
 silicone  rubber balls  from this prosthesis for an incidence of approxi-
 mately 0.04 percent.   Whether or not silicone rubber variance in heart
 valves has  been resolved by the valve design change cannot be stated with
 certainty.   The statement which can be made with a fair degree of con-,
 fidence is  that the incidence of silicone rubber failure in this model
 of heart  valve has been significantly delayed.
      Silicone rubber  variance is unique to humans as it has never been
 demonstrated in experimental animals.  This is an excellent example of two
 of the precautions previously discussed regarding the species differences
 and evaluation of a material in its intended form at the proper anatomic
 site.

                                 SUMMARY
      A brief review of some of the elastomers used in the medical field
 along with  a few  of their applications was presented.  The requirement for
 sophisticated toxicological testing and some test methods used to evaluate
'elastomers  in the medical field were discussed.  An indepth view of the
 failure of  silicone rubber as an occluder in heart valve prosthesis was
 presented.

                               REFERENCES

 1.  S. Bral-ey,  "The Si li cones of Subdemal Engineering Materials," Ann. N.Y.
     Acad. Sci., Vol.  146  (-1968), p.  148:
                                                            i
 2.  J. W. Boretos (ed.), Concise Guide to Biomedical Polymers, Charles C.
     Thomas, Springfield,  Illinois,  1973, p. 6.
 3".  C. R. Peaker  and  B. F. Kroll,  "Latex Compounding," Compounding Research
     Report No.  45, Naugatuck Chemical Division of U. S. Rubber Company,
     Naugatuck,  Connecticut, p. 5.
 4.  Irving  Sunshine  (ed.), Handbook  of Analytical Toxicology, Chemical
     Rubber Co.,  Cleveland, Ohio, 1969.
                                   182

-------
 5.   M.  N. Gleason, R. E. Gosselin, H. D. Hodge, and R. P. Smith (eds.),
     Clinical Toxicology  of Commercial Products. Williams and Wilkins,
     Baltimore, Maryland, 1969.
 6.   N.  Irving Sax  (ed.), Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials,
     Second  Edition, Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New York, N. Y. 1963.
 7.   The National Formulary. Thirteenth Edition, American Pharmaceutical
     Association, Washington, D. C.,  1970, p. 860.
 8.   The United States Pharmacopeia,  Eighteenth Edition, U. S. Pharmacopeial
     Convention, Mack Printing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania, 1970.
 9.   A.  Krosnick, "Death  Due to Migration of a Ball from an Aortic Valve
     Prosthesis," J. Amer. Med. Assoc.. Vol. 191 (1965), p. 1083.
10.   A.  Starr, W. R. Pierie, D. A. Raible, M. L. Edward, 6. G. Siposs,
     and W.  D. Hancock,  "Cardiac Valve Replacement, Experience with the
     Durability of  Silicone Rubber,"  Circulation Suppl.. Vol. 33 (1966),
     p.  115.
11.   K.  G. Mayhan,  M. E.  Biolsi, E. M. Simmons, and C. H. Almond, "Analyses
     of a Silicone  Elastomer Heart Ball Valve," J. Biomed. Mater. Res.,
     Vol. 7  (1973), p. 405.
12.   S.  Koorajian,  Unpublished Results, Edwards Laboratories, Santa Ana,
     California.
13.   R.  Carmen and  P. Kahn, "In vitro Testing of Silicone Rubber Heart Valve
     Poppets for Lipid Absorption," J. Biomed. Mater. Res., Vol. 2 (1968),
     p.  457.
14.   R.  Carmen and  S. C.  Mutha, "Lipid Absorption by Silicone Rubber Heart
     Valve Poppets  - In  vivo and In vitro Results," J^ Biomed. Mater.' Res..
     Vol. 6  (1972), p. 327.
15.   M.  R. Malinow, Personal Communication, Oregon Regional Primate
     Research Center, Beaverton, Oregon.
 DISCUSSION
 MR.  SUNDAR L.  AGGARWAL:  (The General  Tire and Rubber Company,  Akron,  Ohio):
      Of course,  the  silicone  rubbers are  rather comparatively older elastomers.
      Recently,  there have  been many developments in elastomers, particularly
      in the area of  plastic elastomers, which  require  no external cloth stick-
      ing.   Now,  I wonder if there  is any  effort that you know of where the
      new developments in elastomers are being  evaluated?
 DR.  KQORAJIAN:   Yes, I  am personally unaware of the system that you are
      talking about.   We are looking at another type of silicone rubber.
      I did get  into  this,  but we did develop a method  for artifically
      inducing a  ball variance, and we  utilized this method to test
                                    183

-------
various materials.  We are presently looking at a fluorosone rubber
which behaved very, very well  in our vitro system.   At present it is
undergoing in vivo evaluation  in a dog.   If this proves successful,
we will probably use a very limited number in clinical applications
to see how it goes.  This is a very difficult question—silicone
rubber, after about 9 years now, has behaved very well in our new
model valve.  We are reasonably hesitant to change  a material right
now, because it would take a long time to qualify that material,
because silicone is behaving very well.   I can't emphasize that it
is to date.  The stuff might fall apart  next year.   We just don't
know, but it takes a long time to qualify material  for these
applications.
                             184

-------
                     THE IDENTIFICATION OF EFFLUENTS
                        FROM RUBBER VULCANIZATION*
                       Stephen M. Rappaport, Ph.D.t

Abstract
     From the viewpoint of occupational health,  the vulcanization of rubber
presents an unknown factor.   Since exposures are poorly defined,  toxic re-
sponses are difficult to predict on the basis of either acute or chronic
effects.  Likewise, the few published mortality and morbidity studies indi-
cate only possible problems, notably carcinogenesis.
     This investigation supplies qualitative and quantitative analysis of
the Cff - C0  organic fraction discharged from an actual rubber stock during
     V    £jO
cure.  Initially, vapors are generated and collected in the laboratory
whereupon the combined techniques of gas chromatography and mass spectrom-
etry are used to separate and to identify individual compounds.  Then,
environmental sampling and analysis establish the airborne concentrations
of these substances in the manufacturing area.
     Identified in the vulcanization effluent is an unusual assortment of
compounds, including styrene, butadiene oligomers,  alkyl benzenes and naph-
thalenes, and several nitrogen and sulfur-containing substances.   Most of
these are traced to individual formulation ingredients, i.e., the polymers 3
an aromatic oil, the antiozonant, and the accelerator.   Air concentrations
for compounds confirmed in the curing area (a passenger tire press room)
range from a high of 1.5 ppm to 5 ppb and vary inversely with boiling point;
thus, the more abundant substances are in the Cfi to CK  boiling range.

     When considering rubber processing operations  from an occupational
health viewpoint, the vulcanization stage represents  an unknown factor.
During this phase, rubber stocks (formulations of technical compounding
     *This study was submitted as a doctoral  dissertation to the Graduate
School  of the University of North Carolina at Chapel  Hill.   The work was
performed in the Department of Environmental  Scie/ices and Engineering
in association with the Occupational  Health Study Group.
     tLos Alamos Scientific Laboratories
                                    185

-------
ingredients) are subjected to high  temperatures  and  a barrage of chemical
reactions designed to transform them into  finished products.  Concurrently,
a mixture of organic vapors is introduced  into the workplace.   Since the
identities and exposure concentrations  of  these  substances  are  unknown,
process evaluation is impossible.
     Epidemiological data concerning the relative health of vulcanization
personnel is inconclusive.  What information  is  available gives the impres-
sion that a problem might exist, especially carcinogenesis.  Unfortunately,
most published epidemiological studies  of  tht . ubber industry did  not break
down the general population according to job  category.
     Investigations which did provide classification of curing  personnel
gave mixed results.  Parkes in Great Britain  showed  no unusual  findings
as the result of absenteeism records of vulcanization workers in the rubber
and cablemaking industries of that  country between 1958 and 1959 (ref. 1).
In an investigation of a small U.S.  rubber company (producing passenger
tires), Mancuso et al. revealed that curing workers  did have consistently
higher mortality rates than most other  departmental  groups, especially
from two causes: malignant neoplasms and diseases of the circulatory system
(ref. 2).  The small sample size (91 total deaths of 655 persons in the
"curing and tire building" department)  of  this 1940-1964 cohort study
negated meaningful observation, however.  Cancer was also found to be con-
sistently more prevalent among vulcanization  workers in a recent cohort
of 40,867 subjects employed in Britain's rubber  and  cablemaking industries
as reported by Fox et al. (ref. 3).   The most significant finding  was a
consistently higher age standardized mortality rate  for these individuals
from bronchial cancer (P<.05), although again the.small number  of  reported.
cases (15) rendered conclusions tenuous.
     A review of toxicology literature  also provides little information
concerning the health significance  of vulcanization  effluents.  This stems
primarily from the fact that the extent of discharges of specific  additives
(for which there is toxicological  data) is unclear.  If certain compounding
ingredients are released intact and in  sufficient quantity, systemic health
effects might be suspected (refs.  4-13).  Likewise,  since several  classes
of formulation additives have been  associated with carcinogenesis  (e.g.,
                                     186

-------
aromatic amines and nitrosamlnes used as antidegradants  and retarders,
respectively), the release of these substances could also be significant
(refs. 14-29).
     Without concrete analytical data, however, any prediction  of toxi-
cological significance is highly speculative.   Bourne et al. commented
on this paucity of information and specifically recommended that  fumes'
from curing moulds be investigated (ref. 13).
    •Thus, there are several  questions pertaining to vulcanization pro-
cesses that must be answered'to establish their health implications.
Which compounds are released from a stock during cure, and where  do they
originate?  This two-part question 'identifies  the importance of deter-
mining not only which volatiles are driven from a specific processing
unit but also their origins within that unit.   Thus, losses may be clas-
sified (i.e., volatilized additives, impurities of additives, reaction
products), and conclusions based upon analysis of a particular  stock
may be generalized to other stocks and processes.  What  are the concen-
trations of these substances within the curing room?  Obviously,  the
coupling of qualitative and-quantitative data  precedes any meaningful
evaluation.  Do these exposures present a hazard to vulcanization per-
sonnel?  This, the most important question, is also the  most difficult
to answer.  An answer presupposes that sufficient information concerning
acute and chronic health effects of known or suspected substances is
available.  Unfortunately, this is rarely the  case, especially  regarding
carcinogenesis, which is little understood.

                               EXPERIMENTAL
     The purpose of this investigation was to  determine  exposure  concen-
trations of organic compounds released from a  rubber stock during cure.
Toward this end, qualitative analysis identified individual  substances,
and quantitative methods provided actual exposure levels.
     The investigation was divided into several sections.  First, methods
were developed for generating vulcanization effluents from an actual
"green" stock within the laboratory and for collecting the organic fraction.
Then, gas chromatographic techniques were coupled with mass spectrometry

                                    187

-------
to separate individual compounds from the mixture, to associate them with

those discharged from individual rubber additives, and to identify them.

Finally, field air samples were collected in the manufacturing area, and

the presence of several previously identified compounds was confirmed.

     The stock selected for study was the tread portion of a bias-ply

passenger tire produced by a large rubber manufacturer.  It represents a

common stock of typical formulation cured in high volume by all major

rubber companies.  Furthermore, due to the nature of the curing Process
                                                  4
and of the exposed tire surface, it was anticipated that this stock would

contribute a significant portion of the airborne materials released.  The

formulation for this stock is given in table 1.  It was prepared with bench
scale processing equipment, slabs being milled to a thickness of 1/4 in.


           Table 1.  Formulation of tread stock from a bias-ply
                passenger tire use in this investigation

                                                       Percent by weight
                    Ingredient                           (approximate)
  "~"   ~  •—u~"1-—   •—   '- •• " :    ^    -- '  —~ "  -~  -" ~  -.--«!--,.._,_r _ _.. __  -      -   —-_.-.  - '. .
Polymer
    Styrene-butadiene rubber (1)                              25
    Styrene-butadiene rubber (2)                              25
    Polybutadiene rubber (cis)                                10

Antidegradant3
   ' N-phenyl-N-sec_.butyl-p-phenylenediamine                    0.5

Accelerator
    N-t^.butyl-2-benzothiazble sulfenamide                      0.5
    Diphenyl guanidine                                         0.1

Oil
    Aromatic (total )                                         20
Carbon black
    Furnace black                                             30
Miscellaneous
    Sulfur                                                     0.5
    Activated zinc oxide                                       0.5
    Stearic acid                                               0.5
    Sunproof wax                                               0.5

 M-phenyl-N'-sec.butyl-p-pheny1enediamine = Flexzone 5L.

 N-t,.butyl-2-benzothiazole sulfenamide = Santocure NS.

cSince some oil is used to extend the SBR's, the' figure shown here.is
the total weight percent for all oils; this brings the total to greater
than 100 percent.                   ,00
                                    loo

-------
and stored in 1  ft x 1  ft sections  until  ready  for use.   Portions of all
compounding ingredients were also stored  for use  in correlation  experiments.

Generation and Collection of Volatiles
     After considering  important vulcanization  parameters to  be  reproduced
(temperature/duration,  reducing environment) and  reviewing several  papers
which described the heating of polymers within  inert environments (refs.
30-35), the following generation technique  was  selected.   A 50 gm piece of
uncured rubber was placed in a stainless  steel  curing vessel, which was
purged with nitrogen and sealed with  toggle valves (figure 1-A).  Free of
air, the vessel  was heated in an oven to  simulate the actual  tire press
closing and vulcanization stages.  As the stock cured over a  20-minute
period, volatiles were  released from  it and retained in  the closed  system.
     Following the curing stage the vessel  was  slowly cooled  and was con-
currently purged with air to wash the effluent  into-a collection device
downstream (fig. 1-B).   Adsorption  on activated charcoal  was  selected
for this purpose because of the high  collection efficiency for organic
compounds, the ease of  solvent desorption (for  the analysis stage which
followed), and the insensitivity to water (refs.  36-44).   This portion of
the experimental cycle  (analogous to  the  actual press opening and cooling
stage) lasted approximately 30 minutes and  effectively trapped the  Cfi and
greater organic fraction.
     Prior to the separation and identification stages,  a preliminary inves-
tigation determined the relationship  between percent weight loss from the
stock and temperature.   This data was used  to assess the  reproducibility
of the experimental cycle and to establish  the  level  of  emissions from the
stock over the relevant temperature range.   Fourteen randomized  trials were
conducted between 160 and 200°C at  10°C increments with  a constant  curing
duration of 20 minutes.  Figure 2 shows the first order  regression  of per-
cent weight loss on temperature, which was  significant (P<.001)  with no
significant lack of fit (.10
-------
                                      A.   Generation Stage
                                    CURING VESSEL
                                         OVEN
           AIR
                                      B.   Collection Stage
                                           ACTIVATED CHARCOAL
u

,
CURING VESSEL3


                                         OVEN
aStainless steel pressure filtration funnel, 200ml capacity (Gelman),
with 47 mm high-efficiency glass fiber filter at outlet.


 Stainless steel tubing, 80 mm x 6.5 mm O.D. x 4 mm I.D., containing
200 mg of 80/100 mesh activated cocoanut charcoal (Fisher Scientific)
held by si lane-treated glass wool plugs.


         Figure 1.  Apparatus for generation and collection of volatiles
                             from curing tread stock.
                                    190

-------
             0.4
           w 0.3
           W
           X
           o
           H
             0.2
             0.1
                        160
 T - -0.15328 +  0.002121

 r2 » 0.818
  I
170
       180
TEMPERATURE  (°C)
190
200
      Figure 2.  First order regression of percent weight loss on temperature
                             of selected tread stock.

(Stock size of 50 gm, i.e., 2 pieces, each 6 in.  x l in. x 1/4 in., heated
for 20 min. in N2 and cooled under continuous 70 ml/m'in air flow for 30 min
to room temperature.)
                                     191

-------
Separation and Identification of Compounds
     The materials adsorbed on the charcoal were eluted with 1.0 ml  of
ethyl ether using the apparatus and procedure shown in figure 3.  This
desorption method was tested with toluene (20 mg total adsorbate) and was
reproducible, averaging 89.2 percent recovery for triplicate trials.  Prior
to gas chromatography the eluate was reduced in volume under dry nitrogen
from 1.0 ml to 50-75 yl, thereby increasing the relative concentration of
higher boiling compounds.
     An aliquot of the eluate was injected into a gas chromatograph  with
experimental parameters given in table 2.  The column contained a methyl -
silicone oil liquid phase to effect a boiling point separation and to
allow temperature programming.  It was prepared according to the procedures
outlined by Dunham and Liebrand (ref. 45) and had an efficiency of 21,000
theoretical plates for n-nonane under isothermal 100 °C operation.
     Figure 4 shows typical chromatograms for the curing volatiles (B) and
a control (A) (obtained by carrying a charcoal tube through the procedure

              Table  2.   Parameters  for gas chromatography
Apparatus
     Instrument:   Perkin  Elmer Model  990  Gas Chromatograph
     Detector type:   Flame  ionization
     Recorder range:   1 mV  full scale
Column
     Length  and diameter:   50  ft * 0.125  in. O.D. x 0.085 in. I.D.
        (2  x 25 ft sections joined with a Swagelok 1/8 in. stainless
        steel union)
     Material:  Stainless steel
     Packing:  3.1. percent  SP-2100 on  80/100 mesh Gas  Chrom-Q
Temperatures, °C
     Injection port:   200
     Detector:  200
     Column:  Temperature programmed from 50 to  160 at 2°/min and
        160 to 330 at 6°/min
Flow rates  of gases
     Carrier gas  (He):   30  ral/min isorheic
     Hydrogen:  35 ml/min
     Air:   400 ml/min
Sample
     Volume:  3 yl
     Retention times:   Relative to styrene

                                    192

-------
     Figure 3.   Apparatus for elution of adsorbed curing volatiles
                        from activated charcoal.

(The charcoal  tube was positioned with its inlet side down; 300 vl of
diethyl ether were then drawn through the absorbent bed by withdrawing
the gas-tight syringe a like volume.  The tube was capped with Teflon
tape and allowed to stand for 30 min, whereupon an additional 1.0 v\
of diethyl ether was drawn through the tube and collected in the receiving
syringe.)
                                     193

-------
                         A..  Chromatogram of Control  Sample
                          B.   Chromatograjn of Stock Volatileo
                       ID
                         11
                                      21
                                              28
                                             '|  29 ||J'
TIME(MIN.) 0    ,10
TEMP. (°C.) 50    ?0
20      30     40.     50      60
SO     110    130.    150   •  190
70
250.
                                                             80     90'
                                                             310330
Figure  4.   Gas  chromatography of curing  volatiles and a  control  sample
                       (parameters  given  in table  2).
                                   194

-------
with no sample in the curing vessel).  It reveals numerous peaks in the
experimental sample not present in the control.   Compounds are abundant
throughout the temperature program with the major ones in the lower boil-
ing region.  Analysis of a series of n-alkanes (Cg-C25)  defined the approx-
imate boiling range for these peaks to be between 80 and 250 °C (peaks 3
to 32).
     In order to compare volatiles released from the stock with those dis-
charged from specific rubber additives, each compounding ingredient was
carried through the heating, collecting, and separation  stages individually
(using twice the amount contained within a 50-gm stock sample).  A small
amount of styrene was added to the extracts prior to injection into the
gas chromatograph as an internal reference for determination of relative
retention times.  It was not added to the two styrene-butadiene rubber
extracts since it was a natural component of them.
     Figures 5 through 12 show the results of these experiments.  In each
case the chromatogram of the total effluent (B)  is placed directly below
that of the ingredient (A) for reference.  Chromatograms of four ingre-
dients (sulfur, zinc oxide, stearic acid, and sunproof wax) are not in-
cluded since no significant peaks were resolved.
     There is good correspondence between relative retention times of
peaks from the, ingredients and from the stock.  Especially clear is the
comparison with the cis-polybutadiene rubber (fig. 7) which shows major
peaks matching quite closely.  Other ingredients, including the styrene-
butadiene rubbers, diphenyl guanidine, and the antiozonant, generated
relatively few volatiles, but these, too, correlated well.  The oil con-
tributed a series of low.abundance compounds, primarily  in the higher
boiling region, while the sulfenamide accelerator produced several large
peaks, two of which matched those from the entire stock.
     An aliquot of the stock vol.atiles eluate was subjected to combined
gas chromatography-mass spectrometry under parameters listed in table 3.
An identification was based upon the compound's  mass spectrum and its
gas chromatographic retention time or an estimate of its boiling point,
depending upon the availability of an analytical standard.
                                     195

-------
                  A.   Chromatogram of Styrene-Butadiene Rubber (l) Volatiles
                 RR-.57
                                          - RR=2.77
                          B.  Chromatogram of Stock Volatileac
    TIME(t!IN.) 0     10
    7EMP.(°C.J 50    70
50
ISO
60
ISO
70
250
80     90
310 330
Figure  5.   Retention  time comparison of volatiles from a rubber  additive
        with those from the compounded stock  (relative  to styrene).
                                    196

-------
                   A.  Chromatograro of Styrene-Butadien* Rubber  (2)  Volatiles
                       RR-l.OO
                             B.   Chromatogram of Stock Volatiles
                          9
                         R=1.0C
   18
RR-2.00.
   19
  2.03,
   20
  ,2.10
TJKE(MIN.) 0
TEKP.rc.) 50
10
70
20
90
 30
110
 4C1
130
SO
150
                60    TO
                190    250.
                                                                80     90 '
                                                                310330..
Figure  6.   Retention time  comparison of volatiles  from a rubber additive
         with those from  the compounded stock (relative to  styrene).
                                    197

-------
                        A.   Ckromatograro  of cis-Pol/butadiene  Rubber Volatiles
                        RR=.-82
                                              RR~2.66
                         Btyrene (I.S.)

                            RR=1.16
                                                 RR-2.74,7.78.2.80
                  RR=.
                          B.   Chromatogram of Stock Volatiles
                          6
                         RR=.82
                          11
                         RR=1.1(
                                               26
                                             RR-2.C6
                                          24
                                          B=2.S5
                              Mi-
       27   28   29
    RR-='2.7S,2.79,2.81
TIME (KIN.) 0      10
TEMP.( C.) 50     70
                         20
                         $0
 30     40
110    130
50
ISO
60     70
190    250.
80      90
310 330
Figure 7.   Retention time comparison  of volatiles from a rubber additive
        with those  from  the compounded stock (relative  to styrene).
                                      198

-------
                   A.  Chromatogrom of Aromatic Oil Volatile^
                    styrenc  (I.S.)
                         B.  Chromatogram of Stock Volatile^
                      Ul
                              14
                            RR=1.49
   TEMP.(°C.) 50
10
70
_ 20
 SO
 30
110
 40
130.
50
ISO
60     70
190    250
'80     90
  310 330..
Figure  8.   Retention time comparison  of volatiles  from a  rubber a,dditive
        with those  from the compounded stock (relative to  styrene).
                                    199

-------
                            A.  Chromatogram of Furnace Black Volatilea*
                       Etyrene  (I.S.)
                             B.  Chromatogram of Stock Volatileer
TIME(KIN.) 0     10
TEMP.(°C.) 50    70
20      30     40.
90     110    130.
                                            50     60     70      £0     90 '
                                            ISO     190    250.    310 330..
Figure  9.   Retention time  comparison  of volatiles from  a  rubber additive
        with those  from the  compounded stock  (relative to  styrene).
                                   200

-------
                   A.  Chromatogram of K-Phenyl-N*-sec,butyl-p-phenylenediamino
                       (antiozonant) Volatiles
                        Btyrene  (I.S.)
                                         RR-2.40
                            B.  Chromatograra of Stock.Volatiles
     TIME(MIN.) 0
     TEMP.(°C.) 50
10     20
70   - 90
 30
110
 40
130
50
150
60     70
190    250 .
80     90 '
310 330
Figure  10.   Retention time  comparison  of volatiles from  a  rubber additive
         with those  from the compounded stock  (relative to  styrene).
                                     201

-------
      TIME(KIN.) 0
      TEMP.(°C.) 50
                       A.  Chroraatogram of N-t.l>utyl-2-'ben2othiazole sulfenamide
                           (accelerator) Volatilea
                        styrene (I,
10
70
                            B»  Chromatogram of Stock Volatile®
                            I
       A^^^
20      3D    40
90     110    130.
 50
, 150
60     70      60    90 '
190    250     310 330.
Figure 11.   Retention time  comparison of volatiles  from a rubber  additive
        with those from  the compounded  stock (relative  to styrene).
                                    202

-------
                           RR-1.29
                       styrcne
                          JL.
                                A.  Chromatogram of Diphenyl  Guanidine
                                    (secondary accelerator) Volatiles-
                                RR=1.66
                               .S.)
                             B.   Chromatogram'of Stock  Volatilee
                              12
                            RR-1.29  '
                        IAJ
                                   16
                                 RR=1.69
     TIKE(MIN.) 0
          °C;) 50
10
70
20
>0
 30     40
110    130.
50
ISO
60     70
190    250
80     90
310 330.
Figure  12.   Retention time  comparison of volatiles from a rubber additive
         with those from the compounded stock  (relative  to styrene).
                                      203

-------
     Table 3.  Parameters for gas chromatography-mass spectrometry

Gas Chromatograph
    Model:  Hewlett Packard 5700 A
    Parameters:  Same as given in table 2, except temperature program
       from 50 to 180°C at 2°/imn
    Separator:  Single stage silicone membrane separator.  Environ-
       mental Devices, Inc., Model 210
    Temperatures:  Inlet, separator at 200°C

Mass Spectrometer
    Model:  Hewlett Packard 5930-A Dodecapole Mass Spectrometer with
       5932-A Data System
    Resolution:  4 times mass number over entire mass range
    Mass range:  33-350 amu
    Scan rate:  100 amu/sec plus 6 sec delay between scans (10.5 sec/
       cycle)
    Mass stability:  ±0.1 amu
    Detector:  Bendix Continuous Dynode Electron Multiplier
    Temperature:  Ion source at 200°C, Mass Filter at 110°C
    Ion source:  70 eV Tungsten-Rhenium Filament (magnetically
       constrained), emission current at 250 uamp, target at
       220 yamp (88 percent efficiency)
     Table 4 lists the unusual  assortment of compounds  identified in the

stock effluent.   The oligomers  of butadiene are quite abundant,  especially

the dimer, 4-vinyl-l-cyclohexene (which is primarily responsible for the

stock's characteristic odor).   Other known oligomers present include

1,5-cyclooctadiene (dimer)  and  the 1,5,9-cyclododecatriene trimers.   Peaks

27, 28, and 29 are listed as butadiene trimers, although  structures  cannot

be assigned.  The general appearance of their spectra (especially the molec-
ular ion at m/e_ 162) and the cis-polybutadiene rubber suspected  source
indicate this to be the case.   The presence of toluene, which represents

the largest resolved peak (peak #5), was~also confirmed.   Although its
particular spectrum is common of other C^Hg hydrocarbons, e.g.,  cyclohepta-

triene, the gas  chromatographic retention times match perfectly.  Other

confirmed compounds include styrene (residual  monomer from the styrene-

butadiene rubbers), N-sec_.butylaniline (an impurity from  the antiozonant),
benzothiazole (from the accelerator), and several  alky! benzenes and naph-

thalenes (probably from the aromatic oil).  One compound, jb. butyl isothio-

cyanate, was tentatively identified from its mass  spectrum and the estimated

boiling point of the peak.
                                   204

-------
      Table 4.  Compounds identified in the tread stock effluent.
Peak
No.
Compound
Method of
Identifi-
cation9
Probable source
  5     toluene
  6     4-vinyl-l-cyclohexene
  7     ethyl benzene
  8     m + p-xylene
  9     styrene
 10     t_. butyl isothiocyanate

 11     1,5-cyclooctadiene
 22     benzothiazole

 23     N-sec.butyl aniline

 24     1,5,9-cyclododecatriene
 25     methyl naphthalenes
 26     1,5,9-cyclododecatriene
 27     butadiene trimer
 28     butadiene trimer
 29     butadiene trimer
 30     ethyl naphthalene
 31     dimethyl naphthalene
 32     dimethyl naphthalene
                    MS + GC       Polybutadiene rubber
                    MS + GC       Polybutadiene rubber
                    MS + GC       Aromatic oil
                    MS + GC       Aromatic oil
                    MS + GC       Styrene butadiene rubber
                    MS + BPest    N-i. butyl-2-benzo-
                    1                 thiazole sulfen-
                                     amide
                    MS + GC       Polybutadiene rubber
                    MS + GC       N-t.. butyl-2-benzo-
                                     thiazole sulfen-
                                     ami de
                    MS + GC       N-phenyl-N'-sec.butyl -
                                     p-pheny1enedi ami ne
                    MS + GC       Polybutadiene rubber
                    MS + GC'       Aromatic oil
                    MS + GC       Polybutadiene rubber
                    MS + BPest    Polybutadiene rubber
                    MS + BPest    Polybutadiene rubber
                    MS + BPest    Polybutadiene rubber
                    MS + GC       Aromatic oil
                    MS + BPest    Aromatic oil
                    MS + BPest    Aromatic oil
      Identifications are based upon interpretation and/or comparison
of mass spectra with standard spectra (MS), upon comparison of gas
chromatographic retention times with those of analytical standards (GC),
and upon an estimation of the boiling point, derived from the gas
chromatogram and comparison with the known value (BPest).
                                 205

-------
Field Sampling and Analysis
     Field'sampling was performed using a charcoal tube method which has
                                                                  A
served numerous industrial hygiene applications (refs.  36,40,41,46,47).
Glass tubes (70 mm x 4 mm I.D.) were packed with two sections of 25/40
mesh activated cocoanut charcoal (Fisher Scientific), weighing 100 +_ .2 mg
and 50 +^ .2 mg, respectively.  Si lane-treated glass wool (2 mm length)
was used to separate the charcoal sections and to plug the ends of the
tubes, which were sealed with plastic caps.  Uniformity tests showed the
prepared tubes to have a mean pressure drop at constant one liter/min flow
rate of 75.94 mm mercury and a standard.deviation of 2.52 mm or 3.32 percent.
     Samples were collected in a press room where a large volume of bias-
ply passenger tires containing the selected tread stock were cured.   On
the sampling dates, roughly 2/3 of the "Bag-0-Matic" presses in this area
were committed to these tires, the remaining ones being used for heavy
service tires.  Two sampling locations were selected, one directly in the
center of the passenger tire curing area and the other at its periphery
(away from heavy service tire curing).
     Four battery-operated personnel sampling pumps were attached to con-
venient structures, e.g., ladders and pipes, at each,of the two locations.
Randomly selected charcoal tubes were positioned vertically above each
pump (at eye level) with plastic tubing so that air entered the 100 mg
charcoal section.  Nine samples were collected for 15-, 30-, and 45-minute
periods over 6 hours' at flow rates between 1.0 and 1.5 liter/minute.
     Quantitative analyses were performed in the following manner.  The
100 mg charcoal section of each tube was placed in a 1 ml.microreaction
vessel; 500 yl of spectral, grade CSp were added and the vessel was capped
with a Teflon-lined rubber septum.  CS2 was selected as the eluting solvent
since it does not produce a quantitative response on the flame ionization
                 •
detector.  After 4 hours duplicate 3 to 5 yl aliquots of each extract were
injected into the gas chromatograph under the same conditions as previously
established (table 2).  A compound's presence was confirmed by comparing
its retention time with that of a standard; quantisation involved extrapo-
lation from a calibration curve based upon peak heights.  Subsequent analysis
                                     206

-------
of the 50 mg charcoal section defined the extent of breakthrough and the
reliability of the data.
     Figure 13(A) is a typical chromatogram for a 100 mg charcoal section
(45 min. sample) eluted with CSr>.  Note that attenuation covers two orders
of magnitude with the early eluting peaks being more abundant.  Figures
13(B) and (C) are chromatograms of eluates of the 50 mg sample backup sec-
tion and 100 mg control sections, respectively.  It is apparent that there
was no breakthrough for the sampling intervals selected.
     The chromatograms indicate that the atmosphere within the plant was
more complex than that generated from the isolated tread stock.  However,
several previously identified peaks were confirmed within the mixture.
These compounds are listed in table 5, once again in order of elution.
Substances released from the polymeric constituents of the stock predom-
inate in this group of compounds.  The oligomers of butadiene, for instance,
are easily distinguished.

 Table 5.  Relative retention times3 and desorption efficiency factors
          for selected compounds in a passenger tire press room
Relative
Compound Retentionf. ,,
tol uene
4-vinyl-l-cyclo-
hexene
ethyl benzene
styrene
1,5-cycloocta-
diene
1,5,9-cyclodo-
decatriene(l)
1,5,9-cyclodo-
decatriene(2)
0.60
0;82
0.89
1.00
1.13
2.53
2.69
Relative
Retentionstandard
0.62
0.83
0.92
1.00
1.16
2.55
2.66
Desorption
Efficiency .
99.7
103.0
101.3
85.5
102.0
71.4
71.4
  Retention times relative to styrene.
  Average efficiency of triplicate extractions (1.0 yl  of compound from
 100 mg 25/40 mesh charcoal with 500 yl  C$2).
                                    207

-------
«  •        '-      ....-_-
j	 .  .  |	: ...	;	

          i           1     »
                                                                                                             CU
                                                                                                            •«J
                                                                                                             rt)
                                                                                                             3

                                                                                                             0)

                                                                                                             0)
                                                                                                            JD
                                                                                                             ra
                                                                                                             o
                                                                                                             to
                                                                                                            ^z
                                                                                                             o
CO

n)
S-
C7)
O
+J
res

O
                                                                                                             OJ
                                                                                                             s_
                                                                                                             3
                                                                                                             C7>
                                              208

-------
     Table 5 also included CS« desorption efficiencies for those compounds
which were confirmed.  These values were determined experimentally by trip-
licate desorption trials of 1.0 yl of each substance from 100 mg of charcoal
with 500 yl of solvent.  The efficiencies are acceptable and range from
71.4 percent to 103.3 percent.
     Table 6 lists airborne concentrations of the six compounds confirmed
in the press room.  These values are based upon duplicate analysis of each
sample and incorporate desorption efficiency factors from table 5.  On the
sampling dates, concentrations ranged from a high of approximately 1100 ppb
for toluene-to roughly 7 ppb for 1,5-cyclooctadiene.  These data represent
greater than 99 percent confidence that the sample means were within one
standard deviation of the true mean concentrations.  Standard deviations
for these samples are consistent, averaging 22.3 percent of the mean.
     The substances selected for quantitative analysis were present through-
out the range of resolution of the gas chromatographic system.  By judging
relative peak heights and attenuation factors for unknown peaks in figure
13-A and by assuming similar FID response and desorption efficiency factors,
it is possible to bracket concentration ranges of these substances.  Thus,
the compounds in the highest attenuation group (X 640) would be between 0.3
and 1.5 ppm, those in the intermediate group (X 64) at 0.1 to 0.2 ppm, and
those in the lowest group (X 8) between 0.005 and 0.030 ppm.

                               CONCLUSIONS
     This study indicated that an unusual assortment of compounds is dis-
charged during rubber vulcanization.   Substances identified in the effluent
from an isolated tread stock included styrene, butadiene oligomers, alkyl
benzenes and naphthalenes, and some specific nitrogen and sulfur compounds.
The presence of several of these substances, principally the butadiene
oligomers, was confirmed in the tire  plant where the stock was cured.
     Regarding the source of these compounds, the results indicated that
primary discharges were released from individual additives and were not
products of chemical  reactions within the rubber matrix.  The largest single
source of volatiles in the stock w&s  the blend of polymers which also repre-
sented the bulk on a weight basis. Contributing in lesser amounts were ac-

                                    209

-------











to
T3
C
3
O
O.
o
o

•o
CO
•M
O
CO
r—
CO
10
VJ-*
0

to
c
o
•r"
+J
(0
J-
•M
C
CO
U
c
0
U

V.
•r™
*"C


*
VO

CO

3
(0
h-




















-a >
OO O
c
<0
d)
^
en



CO





r»»






vo





m






^*






CO






CM







r~* •




1(0
(0 C
U O
O-i-





•o
c
3
|
1



i— CM
O O
CO CM
O O
CM VO
11^ f^
r- r—
0 0
vo ^*
VO H™
r~
CM O
CO 00
OO i—



0 0
^- CO
CM i—
fM r«>



o o
OO ^J"
m co



CM O
en f
cn CM
r— *



fXi, O
00 VO
oo. *r




o o

i— CM
r"** r™~



f~°* [•**•
en ^~
CM r»




§f^
f^
o





i— CM








CO
CO
O
•P
CM
^-
CO
o
•
1— «
^
^.
•
^"
in
VO

o
vo


vo

l—
r***.



r*>»
•
i"*^
•"•*•


VO
*
0




(^D
•
MhJ
LO



fmmt
*
VO
VO



p***
•
r^»
o^



LO
*
^~
00




^w






1
o
1 i— CO
i— 0 C
C (J >C
i- 1 CO
>r- ^:
|
^

•
VT>
CO
•
CM
CT>
CO
•
^f
a>
co
*
O
o^


oo
•
r*s*
f^s^



oo
•
^t"
r>-


VO
•
CM
VO



r*^>
r—
fma.




CM

f-m.




IX.
•
^^
00



00

1—





CM











pv. CO

CM OO
CM CM
CM CM
• i—~
OO r-
^
00 O
• •
CO 00
in en
in oo

o £^
vo


vo i—
• o
vo i —
CO



o en
• •
O CO
en co


oo r-.
• •
CM en
CO fx.



«S" 00

<0 r—
in



O r—
• CM
cn r—
VO



VO O
CM •
f"* C7^
CT>



VO T—
• CM
t-~ r—
00




f— CM







£
CO
N
+}
CO
in CM
• •
r— O
CM CM
VO r—
* t—*
^~ l~^
00
VO 00
• o
f— t—*
vo
in •*

r**» r~-
vo


vo i—
• O
in i—
cn



P-*. C5
• •
to co
co cn


CM in
* •
co vo
oo r>-



in vo

^™ r-wn
vo



•«*• o
• CO
cn r—
r*1*



0 O
C"t i—
i— • r—




CO 00
• f™"
VO •—





r- CM








CO
1
4-}
00

^^
-
^
CM

VO
CM
CM
•
^

VO

^j"


p^.
co
•
p^



CT>
co
•
vo


00
o

p"^»



00
00
*
'^



in
cn
•
in



^t"
r^*
*
r*1*-



cn
1—
«
00




f—*






1
o
*O 1 CO
o -4-> a»
1 O v
m o t>
n
r—

r—
-
LO

•
vo
m
co
•
vo
m
m

vo


CM

•
vo



'^J*
CO

vo


00
m

m



^f*
00
*
00



co
co
*
r-.



VO
in

^^



00
o

1O




CM











CM
in
*
_
CM

^
O
it***
•
m

vo

in


CM
CM
•
cn



co
r~
•
"*•*


r**»
oo
•
CO



VO
oo
*
m



00
vo

in



^^
VO
*
00



00
VO

oo




r^




•1
0

'o i -
>> (0 O)
U U C
1 CO CO
cn TO -r-
« 0 S.
m TJ 4->
A
1—
O

*
00

m

^.
•
m

CM

vo



co
•
o




CO

*yh
'—


VO

o




CO
*
•3-




in

VO
CM



CM

I**1".
r— •



*^j"
•
vo





CSJ




































*
(0
£
(0

O^ *
C 10
•r- CO

3 10
(J
cn

SM* T*
•r— 1-
4^ 3
U
s-
CO CO
en s-
C •!-
CO 4->
10
in &-
(0 CO
a. cn
C
1- CO
O (/)

S_ (0
o> a.
4^
C «»-
cu o
o

C i-
•r- CO
>,Q.

4J il
O CO
CO Q.
••- -u
TJ 10

r— CM

"^£ C
O 0
•,-T-
+J+J
(O tJ
0 0
p o

a
210

-------
celerators, activators, antidegradants, and oils.  It is significant-that
for the tread stock tested, all identified substances were either impurities
or decomposition products.
     Chromatoqrams of charcoal tube samples collected in the tire plant re-
vealed a substantial number of peaks not present in the isolated tread
stock effluent.  Judging from their low boiling points, these substances
may, have been'volatilized from nonstock ingredients such as solvents used
in cements and bonding agents.
     With regard to exposure levels, both laboratory and field data point
to low boiling compounds as being orders of magnitude more prevalent than
                                        \
higher boiling components.  Concentrations ranged between 1 and 2 ppm for
substances in the Cg to Cg boiling region, then dropped 'to roughly 0.1 to
0.2 ppm for those in the Cg to C-.Q range; higher boiling compounds (greater
than C-IQ) were found at parts per billion levels.  Instantaneous exposures
may have been higher (e.g., immediately upon press opening) but were un-
doubtedly of short duration (seconds)» given the high degree of turbulence
and mixing.
     For the stock and process investigated, the working environment did
not appear to be overtly hazardous.  Concentrations were so low that acute
toxicity problems seem unlikely.   On the bases of current toxicological data,
chronic health effects are also questionable at these exposure levels.  How-
ever, since little has been published concerning the carcinogenic potential
of those compounds identified, significant health effects cannot be ruled
oat.
     A comparable mixture of compounds would probably be discharged from
similar vulcanization processes.   The presence of ^residual monomers and
other polymeric impurities, for instance, would be expected at the highest
concentrations.  Impurities from other compounding ingredients, especially
the antidegradants, accelerators, and oils, may also be found at lower levels,
     It appears likely that certain compound classes which 'have been associ-
ated with cancer may be discharged from curing processes.  Aromatic amines
present as impurities in the phenylenediamine antiozonants serve as an'exam-
ple,  since such a compound was identified in the selected stock effluent
(N-se!c_. butyl aniline).  Future techniques which are specifically designed for

                                     211

-------
the sampling and analysis  of aromatic amines would be useful in assessing
this possibility.


                                REFERENCES
     H. G.  Parkes,  Health in the  Rubber  Industry  - A Pilot Study, 1st ed.,
     A. Megs on and  Son,  Ltd., Man chesterT England, 1966.
     T. F.  Mancuso,  A.  Ciocco, and A. A. El-Attar, "An Epidemiological Ap-
     proach to the  Rubber Industry,"  J.  Occup. Med., Vol. 10, No. 5  (May 1968),
     -pp. 213-232.

     A. 0.  Fox, D.  C. Lindars,.and R. Owen,  "A Survey of Occupational Can-
     cer in the Rubber and Cablemaking Industries:  Results of Five-Year
     Analysis, 1967-1971," Brit.  J. Indust.  Med., Vol. 31 (1974), pp. 140-151.

     W. E.  McCormick, "Environmental  Health  Control for the Rubber Industry,"
     Rubber Chemistry and Technology, Vol. 44, No. 2 (April 1971), pp. 512-
      _
5.   W. E.  McCormick, "Environmental  Health  Control  for  the  Rubber  Industry,"
     Part II," Rubber Chemistry  and Technology.  Vol. 45, No. 3  (April  1972),
     pp. 627-637.

6.   G. Y.  Kel'man,  "Toxic Properties  of Paroksineozon and Antox,"  Soviet
     Rubber Technology,  Vol.  A  (1965),  pp.  43-44.

7.   G. Y.  KeVman,  "Comparative Toxicity of Santoflex AW and Acetoheaniline,"
     Soviet Rubber Technology, Vol. 24 (1965), pp. 40-41.

8.   A. A.  Kasparov  et al., "Comparative Toxicity of Mercaptobenzimidazole
     and N-phenyl-N-isopropylparaphenylamine," Sovi et Rubber Techno! ogy ,
     Vol. 22 (1963), pp. 11-12.
9.   N. V.  Mezentseva 'and R.  5.  Varobeva, "Toxicity  of Sulfenamide  Deriva-
     tives  of MBT Used as Vulcanization  Accelerators," Soviet Rubber Tech-
     nology. Vol.  21 (1962),  pp. 14-15.
10.  N. V.  Mezentseva and R.  S.  Varobeva, "Study of  the  Toxicity  of the Vul-
     canization Accelerator,  N,N-diisopropyl-2-faenzthiazylsulfenam1de  (Dipak),
     and the Vulcanizing Agent,  Paraquinone  Dioxime," Soviet Rubber Technol-
     ogy. Vol. 22 (1963), p.  23.
11.  A. A.  Kasparov  and N. A. Zhilova, "Toxicity of  N-nitrosod1phenylamine,"
     Soviet Rubber Technology, Vol. 22 (1963), .pp. 21-22.

12.  E. Browning, Toxicity and Metabolism of Industrial  Solvents, ls.t  ed.,
     Elsevler, New York
uy and
, 1965.
13.  H. G. Bourne, H. T,  Yee, and S.  Sefarian,  "The  Toxicity  of Rubber Ad-
     ditives," Arch. Environ. Health, Vol.  16 (May 1968);  pp.  700-705.
14.  C. E. Searle, "Chemical  Carcinogens,"  Chem.  Industr., (London),  1972,
     pp. 111-116.
                                     212

-------
15.  E. Boyland et al., "Carcinogenic Properties of Certain Rubber Additives,"
     Europ. J. Cancer. Vol. 4 (1968), pp.  233-239.
16.  W. D. Conway and W. C. Hueper, Chemical  Carcinogenesis and Cancers,  1st
     ed., Charles C. Thomas, Springfield,  Illinois, 1964.
17.  Z. Hadidian et al., "Tests for Chemical  Carcinogens,"  J.  Nat. Cancer Inst.,
     Vol. 41 (1968), pp. 985-994.
18.  M. Greenblatt, S. Mirvish, and B. T.  So, "Nltrosamine  Studies:   Induc-
     tion of Lung Adenomas by Concurrent Administration of  Sodium Nitrite
     •and Secondary Amines in Swiss Mice,"  J.  Nat.  Cancer Inst., Vol.  46,  No.  5
     (May 1971), pp. 1029-1034.                         :
19.  J. M. Barnes and P. N. Maoee, "Carcinogenic Nitroso Compounds,"  Ad-
     vances Cancer Res., Vol. 10 (1967), pp.  163-246.
20.  A. E. Wasserman and I. A. Wolff, "Nitrates, Nitrites,  and N1trosam1nes,"
     Science. Vol. 177 (July 1972), pp. 15-19.
21.  S. S. Epstein, and W. Lijensky, "Nitrosamines  as  Environmental  Carcino-
     gens," Nature, Vol. 225, No. 5227 (Jan.  1970), pp. 21-23.
22.  E. C. Miller and J. A. Miller, "The Metabolic  Activation  of Carcinogenic
     Aromatic Amines and Amides," Prpgr. Exp. Jumgr Res., Vol. 2, F.  Hom-
     burgies, ed., S. Karger-Basel, New York, 1969.
23.  E, C. Miller and J. A. Miller, "Chemical Carcinogenesis:   Mechanisms
     and Approaches to its Control," J. Nat.  Cancer Inst.,  Vol. 47, No. 3 (Sept.
     1971), pp. V-XIV.
24.  J. A. Miller, "Carcinogenesis by Chemicals: An Overview," Cancer Res..
     Vol. 30 (March 1970), pp. 559-576.
25.  E. Farber, "Biochemistry of Carcinogenesis," Cancer Res.. Vol.  28
     (Sept. 1968), pp. 1859-1869.
26.  "Occurrence of Cancer-Producing Materials in Rubber Processing," Plas-
     tics Design Process, Vol. 3, No. 8 (1963), p.  9.
27.  A. Breslow et al., "Carcinogenic Hydrocarbons  and Related Compounds  in
     Processed Rubber," Cancer Res., Vol.  11  (1951), pp. 318-321.
28.  H. L. Falk and P. E. Steiner, "The Identification of Aromatic Polycy-
     clic Hydrocarbons in Carbon Blacks,"  Cancer Res., Vol.  12 (1952),  pp.
     30-39.
29.  H. L. Falk and P. E. Steiner, "The Adsorption  of  3,4-Benzpyrene  by Car-
     bon Blacks," Cancer Res., Vol.  12 (1952), pp.  40-43.
30.  I. G. Angert, A. S. Kuzminski,  and A.  I. Zencheijko, "Volatilization  of
     Phenyl-2-Naphthalene From Rubber," Rubber Chemistry and Technology,
     Vol. 34, No.  3 (July-Sept.  1961), pp.  807-815.
31.  B. Cleverley and R. Herrmann, "Rapid  Identification of Elastomers and
     Their Additives," Appl. Chem..  Vol. 10 (May 1965), pp.  192-195.
32.  T. R. Cromption, "Identification of Polymers in Polyolefins  and  Poly-
     styrenes," European Polymer Journal,  Vol.  4 (1968), pp. 473-496).
                                    213

-------
33.  A. R.  Jeffs,  "The Gas  Chromatographic Analysis of Volatile Constituents
     in Polymers With Particular Reference to Moisture Content," Analyst,
     Vol. 94, No.  1117 (April  1969),  pp.  249-258.
34.  6. Bonomi and A. Fiorenza,  "Identification  of Elastomers by Infrared
     Spectrophotometry,"  Rubber  Chemistry and Technology, Vol. 36  (1963),
     pp. 1129-1147.
35.  H. 6.  Nadeau  and E.  W.  Neumann,  "Analysis of Polyether and Polyolefin
     Polymers by Gas Chromatographlc  Determination of the Volatile Products
     Resulting From Controlled Pyrolysis," Anal. Chem., Vol. 35, No.  10
     (Sept. 1963), pp. 1454-1457.
36.  W. R.  Halpin  and F.  H.  Reid,  "Determination of Halogenated and Aromatic
     Hydrocarbons  in Air  by Charcoal  Tube and Gas Chromatography," Amer.
     Industr. Hyg. Asso.  J., Vol.  29  (July-Aug.  1968), pp. 390-396.
37.  K. Grob and G. Grob, "Gas-Liquid Chromatographic-Mass Spectrometric
     Investigation of Cg-Cgo Organic  Compounds in ah Urban Atmosphere.  An
     Application of Ultra Trace  Gas Analysis on  Capillary Columns," J. Chromato-gr.,
     Vol. 62 (1971), pp.  1-13.
38.  R. E.  Erickson et al., "The Isolation of Flavor Components  From  Foods by
     Distillation  and Adsorption," The Flavor Industry, Aug. 1971, pp. 465-
     467.
39.  N. A.  Gibson, B. Sen,  and P.  W.  West,  "Gas  Liquid Chromatographic An-
     alysis Applied to A1r Pollution," Anal. Chem., Vol. 30, No. 8 (Aug.
     1958), pp. 1390-1397.
40.  C. L.  Fraust  and E.  R. Hermann,  "The Adsorption of Aliphatic  Acetate
     Vapors onto Activated Carbon," Amer. Industr. Hyg. Asso. J.,  Vol. 30, No.
     5 (Sept.-Oct. 1969), pp.  494-495:
41.  E. K.  Kupel et al.,  "A Convenient Optimized Method for the Analysis of
     Selected Solvent Vapors in  the  Industrial Atmosphere," Amer.  Industr.
     Hyg. Asso. J., Vol.  31, No. 2 (March-April  1970), pp. 225-232.
42.  W. G,  Jennings and C.  S.  Tang,  "Volatile Components of Apricot," J. Agric.
     Food Chem.. Vol. 15  (1967), pp.  24-28.
43.  G. 0.  Nelson  arid C.  A. Harder,  "Respirator  Cartridge Efficiency  Studies.
     V.  Effect of Solvent Vapor," Amer.  Industr. Hyg. Asso. J., Vol. 35, No.
     7 (July 1974), pp. 391-410.
44.  G. Guichon and A. Raymond,  "Gas  Chromatographic Analysis of CQ~C-]Q
     Hydrocarbons  in Paris  Air," Environ. ScT. Tech., Vol. 8, No.  2  (Feb.
     1974), pp. 143-148.
45.  L. L.  Dunham  and J.  L. Liebrand, "Preparing High Efficiency Packed Col-
     umns," Research/Development,  Vol. 24,  No. 9 (Sept. 1973), pp. 32-38.
46.  NIOSH Manual  of Analytical  Methods,  Physical and Chemical Analysis Meth-
     od 127 (Organic Solvents  in Air), U.S.D.H.E.W., N.I.O.S.H., Cincinnati,
     1974, 10 pp.
47.  J. A.  Miller-and F.  X. Mueller,  "Determination of Organic Vapors in
     Industrial Atmospheres,"  American Laboratory, Vol. 6, No. 5  (1974), pp.
     48-61.

                                     214

-------
DISCUSSION

MR. PAUL KENT (Research Corporation of New England, Wethersfield, Conn.)
     Your tire presses were discharging their emissions into the general
     room ventilation in that building?
DR. RAPPAPORT:  That is correct.
MR. KENT:  Wouldn't it be much wiser if these were exhausting into in-
     dividual units directly rather than into general ventilation?
DR. RAPPAPORT:  I think the question is academic, but it is entirely
     possible that if the effluents were released into specific ven-
     tilation units, the concentrations remaining in the general room
     air would be lower.
MR. KENT:  I do not think it is academic.  It is an especially common
     situation in industrial ventilation because, if you capture the
     emissions and get them out of the general ventilation, you not
     only help solve your area pollution problem, but also an industrial
     hygiene problem.
DR. RAPPAPORT:  Well, I agree.  I have never been in a tire plant where
     the cure presses were differently ventilated, but I am sure it
     would be possible.
MR. KENT;  I suppose it would be a large capital outlay on the present
     plants.
MR. RICHARD WALKER (Rubber World magazine. Akron, Ohio):  Are there any
     plans to continue this type of• study in those plants, where the
     press operator has to be next to the press and is subjected
     to a greater variety of material?
DR. RAPPAPORT:  To my knowledge there are no plans at the present time
     for extending this work to other processes.  You might ask Dr.
     Harris, who is with the University of North Carolina, if he does
     plan to continue this study.  You might also ask Dr. Burgess of
     Harvard, which is conducting a similar study, if they plan to
     extend their work to various types of processes.  To my knowledge
     there is no such work in progress at this date.
                                     215

-------
DR. SAM CHA (Research Corporation  of New England,  Wethersfield, Conn.):
     Have you made any indentifications  of compounds  with  boiling points
     lower than Cg?
DR. RAPPAPORT:  No, I have not.  We know that certain compounds are
     going to be lost in the vulcanization process,  including gases
     and very volatile liquids.   In this particular  investigation
     we did not pursue such identifications for* purposes  of con-
     venience.  Since we did not have a  gas chromatograph  - mass
     spectrometer system available on the project, we could not make
     the necessary manifold modifications for gas  analysis.  However,
     I think it is something that  should be done in  the  future.
     I believe the Harvard people  are working on that particular
     problem right now.
                                     216

-------
              AIRBORNE  PARTICULATE  DEBRIS  FROM  RUBBER  TIRES
            William  R.  Pierson,  Ph.D.,  and Wanda W.  Brachaczek*
 Abstract
      Airborne particulate matter from rubber tires  has  been detected
 in the atmospheres  of two vehicle tunnels  and in the  open air.   The  amount
 is of the order of W percent as great as  the amount  of particulate  matter
 from vehicle exhausts3  and represents some 5 to  10  percent of the  tread
 material that disappears  from tires  in use.
      Tread rubber was found on tunnel walls  and  in  roadside dust3  dustfalls
 and topsail.   A material  balance shows that  most of the material lost by
                                      \
 tires in service is particulate matter^  of which only a small fraction is
 airborne.

 INTRODUCTION
     i—
     ( The rate of wear of  tire-tread  rubber in the United  States  can  be esti-
 mated at some 600,000 metric tons per year.   By  comparison, exhaust  emis-
 sions of particulate matter from gasoline-powered vehicles in 1970 are
 estimated at 270,000 metric tbnsx(ref.  1).   In view of  the tonnages  just
 cited and of the attention that has  been paid to exhaust  particulates, it
 would seem appropriate to try to ascertain what  happens to this  tire-tread
 material.   The present work was undertaken for that purpose.   We especially
 wish to know whether rubber tires produce  particulate matter that  remains
 airborne for long periods and hence  constitutes  an  air  pollutant in  the
>usual  sense.
      It has  been commonly assumed (refs. 2,3)  that  significant amounts of
 such material  are to be found.   But  until  the recent  work of Cardina (refs.
 4,5),  Brachaczek and Pierson (ref. 6),  Pierson and  Brachaczek (refs.  7,8),
 and Dannis  (ref.  9), there had  been  only a few efforts  to test this  assump-
 tion.   Investigations in  earlier years  have  been as follows:
      Thompson et al^ref.  10)  reported evidence of tire-wear debris  in
                                     217

-------
 sweepinqs  from tunnels,  recapping  operations,  the  National  Bureau  of  Stand-
 ards  tire-testing machine,  and  a parking  garage, by means of pyrolytic  gas
 chromatography.  They  did not attempt  a quantitative  estimate,  nor did  they
 determine  what fraction  of  the  particles  were  small enough  to have remained
 suspended  for a significant time.   They did  not collect  samples  of airborne
 material.
      ^ToTcRT (fef, 11 Msmp^oyed optical  microscopy coupled with pyrolytic gas
      Vr- -^ y«*''_^' '-•<" "^
 chromatographyYto examine aerosol  samples collected along California,  road-
 ways.  He~£&tfnd- the  following types of particles?   '   ^
    '!)   Black particles about 40 microns * 100 microns, like  wear parti-
           cles from  high-cornering wear.   The  pyrogram gave a strong  SBR
           signal.   (SBR  = styrenebutadiene rubber, a  major  copolymeric  hy-
           drocarbon  used in tire treads.) Nearly  all of these  particles ap-
           peared to  be tread rubber particles.
      2)   Mixed rubber/nonrubber particles.   The pyrogram gave  a SBR  signal
           of intermediate strength.
      3)   Small  (down  to 1  micron) black  particles.   The pyrogram showed no
           SBR.
 Brbcfc estimated that less than  5 percent  of  the particles overall  were
 black and  possibly  rubber,  some of these  undoubtedly  being  nonrubber  (oil,
 soot, etc.)
—-—„_
      Laboratory experiments (refs. 12,13,14,4) indicate  that only a small
 part  of-the material from tread wear is in gaseous form. The bulk of the
 material  in those experiments evidently is emitted as particles, most of
 them  large and nonsuspendable.  Laboratory studies, however,.are usually
 unable  to  simulate  the behavior of a tire on a vehicle driving  down the
 road, as  is well known in the tire industry  (ref.  15).  It  is clear from a
 review  of  the literature on tire wear mechanisms  and  rates  that there are
 several wear modes  and that these  diverse modes will  be  very dissimilar
 with  respect to the  amounts of  particulate matter produced  per  unit dis-
 tance traveled, the  size distributions of the particles  produced, and the
 apportionment of the removed material  between volatile products and parti-
 cles.  An  investigation into the  importance  of airborne  tire-particulate
 debris  as  an air pollutant  should  take cognizance  of  this.   For example,
                                      218

-------
an experiment carried out where Schallamach patterns develop, indicating
severe conditions seldom experienced in the United States,  can hardly be
expected to provide insight regarding the air in the United States.

METHOD
     Roadway studies were chosen in preference to laboratory studies for
the reason just cited.  The problem then is to distinguish between the
aerosol produced by vehicles and the aerosol produced by extraneous  sources.
This distinction was accomplished at vehicle tunnels, which are continuous-
ly ventilated with large amounts of outside air, by sampling simultaneous-
ly the air at the intake and the air 1n the tunnel.  The difference  in con-
centration of any component between the two points is attributed to  the
traffic 1n the tunnel.  (This procedure has been employed before (refs.
16-20) to estimate atmospheric contaminants produced directly or in-
directly by motor vehicles).
     The collected aerosol samples were chemically analyzed for substances
that signify tire-tread debris.  They were analyzed also for substances
that signify exhaust partlculate from gasoline engines, to provide a bench-
mark for comparison between amounts of tire partlculate and gasoline-engine
exhaust particulate-tlre particulates from ail types of vehicles vs. ex-
haust particulates from automobiles and other gasoline-powered vehicles.-
     The substances assayed as a measure of tire-wear debris were zinc, tot-
al carbon, and SBR (the commonest rubber hydrocarbon in tire treads).
Zinc is present in all truck and automobile tire treads (ref. 21) in
amounts approximating 1 percent.  Carbon (free plus combined) constitutes
about 91 percent of a tire tread, by weight.
     The substance assayed as a measure of exhaust particulate was lead.
Bromine was sometimes measured also.  Both elements arise almost solely
from gasoline-engine exhaust, although the bromine in airborne exhaust
particulates does become depleted with time, as shown by our work and that
of others (refs. 22-24).  Diesel trucks of course produce tire wear  but
no lead or bromine.
     Air sampling was also done at open-air sites, in order to cover a wider
range of conditions than is available in tunnels.  Zinc measurements here
                                    219

-------
are of little value, because of the high ambient Zn levels.   SBR is  still
a good indicator, however, since most of the SBR used in  the  United  States
is used in tires  (refs.  25,26,27).   Lead is  a reliable indicator of  ex-
haust partlculates.

ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
Zn, Br, Pb.  Samples were analyzed  for Pb by atomic absorption  and anodic
stripping voltammetry; for Br by neutron activiation analysis:  and for Zn
by atomic absorption, anodic stripping voltammetry, and neutron activation
analysis.  The neutron activation analyses were carried out  nondestructive-
ly by irradiation in the reactor at the University of Michigan  followed by
X-ray spectrometry with a 6e(Li) detector and 4096-channel analyzer.   In
the- later experiments, after the reliability of the Pb procedures had been
satisfactorily established, Br analysis was  dispensed with.   Similarly,
activation analysis  for Zn was eventually discarded after the other  two Zn
procedures became established.
SBR.   Infrared spectroscopy was employed to  analyze for SBR.  The styrene-
butadiene copolymer, usually made for ttre treads in a formulation consist-
ing of 23.5 percent styrene by weight and the remainder of 1»3  butadiene
(ref. 21), has a distinctive infrared spectrum (figure 1).   The SBR  was
isolated and analyzed as described  elsewhere (ref. 6). Briefly, Soxhlet
extraction into benzene removes most organic material plus any  benzene-
soluble (devulcanized) SBR that is  present.   Subsequent Soxhlet extrac-
tion (s) with orthodichlorobenzene (=oCl2) in a stream of oxygen extracts
the vulcanized SBR.   Infrared spectra of KBr pellets made from  the benzene
and oClgt}) extracts yield the amount of SBR by measurement of the intensi-
ties of the absorption lines at 10.35 and 14.3y.  Duplicate  samples  to
which a known amount of standard SBR tread vulcanizate (ASTM Standard E249-
66) has been added prior to extraction provide a check of good  recovery.
The amount added is chosen in each  case to be comparable  to  the amount
found without addition.  Analysis by gel permeation chromatography shows
that the extraction in orthodichlorobenzene  and oxygen results  in signifi-
cant spreading of the molecular-weight distribution in the direction of
lower molecular weight, but no significant loss of copolymer.

                                   220

-------
     Pyrolytic gas chromatography was investigated as an alternative means
of identifying SBR in the filter samples.  The pyrolysis of SBR gives sty-
rene among the products, and Thompson et al.  (ref. 10) considered the de-
tection of styrene to signify the presence of SBR in their samples.  Un-
fortunately, our samples often contain substantial quantities of Diesel
exhaust particulate which, we find, gives much styrene on pyrolysis.
Moreover, other features of the pyrogram of Diesel exhaust particulate
resemble that of SBR.  Undoubtedly there are other substances in atmospheric
aerosols that will cause similar difficulties.  Thus, the pyrolytic gas
chromatography technique seems inapplicable to our study.

Total Carbon.  Analysis was carried out by Cu-catalyzed combustion with 02
in an induction furnace and assay of the C02 evolved.  The COp was meas-
ured by an automatic CCU analyzer with a thermal-conductivity cell.

Specific Surface Area.  These analyses were instituted to assess the capa-
city of aerosol particles to adsorb SBR molecules before or during the ex-
tractions.  By the time it had become apparent that this potential source
of error in the infrared determination of SBR was probably not serious, it
had also become apparent that a knowledge of specific surfaces of the aero-
sols in this study was important in its own right, and therefore the
measurements were continued.  These measurements were made by the conven-
tional Brunauer-Emmett-Teller method, from krypton adsorption at 77°k in a
known weight of sample preconditioned by pumping to an absolute pressure
of 10   torr at room temperature.

GRAVIMETRIC FACTORS FOR ZINC AND SBR
Zinc.  Neutron activation analysis of automobile tire treads from a number
of manufacturers yielded an average Zn' content of 1.0 percent, somewhat
lower than the generally accepted average (1.7 percent, ref. 21).  The val-
ue similarly found for the ASTM E249-66 standard tread vulcanizate is 1.01
percent, in agreement with the recipe value (1.08 percent); accordingly,
we believe that our measurement is reliable.   Truck tire treads have ap-
proximately the same Zn content as automobile tire treads (ref. 21).  We
therefore take 1.0 percent as the average Zn  content of tire tread.

                                   221

-------
     Detergent lubricating oils contain about 0.12 percent Zn.   Emis-
sion of Zn from this source "is said to result in a Zn/Pb mass ratio of 0.006
in the exhaust particulate matter from gasoline engines  operating on leaded
fuel (ref. 28).  Ratios ranging between 0.0013 and 0.011 have been reported
in chassis-dynamometer tests (ref.  29).
     From neutron-activation results showing 0.2 and 0.03 ppm Zn in regular
and premium gasoline, respectively, we conclude that the detergent oil must
be the source of some 90 percent of the exhaust particulate Zn.   But deter-
gent oils for Diesel engines also contain Zn (about 0.1  percent).  Neutron
activation analysis of two Diesel exhaust particulate samples gave 44 and
96 ppm Zn, comparable with the 30 ppm or thereabouts reported by Frey and
Corn (ref. 30).
     We shall-consider an amount of Zn corresponding to  a Zn/Pb  ratio of
0.006 to be attributable to gasoline-engine exhaust particulate  in our sam-
ples.  We shall ignore the Zn from Diesel exhaust, lacking a cognate by
which to estimate it.
SBR.  Production and consumption figures (refs. 31-27) show that SBR com-
prises slightly more than 50 percent of the rubber hydrocarbon used in
tire treads.  In turn, the aggregate rubber hydrocarbon  in a tire tread is
about 50 percent of the finished material (ref. 21).  Hence, the average
SBR content of tire tread is about 25 percent.  This is  the figure we adopt.
     To check this adopted figure,  we analyzed the treads of 47  tires, all
of different descriptions, and found the following averages:  five passenger
tires, 24.6 percent SBR; 34 truck tires, 7.0 percent SBR; nine truck recaps,
22.7 percent SBR.  The numbers of truck recap and nonrecap tires on the
road are comparable, and thus the average truck tire tread is effectively
15 percent SBR.
     Production and consumption figures (refs. 26,27,33) indicate that poly-
butadiene constitutes about 16 percent of the rubber hydrocarbon in tire
treads.  Transolefim'c linkages in polybutadiene will  have the same 10.35-y
infrared absorption as SBR, thus enhancing the apparent  amount of SBR in
the sample insofar as the 10.35-y line is used in the estimation.  Much of
                                    222

-------
the polybutadiene in treads is cis rather than trans, and thus the enhance-
ment is slight.  We ignore this perturbation, especially since it comes
from tires anyway.

ALLEGHENY TUNNEL EXPERIMENTS
     The Allegheny Mountain Tunnel of the Pennsylvania Turnpike is located
about 19 km east of Somerset, Pennsylvania, in a rural setting.  It runs
approximately east-west through Allegheny Mountain some 125 meters beneath
the summit.  It is a four-lane, two-tube tunnel (two eastbound lanes through
one tube, two v/estbound lanes through the other), 1.85 km long, with a
slight (ca. 0.5 percent) grade downward toward the east.  The easternmost 45
meters of the eastbound tube is on, a curve (radius of curv-ature 332.8 meters)
to the left.  The surface is asphalt and is always dry over most of its
length, even in the wettest weather.  The speed limit was 50 mi/hr (80 km/hr)
during the 1970 experiments and 55 mi/hr during the subsequent experiments.
There is some braking but no legal lane-switching, i.e., only a minimal
amount of maneuvering in the tunnel.
                                           (                    •
     These conditions correspond to a mild-wear situation, with expected
rates between 0.002 and 0.004 mils per mile (refs. 35,36), or 0.01 to 0.03
grams per mile for automobile tires.  Truck tire wear rates, in grams per
mile, will be slightly less than rates for standard-bias automobile tires.
(In contrast, the average wear rate for automobile tires in the United
States is about 0.15 grams per mile per tire, by our estimate.)
     Automobile traffic in the tunnel fluctuates markedly with time, being
highest in summer, during daylight (figure 2), and on weekends (figure 3).
Truck traffic is relatively constant except for a weekend subsidence.
Truck traffic in the tunnel keeps to the right-hand lanes.
     The ventilation system employs intake fans above each end of the tun-
nel.  Ducts carry the intake air from each end toward the center, where it
enters the tunnel through overhead louvers.  The air provide/d by this ven-
tilation system is augmented by air coming in through the vehicle entrance
portal of each tube under the influence of the ramming action of the traf-
fic, reinforced in the case of the eastbound  tube by a natural flow from
the west.  There is no exhaust system as such.  All of the air outflow from
the tunnel issues from the vehicle exit portals, at velocities measured in
the eastbound tube between 6 and 9 meters per second.
                                  223

-------
     Traffic volume was monitored during these experiments  by a traffic.
counter installed at the west end of the eastbound tube.  Apportionment be-
tween automobiles, aasoline-powered trucks,  and Diesel-powered trucks  was
ascertained by frequent counting by eye (figure 2).   Our  own traffic obser-
vations were supplemented with traffic records from the Turnpike Commission.

Air Sampling Experiment 8/1/73 (Eastbound tunnel only)
     Sample Collection.  Air was sampled continuously for the'period August
1 through August 13, 1973, at each of four stations:
     0   East (exit) portal of eastbound tunnel;
     2)   West (entrance) portal'of eastbound tunnel;
     3)   West intake fan room for eastbound tunnel;
     4)   East intake fan room for eastbound tunnel.
The portal stations were set up 5 to 7 meters inside the  portals, 80 to 95
cm to the left of the left-hand lane, and 1.4 to 1.8 meters above the road-
way.
     At each station, three samples were collected simultaneously:
     1)   142 mm diameter mixed^cellulose-ester membrane  filter, mean pore
          flow diameter 0.2y, sampling rate about 100 liters/minute, for
          determining specific surface, total carbon, and SBR;
     2)   47 mm diameter cellulose-acetate membrane filter, pore size 0.2y,
        ,  sampling rate about 12 liters/minute, for determining Pb and Zn;
     3)   Standard Hi-vo,l sampler with 8" x 10" glass fiber filter, sampling
                            o  '
          rate about 1 meter /minute, for determining total carbon and SBR.
     The membrane filters were oriented with their col lection,surfaces down-
ward, and enclosed in settling chambers with multiple baffles to prevent ac-
cess by particles larger than an estimated 20 to 100 microns.  The units in
the intake fan rooms were mounted in standard weather-station shelters.
Air velocity through -the membrane filters ranged up to 30 cm/second.  Fil-
tration efficiency under these circumstances should be effectively 100'.per-
cent irrespective of aerosol particle size (ref. 37).  Air was drawn through
the membrane filter by means of metal-bellows diaphragm pumps (which have
no  leak to the outside) and exhausted through calibrated (±1 percent) tem-
perature-qompensated dry-test meters for determination of sample volume.
     Owing to the design of the standard Hi-vol sampling units, some

                                    224

-------
collection of particulate matter in the nonsuspendable size range (>10y)
occurs.  Recent studies (refs. 38,39) have shown that large (20-200y)
particles generally make up much of the particulate mass collected near
ground level by such instruments.
     The SBR size distribution at the East Portal was determined by means of
a standard Hi-vol cascade impactor with glass-fiber backup filter and im-
pingement surfaces, operated at a flow of approximately 570 liters per min-
ute as prescribed (refs. 40,41).  Losses of particles within an instrument
of this design are said to be important under certain conditions (ref. 39).
     Dustfall samples were collected at the end of the experiment from sur-
faces which had been clean at the outset.
     Results.  The airborne particulate collected at the East Portal is a
fine black fluffy cohesive powder.  Some of its other properties are list-
ed in table 1.  The diurnal and weekly variation of the airborne gross
particulate concentration (figure 4) follows the pattern of truck traffic
rather than automobile traffic (figures 2 and 3).
                                             ',
     SBR was found in all East Portal samples, as exemplified by the spectra
shown in figure 5.  The results from all the East Portal Hi-vol analyses
are plotted in figure 6.  The average airborne SBR from these analyses is
         3
0.61 yg/m .  The SBR collected on the membrane filter is far lower, 0.20
    3
yg/nr , than on the Hi-vols, suggesting that most of the SBR collected in
the Hi-vols consists of settleable material; the membrane filter would
collect almost none of the settleable material because of the (already de-
scribed) way it was set up.  This speculation is supported by the size dis-
tribution (table 2), and by the SBR content of the dustfall (table 3), as
well as by the SBR content of the debris in the gutters (discussed later).
     The specific surface after oCl9<£ extraction is comparable with that
                                2
of carbon black (60 to 120 meter /gram).  Carbon black is capable of adsorb-
ing some 200 mg SBR per gram of sample even in boiling oClp^ (refs. 42-44).
     Standard addition experiments on portions of each sample, using stand-
ard tread vulcam'zate (ASTM E249-66), indicated that the average SBR yield
was 65 percent for the East Portal Hi-vol samples and 70 percent for the
East Portal membrane samples.   We consider these yields good, in view of
the specific surfaces shown in table 1.   The yields of SBR on the cascade-
                                    225

-------
     Table 1.  Properties of airborne participate  matter  collected
         at East Portal  of Allegheny Tunnel  (Eastbound  tube),
 	1-13 August 1973	

Pb                        .                             4.4%

Zn                                                     0.08%

Total C (free and combined)       .                    56%

Residue after CCHC extraction                        86%
               0 O

   after .02 + oC!20 extraction                       76%
                                                              2
Specific surface, initial                            31  meter /gram
                                                              o
   after CCHC extraction                             57  meter /gram
          00

   after 02 + od20 extraction                       91  meter /gram

SBR (total all extracts)                               0.1 to  0.5%
       Table 2.  Size distribution of airborne SBR collected at
           East Portal of Allegheny Tunnel  (Eastbound tube)
                     during August 1973 experiment

 Aerodynamic diameter,               Concentration of SBR in stated

       microns3                               size range

                                                           3
        >7                                        0.07
       3.3-7                                      0.02 vg/m3
         2-3.3                                    0

       1.1-2                                      0
                                                  0.13 yg/m3
      Calibration is from Wood and Erickson (ref.  40)  and Burton
 et al. (ref. 41).

       Owing to the low SBR recovery observed in standard-addition
 experiments on portions of the impactor stages, these  numbers  are
 subject to considerable uncertainty and should not be  relied upon
 except to indicate the dominance of very small and very large
 particles.

                               226

-------
             Table  3.   Properties  of  dustfall  collected  inside  East
                 Portal  of  Allegheny Tunnel  (Eastbound  tube),
                                1-13  August  1973
      Pb
      Zn
      Total  C  (free  and  combined)
      Redidue  after  CgHg extraction
         after 02 +  6C120 extraction
      Specific surface,  initial
         after CgHg  extraction
         after 02 +  od20 extraction
      SBR (total all  extracts)
    0.53%
    0.187%
   20%
   87%
?(>52%)*
    0.3 meter /gram
             2
    1.3 meter /gram
             2
    7.7 meter /gram
    2.3%
           *Some  material was  lost  in  transferring.
impactor stages, on the other hand, were low (down to 15 percent).   No cor-
rection for yield is applied in reporting our results.
     SBR could not be detected in any of the samples  collected at the in-
takes.  These are the only air samples in the entire  program in which SBR
was not detected.
     Average airborne concentrations of the various constituents are listed
in table 4.  It can be seen that the injection of gross  mass,  Pb, C, and
SBR into the tunnel air by vehicles is considerable,  relative  to the re-
spective background values.  The readings at the West Portal are inter-
mediate in character between background and East Portal  values, as  would
be expected.
     Table 4 shows that much of the SBR is extracted  by  benzene.  We ob-
serve that this is the rule for SBR in environmental  samples.   In contrast,
only 2 to 3 percent of the SBR in a sample of fresh tread vulcanizate
would have been extractable into benzene.  This indicates that consider-
able chemical breakdown of the vulcanizate network occurs before the part-
icles are collected in the present experiment.  The residence  time  of air
in the tunnel is of the order of. 2 minutes, and therefore the  breakdown
                                   227

-------
      Table 4.   Aerosol  concentrations  at Allegheny Tunnel,  experiment
                           8/1/73,  Eastbound tube
                                  Average concentration,  yg/nf

East (exit) Portal
Membrane filter
Hi-vol filters
West (entrance) Portal
Membrane filter
Hi-vol filters
Gross Pb Zn C

205 9.3 0.167 111
210

71 1.42 0.068 19.0
78

extract

0.141
0.255

0.04
SBR
;(0, + OC190)
£. L.
extracts

0.060
0.356

0.05
East intake fan room
West intake fan room
64   0.30  0.053
58   0.48  0.050
12.9
0(<0.'019) 0(<0.04)
0(<0.015) 0(<0.029)
 would seem to be rapid, perhaps occurring during the abrasion process it-
 self.  There is essentially no sunlight in the tunnel, and presumably no
 ozone (owing to the presence of nitric oxide); accordingly, rapid decomposi-
 tion while airborne would seem unlikely.  Samples analyzed for SBR months
 after collection show no greater benzene-extractable fraction than dupli-  '
 cates analyzed immediately, and hence we doubt that the process occurs with-
 in the deposit after collection.
      Fan records and measurements of portal air velocities indicate that the
                                                                     Q q .
 total air flow through the tunnel during the experiment was 3.4 x 10 m ,
 about 59 percent of it being through the fans.  We multiply this figure by
 the increase of each species over background (i.e., the East Portal concen-
 trations minus the intake fan-room average concentrations) to obtain, for
 each species, the amount generated in the tunnel during the experiment.
 These amounts are listed in table 5.  From the AZn/APb ratio we see that
 nearly half of the AZn should be attributed to the lubricating-oil in gaso-
 line engines, leaving a "residual" AZn/APb of 0.007.  On the other hand,
 Diesel exhaust cannot account for much of the observed Zn, since AZn/AGross
 1s at least 10 times the Zn content of Diesel exhaust particulate.
                                    228

-------
           Table 5.   Amounts  of airborne participate species  generated
                     inside the Allegheny Tunnel  (Eastbound)
                       during the  period 1-13 August 1973

             Species9                                             Grams
                                                                       4
       AGross part icu late                                        5~x  10
       APb                                                       3 x  lo3
       AZn                                                         40
       AC                                                        3 x  lo4
       ASBR (membrane filters)                                     69
           • (Hi-vol  filters)                                       210
             AZn/APb = 0.0129
            ASBR/APb =i°-022b
                      (0.068C
            aThe notation  A means  that the  respective  background  levels
       (intake-fan-room levels)  have  been subtracted.
             Using  East Portal membrane filter  values.
            c(Jsing  East Portal Hi-vol  filter  values.

     It is immediately apparent  in table 5  that airborne tire particulate
is minor compared to airborne exhaust particulate or airborne total  parti-
culate from vehicles.
     Traffic data indicate that  light-duty  vehicles (cars,  motorcycles)
logged 152,500 vehicle-miles, and heavier vehicles (trucks, busses)  logged
40,900 vehicle-miles, in the eastbound tube during the period of  the experi-
ment.  Using our observation that the latter category included almost no
gasoline driven vehicles but was dominated  instead by 5-axle (18-tire)
Diesel trucks, we can estimate the following airborne particulate produc-
tion rates based on our measurements:
     Gross mass = 0.27 g/mile per vehicle,  all  categories;
             Pb = 3.0 x 10   g/mile per tire, all categories
                  (without motor-oil  correction);
              C = 0.17 g/mile per vehicle,  all  categories;
            SBR = (5 to 16) x 10   g/mile per tire, all categories.
                                   229

-------
With 1 percent as the Zn content and 25 percent as the SBR content of the
average tire,in the tunnel, it appears that the airborne tire-particulate
                                  o
debris is of the order of only 10"  gram/mile per tire.  Clearly, the bull
of the tire debris in the tunnel is not airborne.
Gutter Experiment 9/12/73
     The purpose of this experiment was to account for the rest of the tire-
wear material, the presumption being that it consists of larger particles
and-hence should be found at roadside.  This experiment was carried out in
the eastbound tube to facilitate comparison to the results of the 8/1/73
experiment.   We were fortunate that the tunnel maintenance schedule present-
ed the opportunity for this experiment at a time not too far removed from
the 8/1/73 experiment, although, in the interim, some shift in the makeup
of the traffic had already occurred (just after Labor Day).
     The tunnel has gutters along each margin of the roadway running the
full  length of the tunnel, divided by catch basins at intervals into sec-
tions (average length about 50 meters) that effectively cannot transfer
material between them.  There*are also gutters at curb height running the
full  length of the tunnel on each side, which served to drain the walkways
and walls.  The latter set of gutters empties into, and contains far less
material than, the roadway gutters.  It seems reasonable to assume that
nearly all settleable material will find its way into the roadway gutters,
except for smaller amounts swept or carried out through the exit portal or
attached to the wall tiles. '
     Procedure.  In principle, the roadway gutters can be completely clean-
ed out, then the debris permitted to accumulate in them for a period of
time during which a known number of vehicles traverse the tunnel, and then
the accumulated debris can be collected and analyzed for SBR.  To make the
undertaking tractable, we concentrated on three sections marked off by
catch basins, owe near the West Portal, one at midtunnel, and one near the
East Portal, of average length 50.2 meters each (i.e., 150.5 meters total,
or 8.1 percent of the tunnel length).  In each section we cleaned the gut-
ters thoroughly on both sides of the roadway.  One week' later (9/19/73) we
collected the material from these sections into canvas bags using a gasoline-

                                     230

-------
powered industrial  vacuum cleaner.   The samples  from the three parts
of the tunnel  were  kept separate for analysis.
     Each sample was sifted into three size fractions (2.38mm).  The fraction 2.38mm was dealt with by culling out the rubber particles
and chopping them up for analysis,  discarding the rest.   Analyses  for Pb,
Zn, and SBR followed the usual procedures.
     Results.   The  analyses, in grams per meter of tunnel  length,  are listed
in table 6.  Averaged over the length of the tunnel, about 84 percent of  the
gross mass, 96 percent of the Pb and Zn, and 89 percent of the SBR are in
the sub-1000-y size range.
     Traffic records indicate that  39,838 light-duty vehicles and  18,238
heavier vehicles traversed the eastbound tube during the 12-19 September
accumulation period.  Equating the  former quantity with the number of cars
and noting that the latter category is dominated by five-axle (18-tire)
Diesel trucks, we find the following production  rates for settleable  part-
iculate matter, averaged over the length of the  tunnel:
    /Gross mass = 13.7 g/mile per vehicle, all  categories;
   /         Pb = 0.037 g/mile per  gasoline-powered vehicle;
   /                        4
             Zn = 5.6 x 10   g/mile per tire, all  categories;
                            3
            SBR = 1.41 x 10   g/mile per tire,  all  categories.
          Table  6.   Roadway  gutter debris accumulated in Eastbound tube
                    of Allegheny Tunnel  12-19 September 1973

Total grams/meter
Pb grams/meter
Zn grams/meter
SBR grams/meter
West
(57.9 m)
811
1.08
0.24
0.44
Middle
(42.0 m)
401
1.14
0.16
0.49
East
(50.6 m)
212
0.54
0.10
0.36
Mean
(weighted)
495
0.91
0.17
0.43
                                    231

-------
Comparison with the results of the 8/1/73 experiment shows that at least
10 times as much SBR settles out as remains airborne.

Earlier Experiments
     Air sampling was carried out on three previous visits.  During some of
these visits, air was sampled in the westbound tube.  Background samples
were taken in the fan rooms, on the hillsides uphill from the fan rooms,
or in a radio tower atop the .mountain.  The shielding against collection
of large particles was not as good in these earlier experiments.
     Results are given in table 7.  They are generally consistent with
those shown in table 4.  The westbound readings are higher than the east-
bound readings, as would be expected from the prevailing wind and the road-
way grade.  During the 8/6/71 experiment the samplers were shut off at night
to suppress the role of trucks; hence the unusually high Pb reading.
     The average AZn/APb ratio for 5/30-5/31/70 and 8/6-8/16/71 (i.e., the
earlier experiments exclusive of "tunnel" samples collected actually out-
side the tunnel, or measurements where the* background is in doubt) was
0.013, in agreement with the 8/1/73 results.  SBR was assayed by infrared  •
analysis in one experiment (footnote b, table 7).
     From the fan records, air-speed measurements, and traffic records of
the 8/6/71 experiment, airborne particulate generation rates were calculat-
ed:
     Gross mass =0.31 g/mile per vehicle, all categories;
             Pb = 0.029 g/mile per gasoline-powered vehicle;
             Zn = 5.9 x 10   g/mile per tire, all categories
                  (without motor-oil correction);
in reasonable agreement with the results from the 8/1/73 experiment.
     Analyses of other samples collected during the 8/6/71 experiment are
shown in table 8.  The samples were obtained near the East Portal of the
eastbound tube.  The walkway-gutter sample consisted of all debris 14.4 to
19., 4 meters inside the East Portal on each side of the tube.  The wall
                                          2
samples were obtained by scrubbing 6 meter  of wall tile beginning 14.4
meters inside the portal.  The roadside panels were framed glass-fiber
mats set 35 meters outside the portal at road level about 20 meters away
from the road.
                                    232

-------
       Table 7.  Earlier aerosol  measurements  at Allegheny Tunnel
Aerosol concentration,

5/28/70 - 5/30/70
East portal eastbound
West portal westbound
East hillside
West hillside
Gross Pb
257
375
70
45
Br
4.10
7.39
0.10
0.046
yg/m
Zn
0.31
0.40
0.15
0.13
Znout- Znin
Pbout- Pbin
—
5/30/70 - 5/31/70
     East portal eastbound    219   10.4
     West portal westbound    221   10.9
     East hillside             68    0.27
     West hillside             66    0.14

5/31/70 - 6/2/70
     East median
       (10 m out of tunnel)    44
     West median
       (10 m out of tunnel)    61    1.14
     East hillside             33    0.19
     West hillside             34    0.10

9/14/70 - 9/16/70
     East portal eastbound    193    3.78
     West portal westbound    246    7.90
     Radio tower9              60    0.20

9/17/70 - 9/20/70
     East portal eastbound    128    4.86
     West portal westbound    175    8.79
     Radio tower9              40    0.19
       4.22
       5.27
       0.046
       0.020
1.02   0.22
       0.39
       0.024
       0.015
       1.18
       3.59
       0.018
0.18
0.16
0.023
0.023
0.046

0.052
0.027
0.022
0.19
0.21
0.20
       1.87    0.18
       3.60    0.18
       0.017   0.16
 0.015
 0.013
 0.024

 O.Q28
<0
 0.001
            0.006
            0.002
8/6/71 - 8/16/71
East portal eastboundb
East fan room
West fan room
264
61
71
17.2
0.61
0.83
0.286
0.079
0.087
0.012


      Readings at the radio tower may not  be  a valid measure  of
background—too far from the tunnel.

      SBR readings were also obtained (but by an infrared  method
shown by subsequent work (Brachaczek  and Pierson, 1974)  to lead to
losses); CgHe extract = 0.18 yg/m3,  (02  +  od20) extract (presence
not sure) =0.02 yg/m3.
                                    233

-------
           Table 8.   Roadside debris near East Portal  of eastbound
                tube at Allegheny Tunnel  in experiment 8/6/71

Roadway gutter
Gutter, along walk-
way, g/meter
Wall scrubbings,
yg/meter2
Roadside dustfall
panels
Total
Mass
--
10.6a'b
—

--
Pb
0.19%
0.030a>b
3025b'c

0.45%
Zn
0.04%
0.012a'b
685b'c

0.11%
C SBR
8.8% 0.185%
1.8a'b 0.154a'b
9478b'c

1.1%
      Grams per meter length of tunnel, in the walkway gutters along
both sides of the tube.
      The accumulation period for this material was 14 days.
     cMicrograms per square meter of tunnel wall.

     The size distribution of the roadway-gutter material  is  shown in
figure 7.  To obtain this distribution, the sample was fractionated by
means of sieves and each fraction was analyzed for gross mass, Pb, Zn, and
SBR.  The part of the distribution above lOOOy was obtained from the 9/12/73
gutter experiment.  The SBR mass median diameter is seen to be approximately
140 microns.
     From the geometry of the tunnel and the wall  area scrubbed, and assum-
ing emission of SBR to be isotropic about the roadway centerline, we esti-
mate that the amount of SBR found on the walls corresponds to about 0.3
grams of SBR deposited on walls and ceiling per meter of tunnel length.  In
the 14 days since the previous tunnel washing, 166,894 light-duty vehicles
and 38,117 heavier vehicles had traversed the eastbound tube.  The tunnel
washing leaves the walls and walkway gutters reasonably clean.  Thus we can
estimate the production rates per vehicle-mile, for material  adhering to
the tunnel walls:
                _3
     Pb = 1 x 10   g/mile per gasoline-powered vehicle;
     Zn = 3 x .10   g/fnile per tire, all categories;
    SBR = 4 x 10   g/mile per tire, all categories.
                                     234

-------
 Similarly, for the walkway gutters:
      Pb = 3 x 10   g/mile per gasoline-powered vehicle;
      Zn = 1.5 x 10"  g/mile per tire, all categories;
       C = 0.014 g/mile per vehicle, all categories;
     SBR = 2 x 10   g/mile per tire, all categories.
 General
      Table 9 summarizes the grams-per-mile estimates of participate
 matter generated by vehicles iji the Allegheny Tunnel.  Not included are
 the unknown amounts of material swept out of the tunnel, dustfall on side-
 walks, etc.  It is immediately clear that 2 to 7 percent of the observed
 SBR particulate debris is airborne.  (This in turn implies that no more
 than 2 to 7 percent of the SBR tread worn off takes the form of airborne
 particulate matter.)
     'The expected tire wear rate (0.01  to 0.03 grams per mile per tire) and
 the SBR content of tire tread implies that SBR should be released in the
V tujonel at the rate of 0.002 to 0.007 grams per mile per tire.  The observed
 .rate (last row of table 9) is a substantial fraction of the expected figure.
 A more detailed calculation, with 15 percent SBR for the average truck
 tire tread and 25 percent SBR for the average automobile tire tread (see
 earlier), indicates that the SBR we have found accounts for 50 percent to
 100 percent of the estimated SBR worn off.
                                                      -4          -4
      The expected wear rates also imply release of 10   to 3 x 10   grams
 of Zn per mile per tire.  Comparison with table 9, bearing in mind that
 almost half of the airborne Zn shown there is probably due to gasoline-
 engine exhaust, shows that
      a)   no more than 5 percent to 30 percent of the tire wear in the tun-
           nel becomes airborne particulate matter (even assuming tires to
           be the only source of airborne Zn in the tunnel  aside from engine
           lubricant);
      b)   some of the settleable Zn probably comes frorrf sources other than
           ti res.
 The second point is supported further by figure 7, which shows that the size
 distribution of Zn in the roadway gutter resembles that of the gross material
 rather than that of the SBR.
                                     235

-------













CO
4->
re

3
O
•r—
4J
i-
ro
Q.

CO •—
i— CO
-Q C
ro C
CO 3
•— I—

•4-^ «^>
CO C
t/) QJx-x
.E (/>
~O cn-*->
C CO r—
<0 r— 3
i —  re
i. 4->
••- c c

fz
^— "o •*—
0 E X-
3 CO
C O Q.
O -Q X
•r- +J CO
•l~> (/)
re ro E
S- CO O
CO i-
E (/) 4-
co co —
cnr—
u
VV— "r~
O -E
CO

CO
•*•> >>

cc


•

CO
^~
«"">
rO
1—


















,_
rO

O
I—










ro
>> to
* f
ro *•*
3t CU
•o •«->
ro -fJ
O 3
CC cn









>» to
re S-

NX 4J
i— 4J
03 3
3 cn








^—
co to
C i—
E r—
3 rO
r— 3E










CO
C
i-
o

S-
•1—
^^





























r—
•
^^
i —










^^
•
co
r-~












co
00
CD
•
O











1
1











,
1

C7)
CM
•
CD









CO
^~
<_)
•r—
f
CO
>
"*^
•^
E

cn

r~-
ro

O
1—



VO
O
•
O









r^^
co
0
•
CD












co
O
o
o
*
CD










i —
CD
0
"
O










<">
in
CM
CD
•
0










1 CO
CO i—
C 0
•r- »p-
^— g—
O CO
to >
ro

\ CO
•r- S-
E CO
^^ ^
O) O
Q.
.Q
Q-
CD
r~—

X
•5J"
C\J
• 1—
vo







<^
i
CD r—
i — CM
•
• X i—

VO
•
in






in
i
o
r— *sf
f^
X O
•
in CD
•
r—






in
i
o
t— i
i
X

co






u
in
i
o
r—
p^
X i—
•
— * 0
VO
1
co
—






!—•
1—
ro
00
* r~~
CO U
S- •!-
•r- J^
-M CO
^^^ >
•r- 10 ^^
E -0 -g

cn»r~ ^*^
-* cn
c
M O

CM
CM
O
0
•
0








CO
1
o


X

^J-
•
r~






^«
1
0


X

CM








^J-
1
0
r—

X

^J"







in
i
o


X

^•^
VO
^™
1
in





r"—
• r"™
ro

•k
OJ
S-
•r-
4_>
^^
•^
E  C
•r-
fV^ *tS
CO
CO .








f"
4-^
cn
E
CO


CO

^ ^

o

^
cn
E
•r~
-a
S-
0
U
O
ro

•a
CO

J^
CD
•1—
CO
^

ft
(/)
CO
to
>^
p_
ro
^
ro

4^
'(/)
cO
UJ

TJ
E
ro

A
^-»
CO
E
E
3
4_9
1
-a
•r—
E

M
•U
CO
3

CO
-E
4^

(^ •
O E
O
CO -i-
cn+J
ro u
S- CO
co to
> ;
^c ^
rO U
ro
CO

t(-
o











































•
co
^x^
o^
^—
1

^^
cr>
r^

M
O1
r—
O
•
o

o
•4-J

cn
CM
o

CD
i
E
O
s.

^
r—
•r-
T3
ra
CO
-M
to

•a
CO
E

^^
U
CO
o
.a









E
O
•i—
-M
3
JD

si

E
O
0

I/)
•^
^
1—


•
•P
E
rO
O
•r—
S-
f-)
3


CO
E
•t—
cn
E
CO

E
o
S-
**-

E E
ON4

43 CO
3 E
JD S-
•i- O
S- JD.
•!-> i-
E-r-
^D tj
a
CO
E -C
NJ -•-»

-a t-
co o
g
3 ti_
tO r—
CO ro
S- ^=
a. i
CO
CO E
.E O
+J
i- f—
0 S-
V|_ ro
CO
-0 E
0)
4-> CO
O JD
CO
S- O
S_ -4->
O
OTD
CO
-M -!->
O 0
Z CO
u a.
X
CO

to
•r-
236

-------
     It is obvious from table 9 and other data that SBR has a greater tend-
ency to settle than does exhaust particulate.   There is a subtlety, however:
The SBR content of the walkway-gutter debris (1.5 percent) and dustfall
(2.3 percent) far exceeds that of the roadway  gutters (0.27 percent); and
the SBR/Pb ratios in the wall scrubbings ("3), walkway gutters (~5), and
dustfall (4.3) far exceed the ratio in the roadway gutter ("0.5 to 1) (tables
3,6,8).  The size distributions (figure 7) show the same trend:  Evidently
the SBR, though predominantly nonsuspendable,  is relatively deficient in
the larger particles of the settled distribution when compared with Pb or
gross mass.

DETROIT AND CANADA TUNNEL EXPERIMENTS
     The "Windsor Tunnel," as it is often called, runs under the Detroit
River and connects downtown Detroit with Windsor, Dntario.  It is a two-
lane, single-tube tunnel 1.57 km long, with substantial (up to ca. 5 per-
cent) grades.  The pavement is asphalt.  The speed limit is 30 mi/hr.  Nor-
mally there is much truck traffic.   The air in the tunnel is circulated  in
four independent tunnel sections, each section having its own air-supply
and exhaust systems.  The two sections on the  ends are called the "land"
sections, and the two in the central part are  called the "river" sections.
We sampled the air systems for the river and land sections on the American
side; there is a curve in the former section,  and in the latter section  the
road goes into a sharp spiral.  Samplers were  placed next to the intake
fans and in the exhaust chimneys at the vent building in Detroit, and in
the intake and outlet ducts.  Air velocities in the ducts (cross sections
             2
about 9 meter ) are 5 to 15 meters/second, and in the exhaust chimneys
                              o
(cross sections 11 to 14 meter ) 2 to 5 meters/second.
     The wear conditions in the tunnel are expected to resemble those for
urban driving, where wear rates (ref. 45) are  in the range of 0.02 to 0.04
mils per mile (0.1 to 0.3 grams per mile per tire).  The intake fan room,
situated as it is in the heart of Detroit, also serves as an open-air site
16 meters above ground level for assessing tire debris generated in city
driving.
                                    237

-------
              Table 10.   Average  properties  of airborne  particulate
                    matter and  tunnel  wall deposits  collected
                         at the Detroit  &  Canada  Tunnel,
                              15  June-10 July  1973
                                    Tunnel  exhaust
                                     River       Land     Intake      Wall
Pb
Zn
Ca
Residue after
02 + oC!20 extract

Specific surface area


after 02 + OC120 extract
SBR (total all extracts)
6.8%
0.22%
31%

79%
m2

9
2
44.9^
0.71%
6.6%
0.24%
30%

76%
2
5-°5r
g
2
39.2—
0.61%
1.3%
0.25%
18.7%

78%
2
•j iOL_
g
2
11. 2|-
0.26%
0.35%
0.24%
18.8%

80%
2
0.45^-
g
2
9.1^-
2.4%
          aTotal  carbon,  free  and  combined'.

Experiment 6/15/73
     Air samples  were collected in the exhaust chimneys  and intake fan  room
continuously over the period June  15 through  July 10,  1973.  At each  station
there were 47-mm  and 142-mm diameter membrane filters,  pore size 0.2y ori-
ented with collection surfaces downward.   In  the chimneys  the filters were
centered about 2  meters below the  top; baffling to exclude large particles
consisted of only a single disk over the  holder opening.   In the intake fan
room the membrane filters were elaborately baffled.  The intake air was
sampled throughout with a standard Hi-vol  unit equipped with 8" x 10" glass
fiber filters. Material deposited on the tunnel walls  was also sampled.
     Properties of the materials collected are listed in table 10.  Infrared
spectra (for example, figures 8,9,10) show SBR in all  samples.  Recalling
the average SBR content of tire tread, we see that 1  percent of the sus-
pended particulate loading in the  Detroit ambient air sampled was tire
debris.

                                     238

-------
      Table  11.  Aerosol  concentrations  at Detroit and Canada Tunnel,
                          experiment 15 June 1973
                                                           q
                                Average concentration,  ug/m
                                                              SBR
                                                                   OC10)
Gross    Pb
                                     Zn
extract   extracts
River section
6/15-6/28
6/28-7/10
Land section
6/15-6/28
6/28-7/10
Intake fan room
6/15-6/21*
6/21-6/28a
6/28-7/5a
7/5-7/10a
6/15-7/10
membrane"

319
321

208
236

101
90
111
157
103

16.7
24.3

10.8
18.8

1.16
1.06
1.79
1.62
—
Intake SBR/Pb = 0.18

0.675
0.637

0.577
0.476

0.284
0.199
0.279
0.310
—
to 0.23

109
100

60
75

20.2
18.3
21.2
_.
—
(average

0.80
0.41

0.38
0.35

0.136
0.131
0.169
0.194
0.077
= 0.21)

1.62
0.94

0.88
0.50

0.149
0.110
0.224
0.203
0.138

    aHi-vol and 47 mm membrane filters.
     142 mm membrane filter.


     Standard-addition experiments indicated essentially quantitative SBR
recovery in all cases.   Many oC!24> extractions, however, were required to
remove all  the SBR from the wall  sample, which appears (table 10} to have a
tire-debris content of approximately 10 percent.
     Table  11  shows the airborne concentrations of species of interest ob-
tained in this experiment.  The Hi-vols generally gave about 13 percent
higher gross concentrations than the membranes.  The 47- and 142-mm mem-
branes  agree better.
                                   239

-------
Earlier Experiments
     Atmospheric concentrations  measured in previous  experiments  at the
Detroit & Canada Tunnel  are listed in table 12.   The  main differences  from
the 6/15/73 experiment were that the earlier experiments  (a)  included  some
sampling in the ducts, (b) had less effort to exclude larger  particles, and
(c) had poorer sensitivity (related to sample size and analytical  procedures).
     The 4/10/70 experiment serves to indicate the extent of  losses of sus-
pended particulate matter from the air stream as  it moves through  the  sys-
tem.  Comparing the loadings at  the inlet fan room and in the inlet duct,
one sees little evidence for significant losses,  other than possibly of Pb,
in the intake system.  There seems to be a decrease in gross  particulates
between the-outlet duct and exhaust chimney, which is expected since most
of the particulate matter generated by traffic is settleable  judging by the
experience'in the Allegheny Tunnel (table 9); otherwise there seems to be  no
significant loss occurring in the exhaust system.
     Table 13 shows the relative concentrations  of airborne particulate
matter generated within the Detroit & Canada Tunnel during all experiments,
obtained by subtracting the respective intake concentrations.  The first and
last columns indicate that 2 percent to 4 percent is  tire debris  (^ percent
to 1 percent is SBR).
     With the subtraction of 0.006 from the AZn/APb ratio to  account for
the contribution of engine lubricant, the residual ratio  ranges between
zero and 0.14 (average 0.026).  The lowest ratios occur at the same time
of year in 1971 and 1973, and the 1973 ratio has  low  SBR  values to support
it.  The time happens to embrace two major holidays (one  U.S., one Canadian)
in each case, and the Pb values  themselves are high.   Probably traffic
congestion in the tunnel is the  explanation.

EXPERIMENTS AT ROTUNDA DRIVE, DEARBORN
     The site is a sharp curve (radius of curvature about 64  meters, length
about 81 meters) in Rotunda Drive at the edge of the  Ford Engineering  Center
in Dearborn, Michigan.  The setting is suburban.   Rotunda Drive is an  as-
phalt-surfaced four-lane artery  about 19 meters  wide  carrying moderate
traffic, predominantly automobiles.  There are curve  warning  signs suggesting

                                    240

-------
           Table 12.  Earlier aerosol measurements at the
                      Detroit and Canada Tunnel
                                    Average concentration, yg/nf
                                  Gross
Pb
Br
Zn
3/4/70 River section
Outlet duct
Intake duct
3/5/70 River section
Outlet duct
Intake duct
4/10/70 River section3
Exhaust chimney
Intake fan room
Outlet duct
Intake duct
6/28/71-6/30/71 River section
Exhaust chimney
Intake fan room
6/30/71-7/4/71 River section
Exhaust chimney
Intake fan room
7/7/71-7/12/71 Land section
Exhaust chimney0
Intake fan room

666
148

864
34

2019
165
2386
174

337
134
206
74
249
118

57
3.2

26
3.0

52
8
52
4

21.1
1.5
28.1
2.0
27.2
2.1

31.9
0.9

12.9
1.2

22.1
1.5
24.4
1.4





2.2
0.49

0.96
0.66

2.9
0.28
3.0
0.26

3.41
0.52
0.265
0.158
0.497
0.298
     aNo trucks (Teamsters strike).

      SBR presence was also established, by an infrared method now
known (ref. 6) to lead to losses:  CfiHfi extract = 0.31 yg/m3, (05 +
oCji2$) extract =0.51 yg/m3.                                    *

     CSBR presence was also established, '(02 + oCl20) extract =
0.38 yg/m3 (but see preceding footnote).
                                241

-------
    Table 13.   Relative  amounts of airbgrne participate species
           generated inside  the Detroit  and Canada Tunnel

3/4/70 River
3/5/70 River
4/10/70 River3 'b
6/28-6/30/71 River
6/30-7/4/71 River
7/7-7/12/71 Land
6/15-6/21/73 River

6/21-6/28/73 River
6/28-7/5/73 River

7/5-7/10/73 River
6/15-6/21/73 Land

6/21-6/28/73 Land
6/28-7/5/73 Land

7/5-7/10/73 Land

AGross
518
830
2033
203
132
131
177

233
175

184
64

176
126

96
Outlet minus
APb ABr •
54 31
23 11.7
46 22
19.6
26 /I
25.1
21.0

11.0
23.8

21.2
9.7

9.7
17.0

17.1
3
intake, ug/m
AZn AC
1.7
0.30
2.7
.2.9
0.11
0.20
0.388)
[ 92
0.479'
0.287)
(79)c
0.416»
0.312)
43
'0.357)
0.182)
(54)c
0.187)

ASBR







2.19


1.00


1.03


0.49

     aAverage of chimney minus  fan  room and  outlet  duct minus
intake duct.
     b.
      No trucks  (Teamsters  strike).

      Approximate; carbon loadin
5-10 July 1973 was not measured.
Approximate; carbon loading at intake  during  the  interval
                                242

-------
slowing to 30 mi/hr from the posted 40 mi/hr speed limit.   The suggest-
ed speed is frequently exceeded, and the wear on tires is  undoubtedly
severe; at the speed limit, the centrifugal  acceleration would be about
             f\
325 cm/second , which should correspond (ref. 46) to a wear rate of some 1
to 6 mils per mile, or 7 to 40 grams per mile per tire. At that rate, a
tire would last only a few hundred miles.
     Stop-and-go traffic prevails at this site for about 20 minutes each
weekday.  This, together with occasional idling on nearby  side streets,
operation of off-road vehicles, occasional testing of engines by Engineer-
ing Center personnel, and the incessant gasoline-powered lawnmowers in
season, will probably contribute a small amount of spurious exhaust part-
iculates with a commensurate overestimate of the relative  importance of
the latter.
     Sample Collection.  The disposition of  the sampling site and apparatus
is shown in figure 11.  Samples were collected on 47- and  142-mm diameter
membrane filters (mean pore flow diameter 0.2y) and on standard Hi-vol samp-
lers equipped with 8" x 10" glass or quartz  fiber filters.   Glass and quartz
filters run concurrently on two Hi-vols showed no difference in their SBR
results.
     The membrane filters were extensively baffled to exclude large particles
and installed in the weather shelters, collection surfaces  downward.  Run-
ning times were of the order of 5 days for the Hi-vols, and weeks for the
membranes.  Soil samples (about 7 cm diameter x 5 cm deep)  and dustfall
samples were also collected.  The airborne SBR size distribution was ob-
tained with a standard Hi-vol cascade impactor with glass-fiber-filter
collection surfaces.
     Results.  SBR was found in all air samples, in dustfall, and in soil
(figures 12,13,14).  Properties of the aerosol are listed  in table 14.  The
SBR/Pb ratios indicate that the generation of airborne tire debris here is
substantial.  The SBR in the dustfall was 1.44 percent (indicating some 6
percent tire debris which may be compared with the value ~2 percent report-
ed by Cardina (ref. 4) near traffic).
     The Hi-vols usually collected substantially more material, on a yg/m
basis, than did the membranes.   We attribute this to the better shielding

                                   243

-------
of the latter against large particles.   The bias for greater SBR collection
in the Hi-vols was about the same as that for the gross  particulates,
hence the agreement between membrane and Hi-vol  SBR calculated as a  per-
centage of gross mass.  Supporting further the large-particle hypothesis  is
the observation that a Hi-vol without the motor running  collected 2-4  per-
cent as much SBR and 2.6 percent as much gross particulate--clearly  not
aerosol—as a running, but otherwise-identical,  Hi-vol  next to it.   The low-
est mass loading and the next-lowest SBR was observed in a sampling  period
3/9-3/15/73 during which there occurred an exceptionally severe snowstorm
which covered everything for many days.  In general, the SBR concentration
measured by the Hi-vols goes up when the total .particulate loading does
(figure 15), as would be expected if, for example, resuspension of dust by
wind were a controlling factor.
     The size distribution of the airborne SBR (figure 16), the relatively
high SBR in the dustfall, the amount of SBR in the soil  and its rapid  de-
cline with distance away from the road (figure.17; the half-distance is
about 1 to 2 meters), and finally the higher SBR values  obtained for the
Hi-vols relative to the membrane filters, all point to the predominance
of large particles.  Extrapolation of figure 17 suggests that most of  the
SBR particles settle initially onto the roadway itself.   A reveiw of the
literature concerning tire-wear mechanisms would lead one to expect  that
particles produced by severe wear should be large (ref.  15), in accord
with our evidence.
     As at Allegheny Tunnel, a settling tendency that is greater for SBR
than for Pb particles is observed (compare SBR/Pb ratios in the air  and at
the edge of the road, table 14 and figure 17).
     At the high-speed turn in the Ford test track in Dearborn, the  SBR
concentration in the soil varies with distance from the road, qualitatively
like that at Rotunda Drive, but on a longer distance scale (figure 18; the
asymmetry between the inside and outside of the curve may be wind-induced).
     Standard-addition experiments show high SBR recoveries in the aerosol
and dustfall samples.  Appropriate corrections were made.  Sometimes sig-
nificant losses occurred in the soil and impactor-stage samples at the low-
er concentrations.  We do not attempt to correct for this, and therefore

                                  244

-------
















(!)
.>
o
ro
•o
3
O
a:


ro

co

i *

(^
o

(/)
co
•>-
S-
co
o.
o
s-
a.

•
^^
r—

(U

.0
ro
I—






















"o
1
'£

^.^
Q

-a
CO
o
CO
r~-
i_
o
o








CO
ra
i-
-a

CO
E

>~
.Q

-a

i *
U
CO

r~
o
o














































s-^
•—
CM
1
LO
-co


f"^
o





co
co E
\fc« "ov^.
OV^** ~* CM
3.1^ LO
• ^-^ •
^-s«* LO o
LO 1 CO 1
• o • o
— -» CO CO O CM
O) 1 1
O CM i— CO O CO
r— *O 	 i— —* E *«
1 • • ^"-^ CO
co o »*- o r^ CT>CM
CO ••—'ID «^^CO 3. 1
	 • • LO
CO CM i— O CM f—
CO LO CM r—
• II 'II 1 II
CT> ^"~ C3 iD
LO




















CO .
E

O)
-^

«t
in
10
rO
^

r.«>
ro

o .a cm
I— a. fvi tJ
CO
C
3. CM
x— .r-^
LO 1
• CM
r— CM
1
r^ co
"~I —
o ^-
	 LO
•
*s- o
LO
• U
o






CO
E
"oV^>
3- CO
^^
*~** •
r-O

• o
O LO
1 •
coo
^^ ^Q CM *^M^
^* r^ o> 01 en •
oo r-. ^^ — ^ oo
1 CM CM CM 	 VO
CO E E E

CO VO Lf) CO
1 CM • II
1 — 1 (O
CM
*~






c c
CO O
O •"— •!—
•r~ 4-> 4^
4J 0 CJ
O m ^~ ro
 *i— O -M (/)
+J X 4-> •!- X 4->
X O) -r- 4-> 0) O
 i— X
UD O CO X CJ CO
,<_> o o a> o
ro r—

O) i- DC ro
4-> CM 3 *O CM
4-0 W 0 O i—
ro *O
$- O S- S- 4->
CO CO -r- CO CO O
^3 ^ .* tj -I.-1 « j ^ %
-Q l^— • *(— *^— *4— ^— ^
*^~ (O tJ fO 'O
to a) a:
co a. -co
oe: co to



CM
*!^"
,
0
i
r—
CM
CJ
^•^

CM
CO
•
O











X--N
00
CO

o
1
CO
CM
•
O


o
CO
•
o




























_a
a.

^^
^.^
a:
CO
CO

s*













































.
*u
cu
c
•r*
-i
o
U

•a
c.


CO
CO
i.
(4.

M
c
o

S.
ra
U

r—
ro
4-^
o
1—
to





245

-------
the SBR soil concentrations may actually be somewhat higher than shown in
figures 17 and 18.

ERRORS AND INTERFERENCES
Zinc.  The importance of extraneous sources of Zn is obvious from some of
the data.  Only in the wall deposits and dustfall in the tunnels, and in
the walkway gutter deposit at Allegheny, can tire debris account for as
much as half of the Zn, according to Zn/SBR ratios (tables 3,8,10).   The
sporadic behavior of Zn concentrations at the Detroit & Canada Tunnel and
the high AZn/APb ratios there would probably be unattainable if tire wear
were the only Zn source.  The tunnel-air AZn/APb ratios are in turn  so much
lower than the atmospheric Zn/Pb ratios that it is evident that tires are
not a major source of atmospheric Zn.
     One source which impairs the value of Zn as a tracer even in the tun-
nels is engine exhaust.  The estimated amount of motor-oil Zn from gasoline-
engine exhaust alone is comparable to, and sometimes higher than, the total
Zn observed in the air of the tunnels.  This estimate itself is uncertain
and should be regarded with reservation.
     The Zn content of tire debris is assumed to be the same as in the par-
ent material.  Agglomerations rich in Zn and up to 30y in diameter sometimes
form in tire tread material (refs. 47,48,49), and hence some segregation by
preferential settling is conceivable.  To the extent that vaporization of
any other tread constituent occurs, the Zn found will exaggerate the amount
of tire particulate matter present, but will serve instead to indicate the
total amount of airborne tire debris, both gaseous and particulate.

SBR.  The main concern with SBR is oxidation.  This is probably not a
source of error in the tunnels.  The open atmosphere is another matter.
Ozone attack would seem a certainty.  Photochemical decomposition (by
ultraviolet light) and oxygen attack (refs. 50,51,52,21) can be expected
to occur in the daytime.  Proximity of the sampling site to the source (as
at Rotunda Drive) might ameliorate the problem, but one must recognize
that the SBR found by infrared spectroscopy might underestimate the amount
of particulate tire debris actually present in the case of the open-air
samples.
                                   246

-------
     Decomposition during the wear process itself (thermal  decomposition)
is probably not serious.  Thermogravimetric analysis of decomposition" of
the standard E249-66 tread vulcanizate in air shows that temperatures at
the contact points between tire and roadway would have to reach ~380°C be-
fore the induction time for decomposition would be as short as the reaction
                    n
time available (~10~  seconds in the footprint, per revolution).  The ma-
terial balance in SBR at the Allegheny Tunnel also argues against decom-
position errors.
     Some deterioration with-the passage of time is known to occur in at
least some air samples, namely,-Hi-vol samples collected from the Detroit
air during the Detroit & Canada Tunnel 6/15/73 experiment.    Portions ex-
tracted promptly after collection and duplicate portions extracted after
6 months' storage in the dark at room temperature showed good agreement
in the oC^tj) extracts, but the benzene extract of the stored sample showed
40 percent less SBR than was found in the earlier-extracted duplicate.
     Overestimate of the amount of SBR seems unlikely.  Some 65 percent of
the U.S. production of SBR during 1969-1971 was utilized in tires (refs. 25,
26,27); hence, the possibility of the influence of nontire SBR sources is
remote.  Other substances can contribute to the lines in the SBR infrared
spectrum at 10.35y (trans-olefins) and 14.3y (monosubstituted aromatic
compounds).  We have mentioned polybutadiene (olefinic linkages).  Gasoline
contains 1,3 pentadiene and other olefins.  In automobile exhaust particulate
samples we have measured a 10.35-y absorption equivalent to 0.2 percent
rubber in benzene extracts and <0.1 percent rubber in oClp extracts.  Sam-
ples of Diesel-exhaust particulate extracted first with benzene and then
with oClp showed weak 10.35-y absorption in the latter.  Linnell and Scott
(ref. 53) found no 10.35-y absorption in Diesel exhaust particulate.  As-
phalt samples did not give the SBR spectrum.
     Interfering compounds would probably appear primarily in the benzene
extracts.  Fortunately, we find most (average about 65 percent) of the SBR
in the oC^ extracts, where, moreover, the likelihood of interferences is
easily gauged by comparing the 10.35/14.3-y intensity ratio with that for
SBR.
     Absence of lines at 10.35 and 14.3y in the Allegheny Tunnel intake-air
                                   247

-------
samples argues against presence of natural, sources that might interfere >in
air samples generally.
     Gel permeation chromatography was performed on a sample collected in
                                                               »
a Hi-vol filter displaying a strong SBR infrared spectrum in the oCl24> ex-
tract.  An aliquot of this extract was passed through the GPC column.   At
the point in the elution where SBR comes off the column, the effluent was
trapped.  Its infrared spectrum proved to be that of SBR.  The amount of
SBR in the trapped stream as calculated from the spectral intensities agreed
with the amount present before injection onto the column.  This, indicates
that we were dealing with one species, having the same infrared spectrum
as SBR and approximately the same molecular weight as SBR.

COMPARISON OF TIRE AND EXHAUST PARTICULATES
     We wish to compare the amount of airborne tire particulates, from ve-
hicles of all types, against the amount of airborne exhaust particulates
from automobiles and other gasoline-powered vehicles.
     The Pb content of airborne automobile exhaust particulate matter is
variously reported as 12 to 74 percent (refs. 54-68).  Our measurements at
the Detroit & Canada Tunnel 6/30-7/4/71 and 7/7-7/12/71 show that the num-
ber is >20 percent.  We adopt 40 percent as the yalue, as found by Mueller
et aj_. (refs. 62,63,64) at 60 mi/hr.  Choice of a lower value would result
in lower estimates for the amount of tire particulates relative to exhaust.
     The foregoing, together with 25 percent and 1.0 percent for the aver-
age SBR and Zn contents,' respectively, of tread rubber as already discuss-
ed, give relative amounts of airborne tire debris and gasoline-engine ex-
haust particulate shown in table 15.  The sites are arranged in approxi-
mate order of increasing severity, from high speed cruise through urban
driving to cornering.  A reasonable estimate at a nationwide average might
be 0.2 on the basis of this table.
             «
     Larson and Konopinski (ref. 18) found AZn/APb = 0.0167 in Boston's
Surnner Tunnel, similar to the values obtained in our tunnel experiments.
With the (0.006) correction for the Zn contributed by lubricating oil, their
result implies <0.43 as the maximum ratio between tire particulates and
gasoline-engine exhaust particulates at that tunnel.
     Our SBR/Pb ratios at all sites taken together indicate that tire-

                                   248

-------
      Table 15.  Mass ratios between airborne tire particulate
          and airborne gasoline-engine exhaust participate
                                      Participate
                                      mass ratios
                                      calculated
                                      from Zn/Pb
                 Particulate
                 mass ratios
                 calculated
                 from SBR/Pb
Allegheny Tunnel

   Eastbound

   Westbound

Allegheny Mountain ambient
   (intake fans)

Detroit and Canada Tunnel

   U.S. River section

   U.S. Land section

Detroit ambient
  (intake fans)

Rotunda Drive
<0.30C

<0.27£
<0.7a'b

<0.5a'c
0.035-0.11




0(<0.2)



0.22d

0.17d


0.33

0.50-
      From average Zn/Pb ratios with contribution of gasoline-
engine exhaust-particulate Zn (Zn/Pb = 0.006) subtracted out.

      Minimum Zn/Pb at this site, with motor-oil correction applied,
                       tire particulates
would give  	  = zero.
            gasoline-engine exhaust particulates

     cMinimum Zn/Pb at this site, with motor-oil correction applied,
                       tire particulates
would give
            gasoline-engine exhaust particulates
          = 0.08.
      Data for the period of 15-28 June 1973 only.   SBR/Pb ratios for
the period of 28 June to 10 July 1973 are believed  to be anomalously
low because of traffic jams in the tunnel.
                             249

-------
 participate  levels in urban atmospheres should be generally on the order
                3
 of 0.5  to  1  yg/m  , or 1 percent of the gross airborne particulate loading,
 i.e., comparable  to  (say, one half of) current atmospheric Pb'levels.  This
 agrees  with  our measurements of the Detroit air (see tables 10,11).
     If the  rate  of  generation of airborne Pb particulates per mile from
 gasoline-engine exhaust is of the same order at the other sites as it was
 at the  Allegheny  Tunnel (and at the Sumner Tunnel), our SBR/Pb ratios imply
 airborne tire-particulate generation rates around 0.004 grams per mile per
 tire in the  Detroit  & Canada Tunnel, 0.006 in Detroit, and 0.009 at Rotunda
 Drive—or, from wear estimates previously given, airborne tire-particulate
 generation rates  of  ~2 percent of the total wear rate in the Detroit &
.Canada  Tunnel, ~3 percent in Detroit, and 0.02-0.1 percent at Rotunda
 Drive.   We have seen that the figure was 2 to 7 percent at the Allegheny
 Tunnel.  Thus, though the amount of airborne tire particulate on a gram/mile
 basis increases with increasing severity of wear, it probably remains a re-
 latively constant fraction (~5 percent) of the total wear.

 SUMMARY
     We conclude  that:
     1)  Airborne particulate matter from rubber tires is present in minor
 amounts in the atmosphere;
     2)   This airborne particulate constitutes a small fraction of the
 total tire wear—perhaps 5 to 10 percent on the average;
     3)  Most of the rest exists in the form of nonsuspendable particles
 deposited  near the road;
     4)   Tire debris comprises a small fraction (perhaps 1 to 4 percent)
 of the  total  airborne particulate matter generated by road vehicles of all
 categories in tunnels;
     5)   Depending  on driving conditions, the amount of airborne tire
 particulate  matter is ~20 percent as great !as the amount of airborne ex-
 haust particulate matter from gasoline engines burning leaded fuel (from
 ~5 percent under  mild-wear conditions to 45 percent under severe condi-
 tions);
     6)   The concentration of airborne tire particulate matter in urban
                                   250

-------
areas is probably of the order of 1 yg/m  or 1 percent of the total parti -
culate loading.
     Item (2), as well as (5), suggests that the nationwide production of
airborne tire participates would not justify considering tire wear a major
source of air pollution.  We have to stop short of dismissing it altogether,
for we lack detailed knowledge of the chemistry of the small amount that
does go into the atmosphere.  No concrete roadways have been explicitly
examined in our study, and one may ask if they might differ from asphalt
in a pertinent way.  At the moment, however, the possibility of showing
airborne tire particulates as a major air pollution problem seems remote.
    ' Evidence of silica or silicate'was occasionally noted in tunnel outlet
air, suggesting a role that mineral debris might play in the particulates
generated by vehicles.  This prompts mention of the work of Thelin (ref. 69),
who rubbed a vulcanizate sample over a brass plate strewn with abrasive
particles that were free to roll (as in a roadway situation, and not as in
a laboratory tire test where the abrasive is fixed to the "road" surface)
and found that much more brass than rubber was abraded.  It would therefore
seem pertinent to test the hypothesis that the important material resulting
from tire wear may be abraded from the roadway rather than from the tire.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     We wish to acknowledge the help of Mr. Daniel A. Meyer of the General
Tire & Rubber Company Research Staff for his guidance, for providing sam-
ples of various copolymers and vulcanized and unvulcanized tread formula-
tions, and for his encouragement and interest throughout.  We thank Mr.
Charles R. Begeman, of the General  Motors Research Laboratories, for pro-
viding us with information and samples of Diesel exhaust particulate matter.
We thank Mr. Ronald J. Delaney and his staff of the Detroit & Canada Tunnel
for permission for, and assistance in, the experiments there.  We are in-
debted to Mr. Franklin V. Summers,  former Director of Operations, Pennsyl-
vania Turnpike Commission; Mr. Robert K.  Peffer, Administrative Coordinator;
Mr.  Calvin L. Ewig, Jr., Division Maintenance Superintendent-Western; Mr. J.
R. Ciabocchi; and many other Pennsylvania Turnpike employees, for their
assistance with the Allegheny Tunnel  experiments.  We thank the crews of
                                   251

-------
the Ford Nuclear Reactor at the University of Michigan  for their  assistance
with the neutron irradiations.   Finally,  we thank  our Ford colleagues Mr.
James W. Butler, Dr. Robert H.  Hammerle,  Mr.  John  L. Parsons,  Dr.  Douglas
E. McKee, Dr. Richard H. Marsh, Dr.  Marvin H. Weintraub,  Dr. Robert  Ullman,
Mr. Werner Bergman, Mr.  Jack S. Ninomiya, and Dr.  Kenneth C. Rusch for  their
assistance, information, and criticism;  and we are especially  indebted  to
Dr. Joseph T. Kummer for his guidance and his major role  in the earlier
part of the work itself.

                                REFERENCES

1.   J. H. Cavender, D.  S.  Kircher,  and  A.  J. Hoffman,  Nationwide Air_Pol_-_
     lutan't Emission Trends, 1940-1970,  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
     Office of Air and Water Programs Report AP-115, January 1973, App. A.
2.   W. Mc-Dermott, Scientific American,  Vol.  205,  No. ,4 (1961), p. 49.
3.   L. B. Lockhart, A.  W.  Ali, and  P. W. Mange, NRL Memorandum Report
     2346, AD-738799, October 1971.
4.   J. A. Cardina, Rubber  Chem.  Technol.,  Vol. 46 (1973), p.  232.
5.   J. A. Cardina, Rubber  Chem.  Technol.,  Vol. 47 (1974), p.  1005.
6.   W. W.. Brachaczek #nd W. R., Pierson,  Rubber Chem. Technol., Vol. 47
     (1974), p. 150.                        ~~~       ——
7.   W. R. Pierson and W. W. Brachaczek,  Rubber Chem. Technol., Vol. 47
     (1974), p. 1275.
8.   W. R. Pierson and W. W. Brachaczek,  J. Air Pollut. Contr. Ass., Vol.
     25 (1975), p. 404.   .
9.   M. L. Dannis, Rubber Chem. Techno!.. Vol. 47  (1974), p. 1011.
10.  R. N. Thompson, C.  A.  Nau, and  C. H. Lawrence, Amer. Ind. Hyg.  Ass. J.,
     Vol. 27 (1966), p.  488.
11.  M. J. Brock, Identification of  Black Airborne Particles Filtered From
     Air Sample Collected Near  California Freeway  Systems. The Firestone
     Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio,  (unpublished report,  1972).
12.  T. E. Myslinski, Exploration of Major Gaseous Products From  Rubber
     Tire Tread Wear, M.S.  Thesis, University of Cincinnati, 1970.
13.  R. L. Raybold and R. Byerly, Jr., Investigation of Products  of  Tire
     Wear. National Bureau  of Standards  Report 10834, April 21, 1972.
14.  J. P. Subramani, "Particulate Air Pollution from Automobi-le  Tire Tread
     Wear," Ph.D. Thesis, University of  Cincinnati, 1971; Dissertation  Ab-
     stracts. Vol. 32 (1972), p.  3936B.
                                   252

-------
15.  D. Bulgin and M. H. Walters, in Proceedings  of the  Fifth  International
     Rubber Conference 1967, The Institution of the Rubber  Industry;-May  —
     15-18, 1967, Brighton. Gordon & Breach Science Publishers,  New York,
     1968, pp. 445-469.
16.  G. E. Moore and M. Katz, Int. J. Air Pollut..  Vol.  2  (1960),  p.  221.
17.  R. E. Waller, B. T. Commins, and P.  J. Lawther,  Brit.  J.  Ind. Med.,
     Vol. 18 (1961), p. 250.
18.  R. I. Larsen and V. J. Konopinski, Arch.  Environ. Health, Vol. 5 (1962),
     p. 597.
19.  R.' I. Larsen, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.,  Vol.  136 (1966), Art. 12, p.  275.
                              ~*
20.  C. J. Conlee, P. A. Kenline, R. L. Cummins,  and  V.  J.  Konopinski,
     Arch. Environ. Health. Vol. 14 (1967), p.  429.
21.  H. J. Stern, Rubber:  Natural and Synthetic, 2nd edition, Maclaren &
     Sons, Ltd., London; Palmerton Publishing Co.,  Inc., New York.
22.  C. S. Martens, J. J. Wesolowski, R.  Kaifer,  and  W.  John, Atmos.
     Environ., Vol. 7 (1973), p. 905.
23.  -J. A. Robbins and F. L. Snitz, Environ. Sci. Techno!., Vol.  6  (1972),
     p. 164.
24.  G. L. Ter Haar and M. A. Bayard, Nature.  Vol.  232 (1971), p.  553.
25.  Rubber World, Vol. 161, No. 5 (1970),  p.  54.
26.  Rubber World, Vol. 163, No. 5 (1971),  p.  43.
27.  Rubber World, Vol. 165, No. 5 (1972),  p.  36.
28.  N. K. Weaver, Ind. Med., Vol. 40, No.  9 (1971),  p.  31.
29.  J. S. Ninomiya, W. Bergman, and B. H.  Simpson, Automotive Particulate
     Emissions, paper presented at the Second International Clean Air Con-
     gress of the International  Union of  Air Pollution Prevention Associa-
     tion, Washington, D. C., December 6-11, 1971;  also, unpublished  data.
30.  J. W. Frey, and M. Corn, Amer. Ind.  Hyg.  Ass.  J., Vol. 28 (1967),
     p. 468; Nature, Vol. 216 (1967), p.  615.
31.  Rubber Age, Vol. 102, No.  1 (1970),  p. 48.
32.  Rubber Age. Vol. 103, No.  1 (1971),  p. 48.
33.  Rubber Age. Vol. 104, No.  1 (1972),  p. 30.
34.  Rubber World. Vol. 159, No. 4 (1969),  p.  30.
35.  D. A. Meyer, The General Tire & Rubber Company,  Akron, Ohio, Private
     Communications, 1971-74.
36.  A. G. Veith, Rubber Division Paper No. 5,  ACS  Meeting, Detroit,
     Michigan, May 1, 1973; Rubber Chem.  Techno!..  Vol.  46  (1973), p. 801.
37.  K. R. Spurny, J. P. Lodge,  E.  R.  Frank, Jr., and D. M.  Sheesley,
     Environ.  Sci. Techno!.. Vol.  3 (1969), p.  453.
                                      253

-------
38.  D. A. Lundgren and H.  J.  Paulus,  Paper  No.  73-163, Air Pollution Con-
     trol Association 66th  Annual  Meeting, Chicago,  Illinois, 24-2$ June,
     1973.
       f
39.  G. A. Sehmel,  Paper No.  73-162, Air Pollution Control Association
     66th National  Meeting, Chicago,, Illinois, 24-28 June, 1973.

40.  0. L. Wood and C.  H.  Erickson, Chemosphere,  Vol.  2 (1973), p. 77.
41.  R. M. Burton,  J. N.  Howard,  R. L.  Penley, P. A. Ramsay, and T. A.
     Clark, J.  Air  Pollut.  Contr.  Ass..  Vol.  23  (1973), p. 277.
42.  P. Aboytes, A. Voet,  Rubber  Chem.  Techno!..  Vol.  43  (1970), p. 464.
43.  A. M. Gessler, Rubber  Chem.  Techno!., Vol.  42 (1969), p. 850; ibid
     (1969), p. 858.

44.  A. K. Sircar and A.  Voet, Rubber  Chem.  Techno!.,  Vol. 43 (1970), p.
     973.

45.  H. K. de Decker, C.  A. McCall, and W. S. Bahary,  Rubber and Plastics
     Age, Vol.  46 (1965),  p.  286.
46.  J. L. Ginn, R. L.  Marlow, and R.  F.  Miller,  Rubber and Plastics Age,
     Vol. 42 (1961),  p.  968.
47.  W. M. Hess and K.  A.  Burgess, Rubber Chem.  Techno!., Vol. 36  (1963),
     p. 754.
48.  W. M. Hess and F.  P.  Ford, Rubber Chem.  Techno!., Vol. 36 (1963),
     p. 1175.
49.  R. W. Smith and  A.  L.^Black,  Rubber Chem. Techno!.,  Vol. 37 (1964),
     p. 338.

50.  L. Bateman, J. Polym.  Sci..  Vol.  2 (1947),  p. 1.
51.  J. R. Dunn and J.  Scanlan, "Stress-Relaxation Studies of Network
     Degradation,"  in L.  Bateman,  (Ed.),  The Chemistry and Physics of
   '  Rubber-Like Substances,  Maclaren  & Sons, Ltd.,  London; John Wiley
   - & Sons, New Yqrk,  1956,  Ch.  18.
52.  M. L. Kaplan and P.  G*. Kelleher,  J.  Polym.  Sci.,  Vol. 8 (1970), p.
     3163; Rubber Chem.  Techno!..  Vol.  44 (1971), p. 642.
53.  R. H. Linnell  and W.  E.  Scott, Arch. Environ. Health, Vol. 5  (1962),
     p. 102; J. Air Pollut. Contr. Ass.,  Vol. 12 (1962).  p. 510.
54.  Associated Octel Company Ltd., The Elimination  of Particulate Emissions,
     Report OP 72/5,  December 1972.
55.  W. Bergmanj Characterizing and Measuring Automotive  Particulate Emis-
     sions With Two Improved Sampling  Techniques, paper presented  at the
     Central States Section Meeting of the Combustion  Institute, Ann Arbor,
     Michigan, March  23-24, 1971.
56.  J. T. Ganley and G.  S. Springer,  Environ. Sci.  Techno!.. Vol. 8 (1974),
     p. 340.                                          '
57.  D. A. Hirschler, L.  F. Gilbert, F. W. Lamb, and L. M. Niebylski,
     •Ind. Eng. Chem.. Vol.  49 (1957),  p.  1131.


                                   254

-------
58.  D. A.  Hirschler and L.  F.  Gilbert,  Arch.  Environ.  Health,  Vol.  8
     (1964), p.  297.

59.  H. C.  McKee and W.  A.  McMahon,  Jr., J. Air  Pollut.  Contr.  Ass., Vol.
     10 (1960),  p.  456.

60.  J. B.  Moran, 0. J.  Manary, R. H.  Fay, and M.  J.  Baldwin, Development
     of Particulate Emission Control  Techniques  for  Spark-Ignition  Engines,
     U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, Office  of Air Programs Report
     APTD-0949 (National Technical Information Service  Report PB-207312),
     July  1971.

61.  J. B.  Moran, M. J.  Baldwin, 0.  J. Manary, and J. C.  Valenta, Effect
     of Fuel Additives  on the Chemical and Physical  Characteristics  of
     Particulate Emissions  in Automotive Exhaust,  U.S.  Environmental Pro-
     tection Agency, Office of Research  and Monitoring  Report EPA-R2-72-066
     (NTTS PB-222799),  December 1972.

62.  P. K.  Mueller, H.  L. Helwig, A.  E.  Alcocer, W.  K.  Gong, and  E.  E.
     Jones, ASTM Special Publication No. 352,  Symposium on Air  Pollution
     Measurement Methods, presented  at the Fourth  Pacific Area  National
     ASTM  Meeting,  Los  Angeles, Oct.  5,  1962  (published 1963 by ASTM),
     pp. 60-77.

63.  P. K.  Mueller, J.  Air.  Pollut.  Contr. Ass., Vol. 17 (1967),  p.  583.
64.  P. K.  Mueller, Environ. Sci. Techno!.. Vol. 4 (1970), p. 248.

65.  R. E.  Sampson  and  G. S. Springer, Environ.  Sci.  Techno!.,  Vol.  7
     (1973), p.  55.                                  ;

66.  G. L.  Ter Haar, D.  L.  Lenane, J.  N. Hu,  and M.  Brandt, Paper No.
     71-111, Air Pollution  Control Association 64th  Annual Meeting,  At-
     lantic City, N. J., June 27-July  2, 1971.

67.  G. L.  Ter Haar, D.  L.  Lenane, J.  N. Hu,  and M.  Brandt, J.  Air  Pollut.
     Contr. Ass.. Vol.  22 (1972), p.  39.

68.  W. E.  Wilson,  Jr.,  D.  F.  Miller,  A. Levy, and R. K.  Stone, J. Air
     Pollut. Contr. Ass.. Vol.  23 (1973), p.  949.

69.  J. H.  Thelin,  Rubber Chem.  Techno!., Vol. 43  (1970), p. 1503.
                                  255

-------
                  0.0
                            WAVELENGTH (microns)

                           9   10      12      15
                      20
                      1200
1000
                                        800
600
                               FREQUENCY (cm }
Figure 1.    Infrared spectrum of SBR-1500.   The lines  at 13.3 and 14.3y
            are from the aromatic rings  of  the styrene units of the co-
            polymer chain.   The  other four  indicated lines (one of which
            cannot be seen  in this spectrum) are associated with butadiene
            units; of these four, the strong one at 10.35y is associated
            with 1,4 addition in a trans configuration, the unobserved
            one at 13.6y is associated with 1,4 addition in a cjs_ config-
            uration, and those at 10.05  and 10.95y are associated with
            1,2 addition.   It can be seen that there is little of the
            cis configuration in this material.
                               256

-------
         100
          10
        E
        a.
        o
        x
         O.I
                                         • V
                                          .
                             •»'•
                            V
                • •Automobiles

                "Heovier V«hicl«m


                    I	
                                                        •
            WEDNESDAY
               6/8
THURSDAY
  8/9
FRIDAY
 8/10
SATURDAY
8/4 S 8/11
SUNDAY
8/5 ft 8/12
MONDAY
8/6 & 8/13
TUESDAY
  8/7
Figure  2.   Visual counts of eastbound  traffic,  by categories,  in the
             Allegheny Tunnel during the 8/1/73 experiment.   In  the  "Heavv
             er  Vehicles"  category, about 72 percent are Diesel-powered.
                                   257

-------
            to
            cr
            25
            a.

18000


16000


14000


12000


10000


 8000


 6000


 4000


 2000

    0
                       I   I  I   I   I   \   I  I

                       	East bound
                       	Westbound
                               \x'  Classes 2-9    ~'    _
                     8/1
         THU
         8/2
FRI
8/3
SUN
8/5
MON
8/6
IDE
8/7
WED.
8/8
THU
8/9
FRI.
fl/io!
SAT
8/11
SUN
8/12
HON.
8/13
TUE.
8/14
Figure 3.   Eastbound (solid lines) and westbound (dashed lines)  24-hour
            traffic totals at Allegheny Tunnel  during the 8/1/73  experi-
            ment.   Class 1 consists of light vehicles, primarily  automo-
            biles,  and Class 2-9 consists  of heavier vehicles  (trucks
            and  buses).
                                258

-------


300
10
U/
_J
| 200
Q.
UJ
Z
o:
o
CD
(T
w 100
CO
o
cc
o
0


II III 1
r-i
i
S
i
i
l—,
r~i r~~)
— J ! j ! !
i 1 ••»
1 1
	 i 	 i _^_
i i
i ,
i f1 ,-»
u *-* j
t
J

i i
WED. THU. FRI. SAT. SUN. MON. TUE. WEft THl). FRI. SAT. SUN. HON.
8/1 8/2 8/3 8/4 8/5 8/6 8/7 8/8 8/9 8/10 8/11 8/12 8/13
Figure 4.    Gross  airborne  participate  loadings  at Allegheny  Tunnel  East
            Portal,  eastbound tube,  during  the period  8/1/73  to  8/13/73,
            Hi-vol  samples.
                               259

-------
                       EXHAUST AIR-ALLEGHENY TUNNEL
      WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)

8     9   IO      12      15
                                                    20
                   O.I
                   0.2
                ui
                o
                z
                ) extract
                                                     0.2
                                                     0.4
                      1200    1000
                 800
600
                              FREQUENCY (cm"')
Figure 5.   Infrared spectra of benzene and oCl2<|> extracts of  aerosol  in

            the Allegheny Tunnel 8/1/73 experiment.  These are from  a
            Hi-vol sample collected 0640-1912 EOT Sunday  12 August at
            the East Portal station in the eastbound tube.  As indicated,
            the spectra correspond to 1/6 of the benzene  extract  and 1/2

            of the oCl24> extract (from one half of the  filter).
                               260

-------
                      1.5
                     1.0
                   cc
                   m
                   to
                     0.5
                      0
                                          i-i  n
                        WEO.
                        8/1
THU
8/2
FRI
8/3
SAT
8/4
SUK
8/5
MON
8/6
WED.
8/8
THU
8/9
FRI
8/10
SAT
8/1!
SUN
8/12
MOW
8/13
Figure  6.   Airborne  SBR concentrations at  Allegheny Tunnel East Portal
             during  the period 8/1/73 to 8/13/73,  Hi-vol  samples.
                                    261

-------
              10
               0.1    125  10        50       90 95 98 99   99.9

            PERCENT OF MASS IN PARTICLES SMALLER THAN STATED SIZE
Figure 7.    Size distributions of gross mass, Pb, Zn, and SBR in the
            roadway gutters of the Allegheny Tunnel, eastbound tube,
            r-ight-hand lane, near the East Portal.
                                262

-------
                       EXHAUST AIR - WINDSOR TUNNEL

                          WAVELENGTH ( MICRONS)
                      8     9   10     12     15    20
                       1200    1000    800    600

                             FREQUENCY (cm"1)
Figure 8.    Infrared  spectra of benzene and od2 extracts of aerosol  in
            the  Detroit & Canada Tunnel.  These are from a membrane-
            filter  sample collected from 1435 EOT 15 June through 1055
            EOT  28  June 1973, in the exhaust chimney for the U. S. River
            section.
                                263

-------
                        INTAKE  AIR-WINDSOR TUNNEL

                            WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)

                       8    9   10     12     15    20
                     O.I
                   ui
                     0.2
                   m
                   o:
                   o
                   V)
                     0.4
                                         ir i  i i i i
                          10
                          -- (02+oCA2 <£) extract
                            J	I	l_
                        1200     1000    800     600

                              FREQUENCY  (cm"1)
                                                    0.4
                                                    0.6
                                                    1.0
Figure 9.    Infrared spectra of benzene and od24> extracts of aerosol at

            the ambient-air intake of the Detroit & Canada Tunnel.  These
            are from a Hi-vol sample collected from 1304 EOT Thursday 28
            June through 0938 EOT Thursday 5 July 1973.
                                 264

-------
                        WALL SAMPLE-WINDSOR TUNNEL

                            WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)

                        8     9   10     12     15     20
'£
                                     T
                                                I I  I I
                     0.2
                   LU  '
                   o
                   z
                   <
                   CD 0.6
                   cc
                   o
                   V)
                   CO  . _
                   <  I.O
 - ^| (Oz+oCl24> > extract
                                     4T C6H6 extrOCt
                              0.2






                              0.4



                              0.6
                         1200
         1000
800
600
                                            -I,
                              FREQUENCY  (cm1)
Figure 10.  Infrared spectra of  benzene and oClp extracts of dirt adher-

            ing to the wall of the  Detroit & Canada Tunnel.  This sample
            was collected from a spot  160 meters into the tunnel from the
            U.S. end.
                                 265

-------
      Sampling  Site in Dearborn
                        Guardhouse
                       Weather Stations

                       HiVol Samplers
                       ~I2 Meters
            i.  Radius of
            Curvature = 64  Meters
                1
N
                                         Sidewalk
                                            ~ 19 Meters Wide
Figure 11.  Rotunda Drive sampling  site, Dearborn, Michigan.
                       266

-------
                        AEROSOL- ROTUNDA  DRIVE

                           WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)
                       8     9   10     12     15     20
                     O.I
                   80.2
                   z
                   <
                   CD
                   CC
                   O
                   ) extract
                                   - C6H6 extract
                        1200    1000    800    600

                               FREQUENCY  (cm"1)
Figure 12.  Infrared spectra of benzene and oCl2 extracts  of aerosol  at

            Rotunda Drive.  These are from a Hi-vol sample  collected 1517
            EST 23 April to 1509 EOT 30 April 1973.
                                267

-------
                        DUSTFALL - ROTUNDA  DRIVE

                           WAVELENGTH (MICRONS )
                       .8     9  10     12     15    20
                   ui
                   o
                     O.I
                     0.2
                   CD
                   OC
                   O
                   v> 0.4
                   CD
0.6


1.0

1.5
oo
                               4- (02 + oCl2) extract
                                            extract
                                 -L
                        1200
           1000    800

         FREQUENCY (cm"1)
600
Figure 13.  Infrared  spectra of benzene and oCl,,cf> extracts  of dustfall 12

            meters  from the  roadway at Rotunda Drive.   This sample was
            accumulated over the period of 21 March  to  30 April 1973.
                                 268

-------
                        SOIL- ROTUNDA DRIVE

                           WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)

                       .8    9   10     12     15     20
                     O.I
                   UJ

                   £0.2
                   <
                   CO
                   cc
                   o
                   to
                   m
                   < 0.4
                     0.6
                                     T
                                             T
                                                i  i n
                                           extroct
                         I20O
IOOO
800
600
                     0.2



                     0.3


                     0.4


                     0.5
                               FREQUENCY (cm  )
Figure 14.  Infrared spectra  of benzene and oClp^ extracts of  soil  at

            Rotunda Drive.  This was 20 grams from soil collected 1  meter
            from the roadway  5  May 1973.
                                 269

-------
                1.51—i—i—i—i—i—i—i—i—i—i—i—i—i—r
                1.0
            ro
            oc
            CD
            V)
               0.5
                             i  i   i  i
    100          200

GROSS PARTICULATE
                                                        300
Figure 15.   Airborne SBR vs.  total  participate concentrations at Rotunda
            Drive.   Line is drawn by eye (not a least-squares fit).
                                270

-------
                       lOO
                       50
                     o
                     a:
                     o
                     cc
                     ui
                        10
                        5
                     2
            than 20y (aerodynamic diameter, -p  ' d).
                                271

-------
      I04
      10s
    E
    a.
    a.
      10*
      10
                                                           I  '  I  <"
                                                     KEY:

                                                    O • TOTAL SBR
                                                                i
                                                       0,+oCl,c£ Soihftt SBR

                                                    D • C«H, SmhJit SBR

                                                       Pb
                                                                   2.
                        ROfcDWAY
                  ROAD ABOUT 19 METERS WIDE
V
                                              I
                                                  I
        intidei
        o1 curve!
 024
 ipunlde
 lot curve
                                                              10
               DISTANCE FROM  EDGE  OF ROAD, METERS
Figure 17.  SBR soil concentrations  at various distances from the road-
            way at Rotunda Drive.  Dots on the inset, on a line normal
            to the roadway, show  the spots where the samples were taken.
            The point 12-1/2  meters  from the outside of the curve is  next
            to a paved turnaround area and probably should be ignored;
            SBR was 20 ppm in soil 185 meters from the road.  Dotted
            curve shows  Pb concentrations.
                                 272

-------
U.Wf
0.06
0.05
o: 0.04
CD
en
^0.03
0.02
0.0!
n
II II
o
—
—
—
-
o
Roadway
II 1 i 1 i o i . 1 i A
             10       0
                inside
0       10
I  outside
20
30
40
               of curve         of curve

                    DISTANCE FROM EDGE OF ROAD, METERS
Figure 18.   SBR content  of  roadside topsoil 11/10/71 at various distances
            from the  high-speed  "flat  turn" of the Ford Motor Company
            test track,  Dearborn Proving Ground.  Determined by infrared
            spectra.   Sum of SBR in benzene and oCl2 extractions.
                                273

-------
                  RUBBER DUST FROM THE NORMAL WEAR OF TIRES
                               Mark L. Dannis*

Abstract

     Tires wear out in normal "use.  Tread-rubber losses have been
studied to find out if the rubber abrades to particles, degrades to
an intermediate state., or oxidizes to volatile vapors and gases.
Particulate erosion seems to be the dominant mechanism.
     Particles worn from tires were first collected on sticky panels
mounted under the car.  The particles are not spherical, but approach
cylinders or sausage shapes as a limit.  An isokinetic filter system
was later developed.  The particles caught on filter plates were
examined, transferred to microscope slides, photographed, then
counted to obtain particle size distributions.  Smooth distributions
were obtained, linear on logarithm of volume, cumulative probability
graphs.  The geometric mean particle size is about 20\sm equivalent
diameter.
     Special effort was devoted to a search for very small particles,
from about 1/2 to 3\an equivalent diameter.   This is the diminishing
tail on the distribution curve.  Very few of these particles could be
found.
     Attempts were made to identify volatile emissions from a running
tire, using chromatographic techniques and a flame ionization detector
without success.  Particular erosion seems to be the dominant loss
mechanism.
     Tire dust particles have a high specific surface and are subject to
oxidation.  Simple chemical oxidation is slow, but biochemical
oxidation at the soil surface under the combined influence of oxygen,
photoexcitation, and enzyme catalysis can be rapid, returning the
carbon content to the normal biological carbon cycle.
     *Research Fellow, Research and Development Center

                                    274

-------
                           INTRODUCTION

                            Background

     Automobile and truck tires wear out.  Recent reviews by Clark
(ref. 1), Schallamach (ref. 2), and others point out that frictional  wear
and traction always accompany one another, but the relationship is
affected by the compounding of the rubber, the construction of the
carcass, the nature of the road surface, the speed of the car, and
other factors.
     Very little has been published on the debris worn off the tire.
Tire debris is seldom visible during erosion or visible as accumula-
tion on the road.  A few attempts have been made to look for tire
wear products in constricted traffic locations, such as tunnels,
where the ventilation system offers a convenient collection and
concentration system.  Worn rubber can be identified chemically in
collected debris (ref. 3).  However, the debris contains only minor
amounts of rubber contaminated by oil, exhaust fumes, and dirt from
many sources.  Since indoor tests seldom match road performance and
since in many cases the abraded tire surface looks different from a
normally worn tire surface (ref.  4), the debris from accelerated tests
may not be representative of that generated at the road.
     Cardina (ref. 5) has used the natural collection and concentra-
tion of debris by snowbanks along expressway routes to show that
rubber debris can be found and identified.  The concentration of
rubber was low but unmistakable.   Similarly, Pierson (ref. 6) collected
airborne dust close to a heavily traveled industrial highway and
chemically identified styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR), also at low
concentrations.
     In this work4 we have tried (1) to collect debris worn off a
single tire in normal road use, (2) to characterize the losses as
to solids, vapors, or gases, (3)  to find the effect of several
known tire-wear parameters on the generation of debris, and (4)  to
determine the possible fate of that debris.   In much" of what follows,
the term "tire dust" will mean "tire-wear debris."
                                   275

-------
                                  Estimates

     A typical new passenger tire (G78-14)  weighs about 11.8 kg  (26  Ib).
Tread wear down to markerbar safety limits  removes about 3.5 kg  (7 Ib)  of
tread rubber in a normal  road life of 40,000 kilometers.  This  is
equivalent to an average  loss about 90 mg/km over the life of the tire.
This average wear rate compares  to a loss rate (ref.  2j of about 24
mg/km at 120 km/h (75 mph) in cruise driving, increasing to about 490
mg/km in cornering at 48  km/h (30 mph) at a 2° slip angle.  Direct
measurements on the tires used in these experiments ranged from  60
to 120 g/1600 km, dependent upon both the tire itself and its position
on the car.
     Since we attempted direct pickup of tire dust in road service,
we could expect sample sizes about 60 mg/km, even at the best.   In
actual practice, we collected far less than this.  As shown later,
we obtained what looked like reasonable aliquots, without ever
approaching a material balance.
     Tire losses amounting to 87.mg/km seem small in magnitude.  How-
ever, if one uses the estimate of 90 million cars on the road in the
United States (1970), each car driven about 22,500 km (14,000 miles)/yr,
the total tread loss amounts to 0.72 x 10^ kg/yr, (1.6 x 109 Ib/yr).
     This amount of tire  dust was a major fraction of new rubber
production in 1970, 1.6 x lo9 kg.  The tread loss estimated above
includes carbon black and oil, so that the real rubber content is
about 60 percent of that  indicated.  Even so, roughly one. third of
all the new rubber produced in this country is worn off tires.

                            EXPERIMENTAL

                    Qualitative Demonstrations

     Road collection.  Tire dust can be collected during real road
service by mounting a sticky catchplate immediately downstream of
a tire.  One such installation is shown in figure 1, mounted on a
front-drive car.  Several factors prompted this initial attempt:
                                    276

-------
             Figure 1.  Wheel Well and "sticky" catch plate.

(1) a conveniently located anchoring clamp was built into the car,
(2) normal driving torque provided for wearing abrasion, and (3)
availability.
     Tire dust and associated road particles are generated during
"contact, then thrown back in a tangential pattern.  The catch pad,
covered with glycol-wetted paper, is located midstream, but its
presence diverts the air stream and causes fractionation of particles.
Large particles have sufficient inertia to impinge on the pad; small
particles stay airborne as the wind sweeps across the surface and,
hence, are not found in their expected proportions.  The accumulation
of debris on the catch pad was not uniform; rather, it was denser at the
bottom.  The bottom of the catch pad frequently disappeared during test
runs, abraded off by simple erosion or lost abruptly during bumps.  •
                                      277

-------
     Debris caught on the filter paper surface was  examined  under
the microscope, both in -situ and by transfer-mount  techniques.  The
debris was also washed off the catch paper by a water spray, concen-
trated on a'smaller filter pad, then analyzed chemically.
     Identification.  A photomicrograph of the debris caught this way  is
shown in figure 2.  The black irregular chunks are  rubber  particles worn
off the tread of the tire.  Sand, silt, and other foreign  matter  are
also visible.  Contrast can be sharpened, paper eliminated,  and some
vertical concentration achieved by an Aroclor resin transfer technique,
as shown in figure 3.  Both photos are at 150* magnification.
     Particle sizes range from 100 to about 5ym, the "lower limit  of
resolution for this system.  Shapes range from "sausage  rolls"  to
rough spheres.
     The irregular black particles are the tire-tread debris,  identified
as follows: (1) They look like rubber particles obtained from  laboratory
wear experiments.  They are black, even at this small size,  from  the
        Figure 2.  Tire and road debris caught on sticky plate.   Black
             particles are rubber debris.   Grit and cellulose are
                             also distinguishable.
                                    278

-------
       Figure 3.  Tire debris transfered to Aroclor mount.   Magnification
                    I50x.  Sand and concrete are obvious.

reinforcing carbon content.   (2) Individual particles swell  in chloroform,
then deswell upon evaporation of the solvent.   This proves  that the
particles are not a soluble  black tar.   Only a crosslinked  material
swells and deswells in this  manner, i.e., rubber.   (3) Individual
particles float in chloroform, while siliceous debris sinks.  The
density of tread rubbers is  about 1.18; chloroform, about 1.49, and
silica-rich materials, over  2.  (4) Infrared spectroscopic  techniques
affirm that SBR is in the collected tire debris.  Agreement with
a sample cut from the tire is excellent.  This particular tread is
an SBR compound without detectable amounts of either NR or  CB blends.
The absence of these latter rubbers in the collected rubber dust shows
that tread dust from trucks  or other modern cars is not a confusing
contamination from those sources. (5) Ignition about 450°-500°C leaves
a residue ranging from 50 to 80 percent.  This agrees well  with a  visual
estimation of the amount of sandy grains, which have a density about
twice that of the rubber.
                                    279

-------
     Particle analysis.  Particle size distribution of tire debris
affects subsequent reactions and disposal.   Fine particles  can
remain airborne, while coarse particles settle out, along with  other
kinds of dust and dirt.  Fine particles, with  a high specific surface
area, would be expected to oxidize rapidly,  while coarse particles
would oxidize more slowly.
     While this tire debris collection technique is subject to
experimental criticisms and improvements, this sample was collected  in
real service on the road from a moving car.   Hence, despite limitations
these samples were measured, and particle sizes were counted to get  a
distribution microscopically.
     The volume in apparent mm3 was computed for each particle.
Particle size counts were made and summarized in logarithmic cell-
size ranges, each double its predecessor.  At 150x magnification,
1 mm3 apparent volume is 295 mm3 real volume.   Since the particles are
sausage shaped, an "equivalent diameter" is  defined as the  diameter
of a sphere having the same volume.
     Particle size distributions for three runs are presented in
figure 4, on log volume, cumulative probability coordinates.  Partial
identification is listed in table 1.
     Several tentative conclusions can be drawn from this qualitative
presentation.  (1)  Tire dust in the size range 5 to lOOym  equivalent
diameter can be found in actual road wear experiments.  The geo-
metric mean particle is about 25um equivalent diameter.  (2)  Collection
efficiency is low.  The quantities caught were about 1.9 mg/km,

     Table 1.  Identification of runs in qualitative demonstration
Distance, Speed,
Run Road miles mph
634B 1-271 NE
634C 1-77 S
634D 1-77 N
3.9
5.8
5.4
60
60
44
Particle
count
51
75
97
Amount Rubber Wear
collected, content, catch,
mg mg mg/mile
49
92
77
12
23
19
3
4
3.5
                                     280

-------
              14
              12
              10-
            8
                  150
                  100-
                  80
                 ! SO-
                  40
                li! 30-
                §20^
                'I
                I
                  I0[-
                  8-
              0-
             -4I_
6-
5-
4

3
                              _L
   J	L
                                         I  I   I
                  X
10  20      50      80
   CUMULATIVE PROBABILITY %
                                                       95
                                                             99
Figure 4.  Particle-size  distribution of tread debris from sticky plates.

compared to a computed  average wear rate about 31 mg/km on this small
car.  In addition,  the  collection plate system tends not to collect  the
finer particles.   (3)   Particles  below lOum equivalent diameter are
relatively sparse.   Particles  below 3ym were not detected.  (4)
Improved technique  of collection  and improved particle size counts
are required in order to  define the distributions better and the way
they vary with speed and  load.

                            Quantitative Experiments

     An improvement tried next involved a vacuum filter system in
which air was drawn through  a  glass fiber filter to capture the
particle.
                                       281

-------
     Figure 5.   Close-up of modified filter system.   Center!ine pick-
          up 2 in off road.  Vacuum cleaner mounted  in trunk  is not
                                 visible here.
     Revised techniques. It was ultimately realized that air entered
the front orifice of the collection duct at a ram-velocity faster
than the vacuum pump could pull it through the filter.   Excess  air
circulated around, then spilled out the sides, carrying with it
part of the road debris.  While the portion caught on the filter
may be a true aliquot, such an assumption could not be proven.   Roughly
only 1/20 of the air that enters the front can be pumped through the
filter.
     Use of a small orifice about 2 x 4.5 cm was a simple way to achieve
isokinetic sampling.  The modified pickup and filter system is  shown
in figure 5.  This is a rear-wheel installation on a conventional
sedan.
     Road runs were continued on Interstate 77 near Brecksville,
Ohio.  The restricting orifice resulted in smooth uniform distri-
butions of debris over the filter, but lowered the amount encountered
and retained.  Hence, only the particle size measurements were made.
Transfer slides were made, photographs taken, and particles counted.
Distributions are plotted as figure 6.
                                     282

-------

12

10



8

3?6
CM
§
4


2

0
-2
ISO
- KX>
80

»60
§
o
~ i 40
£30
a
£20
UJ
- j
$

^y
O^X
Sf
^fa X
^^
//
//
No. 656 )G/
WOffrW 50 flip* — •gy
^ No. 657
ox«t 	 SOWTH 60mp»
°xS
/^
O/^

^x
X?^ AMBASSADOR RT. REAR
^y* F 70-14 BIAS PLY
°^V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I II 1
5 10 20 50 80 96 99
                                CUMULATIVE  PROBABILITY %
        Figure 6.  Particle-size distribution  of  tire  rubber debris,
                                 "isokinetic."
     Note that the eccentricity or sausage  shape  of the particles
does not enter into this discussion.  While many  of the rubber
particles are three to four times as  long as wide,  this information
has not been used as yet.
     The particle size distributions  shown  in  figure 6  are  linear
within reasonable estimates of experimental error.   This  means that
the log size distribution is Gaussian.  This happens also to be
                                    283

-------
a common or widely encountered distribution for chip sizes  in  grind-
ing and crushing operations.   The analogy may be coincidence,  but
does offer some confidence in experimental  procedures.   This dis-
tribution has been reported for airborne particulates collected in
"dirty air" exposures, although much smaller particles  are  involved
(ref.  7).
     The use of the log scale on the ordinate axis  modifies some of
the statistical treatments normally derived from the use of the
probability-paper scale (ref. 8).
     The midpoint or "half-life" value defines a geometric  mean
anal-ogous to the simple arithmetic average.  Similarly, the geometric
dispersion replaces the standard deviation a.
     The geometric mean particle has an equivalent  diameter about
12 vim.  Particles ranging from half that diameter to twice  that,
i.e.,  from 1/9 to 9x that volume, are within one dispersion unit,
or total about 2/3 of all the particles encountered.  Particles
having more than -2g' dispersion, i.e., having equivalent diameters
less than 3 ym, are statistically rare, less than 1 percent.   In a
physical sense, this implies ttiat their concentration is so low
as not to be important.
     While separate lines, i.e., curve-fitting operations,  were
drawn for runs 656 and 657, the dispersion of the data does not
justify it.  The same particle size distribution, within experimental
error, -is obtained at nominal 80 (50 mph) and 97 km/h (60 mph)
cruising speeds.  The amount eroded off at the higher speed is
larger, but the particle size distribution is the same.  As,
shown later, a wider range of speeds (77-105 km/h), is needed  to show
a significant change in the size distribution.
     This discussion on distribution needs additional emphasis.  The
distribution curves- are based on number fraction.  The larger  sizes
account for most of the weight lost from the tire.   A single  large
particle weighs more than a small particle by the ratio of cube
of  the equivalent diameter.  A particle having a dispersion +gt
or  2.1* the mean, 12 ym, has a volume nine times the mean.   Similar-
ly, the .small particle at -g or  (2.I)-1 x the mean has a volume
                                    284

-------
      Figure 7.   Tire debris  photo micrographs  @ 350*.   Particles  labeled D
           are dirt on the lens.   Particles  labeled S are road silt
              or silica.   Particles R may be rubber.   No small black
                particles less than 2ym diameter can be  identified.
roughly 1/9 the mean.   These large and small  particles  then compare
about 81  to 1,  both volume and weight.   In  the opposite sense,  a
few small particles have negligible weight.  .
     Mjcron size particles.  Thompson (ref.  3) implies  that small
airborne rubber particles might be small  enough to escape nasal
filtering and hence could enter the lung structure.  He states  that
particles above about  5ym are efficiently filtered in the nasal
passages and should not cause any health problems.
     Therefore, the importance attached to rubber particles having
an effective diameter less than 3jjm has required more than a
statistical search for their presence or absence on the microscope
slide.   In one  particular experiment, slides,  used in the counts
of run  657, were reexamined both at high dry magnification and  in
                                   285

-------
oil immersion to look for particles too small  to be easily visible
at the 150x magnification, which was used routinely.   In figure 7,
two photomicrographs are presented showing many artifacts, which
could be eliminated by various tests to leave  on each slide one
particle which might be rubber.   Even so, these are within the
range expected or extrapolated from the co.unts at larger sizes.
If small particles of tire rubber do exist, this technique does
not catch and identify them.
     For improved technique and a better experiment,  a Mi Hi pore
filter was installed in the vacuum line to sample part of the air
stream.  The regular glasscloth filter described earlier was  used
as the roughing filter, backed up by a Mi Hi pore filter with  a
nominal port size 0.45ym diameter.  The residue on the Mi 11ipore
filter was examined directly in order to avoid problems of losses
in transfer.  Particles from the glass-cloth filter are shown in
figure 8 at low magnification, emphasizing the sausage-shaped
particles.  Figure 9 shows the rough surface of the larger particle
at higher magnification, showing also that road silt is imbedded
in or associated with the rubber.
                   Figure 8.  S.E.M. @ 50x on initial filter.
                                     286

-------
       Figure 9.  S.E.M. @ lOOOx, detail  of large grain of figure 8.

     A particle caught on the Millipore filter is shown in figure
10.  This has a read size about 3x2x2 ym3.   This  was an isolated
particle and the smallest one found, but fairly typical  in other
respects.  The surface does not closely resemble that of the "rubber
sausage"; whether this is a tire-dust particle is not certain.
However, very few particles of this size or smaller can be found.
Hence, the concentration of small rubber particles, 3ym and below,
is below present limits of detection.
     Effect of road variables.  A wide range and variety of road and
tire variables affect the wear of tires and, presumably, the particle
size distribution.   These experiments have been run under conditions
to minimize changes and were accordingly confined to  a short stretch
of interstate concrete highway in order to standardize that condition.
Road surface affects tire wear rate (ref.  2} and would be expected
also to affect particle size distribution.  It does.
     Experimental  investigation of this suspected effect was tried
in a set of three runs, labeled 672A, B,and C.   The data are present-
ed in figure 11.
                                     287

-------
Figure 10.   S.E.M.  @ 5000*.  This  is a single grain  on
                   0.5m diam. mi 11ipore filer.

5  10   20      50      80

      CUMULATIVE PROBABILITY %
                                             95     99
      Figure 11.  Particle-size distribution  of tire
                        rubber debris.
                         288

-------
     The curves of runs  672A and 672B,  on concrete,  are linear and
have the same slope or dispersion as  run 656  of figure 8.   The
deviation from linearity of 672B at the upper end of the scale is
due to a few large particles which may  be agglomerates.  The  mean
values of runs 672A and 672B differ slightly  from the mean of run
656, figure 7, as shown in table 2.
     Since runs 672A, B, and C involve  a different tire than  the
runs 656 and 657, several variables have been changed.  However, note
that the dispersion g on concrete is  remarkably constant in these
four runs.
     The relationship for run 672C on asphalt, shown in figure 11,
suggests a different collection and/or  wear mechanism.  Not only
was the distribution different, but the amount collected was  less
than on concrete.
     Note that the particle size curves in figure 11, run 672C,
show an abnormal amount of the large  particle sizes.  This is not
a bimodal distribution, but it is a skewed curve distinctly different
from the log-normal distributions obtained from concrete.   The amount
and size distribution of tire dust that is collected from an  asphalt
road is different from tire dust collected on a concrete road.  This
situation requires further investigation.

     Table 2.  Statistical  constants  from particle size experiments.
Run
656
657
672A
672B
672C
Speed,
mph
50
60
45
65
65
Mean
Z50
2.7
2.4
5.2
4.0
1.0
apparent volume
V50
6.50
5.27
37
16
2.1
g
9.20
9.20
9.4
9.2
6.6
Mean equivalent diam.
x50,um
12.4
11.6
22.3
16.8
8.4

(Asphalt)
                                   289

-------
     Figure 12.   View of emmisions probe at right rear  wheel  of  car.

     Partial summary.  Tire dust is generated in larger amounts  at
higher speeds, but the mean particle size is smaller.   The  effect of
asphalt as a road surface changes both amount and distribution of
tire dust particles.
     Gaseous emmissions.* Tires, in normal  wear, abrade against  the
road surface to generate dust and debris that can be caught on a
filter and measured.   Tires may also evolve gases and vapors  either
by direct emission or from oxidation mechanisms.  An attempt  was
made to find such, without success.  This negative result is  important.
     Tread rubber is  a hydrocarbon compound subject to  oxidations
low-temperature pyrolysi's, volatile emission of low molecular weight
fragments, and other related emission mechanisms.  Witji appropriate
sampling and modern sensitive instrumentation, hydrocarbon  emissions
in the range of parts per million in the surrounding air should  be
detected.  While hydrocarbon concentrations in the atmosphere near
a car are easily detected and measured, incremental gains above
this level in the region of the tire are too small to be measured.
     One experimental arrangement is partly shown in figure 12 and
diagrammed in figure 13.  A portable gas chromatogrgph  with a flame-
ionization detector was carried in the car.  Gas samples were pulled
from just behind the contact area of the tire and from  several nearby
comparison locations.  Engine exhaust was also sampled.
                                   290

-------
    Figure 13.  Schematic of Volatile Emissions  experiment.   ST,  Stainless
             steel tubing pickup downstream from tire.   GC portable
                  gas chromatograph.   P, positive displacement
                                    pump.
     In one run, chromatographic separation was  attempted,  unsuccess-
fully, using a packe3 column.   In later runs column fractionation was
eliminated to gain greater input sensitivity.   Instrumental  or
background response to gases pulled from the air either ahead of or
behind the tire gave a signal  equivalent to 3 to 5 ppm of hydrocarbon,
depending upon local conditions, i.e., moving or stopped car, engine
running or dead, direction of breeze.   In no case was  there an obvious
difference before or after tire contact.  Exhaust emissions were
large, on the order 50 to 150 ppm, and changed as expected with
warmup, idle, and cruise conditions.
     In summary, since every other check showed  that the equipment
was operating properly, the results should be  believed.   Gaseous
hydrocarbon emission from normal tire  usage is too low to be measured.
                                    291

-------
Since no measurable hydrocarbon emissions  could be detected,  and
since oxygen is absorbed within the structure of the rubber (ref.
9), not evolved as CO2 or H20 until very late stages of  oxidative
breakdown, particulate erosion of the tire tread is the  only  im-
portant loss mechanism.
                         RESULTS  AND DISCUSSION
                 Dispersion, Degradation,  and Disposal

     Dispersion.  Tires wear out, generating tire dust.   This seems
to be the dominant mechanism, since volatile hydrocarbon emission
cannot be detected.  Since total tread loss is estimated about
5 * 108 kg/yr into particles with mean effective diameter about
20 ym, one would expect to find tire dust everywhere.  However,
experience shows that this is not so.
     If the tire dust were spread uniformly over the 6  x 106  km
of highway in the continental United States (in 1970) (ref. 10),
average width about 7.5 m, the concentration of rubber  would  be
about 1.6 x 10"3  kg/m/yr.  Such amounts are not seen except  in skid
marks, which disapear within weeks or months.
     A tire-dust particle with an 18 ym diameter will have a  Stokes
Law settling velocity about 1 cm/sec.  This size particle is  fairly
                                      ^' <•            ,       •
close to the mean equivalent diameter Ijsted in table 2.  Particles
near this size are easily aerodispersed by air currents  around
moving cars.
     Tire-dust particles should be airborne, but settle out slowly
down wind.  Rubber concentrations should be identified  both airborne
and on the ground, as shown by Pierson (ref. 6) and Cardina (ref.  5).
Dirt samples from the berm of Cleveland Massillon road  in Brecksville
showed detectable SBR content by infrared techniques.  A portion of
the spectrogram is reproduced in figure 14.  The peaks  are not large,
but easily recognizable.  Comparisons on soils a hundred meters
from the road showed no infrared absorption relatable to rubbers.
     Degradation. Oxidation of rubbers by chemical and/or physical
mechanisms is well known to rubber technologists.  Oxidations of rubber

                                    292

-------
                         WAVELENGTH (Microns)

                           9        10
                                                     12
0.0-
0.2
CO
z
UJ
o
0.4





0.6



0.8

1.0
                           T
                                       I
                                        TRANS
       METHYLENE
                            I
                                       I
I
         1300     1200      1100     1000     900

                           FREQUENCY (cnT1)
                                                            STYRENE
                                                       800
                700
  Figure 14.   Infrared  identification  of  SBR residues  in  road-
                           side dirt.
                                293

-------
should be discussed in several  categories  called (1)  initial,  (2)
intermediate, (3)  extensive,  and (4)  complete  oxidation.   Initial
oxidation (l)'is related to the addition of oxygen  to the  dienic
structure, without appreciable  evolution of CO2  and with distinct
changes in physical  properties  (ref.  11).   Intermediate oxidation
(2) involves the evolution of some CO2 and H20,  with  extensive
physical  degradation of the rubber but without significant evolution
of volatile fragments in the  C4 to C10 range.  Extensive oxidation
(3) results in well-defined fragments split out  of  NR rubber,  such
as methanol, acetaldehyde, and  levulinaldehyde in stoichiometric ratios
to CO2.  Extensive oxidation  of SBR gives  a wider range of products
ranging from CO2,  formic acid,  acetone, acetaldehyde  to a  group of
3- and 4-carbon oxidized hydrocarbons (ref.  12).  Complete oxidation
(4) is combustion  and results in metal oxide and sulfate residues, and
CO2 and H20.
     Initial oxidation of tread dust by direct chemical and/or
photo-induced oxidation mechanisms is relatively slow because  of the
low temperatures in soil, 15° to 30°C. Compare  this  to temperatures
measured in the tire, -50° to  125°C and above,  depending upon  location
in the tire and severity of service.   The  lowered temperature  range
more than compensates for the high surface area  of  the tire dust.
Antioxidants used  in the tire are still found  in the  tire  dust,
affording some protection to  the rubber.   Even so,  oxidation-rate
measurements on ground tire tread were attempted in this laboratory
with an improved oxygen absorption apparatus (ref.  13).
     No detectable oxidation  could be measured at room temperature
after 168 h or at  40°C after 264 h.  At 100°C, "Normal but slow"
oxidation rates could be measured.  This can be  expressed  as  roughly
a 5-year period for half the  rubber to be  oxidized.  A half-life
of 5 years at 100°C means much  longer life at  ordinary temperatures
if simple oxidation is the only degradation mechanism.
     Ozone attack on rubber is  more severe than  simple oxidation.
However, ozonolysis of the rubber in the soil  is not  expected be-
cause cellulosic materials and  residues are so reactive toward
ozone that no ozone would reach the rubber dust.
                                294

-------
      Hence, the elimination of tread dust in the soil  by ordinary
 chemical and/or physical oxidation is slow reaction.  This statement
 is supported by extensive experience with rubber jackets on buried
 cables and other underground usage where deterioration and damage
 is traced to rodents, insects, and fungi (ref.  14).   Oxidation is
 not important in comparison to greater damage caused in these other
 ways.
      If chemical oxidation is not important as  a mechanism for
' eliminating tire dust, one should consider biooxidation, biodegrada-
 tion, and biological utilization.  Biodeterioration, biodegradation,
 and metabolic transformation are progressively  more severe steps
 in the biological decomposition of organic materials.   In this
 discussion, biodeterioration is the loss of any measurable physical
 property without appreciable loss of mass or change of form.  Biode-
 gradation is related to a major change in chemical structure, a
 decrease of molecular weight, and extensive change in physical
 properties or in form.  Metabolic utilization is the use of part
 of the carbonaceous content as oxidation to CO2 and simultaneous
 synthesis of hydrocarbon residues into growing  cells.
      Depending upon circumstances of exposure and upon the micro-
 flora encountered, rubber compounds cover all extremes from ready
 susceptibility to extreme resistance.  Heap and Morrell (ref. 15)
 have pointed out the confused and sometimes contradictory evidence
 presented in the literature.  Various authors not only use different
 techniques of evaluation, but establish different criteria of failure.
 Hence, in this investigation it was considered  sufficient to show
 that SBR compounds can be biodegraded under lab conditions.  Rigorous
 proof that SBR compounds are extensively biodegraded in soil conditions,
 i.e., in natural exposure, has not been attempted.
      A major factor contributing to confusion in experiments and
 reports on the biodegradation of rubbers is the biocidal activity
 of mercaptobenzothiazole, TMTD, and related compounds  (ref. 16).
 Accelerator residues inhibit biodegradation until they have been ,
 depleted below critical limits by aqueous leaching or other chemical
 reactions.  Thus, the same initial compound could be described as
                                     295

-------
nondegradable by short time tests,  and extensively degraded  in
longer exposure or in more severe environments.
     Natural  rubber latex, smoked sheet,  and vulcanized  compounds
are rea'dily attacked by a variety of bacteria and fungi  (ref. 15,
17-19).  One variety of streptomycetes has  specifically  adapted
to rubber latex, readily consuming  it as  its sole source of  carbon
(ref.  20).
     SBR and its compounds are slowly attacked by many of the bacteria
and fungi that degrade NR compounds.  Recently,  Nickerson (ref. .21)
identified several fungi grown on OESBR compounds'and also described
extensive biooxidation of the rubber crumb.
     Several  laboratory experiments on biodegradation of tread rubber
have been attempted.  A variety of  molds  not fully identified were
grown on shavings obtained from tire-trueing machines in current
production.  Growth of molds was obvious  after about 10  days.
     A wide variety of molds can be grown on rubber chips and particles,
given appropriate conditions.  Mold growth  on the rubber is  obvious;
mold growth at the expense of the rubber was not demonstrated con-
clusively.   Extender oils, ^antioxidant waxes, stearates, and/or other
ingredients could provide nutrition either preceding or  accompanying
degradation of the rubber.  Cometabolic utilization is a common
occurrence, i.e., a fungus or bacteria uses one chemical as  a food
or energy source, but secretes enzymes that attack or degrade other
nearby materials.  In turn, another species of fungus uses those
"predigested" products in its own growth cycle, often making byproducts
useful to the first fungus.  Hence, fungal  growth of any kind is  evidence
of bioattack, probably on the rubber, but not proven by  this simple
demonstration.
     A different experiment was tried in order to look  for chemical
evidence of biodegradation.  Perfusion reactors, as shown in figure
15, were set up with different rubbers and innoculates.  A perfusiorr
reaction is a perculating diffusing system.  The mineral content
and available carbonaceous material, i.e., the rubber,  make up  a
nutrition system that favors the growth of particular bacteria.
These bacteria concentrate in the system, growing faster than other
competitive species.

-------
   Figure 15.   A battery of perfusion  reactors,  300  and  1000 ml sizes.

     Microscopical  examination  of the  aqueous  fluid  showed a wide
variety of bacteria active  and  mobile.   Photography  of the live
cultures has been attempted without  success.   Photomicrographs of
stained, fixed bacteria were obtained  to show  that bacteria can
grow in the presence of rubbers.
     Degradation of the rubbers aged in the perfusion reactors
can be shown by chemical analysis of the residues after  exposure
of 30 or 60 days.  Reactor  experiment  No.  4 was  charged  with a natural
rubber tread stock, ground  to about  100-mesh sieve size. Changes
in the infrared curves  in the 6pm region related to  oxidized struc-
ture of rubber are  shown in figure 16.   The original curve shows
only a trace of structures  related to  --C--0 in  acid, aldehyde, and
ketone structures.   After bioexposure  in the perfusion reactor
at 30 and 60 days,  greatly  increased adsorption  in this  region is
evident, together with  a smearing of the infrared peaks. This
loss of detail is ascribed  to a range  of partly  oxidized local
structures differing in neighboring  side groups.  First, this gain
in oxidative structure  is much  larger  than expected  from simple
chemical oxidation  at room  temperature  under these exposure condi-
tions.  Quantitative extimates  of this  large gain cannot be made
                                  297

-------
                 0.0-
                z
                UJ
                o
                 04-


                 06

                 08-
                 10-
                 I 5
                                 WAVELENGTH (Microns)
                                     6	          7
                       1900
                             1800
                                  1700    1600   1500
                                  FREQUENCY (cm-')
1400
                                                        1300
     Figure 16.  Infrared spectra showing changes in oxidized  structures
               in an NR tread compound during perfusion exposure.
because of many complicating and poorly controlled factors.   Second,
laboratory records kept during the preparation of these  spectra  showed
that the solubility of the rubber had been altered.  The  samples
aged 30 to 60 days were very soluble in o-dichlorobenzene and did
not precipitate normally when diluted with methanol.  This  proves
a decrease in molecular weight, along with a  change  in chemical
structure.
     Biochemical oxidation and degradation have been demonstrated
in the laboratory only.
     Similarly, reactor No. 5 was charged with an OESBR/CB  tread
compound, obtained from a knife-type trueing  machine.  Changes in
infrared structure indicative of oxidation are shown in  figure 17.
These are similar to but smaller than those shown in figure 16
for the NR compound.  The same biooxidation occurs;  the  rate is
lower.  The same increase in solubility was also noted,  but this too
was smaller than in the NR comparison.  This  demonstrates biooxidation
without distinction between bacterial and fungal agents.
                                298

-------
                o.o,
                02
              UJ
              o
                04




                06


                08

                I 0


                I 5
                                   WAVELENGTH (Microns)
                                    6               7
                                        I	I
                           I
                    1900    1800
1700    1600    1500
    FREQUENCY (cm*1)
1400   1300
    Figure  17.   Infrared  spectra showing changes  in oxidized  structures
                       in OESBR/CB tread compound.
Figure  18.   Photomicrograph @ 30x:   mold on tread rubber grindings.
                                      299

-------
     In a later experiment, the difference between bacterial  growth
and fungal growth was inadvertently demonstrated.   Reactor 697,
charged with grindings from the OESBR/CB  tread compound showed little
evidence of bacterial growth in the circulating liquid in 30  days
perfusion aging.  Analysis via infrared techniques showed very little
oxidized structure at that time.  The reactor -contents were emptied
into a jar, which was set aside while other experiments were  run.
After 2 weeks' rest or incubation at room temperature, the contents
of the jar were covered with mold.   Direct growth  on the tread
rubber grains is evident in the photomicrograph of figure 18.   Section-
ing, staining, and further microscopical  inspection were tried in
order to show penetration of the tread granule by  mycelium of the
fungi.  Evidence of such penetration was  obscured  by the carbon
black content and cannot be reported conclusively.  However,  since
mycelial penetration into transparent polyester urethanes has  been
observed; similar behavior is suspected here.  Note that fungal
growth did not occur in the circulating perfusion  reactor. Extensive
growth did occur when the moist rubber was left undisturbed.
     Previous sections have presented evidence that rubbers are
subject to biooxidation.  The extender oils in rubbers are also
susceptible, probably more so than the rubber itself.  The direct
utilization of carbon black has also been known for some time.
"In 1908 Porter observed that aerobic soil bacteria, especially a
coccus, which was obtained in pure culture, slowly oxidized amor-
phous carbon in the form of charcoal, lampblack, coke and peat...."
(ref. 22).
     Recapitulation.  Tire dust generated at the road is dispersed
by air currents around the car and settles out on  the surrounding
landscape.  These particles oxidize very slowly in simple, well-
known oxidative reactions.  However, in the soil they can be  bio-
oxidized, degraded, and decomposed by a wide variety of bacteria
and fungi.  Under appropriate conditions in moist soil, the rubber
dust is extensively degraded and altered within months.  Under un-
favorable conditions for decay, residues (and relics) can be  pre-
served for decades (ref. 23).
                                   300

-------
                               Material  Balance

     The experiments in which tire dust  was caught were all  experiments
of low yield.   The amounts recovered were on the order of 2  to 3
mg/km.  The low collection efficiency is easily rationalized.   The
geometry of the pickup aperture is sketched in figure 19, suggesting
that only a fraction (4.5 percent) of the "dusty area" is sampled.
A correction for this low efficiency gives an indicated loss about
45 mg/km.
     A distinct improvement would entail a read road run with  a
                                   t
complete material  balance.  Considerable time and effort have  been
spent trying to design such an experiment, but without success.

                                Innocuous Dust

     While the particle-size distributions vary with speed and road
conditions, only very few particles below 3ym effective diameter
were found.  Additional search effort to identify these particles  was
unsuccessful.   Airborne particles 5mm and above are efficiently
filtered out of human respiratory systems in the nasal passages.
Particles about 2ym escape nasal  filtering, could enter the  lungs,
and be retained by alveolar deposition according to Thompson (ref. 3).
However, particles of this size were not found and seemingly are not
generated.

                                    SUMMARY

     Tires wear out in normal use.  Tread rubber losses have been
investigated in order to find out if the rubber abrades to particles,
degrades to an intermediate state, or oxidizes to volatile vapors
and gases.  Particulate erosion seems to be the dominant mechanism.
     Particles worn from tires were first collected on sticky  panels
                                    301

-------
  APERATURE

VACUUM FILTER

   I 1 I*11  -J IAH
   I 3/4 x 3/4
 "SHADOW" AREA

     c"  /%"
     5  x6
   Figure  19.  Schematic showing aperture  for  tire dust sampling

           compared to visual "shadow" of the source.
                                302

-------
mo^.ued under the car.   The particles are not spherical  but approach
cylinders or sausage shapes as a limit.   The particles range from
about 0.1 mm equivalent diameter to a few microns minimum, in accord
with the Schallamach description of tire abrasion.
     Later an isokinetic filter system was developed.   The particles
caught on filter plates were examined, transferred to microscope
slides, photographed, then counted to obtain particle-size dis-
tributions.  Smooth distributions were obtained, linear on logarithm
of volume, cumulative probability graphs.  The geometric mean particle
size is about 20\i equivalent diameter.  The curve is sharply peaked
on its log scale.
     Special effort was devoted to a search for very small particles,
from about 1/2 to 3 ym equivalent diameter.  This is the diminishing
tail on the distribution curve.  Very few of these particles could be
found.
     Attempts were made to identify volatile emissions from a running
tire, using chromatographic techniques and a flame ionization detector,
without success.  Since hydrocarbon loss as a vapor from tires is
nil, particulate erosion is the dominant loss mechanism.
     Tire dust particles have a high specific surface and are subject
to oxidation.  Simple chemical oxidation is slow, but biochemical
oxidation at the soil under the combined influence of oxygen, photo-
excitation, and enzyme catalysis can be  rapid, returning the carbon
content to the normal biological carbon  cycle.

                               ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     This paper is a contribution from the Research Laboratory of
the B. F. Goodrich Company.  Contributions of several  of my coworkers
are acknowledged as follows:  A. Veith on tire wear; P.  Zakriski for
chromatographic analysis; H. Diem for infrared analysis; J. Gianelos
for X-ray tracer analysis; R. Smith for scanning electron microscopy;
and P. R. Petroff for miscellaneous, extensive, mechanical help.
                                    303

-------
                                REFERENCES

1.    S.  K.  Clark, (ed.)  NBS Monograph  122,  "Mechanics  of  Pneumatic
     Tires," United States  Government  Printing  office,  Vol.  C13,
     No.44 (Nov.  1971),  p.  122.

2.    A.  Schallamach, Rubber Chem.  Techno!.,  Vol.  41  (1968),  p.  209.

3.    R.  N.  Thompson, Vehicle Tire  Rubber  as  an  Pollutant.  University
     of  Oklahoma, thesis,  University Microfilms,  Inc.,  Ann Arbor,
     Michigan, 1966.

4.    J.  P.  Subramini, Participate  Air  Pollution jfrom Automobile Tire
     Tread Hear,  University of Cincinnati,  Thesis,  1971.

5.    J.  A.  Cardina, Rubber Chem. Techno!.,  Vol.  46  (1973), p.232; Ibid..
     Vol.  47 (1974), p.  1005.

6.    W.  M.  Pierson, (in  preparation).

7.    R.  E.  Lee, Jr., Science, Vol.  178 (1972),  p.  567.

8.    J.  R.  King,  Probability Charts for Decision  Making,  Industrial
     Press, N.Y., 1971,  Ch. 9 and  10.

9.    J.  R.  Shelton, Rubber Chem. Techno!..  Vol.  45  (1972), p.  359.

10.  1973 World Almanac, p. 447.

11.  J.  I.  Cuneen, Rubber Chem.  Techno!., Vol.  41  (1968),  p.  182.

12.  E.  M.  Bevilaqua, J. Polymer Sci.. Vol.  C24 (1968), p. 285.

13.  R.  A.  Krueger, J. Appl. Polymer Sci.,  (in  press).

14.  R.  A.  Connoly and coworkers,  Bell System Tech.  J.. Vol.  51 (1973)
     p.  1.

15.,  W.  M.  Heap and S. H.  Worrell, J.  Appl.  Chem.,  Vol. 18 (1968),
     p.  189.

16.  J.  G.  Horsfall, Principles  of Fungicidal Action,  Chronica
     Botanica Co., Waltham, Mass., 1956,  Ch. 12.

17.  F.  Rodriguez, Chem. Tech..  Vol. 2 (1971),  p.  409.

18.  J.  N.  Turner, The Microbiology of Fabricated Materials,  Little,
     Brown & Co., Boston, 1967.
                                  304

-------
19.  W.  D.  Stewart, R.  A.  Crawford,  and H.  A. Miller,  India Rub. World.
     794 (March 1953).

20.  R.  Y.  Stanier, M.  Donddorff,  and E. A. Adelverg,  The Microbial
     World, Prentice-Hall, 3rd ed.,  1970, Ch. 21,  1. 682.

21.  W.  J.  Nickerson, ACS  Meeting, N.Y., August  27,  1972, Paper No.
     Micro  002, August  27, 1972.

22.  J.  R.  Porter,  Bacterial  Chemistry and  Physicology, Wiley & Sons,
     1946,  Ch.  8, p. 796.   '

23.  M.  Alexander-Cornell  University, "Nonbiodegradable and Other
     Recalcitrant Molecules,"  A  rough draft  for Bacteriological
     Reviews,  1973.
                                    305

-------
                               DISCUSSION
        Following papers presented by Dr. Pierson and Mr.  Dannis

DR. PIERSQN:  I guess the main comment I want to make concerns  Mark Dannis1
     allusion to the size, when he said that there is nothing smaller than
     3 microns by mass.   The work that we did, as I mentioned already,
     shows that in a severe situation most of the particles are indeed '
     larger.  In a mild-wear situation we had 60 percent of airborne
     rubber by mass less than 1.1 micron, and I point out that  the mild-
     wear situation I am talking about is very similar to the mild-wear
     sftuation Mark was  talking about.  He mentioned a 45- to 65-mile-an-
     hour cruise.  I did want to state the disagreement on this point,
     though I am not saying what the answer is.  Other than that,  it looks
     as if we prepared the same ground and are in pretty good agreement.
     I was glad to see that somebody was looking into the question.  Once
     you have asked the  question, "Where does the rubber go?" - the answer
     is, "Most rubber ends up in the soil."  Then the next question is
     "What happens to that?"  And I wouldn't get into that question at
     all.  He did, and I think that at the present time it is the  impor-
     tant thing to do.
[See supplementary comments by Dr. Pierson following the present  discussion.]
DR. PIERSON:  I had a couple of questions, Mark.  Does anybody  know yet  what
     happens to the bacteriological degradation products themselves?
     Second, have you actually measured what was worn off the tires?
     Maybe you can conjure up a way to get a collection efficiency; that
     would be a nice way to tie the whole thing down.  I wonder if you
     tried to do that?
MR. DANNIS:  I'll try to answer the second question first.  Yes,  I did make
     the collection efficiency.  We got a couple of friends and I  drove  the
     car 55 miles an hour for 700 miles to get the wear loss on each wheel.
     It is necessary to drive that distance because under loaded  conditions
     and steady cruise the wear loss is only 30 grams per thousand miles.
     This is the direct weight measured on the whole tire—30 mg—3 grams
     per 1,000 miles is 30 mg a mile.  Our average collection of rubber  is
     between 4 and 5 milligrams per mile in pickup exposure.
                                    306

-------
          Efficiency then is on the order of 7 to 10 percent and the
     aperture that I used, based on some type of pickup area where most
     of the rubber'can be found, is at that same order of magnitude.  I
     first only believed it was well above 90 percent of the total wear
     of the tire coming off as particulates.  The rumber may be as high
     as 99 percent, but I am going to be conservative and say well above
     90 percent.
          Regarding the first question, "What happens to the material  in
     the soil?" - I have been very impressed as a newcomer in soil micro-
     biology.  If you can get right on the action in the laboratory, you
     can prove it in the soil.  I believe the rul^er is first partly
    -degraded to a humus or to a humic acid that has very beneficial effects,
          There are some publications that appear in agronomy journals
     and show that the use of ground rubber improves the tilth in culti-
     vation of dense clays, if it permits passage of water,  and improves
     the texture of sandy soil that was so porous that the water passed
     right through.)  Coleman Ward, down at Mississippi Experimental  Station,
     has grown golf greens on a mixture of sand and powdered rubber.
DR^PIERSON:  We don't know whether we can take the rubber to completion,
     do we?  Are there lines that we can use in respect to that use?
MR. DANNIS:  The mere fact that we have a tilth improvement and do find a
     humus or humic action polymer-cementicious material, means that the
     action does not go to C0?-  I guess it is a residual hydrocarbon.
     But how long this lasts, I don't know.
CHAIRMAN McCQRMICK:  I would like to pose a question to either of these two
     panel members, perhaps a two-part question:  Have either of you looked
     for volatiles rather than particulates, and if you have, have you made
     any attempt to identify the quantity?  I raise this question because
     it has been suggested, as long as 15 or 20 years ago, that trace
     quantities of such volatiles as benzopyrene—which is a known human
     carcinogen—resulted from tire wear.   Certainly it is also known  that
     benzopyrene is present in our urban atmosphere, though  whether it
     comes out of the exhaust pipe or from other sources has never been
     tied down completely.  But at least it has been suggested that tire
     wear might be perhaps one source.  Have you looked for  it?
                                     307

-------
DR. PIERSON:  You are not talking about a large part of the material
     balance.  While we have shown nearly all  the material  comes off in
     particulates, we still haven't answered your question  yet.   Y*ou
     answer it.
MR. DANNIS:  No, I haven't looked for a polymer,   i nave had hydrocarbons
     coming from the gas phase.
CHAIRMAN McCORMICK:  I did; I had help again from Kriskey.   We literally
     cooked some rubber on a hot plate and were trying to examine the
     vapors; we couldn't find anything.  We came to, the conclusion that
     the nose is more sensitive than our results.  We just  got a charac-
     teristic odor of burning rubber; that was easily identified.
DR. CARL A. NAU (Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas):  I take it that
     all of us here are interested in the health aspects of the rubber
     particulates, and on this basis I would like to make a few comments
     based on studies I was involved in over a period of 8  years.  We
     started in 1964.  We collected material in the Holland-Lincoln
     tunnel and in indoor parking areas.  We were never able to collect
     any particulates in ambient air.  (I appreciate very much the papers
     this morning.)  We wanted enough material so that we could expose
     primarily the rhesus monkeys to rubber particulate in  the air that
     they were breathing.  You know by this time that I feel that environ-
     mental factors can adversely affect human health.  How do we get
    'enough of the particulates?
          We went to the Bureau of Standards where they have, or did have,
     abrasion testing machines that they could run.  We got one with
     various angles and one with various pressures on the road and they
     rated the tires, but we then discovered that they had  dusted the
     road with talc.  Now we had tire dust with talc, which we didn't
     want.  So we wasted a lot of money to get this.
          Then we went to the tire recap places and got the abrasions.
     We were able to get the help of the Cabot Research people in Boston.
     We shipped them this abrasive material and they froze it with liquid
     nitrogen and micronized it.  We got a significant amount of material,
    •less than 5 microns in diameter, which we used for inhalation studies,
                                      308

-------
          Then we used guinea pigs  and rhesus  monkeys  for 8 years,  the
     monkeys over 8 years, the guinea pigs for their lifetimes.   We found
     that we had a lot of trouble with guinea  pigs because they  huddled
     together and put their noses in each others fur;  this served as a
     good filter.  That shows you how we have  methods  of protecting
     ourselves, just as the animals do.
          We also found from our monkeys that  the cleansing potential  of
     the monkey pulmonary system was fantastic.   We couldn't get rubber dust
     into the monkey lungs, but we  thought we  ought to get in.   It either
     went in and out or the cleansing mechanism was quite good.   We did this
     over an 8-year period of time, 7 hours a  day, 5 days a week, and we
     used high concentrations (I'm  afraid to mention numbers, but I think
     in terms of 0.6 of a milligram per cubic  foot).  We never published
     this; it was in '64.  I made some trips to Akron  and to New York to
     elicit some interest in our proposed study.  It was ineffectual and 1
     could not arouse any interest  in it.  So  we went  on our own, because
     some of the people who were talking about air pollution--!  won't men-
     tion any names—inferred that  rubber dust was not a potential  pollu-
     tion problem.
          So we studied these monkeys and we got all the things  that I
     told you about yesterday—electrocardiograph, X-ray films and we
     did pulmonary function studies, etc.--and we came to the conclusion
     that particulates of rubber in the air as an ambient air pollutant is
     not really that important a problem.
          We had monkeys of both sexes being exposed to rubber dust.
     Some became pregnant, and we let them continue their pregnancies
     to full term and delivery.  Then we exposed the newborn to  the same
     rubber dust, and we studied the infants as they grew older.
CHAIRMAN McCORMICK:  Thank you, Dr. Nau, for your enlightening remarks.  I
     think a question is coming in  from the audience.
MR. BOBBY D. LaGRONE (U.S. Rubber Reclaiming Co., Inc., Vicksburg, Missis-
     sippi):  I have a question for Dr.  Nau, regarding the negative informa-
     tion.  We agree or confess that we (U.S.  Rubber Reclaim) supported
     the work that was done down at Mississippi  State University.  We
                                   309

-------
     were hoping to be able to modify the soil  by use of the physical  amend-
     ment that would be imparted by the rubber.  For instance, you did not
     have to aereate the golf range each year.   In regard to field crops,
     you did not have a problem with crusting.   That worked very well, but
     we use 30-mesh, not 100-mesh material.   We fotrnd-tha^-^he^ubber  crumb <
     had-a phytotoxic effect on most plants; it w*s»*t so severe for turf
     grass, but was severe on soy beans, wheat, and this sort of thing.
DR. NAU:  Cucumbers?
MR. LaGRONE:  It was very bad in cucumbers,  that's for sure.  We finally
     concluded that it was the zinc oxide that  was causing most of the
     problems.  I am more or less inclined to agree with Dr. Pierson's
     statement that rubber ground from the tire is of a very fine nature,
     because the material that we used was there after 2 or 3 years,
     actually about 4 years now.
CHAIRMAN McCORMICK:  Alright, now there was  a question down here.
MR. JOSEPH LAMAN (Firestone Tire and Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio):  Since
     the subject of biodegradation was brought  up in relation to this
     disposal of tires, Firestone embarked on a meaningful program to
     employ biodegradation to recycle valuable  chemicals back to produc-
     tion cycle.  The result of this work was the recovery of carbon
     black, which is a gut raw material of the  rubber producing industry.
     I have with me today our Dr. Kay and Dr. Crane, who directed this
     work; I was wondering if they would care to comment on the results
     of your work?
DR. ED L. KAY (Firestone.Tire and Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio):  I would
     like to substantiate the fact that accelerator tridents and zinc oxide
     were toxic to the microbes feeding on the  rubber itself.  We weren't
     able to carry it to completion, although we did do some test work.  I
     think that sums it up.
[Following are supplementary comments provided  by Dr. William Pierson in
his letter of March 20, 1975, to Franklin Ayer, conference coordinator,
Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle  Park, North Carolina.]
                                    310

-------
     As for supplementary comments, I wish to submit the following.
It has to do with the two rubber-tire-wear air-pollution papers on
Thursday morning by Mark Dannis and me.  Both of us were careful to
indicate the disagreement between us on the size distribution of
airborne tire-wear-debris particles.  At high-speed cruise conditions,
I found,that some 60 wt percent of the airborne tire debris was in
the particle-size range 
-------
13 March 1975
                               Session III:

                     RECLAMATION AND DISPOSAL

                               J. R. Laman *
                            Session Chairman
   Corporate Manager, Environmental Engineering
                              313

-------
             ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS OF RECLAIMING AND RECYCLING RUBBER
                     Bobby D. LaGrone and Edward A. Gallert*
Abstract
     The value of recycling waste rubber back into the process was recog-
nized very early and for all practical purposes3 the rubber reclaiming
industry started shortly after 18443 the year that Charles Goodyear ob-
tained his patent on vulcanization of rubber with sulfur.
     By today 's standards the early reclaiming processes were quite
crude and although millions of scrap tires have been removed from the
landscape, the effect of the reclaiming industry (either positive or
negative) on the environment was not given any appreciable consideration
until the past few years.
     Practically all of the reclaimed rubber used in the past (and. at
present for that matter) has been used as the result of processing and
economic considerations.  The move toward improving our environment has
to this date actually had a negative effect on the reclaiming indus-
try.  Several reclaim plants have actually closed their operation rather.
than commit the necessary capital to bring them up to a standard where
they would meet EPS air and water quality guidelines.  This has resulted
in a lesser amount of scrap rubber being reclaimed at a point in time
when its disposal is becoming more critical.
     Those companies who remain in the reclaimed rubber business obviously
feel that they can operate their plants within EPA regulations and at the
same time contribute substantially toward winning the ecology battle by
using waste tires as their basic raw material.
     Those of us in the reclaiming industry have always looked upon waste
rubber as a badly neglected potential national resource and have endeav-
ored to develop methods to recover and reclaim the rubber so that the
unique properties of the rubber can be fully utilized.  Simply "getting
rid of scrap rubber" has never been and is not presently a motivating fac-
tor in the use of reclaimed rubber.
     *Bobby D. LaGrone, Vice President - Technical; Edward A. Gallert,
Vice President - Planning

                                    3T5

-------
     We are very much aware of the fact that -at best only about 10 percent
of the scrap rubber generated each year can be reused back -Into conven-
tional rubber compounds.  Unfortunately the more stringent requirements of
tire compounding today  (especially radial tire compounding) has resulted"
in a substantial reduction in the normal demand for reclaimed rubber.
This has led us to research other areas where the unique properties of
waste rubber can be used to advantage.
     Areas that we have researched that show potential for utilizing
substantial quantities of waste rubber and appear to be economically
feasible on a cost performance basis are:  recreational surfaces, rubber-
ized asphalt joint sealers, rubberized asphalt for chip sealing highways
and for use as the binder for hot-mix asphalt concrete and plant mix fric-
tion seals, in bridge seal and roofing membranes, and as a strain reliev-
ing interlayer for prevention of reflection cracking asphalt concrete
overlays.
     All of these systems have been tested in the field and any one of
several of these methods would accomodate all of the approximately
10,000,000,000 pounds of waste rubber generated each year.

Introduction
     The value of recycling waste rubber back into the process was recog-
nized very early and for all practical purposes, the rubber reclaiming
industry started shortly after 1844, the year that Charles Goodyear ob-
tained his "patent on vulcanization of rubber with sulfur  (ref. 1).
     The early reclaiming processes were quite crude with regard to envi-
ronmental control aspects and most plants would probably have been refused
                                                               i
an operating permit under today's regulations.

What Is Reclaimed Rubber?
     Reclaimed rubber is described by Ball in the manual of Reclaimed
Rubber as "the product  resulting from the treatment of ground vulcanized
scrap rubber tires, tubes, and miscellaneous waste rubber articles by the
application of heat and chemical agents whereby a substantial devulcani-
zation or regeneration  of the rubber compound to its original plastic
state is effected, thus permitting the product to be processed,  compounded,
and revulcanized" (ref. 2).
                                    316

-------
The Reclaiming Process
     In most of the early reclaiming processes, chemicals used in fiber
removal were the prime source of pollutants.  The fiber was removed or
"digested" by the use of acid or sodium hydroxide in relatively high con-
centrations (up to 7 percent).  After World War II, the use of SBR rubber
became widespread, and reclaim produced by the old "alkali" process be-
came very hard during the digesting cycle.  A neutral digester process
was then developed using either clear water or metal chloride (zinc or
calcium) for the removal of fiber.
     In both the "Neutral" and "Alkali" Digester processes, the cracked
vulcanized rubber was added to the digester along with devulcanizing
agents and processing oils.  The so-called "active agents included xylyl
mercaptan, dixylyl disulfides, dodecyl mercaptan, and ditoyl disulfides.
Only small amounts of these materials were used (generally less than
1 percent).  The processing oils used were tall oil derivatives, pine tar,
coal tar, petroleum and coal tar naphtha, etc.
     After the rubber had been cooked in the digester for several hours,
the digester was blown down and the softened rubber was washed, dried, and
mixed with rubber compounds (carbon black, clay, Mr, etc.).  The rubber,
filler, and oils were masticated, passed through a refiner, strained,
and then refiner sheeted.
     The Digester process was widely used and modifications of this proc-
ess are still in use today.  Disadvantages of the old Digester process
were that it required the removal of excess defiberizing agents and the
salts formed as reaction products with the fibers.  This is a difficult
task and regulations imposed in our move toward improving the environment
have prompted several companies to simply close down their operation
rather than commit the necessary capital to bring them up to a standard
where they could meet EPA air and water quality guidelines.
     Those who have remained in the reclaiming business, have gone to a
mechanical fiber separating system.  This has helped to eliminate part of
the problem; however, the problem of handling the oils and other chemi-
cals that are not absorbed into the reclaimed rubber, and the zinc that
is extracted from the waste rubber in processing, must still be dealt
wi th.
                                      317

-------
     Since another member of this panel  is more familiar with the Diges-
ter processes being used today and the environmental problems that are
being encountered with it, we will briefly review the mechanical  (or
Reelaimator) process used by our company and then address our attention
to the positive effects of the reclaiming industry on the environment.

The Reclaimator Process
     A line flow diagram of the Reclaimator process is shown in figure 1.
Tires are brought in from the field by scrap rubber dealers who are gen-
erally paid for removing them from service stations and tire dealers.
They are thrown onto a belt (figure 2) and passed by a metal detector that
rejects wire cord tires (figure 3).  Wire cord tires could possibly be
used for certain applications; however,  since a considerable amount of
reclaimed rubber is still used back into tires and since removing the
fine wire is a very expensive process, they are not presently being used
by reclaimers.  Nevertheless, practical  processes are on the drawing board
for the reclaiming of these tires.
     An old tire is a very tough piece of scrap and for a large scale
operation, massive equipment is required to reduce it to small pieces.  In
our process, tires are passed through a two-roll cracker (figure 4) and
recycled until the pieces pass a 3/4-inch screen.  The high amount of
recycle results in a very uniform blend.  The bead wire is picked from
the system by hand (figure 5) and a magnetic separator system removes
smaller pieces of wire and other tramp metal.  This material is presently
disposed of in a land fill and several alternatives for using it are
being studied.
     The blended "cracked stock" is conveyed to a fiber separator system
where it is passed through a series of hammer mills, slow speed beaters,
and air elutriation equipment to separate the fiber from the "ground
rubber."  The fiber is baled (figure 6) and can be used for a variety of
products although its value is still primarily that of a stuffing material,
     The "separated stock" (figure 7) is then passed to a fine grinding
system  (figure 8) where the vulcanized rubber is screened and ground to
the desired mesh size.  It is still in the vulcanized state at this point
and some "ground rubber crumb" (after being passed over an  "air flotation

                                    318

-------
stoner" to remove nonmagnetic and/or nonmetallic contamination) is suit-
ably packaged and sold for a variety of uses.  The ground rubber has
found wide acceptance as a resilient filler in applications such as ath-
letic surfaces for track and tennis and it is this form of recycled rubber
aggregate that we use in our Strain Relieving Inter!ayer for reducing
reflection cracking in asphalt paved roads.  This application for waste
rubber will be discussed in greater detail presently.
     The next step of the reclaiming process requires heat, pressure, and
chemical modification to soften the rubber.and break enough of the cross-
linked chains (figure 9) to again make it mi 11 able and vulcanizable.
The ground rubber crumb (normally 30 mesh is used to produce reclaim) is
mixed with reclaiming chemicals and fed to the Reclaimator which is a
heavy-duty screw device that subjects the rubber/oil mixture to a very
high temperature and pressure (figure 10).  Note that no water or steam
is added to the rubber in the process.  However,-some of the lighter frac-
tions of the reclaiming oils are driven off in the Reclaimator and this
along with the steam evolved when water is added to cool the hot stock
coming from the Reclaimator results in a steam mist containing approxi-
mately 2 percent of the hydrocarbon gasses.  We have, in years past, sim-
ply vented this mist to the atmosphere; however, due to its pungent odor,
we now condense the material and scrub the final emission to obtain a
clear stack.  An oil/water separating system is used to clean up the water
that is condensed and collected from the scrubbers.  The only real prob-
lem we have had in treating this water has been in reducing BOD and
organic nitrogen levels.
     Reclaimed rubber coming from the Reclaimator process is essentially
equivalent to that coming from a Digester and the same types of chemicals
are used.   It is softened to the point where it can be milled, is vulcani-
zable, and is relatively soluble in asphalt.  It can be either sheeted,
baled, or dusted with a parting agent to produce a powdered product for
use in asphalts (figure 11).

Positive Effects of Reclaiming
     Those of us in the rubber reclaiming industry have always looked
upon waste rubber as a badly neglected potential national resource and

                                    319

-------
have endeavored to develop, methods to recover and reclaim the rubber so
that its unique properties can be fully utilized.  Simply "getting rid of
scrap rubber" has never been and is not presently a motivating factor in
the use of reclaimed rubber.

Advantages of Reclaimed Rubber in Rubber Compounding
     Practically all of the reclaimed rubber used in the past (and at pres-
ent for that matter) has been used as the result of processing and eco-
nomic considerations.
     We can list the advantages in the use of reclaimed rubber in conven-
tional rubber compounding as follows:
     a.  Assists the breakdown of raw polymers;
     b.  Assists to uniformly disperse pigments;
     c.  Incorporates fillers and softens faster with less power use;
     d.  Extrudes and calenders faster with better adherence to shape and
         gauge because it has less nerve than virgin polymers;
     e.  Has less tendency to deform during shelf aging and open stream
         curing;
     f.  Has a tendency to stabilize curing systems because reclaimed
         rubber is not sensitive to overcures;
     g.  Results in overall cooler processing;
     h.  Results in fewer mold defects such as blisters, trapped air
         pockets, and back-rinding;
     i.  Imparts good building tack;
     j.  Price has been very stable throughout the years and on parity
         basis compared to SBR is a better buy today than ever before.
     Due to some or all of the reasons stated above, reclaim rubber has
been used by the rubber industry almost since its inception.  Some arti-
cles are made of all reclaimed rubber; however, most compounds utilize
reclaimed rubber in a blend with virgin polymer.
     The reclaiming industry has by virtue of its normal operation con-
sumed from 5 to 10 percent of the waste rubber generated through the years
and has, without a doubt, had a very beneficial effect on the overall
environment by removing millions of tires from the landscape.  The prob-
lem of disposing of waste tires would have been an even greater problem
long before now had it not been for the reclaiming industry.
                                  320

-------
     Recent developments such as the introduction of the radial tire,
which uses little if any reclaim rubber, and the closing of several
reclaim pi ants# due to economic and environmental pressures, has substan-
tially reduced the quantity of reclaim consumed in this country at a time
when the ecological problems associated with waste rubber are mounting.
     There were 182,600,000 passenger tires and 35,590,000 truck tires  "~~
Shipped in 1974 (ref. 3).  This is down slightly from the 201,590,000
and 36,878,000 figures for 1973; however, it is believed to be a tempo-
rary trend, and the outlook is for increased tire production in the future.
This is in itself a formidable pile of scrap, but when you consider that
it constitutes only approximately 64 percent of the total rubber compound
produced each year, it is easy to see the magnitude of the problem we are
facing in solving the waste rubber disposal problem.  The reclaim indus-
try produced 330,000,000 pounds of rubber in 1974, yet probably consumed
no more than 4 percent of the waste rubber generated.  This equates to
approximately 23,500,000 tires that were removed from the landscape dur-
ing 1974 as a result of reclaiming.
     From the data presented above it is quite obvious that large scale
uses for waste rubber .must be found.  After years of researching many
possibilities for using waste rubber, it is our view that the most prom-
ising area in which to utilize the unique properties of the rubber to
economic advantage is highway construction and maintenance.  Let me state
here very emphatically that we are not simply suggesting that waste tires
be "buried in the highways" (although, this too, might be a more worth-
while procedure than burying them in the ground).  We are suggesting
methods where they can be utilized to improve the performance and dura-
bility of our highways and result in an overall savings to society.
     Other members of this panel will make their proposals for using
scrap tires.  We would like to apprise you of several of ours.

Proposals for Utilizing Waste Rubber in Highways
1.   Rubberizing Asphalt Binders with Reclaimed Rubber
    Powdered reclaimed rubber can be dissolved in compatible asphalt
cements by cooking at elevated temperatures to produce rubberized
asphalts with improved flexibility, temperature susceptibility,

                                    321

-------
resilience, adhesion, and resistance to flow and brittleness.
     Twenty percent by weight of powdered reclaimed rubber (Flo-Mix) is
added to the asphalt cement and cooked at 400-425°F for 30 minutes' to
produce the rubberized binder which can be used for several highway appli-
cations.  Table 1 shows typical effects of the powdered reclaimed rubber
(Flo-Mix) addition to several grades of asphalts.
2.  Joint and Crack Sealing
    The rubberized binder can be prepared easily (on site)-for this pur-
pose using a conventional "tar kettle" (figures 12,,13, and 14).   This
gives the maintenance engineer a functional sealer at minimum cost and
the extended life of the sealer more than pays for the additional cost
of the rubber.  This product and procedure has been commercialized and
adopted in several States.
     The following quote (ref. 5) by two prominent highway maintenance
engineers tells how this material has proven its value on a cost perform-
ance basis.  Quoting from the May 1973 issue of Thruway Intercom, Messrs.
Cleary and Clark state that:
     "Use of the additive (reclaimed rubber) almost completely eliminated
the lack of flexibility in winter and excessive flow in summer.  It also
increased the bond to the edges of the joint, and extended substantially
the life of the sealant in the joints.
     "The effectiveness of the sealer was further dramatized by the fact
that'instead of seal-ing joints each year, the program is now on a two-to-
three-year cycle."
3.  Rubberized Asphalt Binder for Chip Sealing
    The improved properties imparted to the binder by the addition of
Flo-Mix reclaimed rubber also makes it an excellent chip seal  binder.  The
rubberized binder can be used to improve performance and durability of
single seal jobs'as well as double bituminous,treatments.  The rubberized
binder can be prepared and sprayed using a conventional asphalt distrib-
utor.
     A small pilot unit has been used to place tests of this concept in
nine States during the past two seasons with no installation problems
whatever.
     Up to 1500 gallons of the rubberized binder can be prepared in each

                                    322

-------
batch, which is generally sufficient material  for a substantial  field test.
The asphalt binder is transferred from the state storage tank or tanker
and heated to 400°F (figure 15).   The reclaimed rubber powder is added at
the rate of 2 pounds/gallon of AC as shown in  figure 16.  We would anti-
cipate that a more efficient method for preparing the rubberized binder
could be developed for larger scale installations..  However, for test
purposes we simply pour the powdered rubber through a lump breaker while
circulating the asphalt within the tank.   The  turbulence caused  by the
circulating pump will keep the rubber in suspension until it is  suffi-
ciently dissolved into the asphalt for spraying (figure 17).  When the
material is sprayed at the cook temperature as we have done to speed up
the process, a considerable amount of smoke is produced.  However, it is
no worse than regular AC if sprayed at comparable temperatures.   We are
studying the possibilities of emulsifying-this material, which would make
its application more convenient and eliminate  the smoke.
     These tests are being followed closely and a notable Improvement in
reduction of cracking was observed on a number of the tests after the
first winter of service.
4.  Flo-Mix Rubberized Asphalt as^ the Binder for Hot-Mix Asphalt Cojicrete
    Flo-Mix rubberized asphalt can be used as  the binder in regular hot-
mix formulations to improve both hot and cold  weather properties of pave-
ments.  Improved adhesion, flexibility, and temperature susceptibility of
the binder results in a pavement with increased cold tensile strength and
ability to yield under loading without fracture.  Dr. Oaks of Mississippi
State University (ref. 5) as well as other independent researchers (refs.
6,7) have substantiated these claims in their  laboratory evaluations
of rubberized AC.  The energy absorbing, resilient properties imparted by
the rubber also resist postcompaction problems such as bleeding, rutting,
and shoving in hot weather (table 2).
     The Flo-Mix rubberized asphalt is added at the hot-mix plant in the
same manner as regular asphalt cement.  For field tests the rubberized
binder prepared in a distributor can be pumped directly to the hot mix
plant as shown in figure 18.  No change in the mixing operation  is neces-
sary.  Standard tests should be made to determine optimum level  for this
type binder.  Recent inspection of a test using this technique was made
                                     323

-------
and there were no cracks in the section containing rubberized AC vs 30
for a control section after 1-1/2 years of service.
5.  Flo-Mix Rubberized Asphalt as Binder for Plant Mix Friction Seals
    The improved properties of the Flo-Mix binders make them especially
well suited for use in open graded mixes such as the plant mix friction
seals that are gaining in popularity as skid resistant overlays.  The use
of Flo-Mix binders in these mixes improves flexibility and resistance to
brittleness at low temperatures while the increased viscosity of the
binder reduces drainage during placement and hot weather service.   Higher
than normal mix temperatures are also possible with the Flo-Mix binder,
which result in better stone coating and reduce possibility of stripping
without reducing the binder film thickness.
     The improvements in elasticity and cold tensile strength are illus-
trated in figure 19, which is a graphical representation of the stress-
strain properties of a typical plant mix seal during the split cylinder
tensile test.
     Improved cohesion and resistance to drainage are shown in figure 20.
     Any of these methods would use substantial quantities of waste rub-
ber.  At the suggested binder content, approximately one tire would be
consumed/ton of hot mix prepared.  To give some idea of the magnitude of
this potential use for waste rubber, there were 5.6 MM tons of hot mix
produced in the small State of Mississippi in 1974.   This would have con-
sumed 6,000,000 waste tires in this one application alone.

General Applications Flo-Mix Rubberized Asphalt
     Flo-Mix rubberized asphalt can be utilized for other highway con-
struction and maintenance jobs such as patching and waterproofing of
bridge decks where improved flexibility and temperature susceptibility
of the asphalt cement are desired.  This concept is currently being
field tested, but no definite evaluation has been made to date.  An
application procedure of this system is illustrated in figure 21.

SRI-Strain Relieving Interlayer for Arresting Reflection
Cracks in Asphalt Concrete Overlays
     In addition to utilizing "reclaimed rubber" to improve highways, we
have also developed one large potential use for ground vulcanized rubber.
                                  324

-------
This is as a Strain Relieving Inter!ayer to prevent reflection cracking
of asphalt concrete overlays.
     The "SRI" is an elastic asphaltic composition composed of approxi-
mately equal parts by volume of a vulcanized rubber aggregate, mineral
aggregate, and an asphalt binder.  When applied in a thin layered mem-
brane over surfaces prone to cracking, it forms a waterproof, strain-
absorbing interface that will prevent base cracks from reflecting though
to the. surface to an asphalt concrete overlay.
     The rubber and mineral aggregates are preblended, (figure 22) mixed
with asphalt emulsion, and applied as a slurry using conventional slurry
sealing equipment (figure 23).  Curing characteristics are similar to
regular slurry mixes, and temporary traffic can be allowed on the SRI in
the interim period between its application and application of an asphalt
concrete overlay (figure 24).  The SRI is not formulated to be a wearing
surface and the rubber aggregate will be pulled out of the layer if it is
not overlayed within a relatively short time.  The wearing surface should
be four to six times the thickness of the SRI layer to prevent excessive
strain from developing in the surface course.
     It has been found that a 1/4- to 3/8-inch Strain Relieving Interface
will effectively accommodate base movement of as much as 0.25 inch with-
out having cracks reflect through the surface course (figure 25).  This
method is especially desirable when excessive thickness of pavement is
not practical or cannot be used due to loss of curbs, etc.
     This concept has been approved by the Federal Highway Administration
for testing under the NEEP program and tests are now under evaluation in
several States.  Figure 26 shows the effectiveness of the SRI to arrest
cracking after a 3-year test period.  A recent report by the Vermont High-
way Department (ref. 8) indicated that a reduction in reflection cracks
from 43 percent to 7 percent was achieved by use of this type system.
Roughly 3,000 scrap tires would be consumed for each lane mile of high-
way constructed using this technique.

Economics
     Obviously, the use of reclaimed rubber will increase the cost of the
project when compared to simple aggregate-asphalt mixtures.   This can be

                                   325

-------
justified if only a slight extension in service life is obtained.
     The following estimates are based on average'construction costs in
Mississippi. ,The amounts for the Strain Relieving Interlayer are  derived
from a test project, and the cost of using the rubber is somewhat  higher
than if it were used in general  practice.
                          Percent increase
                          in project cost  Pavement lifetimes to
     Type of construction due to rubber    justify use of rubber

     Rubberized binder in        5.5              1.06
     asphalt concrete
     ^resurfacing)
     Rubberized binder in       28.2              1.28
     chip seals
     Strain Relieving           14.8              1.15
     Interlayer
     These data, of course, do not include the value of the removal of
the waste tires from the environment nor a reduction of inconveniences
caused by having to repair the surface more frequently.

Summary
     In summary we have proposed several methods for improving highway
performance and durability where rubber derived from waste tires can be
recycled back into the highway system.
     It has been demonstrated that no special equipment is necessary to
utilize reclaimed rubber as suggested in these proposals.  We can  foresee
no unsolvable engineering or'supply problems in producing these materials
on a larger scale.
     As with most any other additive, use of rubber in asphalts and
ashpalt concrete pavements will  invariably increase the initial cost of
the job.  However, when cost performance data are taken into considera-
tion, economics o'f the proposed systems appear very favorable.
     We suggest that serious consideration be given to utilizing this
"wasted solid" rubber to improve our streets and highways where it-is
generated, and by so doing, create a new National resource, conserve pre-
sent resources, and finally eliminate an ever-increasing costly ecological
problem.

                                    326

-------
                                        REFERENCES

1.  E. F.  Sverdrup and B.  R.  Wendrow, "Rubber Reclaiming,"  Encyclopedia
    of Polymer Science and Technology, Volume 12,  1970.

2.  J. M.  Ball, Manual of Reclaimed Rubber,  The Rubber Reclaimers Associ-
    ation, Inc., 1956.

3.  "Review 1974 - Preview 1975," Rubber Age, January 1975.

4.  T. M.  Cleary and W. C. Clark III, "How Your Old Tires Windup in the
    Thruway," The Thruway Intercom, April, May 1973.

5.  D. T.  Oaks and W. D. McCain, Jr., "Improvement in the Durability
    of Asphalt Pavements," Engineering and Industrial Research Station -
    Petroleum Engineering, Mississippi State University,  March 1973.

6.  Jack E. Stephens and S. A.  Mokrzewski, "The Effects  of Reclaimed
    Rubber on Bituminous Paving Mixtures," Civil  Engineering Department.

7.  Donald E. Carey, "A Laboratory Evaluation of Rubber-Asphalt Paving
    Mixtures," Research Report No. 79, Research Report No.  72-1 OB (B),
    Louisiana HPEI (11), Louisiana Department of Highways.

8.  J. T.  Gray, E. H. Stickney, and A. W. Lane, "Reducing Reflection
    Cracking in Bituminous Overlays Utilizing a Strain Relieving Inter-
    layer of Rubberized Slurry," Initial Report 74-3, May 1974, Vermont
    Department of Highways.
                                     327

-------
      Table  1.   Effects  of powdered reclaim  rubber in Colorado asphalts
Type asphalt
Treatment
Softening pt.
Penetration:
39.2°F
77°F
Pen. ratio
Flow @140°F, cm/hr
Cold bond @0°F
Plant mix seal:
Elastic yield @0
Tensile @0°F
Sinclair
Control
108
26
121
21.5
33
F-l
Brittle
°F 0.073
51
Sinclair
Rubber
111
52
154
33.8
18
5 OK
0.087
93
Frontier
Control
106
46
155
29.7
29
F-l
Brittle
0.055
54
Fronti er
Rubber
118
54
138
39.1
11
5 OK
0.086
95
Conoco
Control
108
40
136
29.4
33
F-l
Brittle
0.054
45
Conoco
Rubber
116
52
134
38.8
11
5 OK
0.088
80
                   Table 2.   Effects  of reclaim rubberized
                    asphalt  in  asphalt  concrete pavements
Type binder
Treatment
Binder level
GTM test @140°F:
GTM stability index
GTM strength index
Density (YA* @ 200
cycles) #/cu. ft.
Cold tensile @0°F

150-200
Control
7.0

1.03
1.70
133.5
497
7.5

2.57
1.03
135.0
599
Pen.
40-60 Pen.
Rubberized
7.0

1.00
1.43
129.6
549
7.5

1.03
1.28
130.8
606
Control
7.0

1.60
1.41
134.7
491
Rubberized
7.0

0.71
1.43
130.7
59 3+ f
      YA = Density based on aggregate only to correct for binder
differences.
      At capacity of loading device.
                                     328

-------
                                                            S-
                                                            
-------
                                                      CO
                                                      CU
                                                      O
                                                      CO

                                                      en
                                                      T5

                                                      O

                                                      C




                                                      00

                                                      at
                                                      s-
                                                      3
                                                      cr>
330

-------
                                                              -p
                                                               CO
                                                               O
                                                               Ol
                                                               S-
                                                              "O
                                                              0)
                                                              
-------


        ,    .•
Figure 4.   Cracker.
     332

-------
                                                    O)
                                                    5-
                                                    
-------
Figure 6.  Baling of fiber.
          334

-------
                                                CD

                                                rs
                                                en
335

-------
                                                  c
                                                  o
                                                  0)
                                                  Q.
                                                  O


                                                  cn
                                                  O)
                                                 CO
                                                  cu
                                                 CD
336

-------
                                   POLTMEE CHAIN NETWORK
  UWCUREn RtlHBKR
                                                BHIIX'.F TYPE CROSSLINK
                                                (SITLFIIR Oh RIVALKNT Kl.W.NTS)
 TOLCANTZ.ro RUBBER
                               C-C CROSSLINK
RECLAIK RlfBBER
                                 CHEMICAL & MECHANICAL CHAIN CISSION
    Figure  9.   Chemical  mechanism of vulcanization
             and devulcanization.
                               337

-------
                                                       o


                                                       re

                                                       £
                                                      •r—
                                                       fO
                                                       OJ
                                                      ce:
                                                       o>
                                                       s-
338

-------
                                                    s-
                                                    0)
                                                   .a
                                                   JD
                                                    3


                                                   -o
                                                    O)
                                                    (O


                                                   "o
                                                    
-------
       FIELD PREPARATION OF RECLAIM RUBBERIZED  JOINT  SEALERS
Figure 12.   Asphalt kettle.
Figure 13.  Addition of rubber
       to hot asphalt.
          Figure 14.  Pouring of rubberized joint sealer.
                               340

-------
          Figure 15.  Transfer of
            asphalt to distributor.
           Figure 16.   Addition  of
             rubber to asphalt.
           Figure  17.   Spraying  rub-
             berized  asphalt.
341

-------
Figure 18.   Connections required for using
      reclaim rubberized asphalt in hot
      mix asphalt concrete.
                     342

-------
                                          o
                                          o
                                           II
                                          T3
                                           O)
                                           o
                                           O)
                                           CL
                                           oo
                                                  o
                                                  o
                                                   co
                                                   c
                                                   o
                                                   O)
                                                   Q.
                                                   CO
                                                   fO
                                                   d)
                                                   CO
c
(O
                                                   to
                                                   CD
CD
I—•
• r—
CO

O)
 S-
 O)
T3
                                                   Q.
                                                   OO
                                                   CTi
                                                   CD
                                                   S-
                                                   3
(#0017  =  "wo)  peon
                      343

-------
         CONTROL      | RUBBER
         MIX TEMP, 25CP I MIX TEMP. 250°
                          RUBBER
                          MIX TEMP. 32Cf
CONTROL
MIX TEMP. 32Cf
   a.  Cohesive properties of reclaim rubberized
      asphalt in  plant mix seals at room temperature.
       CONTROL
       MIX TEMP. 2BT
                RUBBER
                MIX TEMP
       CONTftOX
       MIX-TEMP. 32
-------
       a.  Membrane  placement.
b.   Completed membrane.
                           c.   Overlaying membrane.
Figure 21.   Reclaim rubberized asphalt in a bridge deck waterproofing membran
                                       345

-------
             STRAIN-RELIEVING INTERLAYER PLACEMENT
Figure 22.
  rubber.
Preblending of
Figure 23.  Placement of
  SRI slurry.
              Figure  24.   Overlaying  of  SRI  slurry.

                             346

-------
    MATDftlM DEFORMATION PERMITTED BT STRAIN RELIEV1KG INTERUTCR WITHOUT
    CRACKING OF OVERLAY
1.00
                                                           PAVEMENT THICKNESS
                                              0.025
                                              0.025
                                              2.500
                                              2.500
O.or
             1/16
2/16
3/16
4/16
5/16
6/16
7/16
                            INTERFACE THICKNESS, t.,  in.
     Figure 25.  Analog deformation  vs.  interface thickness.
                                  347

-------
       a.   Control.
                                                 b.  SRI
Figure 26.   Strain-relieving interlayer test section  after 3  years.
                                348

-------
                ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS OF RUBBER RECLAIMING
                      AND RECYCLING (MANUFACTURING)
                           Robert C. Reinhardt*
Abstract
     The reclaiming and recycling of rubber can appreciably help to con-
serve our natural resources and help eliminate scrap-tire disposal prob-
lems. •  This can be accomplished without any detrimental effect to our
environment.  This was not always the case.
     Recently the pollution problems resulting from the reclaiming of
rubber have been substantially reduced.  This has been accomplished at
considerable cost to the reclaiming companies remaining in business.  A
large number of reclaim plants have closed their operations rather than
make expenditures required to meet today 's stringent EPA air and water
quality standards.
     The reclaim plants still in operation have not only installed pollu-
tion control equipment, but have also developed new processes and new
equipment that have materially reduced air and water pollution problems.
The basic operations employed in the reclaiming of rubber, such as crack-
ing  (size reduction); defibering: devulcanizing (or depolymerizing); and
refining needed to be individually monitored and tested.  Operations in
which today's pollution standards could not be economically met were shut
down, and new or modified processes and equipment were developed and in-
stalled to produce the necessary functions.
     Current processes will be continually modified to keep abreast of
new air and water pollution requirements.

     The following is a brief description of the various processing opera-
tions in a typical rubber reclaiming plant.  Details of modern reclaiming
methods, processing equipment, and pollution control equipment will be
described and compared to previous ones.
     The primary size-reduction systems now being used in the rubber
     *Manager, Project Engineering
                                     349

-------
reclaiming operation have not changed appreciably in the last few years.
U.S. and foreign manufacturers have introduced various  new types  of size
reduction equipment -that reduce the whole tire including the bead wire
into pieces anywhere from 8- to 10-inch strips down to  3/4-inch particles.
Some of this equipment employs a rotating cutter to obtain a rip, tear,
or shear action, while others have rotating knife-type  slitter actions.
The capital cost for this equipment is much less than a standard corru-
gated two-roll cracker installation.  This equipment cannot be success-
fully or economically used for reclaiming operations in which all the
fiber, bead wire, metal, etc., must be removed.

RUBBER RECLAIMING (SIZE REDUCTION)
BEADWIRE AND METAL REMOVAL
     Modern reclaiming plants (fig. 1), in order to keep material handling
costs at a minimum, use either a belt or hook conveyor  to feed the pri-
mary cracker or size-reduction equipment.  Metal detection equipment auto-
matically rejects steel-belted or studded tires before  they reach the
cracker.  The bead wire that has been stripped from the tire carcass is .
manually removed after the first pass through the cracker.  Gyratory-type
classifier screens return the oversized particles to the cracker for fur-
ther size reductions.  The undersized material, after passing over magnetic
separation equipment, can be directly conveyed to the secondary cracking
operation or stored in a surge silo.  Aspirators are employed at the secon-
dary cracker and at the classifier screens to collect airborn tire fibers
and dust particles as they are being produced.  High-pressure pneumatic
conveyors, in conjunction with high-efficiency cyclones or bag-type bin-
vent collectors, are used to transfer the ground stock.  The recycling
belt conveyors are equipped with efficient magnetic removal equipment to
collect any bead wire or ferrous metal before it is carried any further
into the process.  The combined rubber and fiber is ground to approximately
1/4- to 3/8-inch in size in the secondary cracking operation.

FIBER SEPARATION (COMBINATION OF AIR AND GRAVITY)
     The feed rate of the ground stock (fig. 2) from the secondary cracking
                                     350

-------
                              S/Af I&AT CotLfC rOK.
                           Of? HIGH £fricienCY Crct.o*/tr
                                       J{
                STOCK
                                       P/VFUMATtC
Figure 1.  Flow diagram of rubber  reclaiming
           (size reduction) beadwire  and
           metal removal.
                     351

-------
Figure 2.   Flow diagram of fiber separation
           (combination of air and gravity).
                   352

-------
operation 1s controlled at a constant rate to facilitate the balancing of
the specific gravity fiber-separating equipment.   A primary classifying
screen divides the product into four different product streams.   The large
fluffy fiber particles are removed at the top screen, conveyed directly
to a centralized fiber collection system, and funneled into a high-density
compactor.  The second and third cuts from the classifying screen are
screw-conveyed to fluidized-bed specific gravity tables.  The "fines,"
passing through the classifying screens, along with the fiber-free rubber
from the specific gravity tables, are vacuum conveyed to a pulse-air type
bag collector, which utilizes a positive pressure air blower to develop
the required vacuum.  The fiber removed by the specific gravity tables is
vacuum conveyed to the centralized fiber compactor system.

FINE-GRIND AND FIBER ASPIRATING EQUIPMENT
     The fine-grind operation (fig. 3) reduces the 1/4- to 3/8-inch mostly
fiber-free material to a size of approximately 20-30 mesh.  Fine corrugated
high-friction mills are employed in this operation.  Classifying screens
developed for removing husks from peanuts were modified and are employed to
aspirate any additional fiber released during the fine-grind process.  This
fiber is also pneumatically conveyed to the centralized compactor system.
The resultant fiber-free rubber is conveyed and stored in large silos to
enable economic utilization of high-capital-cost, batch-type devulcaniza-
tion equipment.  The older low-efficiency, low-pressure conveying systems
had to be replaced with positive-pressure pneumatic conveyors.  Noise
snubbers and high-efficiency collectors are now used in conjunction with
this equipment.
     The outmoded wet-digestor process for devulcanization (or depolymer-
izing) of cured rubber has been discontinued by most rubber reclaimers.
Major problems in the areas of water and air pollution could not be eco-
nomically controlled.  The old wet-digestor process employed vertical
jacketed autoclaves with a series of paddles mounted on a low-speed vertical
shaft.  Fairly large amounts of metal chlorides or sodium hydroxide and
water were added to the scrap rubber to obtain uniform devulcanization and
hydrolyzation of the fiber.  This devulcanization process took anywhere
                                    353

-------
                                   \/FMrCOLLECTOR.
                                                       S/i-O
Figure 3.   Flow  diagram of fine grind and fiber-aspirating equipment.
                               354

-------
from 8 to 12 hours to complete.  A considerable volume of water was then
required to remove the hydrolyzed fiber and chemicals adhering to the
rubber.  Additional water pollution problems were generated during the
dewatering operation.  The large air volumes required by the direct-con-
tact type air-circulating dryers would have made particulates and odor
emissions very costly to control.

DYNAMIC DEVULCANIZATION PROC€SS
     The dynamic devulcanizer (fig. 4) was developed to obtain a more
uniform product and also to eliminate the disadvantages of major air and
water pollution problems associated with the wet-digestor process.  The
devulcanizer vessel was designed to be operated at steam pressures up to
500 pounds per square inch, and also to facilitate rapid loading and un-
loading of the stock.  This has resulted in much higher production rates
than those obtained with a comparably sized wet digester.  Spiral-ribbon
type agitators keep the product moving throughout the devulcanizer cycle,
thereby resulting in extremely uniform depolymerization of the stock.
Thus the major disadvantages of the dry pan or heater process, layering
and nonuniform devulcanization of the cured rubber, are eliminated.
     The blowdown of the dynamic devulcanizer is controlled at a constant
rate to permit the use of a high-energy type Venturi scrubber.  The ef-
fluent gasses from the dynamic devulcanizer enter the Vena Contracta,
which is a restriction that accelerates the gas stream to a very high
velocity.  A scrubbing liquid is injected into the Vena Contracta by means
of a spray nozzle and is atomized into fine droplets.  Aerosol collection
and gas absorption take place on the liquid droplets, which act as col-
lection bodies, by inertia! impaction and diffusion.  The four major bene-
fits obtained with the Venturi scrubber are as follows:
     1.  It collects fine particulate matter present in the gas stream;
     2.  It cools the hot dynamic devulcanizer discharge gasses and
         absorbs the water-soluble gasses;
     3.  It condenses oil and condensable malodorous gasses;
     4.  The eductor type Venturi pulls a vacuum on the devulcanizer ves-
         sel and thereby reduces the blowdown time to a minimum,
     A barometric absorption scrubber is installed downstream of the

                                      355

-------
                                              Xec Y-CL e WtrH TH£
Figure 4.  Flow diagram of  dynamic devulcanization process.
                           356

-------
Venturi scrubber to remove any additional minor pollutants.   Low-energy
types of absorption scrubbers, such as packed towers, plate  towers, and
flooded bed scrubbers, etc., would quickly plug up due to fine particulates
entrained in the blowdown gasses.  Direct flame combustion and catalytic
oxidation control equipment require tremendous amounts of energy for
operation and therefore would not be suitable for this application.

MILL ROOM
     In the millroom operation (fig. 5), a heavy-duty screw  type blender
is used to mix and disperse pigments and other ingredients added at this
stage.  Conventional screw conveyors and vertical rotolifts  feed the
stock to extended barrel mixer strainers.  The stock is warmed up and
plasticated in this operation.  The stock is then fed to preliminary high
friction breaker mills.  The rolls on these mills are smooth and are
geared to turn at different speeds.  Crowning of one of the  rolls results
in a uniform pressure on the stock between the two rolls.  The stock is
then fed to a finishing strainer, where metal and other foreign particles
are removed.  To further improve the product quality, an additional pass
through a finishing refiner is required.  The rolls on the finishing
refiner are set to obtain a rubber sheet thickness of from .004 inch to
.006 inch.  The thin sheet of rubber is scraped off the roll with a sta-
tionary knife that extends across the full length of the roll.
     Each mill requires from 30 to 40 gallons of water per minute to re-
move the large amounts of frictional heat generated by the milling action
of the rubber.  Additional cooling water is required in the  straining and
mixing operations.  The cooling water is pumped to wet cooling towers by
means of recirculating pumps for reuse.  The blowdown water  from the
cooling tower along with process and sanitary waste water is kept separate
from the cooling water, thus reducing sewer effluent to the  extent that it
                                                         <•
can be economically controlled and treated.
     In the past the finished sheet from the refiners was collected on a
windup drum.  When the thickness of the stock reaches approximately 3/4
inch, the windup drum was stopped and the rubber slab was manually cut
off with a small hand-held knife and placed on a dusting table.  The thin

                                     357

-------
                                      Sroe/r
Figure 5.   Flow diagram of mill room.
                358

-------
sheet from the refiner had to be manually restarted on the windup  drum.
The rubber slab was then heavily dusted with talc and stacked for  removal
to the warehouse.  The high dust concentrations in the vicinity of the
operator were reduced somewhat with high-volume exhaust fans.   High par-
ti cul ate amounts were thus emitted into the atmosphere.
     A special heavy-duty combination chopper blower was developed to take
the thin rubber sheet directly from the front roll of the finishing refiner.
This sheet is carried by vacuum into the vortex of the blower, finely
chopped, and then pneumatically conveyed to high-efficiency cyclones.   The
finely chopped product is automatically weighed before being loaded into
an automatic high-density baler.  The rubber is then compressed into
75-pound bales.  The bales are stacked on skids and stored in the  finished
goods warehouse.  This system eliminates the high amount of dust particles
and the extensive amount of manual labor that is required in the previous
operation.
     I have covered the five basic operations in the reclaiming of rubber:
primary size reduction, fiber separation, fine grinding, dynamic devulcan-
ization, and milling and refining.  I believe that the reclaiming  and re-
cycling of scrap tires will surely help to conserve our natural resources
without any adverse effects on our environment.

                                REFERENCES
1.  J. M. Ball (ed.), Manual of Reclaimed Rubber,  Reinhold Publishing  Co.,
    New York, 1956.
2.  J. M. Ball, Reclaimed Rubber, Maurice Morton (ed.),  Van Nostrand Rein-
    hold, New York, 1959.
3.  J. M. Ball, Reclaimed Rubber. Rubber Reclaimers  Association,  Inc.,
    New York, 1947.
4.  J. A. Beckman, G. Crane, E. L.  Kay, and J.  R.  Laman, "Scrap Tire Dis-
    posal," Rubber Chemistry and Technology, July  1974,  pp. 597-624.
5.  John E. Brothers, "Reclaimed Rubber," Rubber Technology, Maurice Mor-
    ton (ed.), 2nd ed.,  Van Nostrand Reinhold,  New York, 1973,  pp.  496-514.
6.  Frank L. Cross, Jr., "Assessing Environmental  Impact," Pollution Engi-
    neering, June 1973,  p.  34.
                                   359

-------
 7.   Robert Goldman,  "Pollution—We've Come a Long Way," Chemical Engi-
     neering,  November 26,  1973, pp. 90-92.

 8.   D.  P.  Maffert, M.  NT. McEwen, and R. H. Gilbreath, Jr., "Stack Testing
     and Monitoring,"  Pollution Engineering, June 1973, pp. 25-33.

 9.   Maurice Morton  (ed.),  Introduction to Rubber Technology, Reinhold Pub-
     lishing Co:,  New  York,  1959. '

10.   Aaron  J.  Teller,  "Air  Pollution Control," Chemical Engineering, May
     8,  1972,  pp.  93-98.
                                      360

-------
                    SHREDDED TIRES AS AN AUXILIARY FUEL
                          Robert H. Taggart, Jr.*
Abstract
       A developmental study of the feasibility of burning a mixture of 10
percent shredded rubber and 90 percent ooal by weight in an industrial-
size stoker-fired boiler has been completed at General Motors Fisher Body
Plant in Pontiac, Michigan,  The equipment adapted for handling and mixing
the shredded rubber with the coal has performed satisfactorily.  There were
no operational or deterioration problems with the boilers.  Stack emission
testing has shown compliance with both the Michigan State particulate and
SO,, codes.  Finally, at current prices, the rubber-coal fuel mixture repre-
  &
sents a yearly savings of approximately 6 percent of the powerhouse fuel
costs, not including capitalization costs on the rubber handling equipment.
In addition, the intangible savings and benefits to the community on the
critical disposal and energy problem being addressed by this system are
difficult, if not impossible, to estimate.

       The problem of environmentally acceptable disposal of scrap tires is
very complex with many options available for its solution.  The low bulk
density and noncompactibility of whole scrap tires plus their tendency to
"float" to the surface of landfills discourage conventional landfilling as
the disposal method.  Their low biodegradability makes discarded tires a
blight on the landscape for generations.  Recycling, in the form of recapped
tires, has decreased due to the availability of inexpensive new tires that
can compete with recaps and due to more stringent safety standards on the
tire carcass, which limit the number of used tires that meet the require-
ments for recapping.  In addition, rubber reclamation has decreased due to
decreased demand for secondary rubber products--e.g., carpeting is now used
in autos rather than rubber mats.  These factors all tend to increase the
number of tires that must be disposed.
       Many methods of scrap tire disposal and/or resource recovery are being
       *Project Engineer

                                      361

-------
investigated to handle the approximately 250 million tires that are dis-
posed of in the United States each year.  Some of these methods are arti-
ficial reefs, filler for asphalt, concrete, etc., automotive crash barriers,
energy recovery systems, and materials recovery systems.
       General  Motors' direct involvement in the concept of burning tires
for fuel value and energy recovery began in 1970 when GM Manufacturing
Development and Fisher Body-Pontiac carried out a 3-day experimental study
in which they burned 30 tons of shredded tires in a 10-percent mix with
90-percent coal.  This test was carried out at the Fisher Body-Pontiac
Plant by mixing the shredded rubber directly with the coal through the
coal car unloading grates.  Air pollution emission testing indicated an
increase in particulate emissions when the rubber and coal mixture was
burned, but the emission levels were still within code.  There were serious
problems, however, with bridging of the rubber as it was fed through the
coal car unloading grates.  The low cost of coal, at that time, and the
relatively high cost of shredding tires, plus the material handling prob-
lems associated with the shredded rubber, caused the project to be discon-
tinued.
       Due to the increasing problem of scrap tire disposal, the renewed
interest in resource recovery and materials conservation and the increasing
price of coal, members of the Environmental Activities Staff and Fisher
Body-Pontiac reevaluated the project in 1973.  The economics were favorable
and the feasibility of solving the materials handling problem looked prom-
ising.
       The powerhouse at Fisher Body-Pontiac has continuous-ash-discharge,
traveling-grate, spreader-stoker-fired boilers.  This type of equipment
is particularly suitable for firing shredded rubber.  The spreader stoker
can handle a wide range of fuels, has a quick response to changing steam
load demands, and introduces the fuels so that the fires can be burned in
suspension and the larger material is burned on the grates.  The contin-
uous-ash-discharge traveling grates give high heat release per unit area,
handle fuels with widely varying ash contents, allow maximum residence time
of the fuel on the grates, and give a good fuel distribution.
       Other industrial-size boilers that should be able to burn shredded
                                     362

-------
rubber and other selected waste materials successfully include the chain'
grate, traveling grate, vibratory grate, and underfeed stoker.  Newly de-
signed pulverized coal-fired boilers with the capability of burning solid
waste above the tangentially-fired pulverized coal and having bottom grates
for complete burnout may also be able to burn shredded rubber.
       A system was adapted to handle the shredded rubber, as shown in
figtire 1. •  As the system was operated during the study, a front-end loader
dumped the rubber onto a small conveyor, which transported it to the air-
lock hopper rotary feeder.  The rubber was then transported pneumatically
from the feeder to the glass-lined 14-foot diameter and 40-foot-high silo
for storage.  A rotary chain unloader at the bottom of the silo was used
to deliver the rubber on top of the coal as it traveled up the main conveyor
to the coal bunkers.  From here on, the mixed fuel was handled as in a con-
ventional  coal handling system.
       Improvements in the rubber handling system for routine operation are
now being  considered.  Instead of using a pneumatic system, Fisher Body is
investigating a live bottom bin into which the truck delivering the shredded
rubber could dump directly.  The rubber would then be transported to the
silo using a bucket elevator.  This system change would decrease manpower
requirements and the associated costs and also simplify system operations.
Other potential benefits would be elimination of any dust problems related
to pneumatic transport of fine materials and compaction problems in the
silo caused by a pressurized system.
       Another improvement could be made by increasing the horsepower on the
chain unloader at the bottom of the silo, which would help in unloading the
rubber onto the coal conveyor.
       Before discussing the results of the study, some comment on the char-
acteristics of rubber as a fuel should be mentioned.  These are shown in
table 1.
       The rubber burned at Fisher Body is purchased from a tire recapping
firm.  This firm collects tires, recaps those suitable for recapping, and
shreds the balance for use as asphalt pavement topping, garden mulch and
fuel.  The rubber must be shredded to be suitable for fuel, and the current
supplier uses the Farrel Cracker Mill.  Cut rubber from another source,
                                     363

-------
                                               U>
                                               C
                                               •o
                                               £=
                                               
-------
using a smaller commercially available machine, jammed the stokers due to
the heavy cross section from the shoulder of the tire.
     Assuming the following:
          Cost of coal:                      $40 per ton delivered
          Cost of shredded rubber:           $24 per ton delivered
          Heating value of coal:             12,500 Btu per pound
          Heating value of shredded rubber:  15,000 Btu per pound
          Mixture ratio (by weight):         10 percent rubber to
                                             90 percent coal
there is an approximate 6-percent savings in overall fuel costs by burning
the mixed fuel.  This figure does not allow for depreciation of the capital
equipment that had to be installed to handle the rubber in this case.  It
also does not reflect fluctuations in fuel costs.
     A total of five particulate emissions tests were carried out on various
boilers burning the 10-percent to 90-percent coal mixture.  The percent in-
crease in particulate emissions for each test burning the rubber and coal

                    Table 1.  Characteristics of rubber

A.  Btu Content
    1.  Pure rubber - approximately 18,000 Btu/lb.
    2.  Shredded rubber tires - approximately 15,000 Btu/lb.
B.  Trace Element Concentrations
    1.  Sulfur - approximately 1 percent..
    2.  Zinc oxide - approximately 2 percent.
C.  Materials Handling Characteristics
    1.  Shredded rubber has a tendency to bridge.
    2.  Stringers from reinforcing material can tie up rotating equipment.
    3.  Rubber chips had a tendency to compress and become caught in the
        stokers.
    4.  The size and purity of the shredded rubber was critical to materials
        handling throughout the system.
        a.  The nominal size required was 1" x V x 1/4".
        b.  The shredded rubber must be substantially free of metals--
            bead, belting, etc.

                                    365

-------
           Table 2.   Percent increase in participate emissions
                for tests burning rubber and coal  mixture
                         over simple coal-firing

              Test name        Percent particulate increase
              MD #1                          37
              MD #2                         65
              Vendor #1                     63
              Vendor #2                     75
              Vendor #3                     72
mixture over simple coal-firing is shown in table 2.
     The average particulate increase over coal-firing is 62.4 percent.  Of
this 62.4-percent increase, 15.0 percent is zinc oxide.   The remaining 47.4-
percent increase in particulate emission is assumed to be composed of tire
belting material, other structural material in the tires, and grinding fines.
     The increase in particulate emissions when shredded rubber was burned
caused a slight increase in plume opacity.
     An area of specific concern, related to burning rubber from scrap
tires, is in the area of increased zinc oxide particulate emissions.  The
vendor's test results indicate an increase in zinc oxide emissions from
0.09 pounds per hour when burning coal alone to 10.2 pounds per hour when
burning an approximate 10 percent rubber to 90 percent coal mixture.  In
order to assess the impact of these increased emissions, a computerized
diffusion model study was done on the Fisher Body-Pontiac powerhouse.
     The first phase of the computer modeling study was to determine the
maximum 8-hour ground-level concentration of zinc oxide under the worst
meteorological conditions and worst emissions case.  A search of the Pontiac
Airport meteorological records for 1971 indicated the worst conditions to
be a winter day with a 13.5-knot wind (approximately 15 miles per hour) and
"D" stability.  Since the wind direction and velocity did not change sig-
nificantly during the 8-hour period, the computer model, which gives 1-hour
predictions, could be applied to this particular 8-hour case.  It was also
assumed that the powerhouse was operating at near peak capacity (using 1973
                                      366

-------
peak load data) for the full 8-hour  period.   This assumption will overesti-
mate emissions.
     Figure 2 shows the results of this  "worst case" computer modeling
study.  It indicates a maximum ground-level  concentration for-8 hours of
42 ug/m  at a distance of 1,000 to 1,100 meters.   This level is far below
                                       3
the 8-hour concentration of 5,000 yg/m  established by the American Con-
ference .of Governmental Industrial Hygienists in  1974.
               M -
               40 -
       Zinc Oxide
      Concentration
         £0.    20
         m1
                      8  12  16  20  24  21 32 36 40 44 48  52  56  60  64  88  72
                                     Distanced 80 meters)
                                    Figure 2.

     The second phase of the  computer modeling  study dealt with obtaining
maximum annual average ground level  concentrations at specific locations.
The AQDM (Air Quality Display Model), using  the Briggs 69 plume rise equa-
tion, was used to obtain seasonal maximum average concentrations at various
receptor locations.
     The receptor locations having  the  highest  annual  average concentration
were numbers 99 and 84.  Number 99  had  an annual  average zinc oxide concen-
                      3
tration of 0.3950 yg/m , and  number 84  had an annual  average zinc oxide con-
                         3                                         3
centration of 0.3756 ug/m .   These  are  both  well  below the 50 yg/m  annual
average contained in an EPA report  entitled  "Recommended Methods of Reduction,
                                      367

-------
Neutralization, Recovery or Disposal of Hazardous Waste."*  These comparisons
indicate that the system "at Fisher Body-Pontiac poses no health hazards from
increased zinc oxide emissions.
     As indicated by the vendor's tests (table 3), sulfur dioxide emissions
actually decreased as a result of burning the mixed fuel.  The rubber,
which has a low sulfur content (approximately 1 percent) and a high Btu per
pound, decreases the SCL generated per Btu of heat release.
     The operations of the boilers have been monitored throughout the ap-
proximately 6 months that the coal-rubber mixture has been burned.  The
powerhouse chief and boiler operators report that there are no adverse
effects to any powerhouse equipment when the coal-rubber mixture is burned.
Operation of the boiler itself was not affected.  The only problems encoun-
tered were when the metal bead was not removed from the shredded rubber or
the rubber was not shredded to a small enough size.  In both cases, the
feeders would jam and/or not operate properly.
     Periodic examination of the boilers and tubes after firing the coal-
rubber mixture indicated no increased rate of boiler deterioration or any
other related materials problems-.
     A final mention should be made concerning odor problems associated
with burning rubber tires.  Due to the high temperatures and high excess
air** used in industrial stoker-fired boilers, there were no odor problems

                    Table 3.  Sulfur dioxide emissions
                                  (ppm)
Test name
Vendor Test #1
Vendor Test #2
Vendor Test #3
Coal
Bad Test
627
552
Coal and rubber
489
433
503

     *TRW Systems Group, "Recommended Methods of Reduction, Neutralization,
Recovery or Disposal of Hazardous Waste," Vol. 1, EPA-670/2-73-053a, August
1973, p. 201.
    **Excess air is that amount of combustion air in excess of that required
for perfect stoichiometric combustion of a fuel in a boiler.  It is a common
expression among powerhouse and fuel people.
                                    368

-------
encountered in burning the shredded scrap rubber.
     Overall, there seems to be an environmental tradeoff inherent in this
system.  Burning a mixture of coal and rubber in industrial stoker-fired
boilers will increase particulate emissions from the boilers; however,
unless very low-sulfur coal is being burned, the sulfur dioxide emissions
will decrease.  From a solid waste management standpoint, this system is
.extremely beneficial because it is an economically feasible method of uti-
lizing a product that has been-a major disposal problem.  The potential
energy savings from decreased coal use is also of major significance.
Assuming all tires scrapped in a yean were converted to energy, the Btu
content would be equivalent to approximately 3.75 x 10  tons of coal or
6.94 x lo8 gallons of oil.
     There are several other aspects of this system which should be con-
sidered in the future.  The rubber handling systems used in this study may
not be applicable to all powerhouses.  In fact, smaller powerhouses that
use a front-end loader to feed the over-bunker conveyor may be able to mix
the coal and rubber from two separate piles immediately before loading the
coal conveyor and thus eliminate all of the capital equipment.  It also may
be possible to mix the coal and rubber as it arrives by truck, using a
front-end loader and then simply handling the fuel mixture as pure coal has
been handled previously.  In order to assure safety in this method, the
potential for spontaneous combustion in a mixed fuel pile should be
evaluated.
     Another area which should be explored further is the burning of cut
rubber.  Smaller and less energy-intensive machines are available for
cutting rubber into small chips.  The big problem is that these chips
tend to jam and clog conventional stokers.  Other mechanical or pneumatic
stokers may be able to handle them, however.  Besides saving energy in
the rubber preparation step, the big advantage of burning rubber chips
should be decreased particulate emissions.  The much lower percentage of
fines and the fact that the chips would burn on the bed rather than,in
suspensions should descrease particulate emissions.
     An economic evaluation of the costs to upgrade the air pollution
control devices so that higher concentrations of shredded rubber could
                                     369

-------
be burned at selected sites should be done.  The possibility of economic
recovery of zinc from the particulates in the air pollution control device
should also be considered.  Along with this study, an evaluation of the
effect of zinc on the operation of an electrostatic precipitator should
be made.
     Continuing evaluation of equipment deterioration caused by burning
a mixed fuel of rubber and coal and all waste-burning systems should
be made.
     Since material handling still seems to be the major problem with
the tire burning system and all waste burning systems, a continuing
evaluation of these systems should be made.
                                    370

-------
                          THE TIRE-FIRED BOILER*
                             William L. Coxt
Abstract
     Though scrap tires constitute less than 1 percent of the Nation's solid
waste, they present a unique disposal problem since, without subdivision,
they are unsuited for landfill operations.
     One potential solution to this problem is the use of scrap tires as
fuel.  This application recovers approximately 40 percent of the thermal
equivalents of all the fossil fuels consumed as raw materials and energy in
the construction of the original tire.
     The tire-fired boiler, installed by the Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
at its Jackson, Michigan, plant, employs the rotating hearth concept of
Lucas American Recyclers. . Such a unit requires a higher initial capital in-
vestment than do comparable oil- or coal-fired boilers, but affords apprecia-
bly lower total operating costs.  In the case of fully depreciated units,
tire-fired boilers burning scrap tires costing $20.00/ton are predicted to
yield cost savings of from 34 to 56 percent when compared to those burning
conventional fuels.
     The tire-fired boiler thus meets the needs of American society today;
it generates cheaper steam at no drain on fossil fuel sources while contrib-
uting a most viable solution to the disposition of a troublesome solid waste
component.

     New tires are produced at a rate of 150-200 million units per year, in
a variety of sizes and constructions.  Following their useful service life,
normally from 1 to 10 years, more than 90 percent become a part of the Nation's
solid waste.  Though tires constitute slightly less than 1 percent of such
waste, those properties that contributed so greatly to their utility--
shape, strength," and nondegradability--become marked handicaps in their
disposal.  Without further subdivision they are poorly suited for landfill
     *Publication No. 537 from the Research Division of the Goodyear Tire &
Rubber Co., Akron, Ohio.
     tManager of Scientific Liaison

                                    371

-------
operations, and attempted disposition by  burning  in  normal  incineration  re-
sults in the generation of heavy,  acrid smoke so  that  such  burning  is  gen-
erally prohibited.
     These disposal  problems  and the difficulties they pose to  communities
in solid waste handling have  been  of major concern to  the  tire  industry.
Obviously, the best solutions to this ecological  problem would  be those  in-
volving the least disposal cost—and preferably ones which  generate useful
values from the disposal process.   Conseguently we have witnessed over the
past several years  industry-wide and individual corporate  support for  tire-
based artificial reefs, floating breakwaters, erosion  mats, highway impact
barriers and such applications,  which utilize the characteristics of scrap
tires for maximum benefit. These  solutions,  unfortunately, tend to be lim-
ited with respect to geographical  locations and to the number of tires that
may be utilized in such applications.
     The scrap tire, however, does have an additional  property  not  mentioned
above.  It is composed chiefly of vulcanized rubber, and this rubber has  a
heat of combustion intermediate between those of  coal  and  fuel  oil. Under
properly controlled combustion conditions it is an excellent heat energy
source.  Recognizing this, companies in various locations,  both industrial
manufacturers and utilities,  have successfully experimented with the mixing
of ground or cubed rubber with coal as a  fuel for spreader-stoker boilers.
     Incineration of scrap tires in this  manner does suffer from the draw-
back of the energy, manoower, and equipment required to subdivide the  scrap
tire into a useful  form.  Goodyear believes it has another more satisfactory
method of heat generation from whole tire combustion in the tire-fired boil-
er it elected to install at its  Jackson,  Michigan, tire plant.
     This furnace,  originally designed by Lucas American Recyclers, was
chosen after an investigation of tire-fired boiler equipment suppliers by
Goodyear's Corporate Engineering Department in 1971.  The  basic furnace  de-
sign was developed by Lucas Furnace Development,  Ltd., of  England,  with  the
engineering design and construction being rendered by  Lucas American Recyc-
lers and Fluor Utah.  The design included a furnace  with the design capabil-
ity of burning 36 tons of scrap tires per day and a  boiler to generate
25,000 pounds of steam at 250 psi  per hour.  Stack gas cleaning equipment

                                    372

-------
was incorporated as a contingency to reduce particulate and S02 emissions
(though tires contain less than 1 percent sulfur) to comply with possible
air pollution standards.
     The furnace operates continually without supplementary fuel at a temp-
erature hiqh enough to melt all the noncombustible material such as bead
wire and fiber glass.  It utilizes a rotary hearth that is sloped to a cen-
tral ash discharge port.  This hearth is refractory-lined and water-cooled
around the center to protect its metallic body from the high temperatures
developed inside the furnace.
     Tires are fed onto the hearth from a vestibule by means of a pusher
ram.  Tires enter the vestibule through a door that closes as the furnace
door opens to receive the tires.  The hearth can revolve at rates of from
1/4 to 8-1/2 revolutions per hour with its rate set manually so that the
tires are completely consumed in two revolutions (in normal burning, hearth
rates are in the range of 2.7 to 6.0 revolutions per hour).
     Initial tests of the unit in 1973 showed poor furnace performance as a
result of hearth and air pattern problems.  Correction of these problems
and modification of unsatisfactory auxiliary equipment was made and the
first tire burned in March 1974.  Subsequentjtests revealed that the fur-
nace performed well at a burnina rate of 4,400 Ibs of tires/hr--40 percent
over design.  At this rate, using only water, not caustic, in the desulfur-
izer system, sulfur dioxide emissions were only one-third those permitted
for solid fuel-fired boilers in Michigan.
     At the design rate, particulate emissions were below the maximum allow-
able emission of 0.65 lb/1000 Ib dry gas for coal-fired boilers generating
less than 100,000 pounds of steam per hour.
     During the initial furnace operations, analyses showed that the ash was
extremely low in zinc, while particulate matter was suprisingly high in this
element.  We have concluded that at the extremely high temperatures generat-
ed and in the presence of the hydrocarbon components of the tire, zinc com-
pounds are reduced to metallic zinc, distilled from the burning tire, and
reoxidized by excess air to zinc oxide.  By proper design of subsequent in-
stallations this zinc may be recovered and reprocessed to supplement virgin
zinc ores, much of which must currently be imported.
                                     373

-------
     The steam generated by the tire-fired boiler is  a necessary part of
the Jackson operation.  If this boiler had not been installed, a similar
one based on conventional fuels would have been required.   Extensive test
operations reveal that the boiler is functioning well, supplying the neces-
sary steam with no appreciable .consumption of fossil-based fuels, and re-
ducing the number of discarded tires in solid waste by a million or more
yearly.  It is, moreover, recovering from those tires 40 percent of the
thermal equivalent of all the crude oil, coal, and natural gas originally
consumed in furnishing the material and energy for their manufacture.
     The installation of the tire-fired boiler by Goodyear was conceived
with the realization that the project would most probably involve excessive
amounts of capital compared to a unit burning conventional fuels and would
have an operating cost similar to conventional units.  It was an attempt to
pioneer a tire disposal approach, on a larger scale than had ever been at-
tempted previously, as a contribution to solid waste problems.  With the
rapid and continuing rise in the costs of alternative fuels, the tire-fired
boiler economics look better every day, as shown in table 1.  Here opera-
ting costs of equivalently sized boilers fueled with scrap tires, oil, and
low sulfur coal are compared.  Capital costs for each case include the cost
of the building to house the boiler.  Other equipment included is listed
below:

          Fuel                          Equipment
          Tires                    As previously described
          Oil                      200,000 gallon oil storage tank
          Coal                     Stoker, mechanical dust collector,
                                   coal handling conveyor, ash
                                   handling system, coal bunkers.

     (Since a coal-fired boiler equipped with a sulfur removal system would
cost more than a tire-fired boiler in order to burn high-sulfur coal costing
~ $26.00 per ton, its economics are obviously inferior to those of the tire-
fired unit).
                                     374

-------


























c
0

•P
03
S-
O)
C*M*
F^
CU CO
en Q-

E 0
(0 LO
CU CM
co £
M- -E
O •"-.
•P "~
CO O
O O
00
A
0
• CO
1—

O)

o
(O
J—


































f—
to
o
0
















r_«
•f—
o
















CO
cu
s-
•r—
4^

o.
rO
S-
0
C/}
























CO CO
C E E
O 0 0
•P -P 4-J
LO O O
CM O O
i— CO « LO
— co en «tf-
O O r- -b^
0 0
CO O co co
"EEC
CM O O O
^~ 1 ^ -P «P
-*^
CM O O
LO O O
CM
« LO
00 *3-
Cn CT> CT)
o o co
CM O OO
•— o

r— CO CM 09-

••^
CO CO O
ceo
J2 0 O
i— 4-> -)-> O
--, CM
o o oo o «**
o o •* o
LO O CO C
« . •> o
i— CO CO 4->
r~~ t-~ ^-^
o
o

0
s 3?S
CO •?"• C
 II 2:
C r— T3
O) CU -f-> • Ol
E 3 C 4->
•»-> M- 0) 4-> 1 (0
co E co i —
CU M- fD O CO CU
> o i- o 4-> S-
C •!- CO
•F- O) 3 r— O r—
3 CT O) O tO
r— r— 0) 3 4->
(O (O S- W-i 	 r-
4-> > (DO.
•r- r— +-> 3 (O
Q. 3 O) •«- C O









O O LO Lf
CO LO •* Lf
r— C\



^^
^1" ^^
o m

O 
'c >—
o
•r— (S> CO
-P C
CO -P -i-
•1— CO
0 CD — r-
cu S- co n
i. CU CU 4-
0-.P X C.
CU C <0 1-
Q I-H I—







> CO LO LO O
> O «3 CM .—
CO








5 O» LO LO O
5 r- CO CM r—
- - 00




^ r^ o LO co
> OLO
|X^









^ CO O LO CO
•) CM LO
O
M
•~






t CO LO LO O
•) CO CO CM i—
J CO








•> OO LO LO O
•> CO CO CM r—
J r—

C
0
•r—
(/)
•^
^i
CO S-
•P CU
co ex cu
O 30
O CO C CO
CO CU
CT 08 C ••-
C CU -P
3-1- S- +J -r-
J -P r— O C r—
J (O CU -Q -i- -r-
S- 3 (O ID -P
O) U 	 1 S ZD
Q.
O





oo CT* r^>
O CO CM
r*^ oo i^^








CJ* LO OO
r— LO ^J"
cr> CD en
»»
f—


0 LO O
r~ CM oo
r^ co r^









r— CO i—
en «* o
Or— i—
#* •> *i
1— I— r—






CO l— I—
oo cn oo
^" CO ^* '








co co co
CO CM i —
CM LO OO


r—
•ee- >—
3
1 H_

-P S^
CO CU
0 -P
O 1- C
as O
r— •?—
<0 -P -P
i — 3 CO "0
(C C O T-
-p c u a
O (O CU
1— r— S_
i — to Q.
ra 3 CU
-P C T3
O C

375

-------
     In these calculations the oil  and fuel  requirements  are assigned on the
basis of (1) equivalent Btu content and (2)  proven requirements for genera-
ting 30,000 Ib/hr of steam at 250 psi.
     The efficiencies of the conventional  fuels over that of tires  in case 2
is attributed to the high excess  air (80-100 percent) employed during the
performance tests of the tire-fired boiler.   Decrease of  this excessive
amount can be expected to raise combustion and boiler efficiency.
     Nevertheless, in every case shown, the tire-fired boiler shows marked
savings over those fueled with oil  and gas, even when the higher s'crap tire
cost is compared with the lowest oil and coal requirements.   The advantage
of the tire-fired unit is even more striking for the case of the completely
depreciated units, where its steam costs range from slightly less  than 30
to 66 percent of those units fired with oil or coal.
     This, however, does not reflect the total advantage  of a tire-fired
boiler.  This equipment, since it is ecologically oriented, may be depreci-
ated over an 8-year period as contrasted with a 25-year depreciation time
for the conventionally fueled units.  Table 2 compares costs, taking this
factor into consideration, f^r the first 8 years of operation of equipment
designed for the three fuels.  Within this time, the tire-fired unit has
been completely depreciated while roughly half the investment in the other
units remain unrecovered.  While such differences increase the relative
paper costs of the tire-fired boiler during its first years of operation, a
distinct cost advantage for it remains.  Indeed, a year-by-year cost analy-
sis for the "worst" case--hi«qhest tire cost, lowest coal  requirement--
shows that accumulative operating costs after 4 years are equal, while unde-
preciated capital is $150,000 greater for the coal-fired unit.
     Another method of comparing relative values among the units is to cal-
culate the prices of alternate fuels, which would give total operating costs
equal to that of a reference fuel.  In figure 1 are shown the acquisition
costs of tires, which would give operating costs identical to a coal-fired
boiler burning the minimum fuel requirement.  This "value" of tires ranges
from $14.35 per ton in the first year of operation to $39.40 per ton in the
ninth year, while, after full depreciation of both units, this value dips
slightly to $34.70 per ton.
                                      376

-------


















c
o
•r—
to
o
CU

Q.
CU


E

E
•r—
X
to
E
40
to
to

to
0
0
CT>
C
•r-
tO
i.
CU
Q.
O

S-
to
CU
>^
1
40
C"
en
»^-
LU


•
CM
CU
to
h-





























r-~
03
O
0

















r*-
•r_
o
















V)
£
•r—
4_>

Q-
fO
S-
O
CO


























to
c
o


c/i c: LO
S- O CM

CU ^ CO
o >- o co
0 0
CO LO -CO
CM LO C
«=r o
•feO- 4->
CM
LO





^—
to

-^^
CO i — O
S. tO CM
fO cr> i —
0) \ "
o >, co to
CM CO
CO LO • i—
CM O tO
*£t CD
o
o
f,
oo




c c
o o
4-> -l->
"•^
o oo
C**^ vj
•
in o
S- CM
O (0 -bO-
O CU t/>
LO >- C C
•> ' o o
" — OO 4-> •*->
^^
0 CO
0 ^~

o
r—
*f*
2:
*ft- +-)
c:
i CD s:
"O E
••-> O CU -be-
C •!- S- -O
CU S- T- 1 CU
E CU 3 +->
-!-> Q^ 4-> CT Wl (0
tO tO CO 4-> i—
cu c: o s- in cu
> O O O S-
C -r- 1— O
*r~ [ * ^— CU ^~
CO CU 3 S- (O
i— ••- 3 M- >, +J
(O U <«- 1 T-
+-> CU >, +-> Q.
•i- S- 4-> i— ^ fO
Q- CX •!— -r- C71 0
id o» c (O T-
<-> Q ^ Q LiJ



i— r— CM ^
CM oo en o
«3- «d- i— C

1—






i— i— CM «5
CM co cr> a
•3- •=*• •— c
r—





oo co r-. o
to en r-» r>
r™- l~" ' ^









oo co r-. o
to cri r-- o










o o o c
o o to y
LO LO CO O
i— O






O 0 0 C
o o to u
LO LO CO C
•*
r— 0








c
o
•r- CO
+-> c
fO 4-> -i-
•i- tO
U CU •> r-
CU S- CO t
S_ 0) CU 4
Q.+J X (
a> c  LO O O
h to *^h ^~~
«t
LO







0 ** 0 •^~
O CM O O
t CM «* •—
Cl
CO








D CO O O
3 CO CM 00
T tO LO CM
O CM






D ^- CO C3
3 «* CM CO
O CO LO CM
M «1
•J 1—


co
CU
• ^
} ^
>r—
to i —

CO 4->
O 3
0
en
c
0 -r- i- 4->
J 4-> •— O C
D 1C CU O *i —
- S- 3 
CM i— r-x
to r*. co
** *
LO tO






CM tO O"i
LO *d- r^
ro ^J- co
rC oo"





O 00 CM
to o> LO
i— LO i—
ft «
to to







OO to CM.
CM tO LO
F*^ i— i~~
* •*
oo cr>








CO CO CU
CO •* C
«* CO O
CO LO






*3- ** a>
«* o c
r— LO 0

C\J ^~



1—
*u
^_>
.,_
Q.
to
•M U
to
o -a
O CU
•— s- ca
(O >> -r-
4-> 1 U
O CO CU
1— s-
i— CL
rt3 OJ
40 *o
o c
1— ^
377

-------
                    35
                    30
                    20
                    10
                                                After Full
                                                Depred atlor
                             Annual Requirements Tires 16,800 Tons
                                           Coal  13,100 Tons
                            246
                                fear of Operation
                                                       10
         Figure 1.  Value  of  scrap tires vs. coal @ $45.00/ton.
     Alternatively, one may  set the price for tires under various  deprecia-
tion conditions, and  calculate the prices necessary for oil  and  coal  to e-
qualize the total operating  costs.  The results of such calculations  are
shown in table 3.   For fully depreciated plants, oil prices  of $0.08-
$0.19/gallon and coal prices of $10.0'0-$27.00/ton are required,  depending on
the comparison made.  In  all cases these are much lower than the $0.33/gal-
lon for oil or $45.00/ton of low-sulfur coal currently being encountered.
     The tire-fired boiler thus meets the needs of the American  society to-
day; it generates cheaper steam at no drain on fossil fuel  sources while
contributing a most viable solution to the disposition of a troublesome sol-
id waste component.
                                     378

-------
                        Table 3.  "Break-even" fuel costs
Depreciation mode
I. 25-yr. straight line9
Equal Btu value

Minimum oil & coal

II. Maximum depreciation rate
Equal Btu value

Minimum oil & coal

III. Fully depreciated units
Equal Btu value

Minimum oil & coal


Tires,
$/ton

10.00
20.00
10.00
20.00

10.00
20.00
10.00
20.00

10.00
20.00
10.00
20.00
Fuel costs
Oil,

-------
MR. SMERGLIA:  Yes, we have.  They are roughly one-third of the emission
     standard in Michigan.  I haven't been too concerned about that for
     obvious reasons.  It is better than low-sulfur coal, and we are not
     concerned with that.  We have gone just beyond that parameter though.
     The levels are satisfactory.
MR. MARK L. DANNIS  (The B. F. Goodrich Company, Brecksville, Ohio):
     What happens to the steel?
MR. SMERGLIA:  The steel comes out with that ash and gets oxidized.  There
     is quite a bit of iron oxide.  The bead actually oxidizes, and it
     melts and comes off with the ash.
MR. DANNIS:  Is it possible to reclaim it?  Apparently you haven't done so.
MR. SMERGLIA:  I think in the future it might be.  With the price of scrap
     metal, it is highly unlikely that currently it could be employed
     because the economics just aren't there.  Zinc, on the other hand, I
     am almost sure will be reclaimble, because zinc is becoming very,
     very short in supply.  They were recycling more and more scrap zinc.
MR. JAMES McGARRY (New York State Department of Environmental Conservation,
     Buffalo, N.Y.):  Have you analyzed-any particular emissions of this,
     and if so, how do they compare with a comparable oil- or coal-fired unit?
MR. SMERGLIA:  Yes, I made a comparison on that basis, in Dr. Cox's paper
     here.  They are less than 0.65 pounds per thousand pounds of dry
     gas, which is the standard in Michigan for particulate emissions
     from a conventional coal-fired boiler with capacities beneath 100,000
     pounds per hours.  This si the only standard we have to go by in
     Michigan.  There is no applicable standard in Ohio regulations for
     this type of unit, so we have to go by the conventional regulations.
OBSERVER:  Mr. Taggart, I would like to know the size of the boiler you
     use in the 10 percent mixture of rubber with coal.
MR. TAGGART:  There are a total of eight boilers at Fisher Body, and of
     the two that we did stack tests on, one is 160,000 pounds per hour
     and the other 80,000 pounds per hour.  So one is above 100,000 pounds.
OBSERVER:  The cost of rubber is $24.46.  Was that the cost of grinding,
     or was that the delivered cost to you?
MR. TAGGART:  That was the delivered cost to us.
OBSERVER:  Was that  '73 figures?
MR. TAGGART:  That was  '74 figures.
                                       380

-------
                    SCRAP TIRES AND FISHERY RESOURCES
                            Richard B. Stone*
Abstract
     Over 200 mill-ion tires are discarded each year.  Less than 10 percent
of these are reused; the remainder continue, to pile -up around the country-
side creating waste-disposal problems.  Research by the National Marine
Fisheries Service Artificial Reef Program at Beaufort, North Carolina, has
demonstrated that scrap tires are effective, low-cost, artificial reef mate-
rial.  Reefs constructed wholly or partially of scrap tires can provide or
improve habitat for fishes and invertebrates in many areas and thereby in-
crease the angler catch per unit of effort.  The use of large numbers of
scrap tires for artificial reefs could benefit fishery resources and could
also offer a partial or temporary solution to the tiye disposal problem.

     Sport and commercial fishermen reap a large harvest from fishery re-
sources each year.  In 1970, commercial fishermen in the United States
caught 4 billion pounds (ref. 1), and 9.4 million salt water sport fisher-
men caught over 1.5 billion pounds (ref. 2).  At projected levels of in-
crease in population growth and leisure time, we can expect the number of
retreational fishermen to more than double by the year 2000.  The future
demands on stocks of fishes will necessitate effective management of these
resources to maintain or improve angler success.
     Scrap tire disposal is a national problem that can only be solved
through application of new and more efficient techniques.  Scrap tires
should be recycled when possible, but that process accounts for less than
10 percent of those that are available.  The remainder, more than 200 mil-
lion per year, continue to pile up around the countryside.
     Research by the National Marine Fisheries Service has shown that
scrap tires are effective artificial reef material (ref. 3) and that arti-
ficial reefs, used properly, are potentially valuable in the management
of coastal fishery resources (ref. 4).  Therefore, the use of large numbers
                                  381

-------
of scrap tires to develop coastal  fishing reefs would benefit fishery re-
sources, and could offer at least a partial  or temporary solution to the
           ;
scrap-tire disposal problem.
     Artificial reefs are manmade or natural objects intentionally placed
in selected areas of the marine or freshwater environment to provide or
improve rough bottom habitat.  By increasing the amount of reef habitat,
they provide the potential for increasing the number of reef fishes in an
area and improving angler catch per unit of effort.  Irrespective of the
types of materials used to build reefs, the main features that appear to
                                                    *
attract marine animals to these habitats are shelter, visual reference
points, and food.  Artificial reefs also provide some fishes access to new
feeding grounds and open additional areas for territorial fishes.
     An important feature of reef habitat is the shelter provided by holes,
ledges, and dark corners of the irregular substrate.  Organisms (e.g.,
algae, corals, and sponges) that attach to the reef provide additional
shelter by increasing the complexity of the habitat.  Most fishes become
prey animals at one time or another and therefore need places to conceal
themselves (ref. 5).  By providing shelter and concealment, artificial
reefs can increase the survival rate of many fishes and allow more fish
to reach a larger size.
     The reef profile may be used as a landmark or visual reference point
for fishes.  These landmarks provide a spatial reference for fishes in an
otherwise rather featureless environment (ref. 6).  Species that exhibit
a strong homing tendency, or those that inhabit a fixed territory, may
rely on landmarks to locate or define their territory.  Visual reference
appears to be important to  fishes that make daily movements to feeding
grounds; after feeding, many of these fishes return to specific sheltered
areas  (refs. 7,8).
     Some fishes -feed primarily on the motile or encrusting organisms
associated with reefs, and  others forage on the surrounding bottom while
depending on the reef for shelter.  Their food sources are organisms living
in or  on the sediment, or in nearby grass beds.
     Scrap tires have been  used as artificial reef material for many years.
In recent years, the single-tire, three-tire, rod-8, and bale-unit  (ref. 3)
                                    382

-------
have been the tire unit designs most frequently used in reef construction.
     The cost (table 1) of building tire units is extremely variable, but
the total cost per tire for two of the more commonly used units (single-
tire and bale) is similar to the amount that some tire dealers have to pay
to dispose of their tires.  The least variable figure for judging tire unit
costs is that for materials needed to assemble the units.  Groups building
artificial reefs may use volunteer labor but normally must pay for most
materials, except tires.
     If the project is a community effort, much of the material may be
donated, and the reef can be built for minimal cost.  The cost of trans-
porting materials to the reef may also be minimal, depending on the interest
of participants.  The prices listed in table 1 reflect 1972 costs for mate-
rials and labor and would be reduced by any donations.
     The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers has approved over 140 artificial reef
sites now located along the East Coast of the United States.  More than one
million scrap tires have been used on reefs at 80 of these sites.  -None of
the reefs have been constructed as large as originally planned.  Actually,
only a small portion of the total surface area of the sites contains reef
material.
     Most of these reefs are not large enough to maintain angler success
at a high level as fishing effort increases.  To meet immediate demands,
many of these existing reef sites are being enlarged.  If scrap tires are
used to complete the 140 reefs on the East Coast to an average height of 3

                   Table 1.  Approximate costs for four
                     common tire unit designs (1972)
Tire unit
Single
Three
Rod-8
Bale (9 tires)
Material &
labor/unit
0.26
2.88
0.57-3.00
0.84
Transportation/
unit
0.08
1.12
0.60-1.68
1.26-2.25
Total cost/
unit
0.34
4.00
1.17-4.68
2.10-3.09
Total cost/
tire
0.34
0.50
0.39-1.49
0.21-0.31
      ^Figures based on no-cost delivery of donated tires to staging area,

                                   383

-------
feet, a total of about one billion tires  would be  required.   A  need  for
more reefs is anticipated to meet future  fishing demands.   If tires  are
only a portion of the material  used to build these reefs,  several  hundred
million more tires would be needed.  Based on these projections,  about one
and one-half billion tires could be used  on artificial  reefs  in marine
waters off the East Coast of the United States.
     Scrap tires are the most popular reef material  used because  they are
readily available at no cost from tire dealers and recappers, are inexpen-
sive to assemble into units, and are relatively easy to transport to reef
sites.  Tires are durable and,  once in place on the reef site,  provide an
excellent surface for the attachment of encrusting organisms.  They  do not
leach toxic substances into the water (ref. 9) or  decompose,  as metal, and
they are not affected by boring organisms that cause structural breakdown
in wood although they are attacked by some bacteria.  They have a high ratio
of surface area to volume, and the configuration of the tire  provides pro-
tective niches for motile species.
     Like any reef material, tires must be used properly to assure that a
reef will not conflict with other uses of the marine environment  such as
navigation and commercial fishing.  If the units are constructed  correctly,
there should be no movement of materials  once they are on  the bottom.  To
construct a reef, a Federal permit is required.  In addition, State  permits
are required in many States (ref. 10).  By regulating where and how  reefs
can be constructed, permits eliminate conflicting  uses of  the same area of
ocean bottom.
     The future for habitat improvement with artificial reefs seems  bright.
These reefs offer a potential for increasing coastal gamefish resources,
for improving catches in local  commercial and sport fisheries,  and for using
large numbers of scrap tires until new techniques  for recycling become eco-
nomically feasible.
                                REFERENCES

 1.  U.S. National Marine Fisheries Service, "Fisheries Statistics of the
    U.S., 1970," U.S. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv.. Stat. Dig., Vol. 64 (1973),
    489 p.
                                   384

-------
 2.    D.G.  Deuel,  "Salt-water Angling  Survey," U.S. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv..
      Current Fishery  Statistics.  6200,  1973, 54  p.

 3.    R.B.  Stone,  C.C.  Buchanan, and F.W.  Steimle, Jr.,  "Scrap Tires as
      Artificial  Reefs,"  U.S.  Environ. Prot. Agency, Summary Report, SW-119,
      1974, 33 p.

 4.    R.B.  Stone,  "Artificial  Reefs and  Coastal Fishery  Resources," Tenth
      Space Congress Proceedings',  Canaveral Council of Technical Societies,
      Cocoa Beach, 1973,  pp.  19-20.

 5.    H.B.  Cott,  "Adaptive  Coloration  in Animals," Oxford University Press,
      NeW York, 1940,  508 p.

 6.    E.F.  Klima  and D.A. Wickham, "Attraction of Coastal Pelagic  Fishes
      with  Artificial  Structures," Trans.  Arn^ Fish. Soc.. Vol. 100, No. 1
      (1971), pp.  86-99.

 7.    W.A.  Stark  II and W.P.  Davis,  "Night Habits of Fishes of Alligator
      Reef, Florida,"  Ichthyologica. Vol.  33  (1966), pp. 313-356.

 8.    E.S.  Hobson, "Predatory Behavior of  Some Shore Fishes in the Gulf of
      California," U.S. Fish.  Wild!. Serv., Res.  Rep.. Vol. 73 (1968), 92 p.

 9.    R.B.  Stone,  L.C.  Coston, D.E. Hoss,  and F.A. Cross, "Experiments on
      Some  Possible Effects of Tire Reefs  on  Pinfish (Lagodon rhomboides)
      and Black Sea Bass  (Centropristis  striata)," U.S.  Nat 1."Mar. _Fjsh.
      Serv.. Mar.  Fish. Rev,  (in press).

10.    R.O.  Parker, Jr., R.B.  Stone, C.C. Buchanan, and F.W. Steimle, Jr.,
      "How  to Build Marine  Artificial  Reefs," U.j. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv.,
      Fish. Facts. No.  10 (1974),  47 p.
 DISCUSSION

 MR.  BILL LANG (The  General  Tire  and  Rubber  Company, Akron, Ohio):   In the

      papers this  morning,  there  was • some  concern  about the health hazard
      from tire dust laying  along the  roadside.  In your  paper it is quite
      obvious that the  Bureau  of  Fisheries has not encountered any health

      hazard in the  use of  these  scrap tires.  Should  an  analogy be  made
      from the marine environment to  the dry tire  on this health situation?
 MR.  STONE:   I don't think  an  analogy  could  be made because the tires in

      the marine environment virtually do  not break down, whereas the tire

      dust problem is one that is caused by  the breakdown from the use of

      tires  on the road.
                                    385

-------
MR. LANG:  But chemically the rubber is not broken down.   It has  been  mech-
     anically grated into small  particles of one or two microns,..b,ut chemi-
     cally and physically the rubber has not been decomposed in  any manner.
MR. STONE:  All right, I understand what you are saying.   I  am not qualified to
     tell you whether or not tire dust is chemically inert.   Concerning part-
     iculate matter in the marine environment, we have conducted  controlled
     studies in the laboratory as well as in the field to determine whether
     there are possible deleterious effects on marine life from tires.  There
     are none.  In our laboratory studies with control and experimental
     tanks, we found no difference between control fishes and experimental
     fishes that were subjected to tires in a semiclosed system,  where
     there was water flowing through, but slowly.  We conducted this study
     for more than 3 months to see if there was any possibility that PCB's,
     pesticides, or heavy metals would be leached from the tires, or if
     these substances would wash off the immersed tires because they had
     been picked up during use on the roads.  As I said before,  we found
     no difference between the control and experimental animals.   A group in
     Maine chemically broke down tires to see what might be released into
     the marine environment.  The only compound they expressed some concern
     about—and they really didn't feel that there was a concern, because of
     the amount that would be released—was zinc, over a long period of time.
     But the tires virtually don't break down in marine environment, or if
     this occurs, it occurs so slowly that I don't think that zinc release
     would be a problem.  We took every precaution that we could before we
     started talking about using scrap tires to make sure that there wouldn't
     be something released into the environment.  Now, as far as the analogy be-
     tween tire dust and what we found in the marine environment, I'm  not
     sure; I haven't done any work with tires on land.  You will  have  to ask
     someone else about that.
MR. MARK L. DANNIS (The B. F. Goodrich Company, Brecksville, Ohio):  Part
     of the previous question involves knowing the amount of surface area
     involved and the temperatures the tires would be exposed to.  The
     marine environment is relatively cool, especially compared'to the
     hot highways, and the surface area of the tire is entirely sur-
     rounded by water on the reefs.  The oxygen concentration on the bottom
                                   386

-------
     of the ocean is considerably less than the oxygen concentration in the
     open air.  All  these things tend to make the tire very stable in the
     ocean.  Salt water further decreases the solubility of the organic
     ingredients over that of pure water extraction.
MR. J. R. LAMAN (The Firestone Tire and Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio):  How
     about taking a little pressure off, and start a  question regarding
     Lake Michigan or Lake Erie.
MR. STONE:  I probably should have spoken more t>n the fresh water environment
     since this is something that would be of interest to you people.  In
     January I visited the Michigan Department of Natural Resources and
     attended a meeting of their fisheries division.   They are planning to
     start a reef program for Lake Michigan and some  of the other lakes
     around Michigan.  As a matter of fact, they were interested in locating
     a supply of tires, so I gave them the names of some of the people I
     know in the tire industry.  To give you some examples of what they
     have done in fresh water, a friend of mine, Eric Prince, at Virginia
     Polytechnic Institute is studying freshwater reefs, and has been using
     tires and brush shelters in this work.  He has found that catches of
     fishes over artificial reefs are greatly improved for many species
     including bass, which is the fish many anglers are most interested
     in.  You would be surprised how many freshwater  reefs now exist.  Many
     of the States have done work on freshwater reefs, not necessarily
     because of tire disposal, but because the catch  over these reefs is
     greater than it is over other areas in the lake.  So to answer your
     question, yes, there is a good chance that within the next few years
     you will find a number of reefs and probably tire reefs in Lake Michi-
     gan and you would be surprised how many freshwater reefs already
     exist.
                                   387

-------
14 March 1975
                             Session IV:

                       ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

                           Louis S. Beliczky
                           Session Chairman
                             389

-------
                     RATIONALE, SCOPE, AND SPONSORSHIP
                            OF ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
                      Louis S. Beliczky M.S., M.P.H.*

     A 2-day conference on enviromental health factors related to
chemicals used in producing polymers, and the use of the polymers
and other chemicals in the manufacture of rubber and plastic products,
has preceded this session.
     This morning's proceedings will  relate to the United Rubber
Workers'  (URW) negotiated joint occupational  health program, which
was negotiated about 5 years ago.   It is considered to be a historic
first in organized labor involving a  union, a company, and a universi-
ty—a historic first in the labor-management contractual commitments in
the area of workers' environmental health.
     The joint occupational health program was negotiated about 130
years after Charles Goodyear's discovery of the vulcanization process
in 1839.  The first company in the United States to manufacture
rubber articles was the Roxbury India Rubber Company, established in
Roxbury, Massachusetts, in the year of 1832.   By the year of 1849,
New England was the site of 36 companies that employed some 3,000
workers involved in the manufacture of waterproof cloth, rubber soles,
and boots.
     Eight years after Dr. Benjamin Franklin Goodrich opened the first
rubber factory in Akron, Ohio, in  1871, there were about 140 companies
providing employment for about 12,000 workers.  At the end of World War I,
about 160,000 workers were employed in about 500 work places.  World
War II war effort production peak  was at a level of 180,000 workers.
Curtailment of crude rubber availability during the early years of
World War II spearheaded the development of synthetics:  butadiene,
neoprene, Thiokol, and others.  U. S. Government synthetics programs
at that time established the so-called GR rubbers, which are still
     *Director of Industrial Hygiene
                                    391

-------
used at the present time:  GRS, which is a butadiene styrene copolymer;
GRI is a isobutylene and butyl polymer rubber; GRM, the Du Pont
neoprene made from chlorobutadiene; and GRP is Thiokol.
     Monomers are initiators of polymerization reactions.  We must
all be aware of the current health hazards related to vinyl chloride--
the monomer used to make the polymer PVC Resin.  If we look at the
chemical configuration of vinyl chloride and relate it to the chloro-
butadiene structure, we understand the significance of recent data
informing us that four Russian papers published during 1968 to 1972
have implicated chlorobutadiene as the causative factor in production
of lung and skin cancer among workers in parts of Russia, including
Armenia.  Du Pont made these reports available to the Assistant
Secretary of Labor and the Director of the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health in December 1974.  The monomer chloro-
butadiene is used in the polymerization of neoprene, which is used
extensively in footwear and industrial products facilities organized
by the URW.  As with PVC Resin, the residual monomer in the polymer
must be considered to be a potenially hazardous carcinogen.
     In the past, as with vinyl chloride, chlorobutadiene was con-
sidered to be toxic, and was assigned a TLV of 25ppm based on its
effect on the liver.
     Our concern with monomers similar to vinyl chloride therefore be-
comes apparent.  Carbon chain molecules which could be split to vinyl
chloride from either vinylidene chloride or chlorobutadiene and their
potential as human carcinogens must not be neglected.
     Our concern, therefore, is a real one.  The University Programs
that will be discussed later have applied their epidemiological,
mortality, and morbility data to assess the worker hazards involved
in the production and use of the polymers and copolymers currently
used by industries involved in the research-oriented negotiated Joint
Occupational Health Programs.
     For about 135 years, workers have been exposed environmentally  to
many chemicals that are used in the rubber industry.   Rubber recipes
became more complex than just that for crude rubber and its relatively
                                    392

-------
simple blends made many years ago.  Complex chemicals and molecules
became accelerators, antioxidants, antiozonants, retardants, modifiers,
and extenders.  Inorganic fillers and rubber lubricants, such as
asbestos, free silica, clay soapstone, mica, talc, and lead found
their way into the industry.  Complex tackifiers, cements, solvents--
especial ly benzene—became routine in production operations.
     The use of many rubber and plastic compounding chemicals has
increased during the years.  Their formulations have become complex
and will become even more complex as time goes on.  The simple
formulations used to produce buggy tires about 85 years ago have be-
come chemical complexities with the advent of pneumatic tires in the
early 1900's.  As our technology improves the rubber and plastic
products, the number of chemicals used in the manufacturing processes
increases.
     Worker health issues and the exposure of workers to certain
chemicals did not become matters of great concern until recent years.
Periodically a catastrophe would highlight the environmental danger
of workers' exposure to materials used in this industry:  the
napthylamines and the production of cancer of the bladder, benzene
and the leukemias and lymphosarcomas, and nitrile's effect on the
central  nervous system.
     Large corporations, the Rubber Manufacturers Association, and
the unions were not fully cognizant of the complex variables over-
shadowing the health of the worker.  The worker and his work environ-
ment in the plant were, and sometimes still  are, generally ignored.
Why, for 85 years, are we still unaware of the composition of curing
room fumes?  Why is good toxicological information regarding the many
chemicals used in the industry still lacking?  Why do we have complex
and serious environmental health problems and the deaths which speakers
from Har/ard and the University of North Carolina will discuss?
     Why was it necessary for a union to negotiate university research
programs?  Why should it have taken 85 years for such studies to be
undertaken?
     URW International President Peter Bommarito negotiated the current
joint occupational health program, which you will hear about soon.  He
                                    393

-------
did not know why rubber workers appeared to have more health problems
than other people in the manufacturing industry.
     He felt that more had to be done to preserve the health of the
workers he represented.  He felt that schools of public health, special-
izing in occupational health programs, could provide answers and hope-
fully solutions to the problems he sensed were eroding the health of
the workers.
     Why so little was done in these areas is not really related to
economic issues.  The answer to why is probably related to irresponsible
action of employers who were reluctant to assume their responsibility.
                                   \
The responsibility belongs to three sectors:  the union, the employer,
and the scientific communities.  Only by such tripartite involvement
can we realistically provide the workers with that safe and healthful
work environment to which they are entitled.
     In 1970, beginning in June and ending in September, Mr. Bommarito
led a militant crusade to negotiate what we call a long-range program for
the comprehensive study of the workers' health in our plants.  The
first contract was consummated in July of 1971 by the signing of a con-
tract with the B.F. Goodrich Company, United Rubber Workers Union, and
the Harvard School of Public Health.  The program in essence relates
to retrospective and prospective epidemic!ogical studies, some in-
volvement in toxicological evaluations, industrial medical evaluations,
and industrial hygiene studies related to the workers' exposure to
chemicals that are used at the worksite.
     The initial thrust of the studies were epidemiological, relating
directly to the use of death certificate data, insurance company records,
social security records, and union records that relate to the cause of
death.
     The death certificate data produces mortality rates which are in-
vestigated so that causes of death may be established.' This information
becomes necessary to establish surveillance and control programs
through environmental engineering and medical studies.
     After the signing of the first tripartite agreement in July of
1971 with Harvard's School of Public Health, contracts were signed with
                                     394

-------
the other large rubber companies with both the University of North
Carolina's and Harvard's Schools of Public Health.
     Harvard is now actively involved with The Armstrong Rubber
Company, The Mansfield Tire Company, as well as B.F. Goodrich.  Good-
year, Firestone, Uniroyal and General Tire are all under contract with
the University of North Carolina.
     Both Universities have produced information which is being
currently applied to improve the health of workers not only in the
DRW, but other workers similarily employed not only in the United States
and Canada, but also around the world.  Publications in scientific
journals in this country and Europe attest to the historic scientific and
practical significance of the URW-negotiated Joint Occupational Health
Program for workers everywhere.
     The negotiated program involving primarily those companies with
whom we have Master Contracts directly covers about 90 of our local
unions and approximately 90,000 members.
     With the companies setting aside 1/2 cent per hour per worker
employed, about $900,000 is expended annually through contractual
commitment.  The commitments by all three parties involved are unique
as well as historic—and the commitment on the part of the university
is motivated beyond just research and has become one of dedication
and academic fulfillment, with resultant benefit to all parties
involved, especially the worker.
     The negotiated programs not only have provided financial  support
to the universities and sustained the teaching capabilities of the
schools, but have also produced a substantive faculty commitment
through interdisciplinary involvement of various departments of the
school.
     Although this country has been involved in the manufacture of rubber
products since 1839, the real  breakthrough involving worker health
problems has been within the last few years and will be discussed by
Dr. R. Harris of UNC and Prof. William Burgess of Harvard.
                                   395

-------
          UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH STUDIES PROGRAM*
                            Robert L. Harris, Jr., Ph.D.f

Abstract
     Occupational health studies, which were begun in the rubber products:
manufacturing industry about 2-1/2 years ago by the Occupational Health
Studies Group in the School of Public Health, University of North
Carolina, are now beginning to yield results.  Findings on mortality
experience and some characteristics of environmental exposures in the
rubber"industry are now being reported.   Most noteworthy findings to date
relate to malignant neoplasms, particularly to cancers of the lymphatic
and homatopoietic systems, stomach, bladder, prostate, and respiratory
system.   Particular attention will now be given to identifying environ-
mental agents or exposure conditions that may be related to findings of
adverse health effects.

Introduction
     In its master contract negotiations of 1970, the United Rubber
Workers Union (URW) and six major rubber-products-manufacturing compa-
nies in the United States agreed to undertake joint occupational health
programs.  Each URW-company agreement provides for establishment, at a
school of, public health, of an occupational health research group to
implement-the occupational health research program.  Each agreement also
provides that the company shall make available to the occupational health
research group data and information necessary for its studies and, when
existing data are inadequate, that the research group may conduct studies
at company locations covered by the agreement.
     Between October 1971 and July 1972, agreements were reached between
the URW, the Goodyear; Uniroyal, Firestone, and General companies, and
the School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, for occupa-
tional health studies  to be undertaken among the four companies by the
     *Adapted from a presentation at  ICF Health and Safety Conference,
 Geneva,  Switzerland, October 29, 1974.
     fDirector, Occupational Health Studies Group, School of Public
 Health,  University of  North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina  27514.
                                     396

-------
school's Occupational Health Studies Group.   Some 60 manufacturing plants
with a total work force of about 65,000 persons are covered by the agree-
ments between URW and these four companies.   Our research group, under
each agreement, reports its findings to an Occupational  Health Committee
comprised of officials of the URW and the companies.
     The long range objectives of our Occupational Health Studies Group
in the research under these agreements are:
     1.  The identification of work-related illness and  their precursor
         health conditions;
     2.  The identification of environmental  hazards related to these
         adverse health conditions and development of means for their
         elimination or control;
     3.  The development of recommendations for surveillance of health
         status and environmental conditions  to-permit early detection
         of health problems or hazards so corrective or  preventive
         actions may be taken.

Organization and Facilities
     For projects within each company there is a research team comprised
of an epidemiologist, an industrial hygienist, a biostatistician, and
research assistants.  Most of these scientists hold appointments in
either the Department of Epidemiology, Environmental Sciences and Engin-
eering, or Biostatistics in the School of Public Health.
     A Policy Board, appointed by the Dean of the School, meets at regu-
lar intervals to consider problems and prospects of the  Study Group and
advises the director and the dean on matters  it considers pertinent
to the success of the research effort.
     The Study Group has access to laboratory facilities equipped with a
variety of analytic instruments and a complement of industrial hygiene
field equipment.  These are ordinary industrial hygiene  laboratory instru-
ments used to measure concentrations and assess composition of gasses,
vapors, and fine particles.  The group also has within its offices a com-
puter terminal which has access to two large  high-speed  digital computers
(IBM 370/165; IBM 360/75).
                                    397

-------
Projects Underway
     The emphasis in the initial epidemiclogic research has been in
mortality studies among populations of workers drawn from the agreement
plants.  By using a variety of sources of information such as the records
of unions, companies, insurance carriers, and the Social  Security system,
the fact of death of persons in selected cohorts of workers can be
learned.  Death certificates can then be obtained in almost all cases, and
the underlying causes of death can be determined.  The listed causes are
nosologised to the International Classifications of Diseases codes to
permit comparision with National and other cause-of-death statistics
that use this code system.  In those cases wherein a population at risk
can be sufficiently well defined, cause-specific death rates can be deter-
mined; several projects of this type have been completed, and others are
underway.  Proportional mortality analyses, however, can be done with
data on deaths only.  In such studies the ratios of specific causes of
death to total deaths in a worker group can be compared with ratios for
the same causes to total deaths in the general population or other com-
parison groups.  Several such analyses are underway, and on some of these
results are available.
     Records covering the 9-year period 1964-1972 for one group of approx-
imately 7,000 male rubber workers have been examined for cause-specific
death rates, and the results have been reported  (ref. 1).  As shown in
table 1, the overall death rates were very near the expected values when
compared with United States equivalent population experience for both
age ranges examined  (40 to 64 years and 40 to 84 years).   Some causes,
however, appeared in greater than expected rates.  In this, and in sub-
sequent tables of the same type, the "expected ratio" has the value "one.
     Even using the  conservative approach of comparison with overall
U.S. death rate statistics, which ignores the fact that worker groups are
selected groups and  in the absence of work-related health hazards are
healthier than the general population, some causes of death appeared in
noteworthy excess.   For the causes shown here, excesses were generally
greater among the younger, working-range, age group than for the total
age range considered, which includes retirees.   Especially noteworty are
                                     398

-------
      Table 1.   Standardized mortality ratios,  selected causes  of death
                  (One tire-manufacturing plant,  1967-1972)
Cause (I.C.D. Code)
All causes
Stomach cancer (151)
Large intestine cancer (153)
Prostate cancer (185)
Lymph os arcoma (200)
Leukemia (204-207)
Diabetes nielli tus (250)
Arteriosclerosis (440)
Liver cirrhosis (571)
40-84
0.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
99
87
23
42
26
28
43
54
22
(Deaths)
(1783)
(39)
(39)
(49)
(14)
(16)
(43)
(34)
(35)
40-64
0.
2.
1.
i.
2.
3.
1.
2.
0.
93
19
21
47
51
15
57
23
78
(Deaths)
(489)
(12)
(10)
(6)
(6)
(11)
(13)
(4)
(14)
leukemia and stomach cancer.   This is an initial  analysis of the data;
we recognize that examining data for a total  worker population may ob-
scure noteworthy experience for groups within the population.   Analysis
of the data for this population by occupational  class is underway.  We
are able also to examine the data by dates and duration of each job held.
     Age-standardized, proportional mortality ratios were determined for
each of six plant populations, which includes the plant for which the fore-
going death rate determinations were made (table  2).  Even in  the summary
data for the six plants, higher than expected ratios were revealed for
various cancers among the listing of deaths of workers from these plants.
     Again, the ratios for cancers of the stomach,  prostate, and lympha-
tic and hematopoietic systems (the group which includes lymphosarcoma and
the leukemias)  appear in greater than expected ratios, and again the ratio
for cancers of  the respiratory system and the bladder are higher than
expected among  the working age range.  In three of  the smaller plants, an
excess of cancers of the central nervous system is  suggested.
                                    399

-------
     This pattern is generally repeated in other proportional  mortality
analyses done to date.  Results of these studies have not yet  been pub-
lished.  In a group of four tire-manufacturing plants, higher  than
expected ratios of cancers of the stomach, the bladder, and the lymphatic
and hematopoietic tissues are noteworthy (table 3).

         Table  2.  Age-standardized proportional mortality  ratios
                           for selected cancers
      (Six tire-manufacturing plants, 1964-1972; total  deaths = 2469)
Cause -(I.C.D. code)
Stomach cancer (151)
Respiratory system cancer (160-163)
Prostate cancer (185)
Bladder cancer (188)
Lymphatic and hematopoietic
cancer (200-209)
Age range
40-84
1.58
1.10
1.09
0.98
1.26

40-64
2.06
1.18
1.88
1.28
1.67
         Table 3.   Age-standardized proportional  mortality ratios
                             selected cancers
      (Four tire-manufacturing plants,  1963-72;  total  deaths = 2289)

Cause
Stomach
Respiratory system
Prostate
Bladder
Age range
40-84
1.60
1.10
0.92
1.54

40-64
2.08
1.11
1.15
1.48
      Lymphatic and hematopoietic
        systems                           1.24                1.18
                                     400

-------
     In addition to the cancers listed here,  the ratios for deaths from
emphysema and cirrhosis of the liver are high for some plants.   In pre-
liminary and yet incomplete data for two additional  plants, these causes
again appear in ratios higher than expected,  along with an indicated
excess for prostate cancer as was found in other larger studies (table 4)
     Analysis for cause-specific death rates  and proportional mortality
ratios are continuing.  Specific effort is being devoted to relating
types of work experience to specific causes of death, which appear in
higher than expected numbers.  Several study  populations are being ex-
amined for cause-specific death rates by occupational  category  and by
date and duration of jobs held.  Findings of  such analyses may  identify
high-risk job categories for any disease category.
     Case control studies to identify high-risk occupations have been
initiated or are being developed for diseases such as leukemia, bladder
cancer, and stomach cancer, which have appeared in greater than expected
ratios among all or most of the study populations.   The first of these
from which results are available is a study of leukemias and similar
       Table 4.  Age-standardized proportional  mortality ratios
                           selected cancers
     (Two tire-manufacturing plants, 1964-72; total  deaths = 217)

Cause
Stomach
Respiratory system
Prostate
Bladder

40-84
1.89
1.02
1.59
1.33
Age range
40-64
3.70
0.95
1.56
(no deaths)
  lymphatic and hematopoietic
    systems
1.83
1.76
                                     401

-------
cancers (ref. 2) (table 5).  Deaths resulting from diseases within this
group among males from one plant were examined.  Most noteworth, lympha-
tic leukemia in the 40-64 year age range yielded a seven-fold excess.
Smaller excesses were noted in other categories.  Data for these deaths.
were combined with those for several smaller plants and examined for any
relationship between deaths from these types of cancers and work history.
Work experience for 88 cases of death from leukemia and similar cancers
are compared with histories for 264 matched controls from these plants to
determine if differences in occupation could be detected.  In six
occupational categories, the proportion of man-jobs among cases exceeded
the proportion for controls by one-half or more (table 6).  The greatest
difference was in Repairing Tires.
     The various occupational categories were combined into groups judged
to have exposures to solvents and those judged not to have such exposures.

                Table  5.   Age-standardized  mortality  ratios
             cancers  of the lymphatic  and hematopoietic systems
                   (One plant,  males,  1964-72,  36  deaths)
Cause
Lymphosarcoma and reticulum cell sarcoma
Hodgkins disease
Other lymphoid tissue neoplasms
Multiple myeloma
Lymphatic leukemia
Myeloid leukemia
Monocytic leukemia
Other and unspecified leukemia
Polycythemia vera
Myelofibrosis
Age range
40-84
1.42
2.21
* 	
0.64
2.11
1.02
	
0.38
	
	

40-64
1.74
0.92
	
	
7.64
2.04
	
	
	
	
*No deaths.
                                       402

-------
      Table  6.  Proportion of jobs held, lymphopoietic cancer cases
              and  controls, for selected occupational titles
           (Seven  plants, deaths  1964-72, total man-jobs = 5800)
Occupational title
Synthetic plant
Tuber service-tread
Roll changing
Mai ntenance-el ectri cal
Industrial products
Repairing tires
Case percent
2.1
2.3
2.5
1.0
1.5
1.5
Control percent
1.1
1.4
1.1
0.5
0.6
0.2
Ratio
1.9
1.6
2.3
2.0
2.5
7.5
Analysis for all cases (88 cases) and centrals revealed no statistically
significant differences.   Analysis of 17 cases of lymphatic leukemia  and
their matched controls, however, showed a significant difference between
cases and controls in the amount of time spent in solvent exposure jobs.
On the average, a lymphatic leukemia case spent 11  years in jobs invol-
ving solvents while the matched controls spent 4 years in such jobs.   The
cases spent less time than did the controls in jobs not involving solvent
exposures.  The greatest difference in solvent-exposure job patterns  of
the lymphatic leukemia cases and their controls was the Tire Repair
category, and work experience in jobs listed as involving solvent expos-
ures in this case group has all been since 1945.
     A case control analysis of data on colorectal  cancer among the same
population failed to reveal a statistically significant association of
any occupational group with the disease.  Although  statistical signifi-
cance was not achieved, the results suggest the possibility of associa-
tions of colorectal cancer with mixing, milling,  plant maintenance, and
machinists.  Such associations merit scrutiny in  other studies underway.
     Compared with mortality sutdies, morbidity studies often must be
done with less adequate records, with sparse information on experience
for a normal comparative population, and are generally higher in cost to
perform.  The matter of occupationally related morbidity has been
                                    403

-------
addressed in our study group through two types of studies, records analy-
sis and current health status investigations.  In the first category is
an analysis of cause specific disability retirements from large tire-
manufacturing plants (table 7).   Examination of 271 disability retirements
over the interval 1963-1972 revealed higher than expected levels for
retirements for skin and musculo-skeletal diseases, and to a lesser extent
for respiratory and endocrine system problems, when compared with Social
Security Administration data for disability retirements from all occupa-
tions in the United States.  The higher than expected number of retire-
ments for respiratory disease appears to be related to a specific episode
at the plant in the early 1960's.
          Table 7.  Age-standardized proportional disability ratios
                    (One plant, 271 retirements, 1963-72)
              Datum:  Social Security Administration disability
                           awards, all occupations
          Cause or disorder                                    SPDR
          Infections                                           0.13
          Neoplasms                                            0.75
          Endocrine                                            1.33
          Blood                                               *	
          Mental                                               1.17
          Nervous                                              0.50
          Circulatory                                          0.76
          Respiratory                                          1.43
          Digestive                                            0.94
          Genito-urinary                                       	
          Skin                                                11.78
          Musculoskeletal                                      2.37
          Congenital malformation                              	
          111 defined and  accidents                            0.76
               *No  retirements.
                                     404

-------
     A study of sickness absence in the same plant for the period 1944 to
1972 failed to reveal any remarkable association of such absence with
work experience except for the respiratory illness episode of the early
1960's, which was mentioned earlier.
     Health status studies involve both the administration of question-
naires to workers to learn from them of their health experience, and the
conduct of selected health status £xaminations.  Questionnaire surveys
have been made among workers in two large plants, and among selected
groups in a third plant.  Work is still underway to assess the question-
naire responses relative to other available health status data.  The
questionnaire surveys have been coupled with health examinations which
may include pulmonary function tests, chest X-rays, blood and urine anal-
yses, and medical occupational histories.  One such study has been done
in a large tire-manufacturing plant, but analysis and reporting of
results are not yet finished.  A second comprehensive study of this type
was done last fall as a joint effort with the National Institute for Occu-
pational Safety and Health in a large plant which involves polyvinyl
chloride operations and tire manufacturing.
     Several, years ago Dr. Mastromatteo reported on pulmonary disease
among workers using a resorcinol-methylene donor bonding agent in tire
manufacturing.  The methylene donor was believed to be the culprit, and
use of the system was discontinued.  Such systems are again in use with
a different methylene donor.  A special investigation to determine whether
use of resorcinol-methylene donor adhesive systems, currently used in
tire manufacturing, may cause respiratory disease was begun last August.
Occupational and medical histories were obtained, and pulmonary function
tests were performed on persons exposed and matched controls totaling
about 250 persons.  Environmental sampling for resorcinol, formaldehyde,
ammonia, cyanide, and respirable particulates was done at workplaces
during the time of the pulmonary function survey.  Statistical analysis
of the data has just been completed; results will be reported to our
committees next week.  Although there are some positive findings, I can
report that the pulmonary function investigation to date has not demon-
strated the serious respiratory effects with presently used materials,
which were reported to be associated with the chemical systems used
                                    405

-------
earlier.  On the environmental  side, measured exposure for none of the
contaminants sampled were near threshold limit values.
     Initial environmental activities in the program have involved orien-
tation and familiarization with the industry through site visits at a
number of plants and fairly intensive investigations at a few selected
plants.  Job terminology varies from company to company, and from plant
to plant within companies.  From the environmental  work has come a sys-
tems of job classification that is used in the epidemiologic work, the
health status studies, and in the environmental programs.  Through uni-
form use of such a classification system, results between projects can be
compared and medical and environmental findings can be related.
     Environmental sampling to date has revealed the expected large
variety of exposures to chemical and physical agents, but thus far has
not revealed remarkable, consistent excesses over threshold limit values
for individual agents.  Our primary interest in the environmental work,
however, is not in generation of data for comparison with threshold limit
values, but in developing information which may help reveal agents re-
sponsible for adverse health effects.  At the present time we are trying
to identify jobs involving exposures to volatile materials, principally
solvents, using a variety of means including charcoal tube personal sam-
plers, and to respirable particulates such as carbon black aerosol, dusts
in compounding areas, and curing fume, using personal samplers with cy-
clone presamplers.  These results can be coupled with the characteristics
and effectiveness of controls in use at the time of sampling.
     Samping can represent only current conditions while medical studies
represent the results of accumulated experience, perhaps over many years.
There is a dearth of quantitative information on past environmental con-
ditions in the rubber industry, but in our environmental work we continue
to seek qualitative historical information.  Such information will be of
value in interpreting epidemiologic findings.  Results of current sam-
pling, however, will be of value in future epidemiologic investigations.
     The composition of effluents from the curing process has been of
particular interest.  Initial examinations have shown that the benezene
soluble portion, generally representing the organic fraction of particu-
late material, comprises from about 20 percent to 80 percent of the
                                      406

-------
total participate, with a median value of about 50 percent.  Most of the
organic material is near neutral in pH, though some 2 to 5 percent is
basic and about 1 percent is acidic.  Earlier in this conference, Dr.
Stephen Rappaport reported to you on his investigations of emissions of
volatile materials from curing of a tread stock.  In his work, the Cg to
C25 vapors emitted from the curing of a typical tread stock in laboratory
apparatus were analyzed qualitatively and quantitatively by gas chromo-
tography and mass spectrometry.  Compounds identified included styrene,
butadiene oligomers, alkyl benzenes and naphthalenes, and several speci-
fic nitrogen- and sulfur-containing substances.  Most of these were
traced to individual formulation ingredients, i.e., the polymers, an
aromatic oil, an antiozonant, and an accelerator.  Air concentrations
for compounds later confirmed in a curing area (a passenger-tire press
room) ranged from a high 1.5 ppm to 5 ppb and varied inversely with
boiling point; thus the more abundant substances appear to be in the C5
to Cg boiling range.  A dimer of butadiene, 4-vinyl-l-cyclohexene, was
found to be quite abundant in the curing emissions and appears to be
responsible for the characteristic odor of the tread stock.

Plans and Prospects
     A number of retrospective mortality projects are underway and will
continue with particular emphasis on mortality experience by specific
disease and occupational categories.  Results of such projects will be
used in the search for environmental agents of exposures which may be
associated with the diseases found to be in excess.  Disease-specific,
case-control studies will be initiated as well to identify occupational
categories or exposure conditions which may be related to excess disease.
In like manner, health experience-work experience relationships will be
examined in morbidity and health status studies in efforts to identify
occupational or exposure groups which appear to be at high risk.
     Environmental surveys to establish a baseline for current environ-
mental conditions will continue, and, as medical studies reveal occupation
al or exposure groups with adverse health experience, special effort will
be made to identify agents or exposures that may be related.  This will
involve consideration of past exposures as well as current conditions.
                                     407

-------
As agents or exposures are identified with health problems, the matter of
control techniques to eliminate the hazard will be addressed.

Summary
     Occupational health studies which were begun in the rubber-products-
manufacturing industry about 2-1/2 years ago by the Study Group in the
School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, are now beginning
to yield results.  Findings on mortality experience and some characteris-
tics of environmental exposures in the rubber industry are now being
reported.  Most noteworthy findings to date relate to malignant neoplasms,
particularly to cancers of the lymphatic and hematopoietic systems,
stomach, bladder, prostate, and respiratory system.  Particular attention
will now be given to identifying environmental agents or exposure condi-
tions which may be related to findings of adverse health effects.
                                   REFERENCES
1.  A. J. McMichael, R. Spirtas, and L. L. Kupper, "An Epidemiologic
    Study of Mortality Within a Cohort of Rubber Workers,'1964-72,"
    J. Occup. Med.,  Vol. 16, No. 6 (July 1974), pp. 458-464.
2.  A. J. McMichael, R. Spirtas, L. L. Kupper, and J. F. Gamble, "The
    Relationship of Solvent Exposure to Leukemia Among Rubber
    Workers:  An Epidemiological Study," J. Occup. Med., Vol. 17,
    No. 4 (April 1975), pp. 234-239.
                                       408

-------
DISCUSSION

DR. CARL A. NAU (Texas Tech University,  Lubbock  Texas):   Would you  define,
     for the benefit of the group,  what you  mean by control  group?
     Would you mind explaining just how you  get  your control  group?
DR. ROBERT L. HARRIS, JR.  (University of North Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,
     N.C.): In the case-control  studies, where control  groups are used,
     the cases and controls are matched  by age,  sex, type of work,  etc.,
     with controls having  died from causes other than causes being
     examined among the cases.  They are drawn from the same population
     at risk as are persons having  the specific  diseases  being examined.
MR. MARK L. DANNIS (B.F. Goodrich,  Akron,  Ohio):   You stated there  were
     some cases or good examples where enterprise benefits or longevity—
     that is mortality rate-are much lower than  the population as a
     whole encountered. What might those  be,  and do you  have any idea
     of the cause?
DR. HARRIS:  I am sure there are causes  that can be known.   I can look
     at some of these here.*  Cancer of  the  rectum,  for example, has an
     SMR of 6Q compared with 100, and cancer of  the pancreas has an SMR
     of 62 in the working  age-that  is, in  the under-64 age group—while
     in the total age range the SMR is 86.   I  mentioned cancer of the
     bladder in some populations.  This  does not appear in all the  popu-
     lations, but in this  particular group,  cancer of the bladder had an
     SMR of 80 rather than 100.   Here is an  SMR  of 78 for liver  cirrhosis
     in the under-64 range, which goes to  122  in the total age range, up
     to 4 years.   It appears that the older  people have the  excess.
     Accidents, poision, and violence in this  particular  group is a 59
     rather than the 100.   Perhaps  a reason, which I suspect may have
     been discussed here,  is the healthy-worker  phenomenon.   With a
     healthy-worker group—those who might be  considered  to  be in a
     relatively nonhazardous type of occupation—one can  find the SMR,
     age—adjusted, in the order of 60.   We  have done this in looking at
     one very large group  of people who  do not have overt identifiable
     *Reference to McMichael  et al.,  JOM,  1974  (ref.  1 of paper by
Robert L.  Harris,  Jr.)
                                   409

-------
     major occupational  health insults.   If,  in  these  studies,  one
     corrects for active workers  not involved for  example,  you  find  SMR
     like that.   It may  be,  in the absence of certain  types of  insults,
     that one expects a  lower value than one  gets  in the  total  population,
     which includes all  occupations and  the ages,  the  well, the infirm,
     and the institutionalized, etc.
MR. LOUIS S. BELICZKY (United Rubber Workers  International  Union, Akron,
     Ohio):  I think this has been apparently observed in industrial
     populations and represents a selection constant of "the healthy
     worker" by the University of North  Carolina.   I think  sometimes we
     get the feeling, because of  that statistical  statement and because
     the SMR may be a bit lower,  that it really  is healthier to work in
     one of the plants than  not to work  in one of  the  plants, that this
     is something found  as a matter of fact.   The  workers are selected
     and given a medical examination.
MR. DAVID CASINE (The Firestone Tire and Rubber  Company,  Akron, Ohio):
     I am not knowledgeable, so I would  like  a layman's comment.  Would
     you say that the rubber industry is a hazardous occupation?
MR. BELICZKY:  Based on  the  information  that  I have, from my experience
     related to the mortality studies, not necessarily to morbidity
     studies, I think that this particular industry has problems of
     great concern.  I have spent much of my  time  in plants in  the
     United States and Canada, and I am  aware of some  of the problems.
     These are my personal feelings; perhaps  Dr. Harris would like to
     express his.
DR. HARRIS:  I think that it is really what we are trying to examine here.
     You ask if it is a hazardous industry, I suppose  one could address
     that question to almost any industry. There  may  be processes and
     operations that merit corrections to make it  a healthier industry,
     which the company,  the unions, and  we are all striving to  identify.
     One purpose of our effort is to get an answer to  the question you
     just asked.
MR. DANNIS:  I understand that you have  been  working on this for 4 years
     now, going on 5.  What kind of timetable do you anticipate that you
                                     410

-------
     will come up with factual, meaningful information that could be
     used by EPA people for rules and regulations?
DR. HARRIS:  We have not really addressed the studies to use by EPA
     people for rules and regulations.  We have to address them to the
     charges that were given by the union-company committee to us, which
     are to conduct epidemiological environmental studies within this
     industry to report the findings to them, and we are engaged in
     that. We have reported some, and we will continue in the research
     design. We have a responsibility to report to the committees and to
     the scientific community through publications.  If, in turn, these
     publications become of use to people of EPA and others, it will be
     their drawing from the studies, rather than our directing studies
     specifically to their needs.  I don't know what their time schedule
     would be or whether they will gain fnom our work things that they
     would use in this area.  I just don't know.
MR. BELICZKY:  I would like to pick up where Dr. Harris left off.  It
     was never intended that the information gathered here would be
     directly applied to any regulatory agency, especially EPA.  If it
     has any application in areas of health standards, it may currently
     be involved with NIOSH—National Institute for Occupational Safety
     and Health.  I think it could have bearing if at any time EPA does
     become involved with the Toxic Substances Act.  To date the data
     and information that have been gleaned from the university programs
     had a direct bearing on the establishment of the OSHA current
     standard on vinyl chloride.  The epidemiological studies at the
     Firestone plant and some of the epidemiological evaluations and
     publications that were generated by looking at death certificate
     data at the B.F. Goodrich plant at Louisville certainly have been
     valuable.  The high incidence of cancer of the brain related to
     vinyl chloride exposure is an example.  Currently, the University
     of North Carolina has been directly involved in the first quadripar-
     tite study involving the University, the union, the company, and
     NIOSH.  Comprehensive studies were conducted of workers exposed to
     vinyl chloride at a facility that both manufactures the polymer and
                                     411

-------
     uses the polymer to make film sheeting.   In  this  regard  I  think
     there will  be some direct input in  relating  to  the  standards  on
     vinyl chloride.   However, the regulation on  vinyl chloride becomes
     effective on April 1.   I think the  prime function of the university
     study is to gain information that would  control work exposure to
     various chemicals, and which would  lead  us to initiate action to
     control workers' exposure both environmentally  and  through medicaT-
     surveillance programs.  Actions are intended to increase the  life
     span of workers  involved in the manufacture  of  rubber and plastics
     products.
          Harvard's work with talc exposures  will lead to a change in
     the current A.C.G.I.H. TLV for1 that material.
DR. HARRIS:  I have one brief comment here.   There -is  work, as most of
     you are aware, elsewhere than in the university programs.   Work  has
     been underway in Great Britain for  some  time, and there  is a  fairly
     recent publication in  the British Journal Industrial Medicine,
     reporting some standardized mortality ratios in their studies;
     these ratios have some parallels to what seems  to be developing  in
     the studies in this country.  Most  remarkable are the apparent
     excesses in neoplasms  among the populations  studied.  So this type
     of work is underway in other programs as well.
                                      412

-------
                 THE RUBBER WORKERS STUDY AT THE HARVARD SCHOOL
                                OF PUBLIC HEALTH
                      William A. Burgess, John M. Peters,
                             and Richard R. Monson*
Abstract
     The interest by workers an the effect of chemicals and working
conditions on health has resulted in three-way agreements between the
major rubber companies, the United Rubber Workers, and schools of
public health.  The Harvard School of Public Health signed agreements
with the B. F. Goodrich Company and the Armstrong Rubber Company, with
the International Union of Rubber Workers as the third party.
     Under these agreements the Occupational Research Study Group at
Harvard conducts epidemiological studies of potential health .hazards
and in-plant investigations of exposure to air contaminants.  The
Study Group also assists in the development of safe standards for
occupational environments and environmental controls.  The Harvard
Study Group is represented by faculty members of the Departments of
Environmental Health Sciences, Epidemiology, and Physiology.
     To uncover possible unknown occupational health problems, a major
mortality study has been conducted.  This study has demonstrated excess
stomach cancer in processing workers, excess lung cancer in tire-curing
workers, and excess bladder cancer and leukemia in the general plant
population.
     In a parallel effort, detailed occupational health surveys of each
plant by a Harvard physician-engineer team revealed specific company-
wide problems, which deserve further research.  These studies, which
are complemented by laboratory investigations, include the exposure of
curing press operators to various off-gases and fumes from the process,
the hazard from processing dust, and the exposure to industrial talc.
     William A. Burgess, Associate Professor of Occupational Health
Engineering; John M. Peters, M.D., Sc.D. (Hyg.), Associate Professor
of Occupational Medicine; and Richard R. Monson, M.D., Sc.D. (Hyg.),
Associate Professor of Epidemiology
                                   413

-------
INTRODUCTION
     Mr.  Beliczky traced the  history and  background  of the  three-way
occupational health agreements in  the rubber industry, which  have  been
recognized as hallmark collaborative programs.   Under this  program the.
Harvard School of Public Health signed agreements  with the  B.  F. Goodrich
Company and Armstrong Rubber  Company, with  the  United Rubber,  Cork,
Linoleum and Plastic Workers  of America in  each case being  the third
party.
     The program, which is financed by special  contributions  by industry,
is administered by an Occupational  Health Committee  (OHC) composed of
three management and three union representatives.  The Occupational
Health Committee reviews and  approves the research plans  proposed  by
the university research team, makes recommendations  for the implementa-
tion of the findings of the research, and reviews  occupational health
problems referred to it by local plant Health and  Safety  Committees for
possible referral to the university.
     Under the agreement, an  Occupational Research Study  Group (ORSG)
was established at the university.   This  research  team conducts epidemi-
ologic studies and in-plant investigations  to define potentially hazard-
ous conditions.  The Occupational  Research  Study Group also assists in
the development of safe standards for occupational environments.
     At Harvard the ORSG includes members from the Departments of
Environmental Health Sciences, Epidemiology, and Physiology.
     The.Harvard program includes mortality studies  to define possible
unknown health hazards.  Joint medical-industrial  hygiene studies  of
plant populations are also conducted to elucidate the effects of known
potentially hazardous materials or conditions.   The  latter studies are
supported by extensive laboratory research  programs.  Selected studies
in each of the above program areas will be  described in this paper.

EPIDEMIOLOGY
      In one study the mortality experience  of approximately 25,000 past
and current employees from one plant in Ohio going back to 1925 has been
reviewed by Monson and Nakano of the Department of Epidemiology.  Start-
                                   414

-------
ing in October 1971,  mortality data were  collected  from three  primary
sources—the dues files of the union,  the employee  file maintained  by
the company, and the  death file maintained by  the company.  The  data
were supplemented by  death certificates  obtained from the  company in-
surance carrier and from the Ohio and  other State health departments.
Information on the vital status of terminated  employees was obtained
with the assistance of the Internal Revenue Service and the Social
Security Administration.
     A comparison was made between numbers of  deaths observed  among
rubber workers as compared to numbers  of deaths expected on the  basis
of United States death rates.  In this comparison,  race, sex,  age,  and
time were taken into  account.  Comparisons were made for all rubber
workers, as well as for groups of rubber workers who had worked  together
in specific areas of the plant.
     The mortality experience between  January  1, 1940, and June  30,
1974, of 13,571 white male employees at  this single plant  revealed
that mortality was between 62 percent  and 82 percent of that expected
based On United States death rates. With the  exception of cancer,  there
was no strong indication that there were excess deaths from any  specific
cause of death.  There was an indication of excess  deaths  from specific
cancers among workers of a number of different departments, as shown in
tables 1 and 2.
     1.   Excess gastrointestinal cancer was seen in all age categories
and was greatest in processing workers who died at  age 75  and  above.
     2.   Excess lung cancer was limited to tire-curing workers  who
started work between age 25 and 34 and who died in  1955 or later.
     3.   Excess bladder cancer was greatest in men who worked at least
35 years and who died at age 75 or above.  No  excess risk  was  present
in men who started working after 1934.  (In men who started working
between 1930 and 1934, there were 7 deaths due to bladder  cancer and
5.1 expected.)
     4.   Except for age started working, the  patterns for lymphatic
cancer and myeloma and for leukemia did  not differ  greatly.  In  men who
started working before age 25, an excess was seen only for leukemia.
There was no evidence for an excess of either  category of  cancer in men
who started working after 1934.
                                   415

-------
Table 1.  Observed and expected deaths due to selected diseases,
    according to work area in which employee usually worked
Disease
All gastrointestinal
cancer
Stomach cancer
Large intestine cancer
Pancreas cancer
Lung cancer
,Jrostate cancer
Bladder cancer
Brain cancer
Lymphatic cancer
and myeloma
Leukemia
Asthma
Diabetes
Vascular diseases of
central nervous system
Pneumonia
Work area
Processing
Rubber reclaim
Processing
Processing
Elevator/cleaning
Tire curing
Miscellaneous tire
Warehouse/shipping
Tire building
All
Tire building
Tire building
Tires
Processing
All
Services
Warehouse/shipping
Operating services
Tire curing
Number
Observed
52
11
18
14
6
20
12
8
9
48
7
11
18
10
55
11
11
19
12
of deaths
Expected
38.2
7.7
9.9
10.5
2.9
12.4
8.8
2.6
4.8
39.5
3.7
7.1
11.7
4.2
43.0
7.0
5.8
14.1
7.7
                              416

-------






rv
s_
cu
o
c
re
0
-o
cu
o
cu

to
s-
in
in •!-
j_> irt
*r~* VI
re -r-
cu s-
-0 CU
1 >
-o o
cu re
> s-
J- re
fl ) ^~
\JJ -i—
LO O
"o -f i
cu
XJ 4->
C 0
re cu
'cu
in t/>
o
•r- O
i ^ i \
•I— ' •+-*
re
i- cn

4-> -o
•r- S-
re o
4-> O
s- re
o
E
-a
s-
re
•o
c
re
4_>
OO

.
CM

CU

f"i
re
I—













O
re
•r-
CU

CU
_J




-a
O CO
•i- re re
+-> E
re >• o
-C O) r—
o. o cu
E c >,
_1 0


s- o
~* ni
"O (J
re c:
i— re
fy^ (5




.O
D^ OJ
C 0
3 C
_i re
o



•—
i rere
0 C S-
i- -r- CU
•4-* •>-* O
t/> in c
re cu re
CP -M O
•i—




^"
0
Ol
cu
•4_>
re
c_>








o
• r—
[ '
to
• i—
s-
OJ
•1-J
(J
re

re

0

CTl CO CO
i— i— r—

o o o
00 O CM






^1- CM LO
r— CM r—

o o o
CTl i— t—



^^o"
r*"* ^^ ^^*

o o o
i— OO CM




,~^,~,
"*"* ^^ *

o o o
CTl CM LO
CM




^~-CM OO
P-. CM CM

o o o
CM CM VO






^J-
LO OO LO
CM 1 OO
V LO A 1
CM '




cn
c
• ^
\s
S-
o
5

-o
cu

S-
re
^_>

C
• r—
sX
S-
o
5

-o
cu
.4_>
S-
re

to

S-
re
cu


co oo >
^z
re

to
3

O

^

t/>
CU
cu

o
^— •
a.
E
UJ
re -








































•
c
•r—
S-
O

CU
s_
••-

c


-a
cu

s-
o

S-
O)
>
cu

o
JC
^

to
cu
cu

o
r—
a.
E
UJ
a































































•
in
cu
cu
>•>
o

'a.
E
cu

,__
^..
^^
u
417

-------
     The mortality studies have identified the plant areas and occupa-
tions, which require study to elucidate possible carcinogenic agents.
Such studies obviously have the major shortcoming that a discontinued
exposure could be responsible for some of today's mortality.   One must
deal with long induction periods in cancer, usually a minimum of 20
years in duration.  The rubber industry has certainly been dynamic, and
materials and processes have changed.  However, based on these data and
other confirming studies, we are attempting to identify specific sub-
stances that may be responsible for gastrointestinal cancer in processing
workers, lung cancer in tire-curing workers, and bladder cancer and
leukemia in general workers.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH FIELD STUDIES
     Our field study program was initiated by a detailed walk-through
survey of all plants covered by the "agreements" during 1971  and 1972
to gain familiarity with the materials and the processes involved in
the manufacture of rubber products and the potential occupational health
hazards.  Our major management contact at each plant was the personnel
manager, although we interviewed the plant manager, production personnel,
safety staff, and medical staff.  We contacted the local union president
and met with union members of the safety committee.
     Our interview with the company management prior to the plant survey
was designed to develop information on safety and occupational disease
statistics; broad personnel data such as population, turnover, and age
distribution of factory workers; a management consensus of the important
occupational health problems; and an outline of the plant medical coverage.
     A meeting held with union personnel provided a list of the major
industrial health concerns of the union membership, including specific
plant problems and control difficulties.  An early meeting with the
union permitted us to view these specific areas during our plant tour.
     A detailed preliminary industrial hygiene survey of the plant was
conducted with both management and union representatives.  The company
representative was usually the staff person who had responsibility for
safety, and the union member was either the local president or the
chairman of the union safety committee.  All production areas were
                                  418

-------
visited.  Detailed information was made available on materials,
processes, and environmental  controls.   Our access to plant areas  and
to specific information on processes was complete in both  companies.
     A proposal was then prepared and submitted to the Occupational
Health Committee identifying the companywide problems that we felt
deserved either correction or further research.  This approach led to
the choice of a number of field studies, and I  will  briefly describe
the results of three of these studies.
Curing Room Study
     A medical study of workers in the curing rooms  was completed  in
three plants of one company.   The plants were selected based on  the
extent of the curing fume problem and on the stability of  the work
population.  A concurrent industrial hygiene survey  was conducted.
     Since the specific causal agent was not known,  the exposures  of
workers were characterized by personal  air sampling  for respirable
mass particulate.  This sampling program permitted us to define  broad
exposure classifications of all workers in this study.
     Laboratory studies are now underway to define a specific sampling
and analytical method for the principal agents.
     The exposed population numbered about 200  workers in  the study
group, and a similar group of the same age and  duration of employment
not exposed to curing fumes was selected as the control population.
     A questionnaire was administered at each of the plants to ascertain
current symptoms, past medical history, lifetime occupational history,
and smoking habits.  Height and weight were determined. Posterior,
anterior, and lateral X-rays  were taken in full expansion  to ascertain
total lung capacity and evidence of X-ray abnormality.  Pulmonary  func-
tion testing included determinations of forced  vital capacity (FVC) and
forced expiratory volumes (FEV) on both populations.
     From this study we were  able to demonstrate that 25 percent of
those curing room workers with greater than 10  years -exposure have
chronic obstructive lung disease.  The increase in respiratory morbidity
was related to both intensity and length of exposure to fume. The mean
1-year loss of FEV, Q in curing workers with greater than  10 years of
exposure was significantly greater than the control  groups and 3 to 5
                                   419

-------
times that due to aging.   In addition,  curing fume.s  produced an acute
effect on the lungs; that is, during the day one could measure an effect
from morning until night.
Processing Study
     A similar study was  conducted on 65 men exposed to dust in the
processing area in three  rubber tire-manufacturing plants.   Compared
to the controls, the processing workers had a higher prevalence of
chronic productive cough, overall a decrease in the ratio of FEV, Q to
FVC, and, in the group with greater than 10 years exposure, a signifi- •
cant decrease in the ratio of FEV, Q/FVC, FEV, Q, residual  FEV^ Q, and
flow rates at 50 and 25 percent of the forced vital  capacity.  These
findings define obstructive lung disease in this population.
     We have completed a preliminary air-sampling program in these
processing areas.  The respirable mass particulate concentrations range
from 1-3 mg/m  with a significant portion of the respirable mass con-
sisting of carbon black.
Industrial Talc Study
     A population of 80 industrial talc workers at three tire-manufacturing
plants has been studied by means of pulmonary function tests, chest X-rays,
and respiratory questionnaires.  The exposures of the workers were identi-
fied by both midget impinger and respirable mass-sampling techniques.
The dust exposures were significantly below the present TLV of 20 MPPCF
for nonfibrous talc with a quartz content of less than 0.5 percent.  The
workers did not demonstrate X-ra^ changes but did have evidence of
respiratory morbidity.  For each year of exposure to talc there was a
                                                               i
25-ml loss of FEV, Q in excess of that attributed to age and smoking.

LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS
     Dr. Avram Gold described work on the isolation of carcinogenic
adsorbates on charcoal.  This study will be later translated into
specific field sampling and analytical methods to properly describe
the exposure of workers in the processing area to carbon black.  In
another major laboratory study, Dr. Otto Grubner, a member of  the
Occupational Health Research Group at Harvard  is conducting  a  detailed
                                  420

-------
study of chemical  compounds that become airborne during the curing of
tires.   Although this  study is  not concluded,  preliminary  comments on
the investigative techniques and results can be made at this time.
     A number of experiments involving different quantities of tire
tread stock have been  made.  In one investigation the stock was cured
in a special all-glass apparatus at a temperature of 150°  C for approxi
mately 70 hours.  The  chemical  compounds evolved were collected in a
freezing trap cooled to -78°C followed with  a glass  tube filled with
1.02 g of activated charcoal.  Samples of the off-gases were analyzed
by gas chromatography  using a nonpolar column and a  polar liquid phase
column in parallel.  The off-gases were analyzed at  regular intervals
by gas-chromatography and revealed that no organic substances in
concentration detectible by the flame-ionization detector were passing
through the charcoal bed.  Samples taken from the inlet portion of
the adsorption bed contained at least five organic compounds.  The
retention times of these compounds were different when analyzed by the
two columns, with better separation obtained on the  polar column.   At
least three of the organic compounds were identified as thiols of
disulfides by reaction with N-N dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine.  The
Kovats's Indices of these peaks indicated that the compounds under
consideration were probably propyl-thiol, butyl-thiol and methyl-
butyl -thiol.
     A fraction from the freezing trap was dissolved in precooled
pentane, another in precooled methylene chloride, and samples of
these solutions were analyzed by gas chromatography, using various
combinations of columns with different liquid phases, subtract!ve
chromatography, pretreatment of the samples  with dinitrophenyl-
hydrazine, molecular sieve 5A,  and microscale  reduction of  the
sample by hydrogen over a palladium catalyst.  These experiments
are summarized below.
     A few aliquots of the sample gave a positive colorimetric
reaction with N-N dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, indicating the
presence of thiols in the sample.  It can be assumed that even
higher homologues of thiols than those identified in the gaseous
phase were contained in the sample.
                                421

-------
     Pretreatment of other aliquots  of the  sample with  dinitrophenyl
hydrazine did not give positive reaction  for aldo or keto groups,
indicating that aldehydes or ketones were probably  not  present  in  the
sample.  The gas chromatrographic .spectrum of the sample remained
unchanged when the sample was treated with  molecular sieve 4A,  indi-
cating that normal paraffins and their derivatives  were not present.
     The catalytic reduction of sample aliquots  did not change  the
gas chromatographic spectrum of the  sample.   This suggests that no
easily reducible compounds were present in  the sample.   The very low
concentration of the organic compounds in the sample as well as the
relatively short time of reduction  (2 hours) may have limited the
reducti on.
     Subtract!'ve gas chromatography  employing a  short silica gel
column saturated with sulphuric acid inserted between the regular
column and the detector, as well as  the evaluation  of gas chromato-
graph spectra obtained on SE 52, Carbowax 20 M and  polypropylene-
glycol-silver columns, made it possible to tentatively  identify the
nature of some of the 35 compounds  found in the sample.  Some were
classified as olefins, others as iso-paraffins,  and others as aromatic
compounds.  The aromatic compounds were predominant.
     The total yield of products gained in the process  of curing 62.8
g of the tire substrate was at least 20 mg, with 10 mg  adsorbed on the
charcoal adsorption tube.  Compounds adsorbed on the charcoal have not
been analyzed.
     With completion of this work, we will  hopefully identify the
critical compounds of the curing off-gases, and based on that identi-
fication we will design our in-plant sampling system to describe
adequately the workers' exposure.
     In my introduction, I indicated that our program.was interdisci-
plinary, with physicians, epidemiologists, industrial hygienists,
chemists, and physicists working together to identify hazards and
control them.  I believe the descriptions of the North  Carolina and
Harvard programs indicate the success of this Joint URW-company-
university program.
                                  422

-------
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
     This study was supported by contracts with DRW, B.  F.  Goodrich
Co., and Armstrong Rubber Co., and Center Grant 5 P10 ES00002 from
the National Institutes of Environmental  Health Sciences.

DISCUSSION
MR. HARRY J. COLLYER (Cabot Corporation,  Billerica, Mass.):   Mr.  Burgess,
     was Dr. Avran Gold's work done on adsorbates, from charcoal, or on
     carbon b'lack?
MR. BURGESS:  On carbon black.
MR. LOUIS S. BELICZKY (United Rubber Workers International  Union, Akron,
     Ohio):  I am sure Dr. Gold's comments generated interest during the
     session.  We have been aware of some of his findings  and I  think Dr..
     Gold approached the problem very academically.  It is  interesting
     to note that another research organization essentially came up with
     the same kind of results involved.
          Former information presented a  year or so ago raised quite a
     few eyebrows when someone said that  he found benzopyrene in car-
     bon black.  I have been tn plants where I have walked  in three,
     four, or five inches of carbon black and it has taken  me days to
     get the carbon black from my skin and my clothing.
          The real concern is that the threshold limit value for carbon
     black, which is 3.5 mg per cubic meter, has been assigned by chance.
     This resulted when the American Conference of Governmental  Industri-
     al Hygienists asked a gentleman by the name of Sands,  formerly of
     the Uniroyal Corporation, what he thought the control  level  of car-
     bon black concentration in the worker's breathing zone could be.
     He thought for a while and said, "Well, I think that the proper
     engineering control level that we can achieve at this  time  is 3.5
     mg per cubic meter of air.  The basis for the establishment  of the
     threshold limit value for carbon black was an estimate  based on the
     ability of a ventilation system to reduce worker exposure to carbon
     black.  We must now seriously look at this threshold limit  value,
     when we consider that four carcinogens have been isolated on carbon
     black and that perhaps we may consider the carbon entity as  a potential

                                   423

-------
     carcinogen, per se.
MR. GEORGE L. WILSON (Local  17 of United Rubber Workers  Union,  The  B.  F.
     Goodrich Tire and Rubber Company,  Akron,  Ohio):   Professor Burgess,
     I understood you to  say that appropriate  threshold  limit  values of
     talc might either be .25 or .5 mg  per cubic meter.   Can you comment
     a little further on  that?  Have you decided which one  might be
     appropriate?
MR. BURGESS:  We have not made a decision on an appropriate TLV for in-
     dustrial talc.  The  concentration  one chooses  depends  on  the penalty
     in FEV 1.0 one is willing to accept.
CHAIRMAN BELICZKY:  Dr. Longley?
DR. MARS Y. LONGLEY (Sohio,  Cleveland,  Ohio):   Along  those  lines, how  long
     back in time did you suppose the level  of quartz in talc  was under
     .5 percent?
MR. BURGESS:  In the particular company we were working  with,  it was at
     least a decade, and  possibly longer.
MR. WILSON:  Regarding the manual versus the automatic tire press—heavy
     versus light industrial—is there  any difference in the  tire compound?
MR, BURGESS:  There are .differences in  compounds; however,  we  were  not able
     to resolve the exposure to that degree.
MR. BELICZKY:  We are concerned with the common dusts used  as  lubricating
     materials in the rubber industry.   Talc is a mineral in  general use
     and our concern is three-fold:  (1) talc, per se, produces TALCOSIS,
     without considering, (2) the free-silica  content in concentrations
     above 1 percent and  more significantly, that (3) asbestos fiber may
     be found in talc. Asbestos is well known for its production of lung
     as well as mesotheliomal cancer.
          The term "soapstone" in the industry usually includes the mineral,
     per we, and also is  used to include clay, mica,  talc,  and even zinc
     stearate.  All four  have been implicated  in pulmonary  fibrosis.   Clay
     and mica may produce pneumoconiosis because of the  free  crystalline
     silica contained in  them.  Talc may contain asbestos fibers as well
     as free silica.  The data generated from  the university  programs  should
     lead to control by "controlled-purchasing," i.e., by only purchasing
     materials containing less that 1 percent  free crystalline silica  and
     no asbestos fibers.   The same philosophy  shall be applied to the  pur-
     chase of petroleum distillates, including hexane, gasoline, petroleum,
                                   424

-------
 and  similar napthas:  they shall contain less than 1 percent benzene,
 and  be  purchased accordingly.  Benzene is a carcinogen.
     The amorphous silicas are also of concern, and they and the other
 pneumoconiosis producing dusts mentioned above must be handled with
 proper  engineering and environmental control.
     Professor Burgess referred to heat and environmental heat stress
 problems.  I served on the DOL's Heat Stress Advisory Committee, which
 completed  its deliberation in November, 1973.  The committee's recom-
 mendations were sent to the Assistant Secretary of Labor, who forwarded
.them to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health on
 April 11,  1974.  On April 13, 1974, the director of NIOSH returned then
 to OSHA, and the recommended document sits there today—just gathering
 dust.
     QSHA's excuse for this delay in promulgating a standard is based
 on lack of adequate documentation to justify a standard--"Not enough
 workers are dying or being seriously injured by environmentally induced
 heat stress or heat strain."  Only prejudiced management data was in-
 cluded  in  the committee meetings—organized labor had minimal mortality
 or morbidity data to sway the Office of the Assistant Secretary of
 Labor.  Both Harvard and the University of North Carolina are studying
 environmental heat stress, and hopefully their data will point to the
 development of a standard which will adequately protect workers from
 the  adverse effect of heat stress.
                               425

-------
14 March 1975
                             Session V:

                     CONFERENCE SUMMATION

                          Farley Fisher, Ph.D.
                          General Chairman
                              427

-------
                          CONFERENCE SUMMATION
                             Farley Fisher

GENERAL CHAIRMAN FISHER;  Our plan at this point is to give each of the
     session chairmen 5 to 10 minutes to comment on his session or on the
     rest of the conference.  Unfortunately, two of our session chairmen
     are not with us today because of other commitments.   Mr.  Robert C. Niles
     of Uniroyal, Inc., Chairman of Session I, had planned to be here but
     unfortunately could not.  Mr. David Garrett of the Office of Toxic
     Substances at EPA in Washington was to substitute for Mr. Niles, but
     he too was unable to attend today.   However, Session I was very in-
     formative, especially concerning the techniques for controlling odor
     problems and effluent problems.
          Mr. William E. McCormick of the American Industrial  Hygiene
     Association was also unable to be here today, and I  have asked Dr.
     George Levinskas to substitute for him at this time.  Dr. Levinskas is
     eminently qualified to serve in place of Mr. McCormick.  He is an
     industrial hygienist with experience in occupational health, and currently
     holds the position of Manager of Enivronmental Assessment and Toxicology
     for the Monsanto Corporation.
DR. GEORGE J. LEVINSKAS (Monsanto Corporation, St. Louis, Mo.):  The sessions
     have ranged quite widely from experimental toxicity tests on animals,
     to clinical observations of human health, to chemical and physical
     studies measuring various parameters dealing with some phase of making
     or using rubber.
          One of the speakers made a passing reference implying that animal
     toxicity data had no relationship to and limited value for the assess-
     ment of the effects of chemicals on man.  I must take strong exception
     to that remark.  Test data obtained by exposing animals to chemicals
     are useful in predicting their probable effects on man.  There may be
     many difficulties in evaluating the low incidence of a given finding
     in animals.  This is a situation comparable to the difficulties an
     analyst has in detecting a peak in a tracing when it is not much above
     the background noise generated by his instrument.  There may be uncer-
     tainties as to the relative susceptibility of man versus the animals
     for a given material.  There are many other problems in evaluating
                                    429

-------
     potential  risk  to  man  from exposure to a given substance as judged by
     animal  studies.  However, despite the real and sometimes imagined draw-
     backs  to  animal  tests, these  tests, have been, are now, and will con-
     tinue  to  be  useful  in  evaluating the health effects of chemical sub-
     stances on man.
         Several  of the papers point up the need for the measurement of
     materials, qualitatively and  quantitatively, in the environment.  We
     need to know what, and how much, is out there before we can begin to
     assess  the potential hazards  to man or to  the environment of  these
     various materials.  However,  because of today's technology, chemists
     have exceedingly powerful analytical tools at their disposal.  We
     should remember that,  while discovery of a new contaminant raises a
     question  as  to  its significance, it does not necessarily portend doom
     and gloom.  In  fact, under different conditions, a similar situation
     may be either bad  or good.  A used tire dumped in a lake or settled
     on  the bottom of a swimming hole represents undesirable litter.  The
     same tire sunk  in  an estuary  becomes a beneficial, artificial  reef.
     The reason we judge one situation to be bad, and the other to be
     good,  Is  based  either  on our  personal experience or on our prior
     conditioning to accept a belief.
          It has  been remarked at  this conference that researchers do
     not like  to  publish negative  data, i.e., data supporting safety.
     Researchers  prefer to  publish findings.   I have no quarrel with that
     view.   However, we should be  attempting to define those areas in
     which  there  could  be a high probability of risk.  This requires ob-
     jective reporting  of data.  The  use of overtones and innuendos to
     imply  that imminent disaster  is  coupled with every finding of a new
     environmental contaminant, no matter how small its concentration may
     be, is misleading.  It can only  confuse the  litter tire and the reef
     tire.
MR. J. R. LAMAN (The Firestone Tire and Rubber  Company, Akron, Ohio):  Our
     group  in  environmental engineering and  I are sure that other  environ-
     mental engineering groups  in  major corporations are consistently seek-
     ing to strengthen  the  interface  with toxicology, industrial medicine,
     and industrial  hygiene.  I  feel  that a major  item for  consideration was
                                  430

-------
     left out of this  conference;  namely,  no one  talked  about  the  double  line.
     Unfortunately,  the double line must be  considered because it  reduces  to
     profitability and/or economics.   There  is  no free lunch counter  in this
     business.   Unfortunately, no  attempts were made  to  equate cost/benefit/
     risk with  quality of ]ife, or lifestyle.   When we talk about  this  lunch
     counter business, it involves everybody.   Somebody  has got to pay  the
     costs.
          My field is  strictly the engineering  approach; for example, in  a
     water problem,  we get down to specified levels and  then make  an  ecologi-
     cal judgment of the system.  We fine-tune  as required.  We strike  a
     good cost/benefit/safety balance.  We must never forget that  our pollu-
     tion control  approach must be tuned to  the highly developed nations,
     which are  competing for our markets and services.   The highly developed
     nations must embrace pollution control  as  a  cost of doing business,  as
     we are doing, to  compete fairly.   By  juggling the equation, some com-
     ponent of the equation will be affected.
          Let me repeat it again:   cost/benefit/risk  equals quality of  life,
     or lifestyle.
          Since we have the highest standard of living that humanity  has  known,
     we must prudently chart our course; because  if we do not, it  will  be
     unfairly taken off the top.
          The environmental engineers  in this very worthwhile  conference
     offered to us many pollution-free ways  of disposing of tires. Tires
     can be properly disposed of in incinerator boilers, fish  reefs,  and
     conventional  reclaim.
          At this time, we should  look at  the economical feasibility  of all
     the disposal  technologies just discussed as  well as other technologies
     just emerging,  which are described in the  literature.  By balancing
     the cost/benefit/risk ratio with  economics,  I am sure that we can  find
     a suitable solution for the disposal  of these tires without adversely
     affecting  the ecosystem.  In  conclusion, we  must determine who is  going
     to pay the price.
GENERAL CHAIRMAN FISHER:  Mr. Beliczky, do you  have some more  remarks?
MR. LOUIS S. BELICZKY  (United Rubber Workers International Union,  Akron,
     Ohio):  All of us know our moral  and social  responsibility in the
                                  431

-------
area of air pollution.  Organized labor's role in air pollution prob-
lems has been minimal to date.   We have probably been more concerned .
about the workers' in-plant environmental health problems  than about
out-plant emissions.
     We must have an awareness  of the serious hazards from air and water
effluents to the population in  general.  A few months ago  a news release
implicated increased birth malformations to areas along Lake Erie where
pplyvinyl chloride resin manufacturing plants were located:  Avon Lake,
Painesville, and Astabula,
     EPA reports conducted in 1974 indicated that vinyl chloride was
found by air and stream emission studies in the areas implicated.  No
real scientific studies to date have directly implicated vinly chloride
to the increased incidence of birth malformations.  Before positive
judgments are made, more objective studies must be conducted, keeping
in mind that at each site mentioned, power-generating plants have been
also operating for many years.
     We must be concerned that four carcinogens have been  identified
as being present in the carbon black actually used in the  rubber indus-
try.  The fact that we are beginning to identify some of the chemicals
being produced in rubber curing processes must be emphasized.  Dr.
Rappaport's presentation and studies being conducted by Harvard may
lead us to an identification of specific causative factors producing
the many forms of cancer which were mentioned by Dr. Harris and Profes-
sor Burgess.
     Greater emphasis must be placed on morbidity studies  so neces-
sary to follow up on the mortality (epidemiological) data.  Only
through joint and concerted investigations can we hope to successfully
control the hazards to which our workers are exposed.  The workers
themselves negotiated the $10.20 per year that is set aside for the
university studies.
     Each segment of specialized studies will eventually lead to that
safe and healthful work environment to which each working man and
women is entitled.  Perhaps the data will assist in controlling the
whole system—his environmental health at work and away from the job.
     I must respond to the statement of  relating animal toxicity data
                                432

-------
     to human beings.   I  can only state that if a material  has  been  proven
     to be carcinogenic to animals,  but no data are available to document it
     as a causative agent in producing human cancer,  it cannot  be dismissed
     as being safe for human beings.
          This philosophy has been capriously applied to vinyl  chloride  and
     to 2, 4, methylene-bis-2-chloroaniline (MOCA)  by those who hold the
     dollars and cents of profit over lives.
          Indiscriminate judgments regarding workers'  health are sometimes
     made by the uninformed and callous decisionmakers.   Who really  pays?
     It is mainly the  workers who pay from their pockets and/or with their
     health or lives.
DR. FISHER:  The questions are:  What are the problems, and where can we
     take these problems  to make progress?  We are limited; we  are merely
     mortals and we cannot do everything at the same time.
          What are the areas we have to move into first to  identify  and
     then control those things that are the greatest threat to  our health
     and our environment?  These are the kind of things I think we are
     trying to get at  here, as they concern all of us.   At  the  same  time.,
     it is important not to get so hung up with talking about what we were
     going to do that  we do not actually make progress.
          I hope that  having this meeting and these discussions has  stimu-
     lated people to think in the areas where they had perhaps  not thought
     before, because of ignorance, not because of intent.  I hope you all
     learned something; I know I have certainly learned a lot here from
     all of you and I  appreciate it very much.
                                  433

-------
    Submitted Papers-
Not Presented at Conference
             435

-------
                  TOXICOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS
                  OF PHILLIPS OIL FURNACE CARBON BLACKS
                            Lucian E. Renes*

Abstract
     The paper discusses the composition of the adsorbed polycyclic aro-
matic hydrocarbons on Phillips present day oil-fwmace carbon blacks, and
describes briefly the various toxicological studies with whole carbon
blacksj and with a "known carcinogen that did not induce any neoplastic
changes after long-term exposure.  1*hese studies support the absence of
any physiological effects among carbon black workers with 20 or more
years of exposure.

     In December 1943, Phillips Petroleum Company began operation of a
plant in Borger, Texas, designed to manufacture furnace type carbon
blacks from liquid hydrocarbons.  The process was based upon a newly
developed tangential reactor which utilized a feed stock of aromatic
rich oil and produced carbon blacks of selected physical and chemical
properties and of uniform quality.  Most oil furnace blacks used in the
rubber industry are produced by this form of reactor.
     Very early in the operation of the plant, the employees accepted
the use of special work clothing and barrier creams to minimize dis-
coloring of their skin and to avoid soiling of their street clothing.
clean work clothing, including long underwear, coveralls, sox, and
canvas shoes were provided daily by the company.  Shower facilities,
soap, and towels were also furnished to facilitate cleansing of the
skin at the end of the work shift.
     Periodic medical examinations were initiated on all Phillips'
employees in the Borger area in 1949, and in the case of the carbon
black workers their examinations included a chest X-ray every 2
years.  Pulmonary function tests were initiated on all carbon black
workers in 1959.  These medical examinations have been continued to
date.  Early this year, the medical records of about 135 employees
     *Director, Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, Medical Division,

                                   437

-------
with 20 or more years experience in the company's carbon black
operations in Borger were reviewed by a member of Phillips' medical
staff.  In his opinion, the records revealed the absence of any
specific health effects attributable to.working in carbon black.
Cases of dermatologic problems including skin cancers were few in
number, and cases of pulmonary related problems including carcinoma
of the lung were also few.  Based entirely on the medical records of
this group of carbon black workers, it appears that their overall
health is superior to that of a comparable general male population.
Further, the overall mortality, as well as the mortality from any
specific cause, appears to be below that of a comparable population
group.
     During the period 1949-1971, Phillips and six other carbon black
producers sponsored a program of research under the direction of Carl A.
Nau to determine the physiological response of experimental animals to
carbon black by various routes of exposure.  The results of this research
program were published in a series of ftve reports in the AMA Archives
of Industrial Health between the years 1957-1962.  Although these carbon
blacks were known to contain small amounts of adsorbed 3,4-benzpyrene,
this research demonstrated unequivocally that 50-percent lifetime or
longer exposure of experimental animals to whole, carbon blacks did not
produce any malignancies or other harmful effects as a result of inges-
tion, skin contact, or inhalation of the whole carbon black.
     In 1965, the American Petroleum Institute sponsored a research
project to determine the dose-response relationship of the carcinogen,
3,4-benzpyrene in the pulmonary tract of experimental animals (ref. 4).
The work was performed at the Chicago Medical School under the direction
of Dr. Phillippe Shubik, presently director of the Eppley  Institute for
Research in Cancer.  It was found that the highest dose of 3,4-benzpyrene
adsorbed on a carrier dust, administered once a week for 30 consecutive
weeks, which did not induce any neoplastic changes was 0.5 mg per animal.
This dosage is about 1,000 times the quantity of  3,4-benzpyrene, which
could be inhaled daily by a worker exposed to the present  day threshold
limit value of carbon blacks containing as much as 10 ppm  by weight of
this  compound.

                                    438

-------
     Several years ago, in response to the needs of the rubber industry,
Phillips had developed a series of new blacks whose particle porosity
was lower and whose adsorbed residual  oils were slightly higher than the
furnace blacks previously manufactured.  For this reason, the company
considered it of interest to determine the analytical  composition of the
adsorbed materials in the new,blacks.   Prior to 1970,  the qualitative
and quantitative composition of the materials adsorbed on the carbon
black particles was not accurately defined.  It had been shown by a few
early, investigators that representatives of several classes of polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbons were among the materials adsorbed on the carbon
black.   Among this group, the hydrocarbon 3,4-benzpyrene, a compound of
proven carcinogenic properties  in experimental animals, had been shown to
be present in minute amounts.  Since the chromatographic techniques
required to resolve a mixture of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons into
separate individual components  had not reached a high  state of refinement
until recent years, the accuracy of older measurements of certain
compounds, such as 3,4-benzpyrene, has been questioned because of inter-
fering impurities.  No systematic treatment is equally successful for
different mixtures of these hydrocarbons.  However, certain laboratories,
such as that of the Eppley Institute for Research in Cancer, have developed
great skills in the analyses of materials containing polycyclic aromatic
constituents.
     The analytical laboratories of the Eppley Institute for Research
in Cancer, University of Nebraska Medical Center, were selected to make
such analyses because of their  extensive experience in studying the
composition and carcinogenicity of such materials as petroleum waxes,
petroleum asphalts, coal tar products, and other substances of pyrolytic
origin.  For the interest of those persons who are not familiar with
Eppley Institute, its director, Dr. Phillippe Shubik,  is world renowned
for his contributions to the study and knowledge of chemical carcinogens.
The professional staff of the Institute are persons of great skills and
experience in the medical and chemical sciences utilized in cancer re-
search.
     Ten different carbon black samples of present day manufacture,
representing different feed stocks, different particle size range, and
                                   439

-------
different amounts of adsorbed residual  oils, were submitted to Eppley
Institute for analysis.   The adsorbed materials  were  extracted in the.
absence of light with refluxing benzene in a Sohxlet  apparatus for 48
hours.  This procedure has been demonstrated to  extract the maximum
amount of adsorbed materials that can be removed from carbon blacks
by any known means.  The mixture of materials was resolved into in-
dividual compounds by a systematic procedure of  thin  layer chromatography
on alumina and then on acetylated cellulose plates.   Gas liquid chroma-
tography was also utilized when, required.   The separated components
prepared for uv-vis spectroscopy were examined in a Gary 14 spectometer
or a Beckman DB-GT, as required.  Duplicate analyses  were made on each
                                     t
.carbon black.
     At the company's request, Eppley Institute  determined quantitatively
every major polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon present in the material
extracted from each carbon black.  Analytically, the  results of the
examination were astonishing.  Such common substances as anthracene and
chrysene were absent in the list of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
identified.  Further, there were no methyl derivatives of any of the
polycyclics determined in contrast to the large  number of methyl
derivatives found in coal tar distillates.  Of most importance, the
only compound of proven experimental carcinogenicity  found in the carbon
blacks was 3,4-benzpyrene.  The concentration of this substance in the
commercial blacks ranged from 0.8-6.7 ppm by weight.   Other carcinogenic
compounds such as 1,2,5,6-dibenzanthracene, 9,10-dimethyl benzanthracene
and 1,2-benzanthracene were absent.  One specific commercial black was
entirely devoid of any proven carcinogen including 3,4-benzpyrene.  Since
the analytical procedures were capable of detecting these particular
compounds to a lower limit of 10 parts per billion by weight, we con-
sider this level-of absence comparable to a "philosophical zero."
     In analyzing this family of carbon blacks,  Eppley Institute (ref. 1)
isolated and measured a nonfluorescent, polycyclic hydrocarbon identified
as cyclopenta(cd)pyrene.  It is of experimental  interest because it is
the first known cyclo alkenyl pyrene derivative that  appears in such
common materials as gasoline exhaust particulates, incinerator soots, coal
                                      440

-------
tar pitch, and general  atmospheric soot.   A few years  ago,  researchers
(ref. 2) at the Texas University Medical  School, Galveston  Branch,  had
isolated "this material  from various materials  including carbon blacks.
Bio-assays of this isolate were performed by injecting known quantities
of the material, dissolved in cooking oil, subcutaneously in mice.   Eight
of 16 mice developed fibrosarcomas at the site of injection after 244 days
at a dose of 6.5 mg of isolate per mouse.
     The selection of appropriate animal  species and methods of appli-
cation for carcinogenicity testing have been discussed by various cancer
researchers (ref. 3).  Using such views as a basis of judgment, it is not
reasonable to ascribe any greater significance than presumptive carcino-
genicity to the bio-assay results on cyclopenta(cd)pyrene.   But whether
or not this particular compound is carcinogenic does not alter the
findings of Dr Carl Nau's extensive research,  that whole carbon blacks
are harmless to experimental animals.  Of greater importance is the fact
that the medical study of workers with 20 or more years of exposure to
carbon black does not show any harmful effects attributable to carbon
blacks.

                               REFERENCES
1.  L. Wallcave et al., "Two Pyrene Derivatives of Widespread Environ-
    mental Distribution:   Cyclopenta(cd)pyrene and Acepyrene,"
    Environmental Sci.  and Tech.,  Vol.  9 (February 1975).
2.  Jack Neal and N. M. Trieff, "Isolation of an Unknown Carcinogenic
    Polycyclic Hydrocarbon From Carbon  Blacks," Health Lab.  Sci..  Vol. 9
    (January 1972).
3.  R. E. Eckardt, "Industrial  Carcinogens, "Greene and Stratton  Co.,
    New York, 1959.
4.  Unpublished report  from API Research Project MC-6, 1966.
                                    441

-------
             AN ECONOMIC EVALUATION OF THE USE OF CRYOGENICS
                        IN RUBBER TIRE RECLAIMING
                            S. L. Fredericks*

Abstract
     Discarded rubber tires represent 7 percent of the total solid waste
disposal in the United States.  This is 5 billion pounds of potentially
reusable materials.  Less than one-third of all discarded tires are
reclaimed.  An economical way of reclaiming old tires, including steel-
belted radialSj is through a cryogenic system.  A liquid> nitrogen tunnel
       *
coupled with a tire shredder and a hammer mill will produce satisfactory
crumb rubber.  This paper describes such a system.

                                 PREFACE
     The American people suddenly realize that the world's natural
resources are no longer infinite and that we must conserve.  America
represents 8 percent of the world's population, and we consume over 40
percent of the world's yearly production.  The rest of the world is
starting to catch up, and there ^ust isn't enough of  everything to go
around anymore.  Consequently, we Americans must  learn to conserve and
recycle our planned-obsolescence materials.  Automobile tires, a byproduct
of petroleum, are one important solid waste that we must recycle.

BACKGROUND
     The many restrictions on the use of landfills for solid waste
disposal have affected the solid waste disposal industry very .severely.
Tires  represent 7 percent of  total solid waste material in this country.
In years gone by, it was common practice to discard old tires  in the  local
dump.  This  is no longer permitted, as tires are  not  biodegradable and
have a tendency to "w'iggle" to the surface of the land-fill.   If tires  are
cut into quarter sections, they are acceptable, but this costs money  to  do.
      *Manager,  Process  Sales
                                   442

-------
Disposal by conventional burning is no longer acceptable because of air
pollution; however, some efforts have developed EPA-acceptable prototype
tire incinerators.
     Some tires have been used for making artificial fishing reefs.
However, unless the tires are filled with concrete before assembly in the
water, they will eventually work free from their metal straps and float
to the surface.  This has already happened in San Francisco Bay.  If the
tires must be filled with concrete, this is an expensive way of discarding
them.  It is more practical and economical to recycle the rubber.
     Approximately 250 million tires are manufactured each year, and they
end up on the trash heap at about that rate; about one tire for each
American.  It is also estimated that about.2 billion tires are, at present,
discarded and waiting for disposal.
     Some tires can be retreaded and reused.  Retreading the tire does
not solve the disposal problem as the retreaded tire soon ends up as a
solid waste disposal problem.
     Several companies now reclaim about 30 percent of the tires produced
(about 80 million tires per year).  These reclaimers also process rubber
factory scrap, tire buffings, and inner tubes.
     The price of natural rubber on the New York Commodities Exchange on
December 9, 1974, was $0.41/lb with promised delivery for March 1975.   In
December of 1973, the average price of natural rubber was $0.54/lb.  At
present, the demand is down, and there is very little trading.  The price
of synthetic rubber has doubled in the past 2 years from $0.16/lb to over
$0.30/lb.  The supply of synthetic rubber is not tight except for neoprene.
Synthetic rubber prices increased because of increase in raw-material
costs (crude oil and its derivatives) and the rising cost of energy.
     Petroleum companies once sold their byproducts to rubber producers
at an extremely low price as a means of disposing of them.  As the demand
increased for these byproducts, the price has increased.
     The price of reclaimed devulcanized rubber was frozen at $0.105/lb
under price controls, but the present average price is $0.14/lb.  The
selling price of crumb rubber is from $0.08 to $0.10/lb.  This economic
survey  is based on these two selling prices.
                                 443

-------
     The production of reclaimed rubber has dropped from 300,000  tons  a
year in 1950 to its present low figure of approximately 170,000 tons per
year.  The primary cause is the large initial investment required to build
a tire reclaimer and a recent decision by major tire manufacturers  to  shut
down their extensive reclaim systems because of rising costs and, particu-
larly, because of EPA requirements on smoke abatement.  The "devulcanizer"
system requires an expensive pollution-control system.
     The reclaiming process involves the separation of fabric  and steel
wire from the rubber.  In most cases, the rubber  is .then disgested  or
depolymerized and blended with reclaiming oils.   This material then can
be recycled into tire manufacture and tire retreading; into making
materials such as rubber hose, sink mats, floor mats, athletic running
tracks; and into repairing asphalt roads, etc.
     Very few products produced commercially use  the rubber "as ground"
for  reuse in manufacture.  Practically all reclaimed rubber ends  up
competing with new rubber.  If processed crumb rubber is to be
commercially feasible, then end uses that require little or no refining
or reprocessing must be found for the ground rubber.

PRESENT-DAY RECYCLING PROCESS
     The systems presently employed by most conventional tire  reclaimers
include tire slitters, tire cutters, and tire shredders.   All  of  these
ponderous units employ cutting equipment requiring frequent repair and
servicing.  It is estimated that the present conventional  equipment and
buildings required for processing 10 tons per hour of reclaimed crumb
rubber from 30 mesh on down would cost approximately 3 million dollars.
     Scrap rubber, including discarded tires, can be easily reclaimed  by
a cryogenic system.  Cryogenic systems also separate and reclaim  the wire
and  fiber, which have a ready resale market.  The reclaimed rubber with
its  retained carbon black and oils is about 70 percent of  the  total
tire weight (15/lb of a standard 20/1b tire), and the rest of  the material
is the wire and fibers.
     One of the problems facing tire reclaimers  today is the  presence  of
the  steel-belted radial tires.  The conventional  shredder  system  does  not
                                   444

-------
cleanly remove the belt wire mesh.  As the tire is cut and shredded,  the
belt wires remain with the rubber pieces down to and including mesh size.
It is almost impossible to remove the wire.  At present, tire reclaimers
do not accept steel-belted tires for reprocessing.  The cryogenic  system
does not have this problem, since the frozen, brittle rubber is easily
separated from the wire and fibers in a hammer mill.
     Preliminary estimates have been made of a plant and process for
recovering the rubber and other constituent materials from used tires.
The rubber is recovered in the form of a ground powder (-30 mesh).  Other
recovered materials are fiber from the tire fabric, steel from the tire
beads, and, in radial tires, steel from the reinforcing belts.  The
average tire is presumed to contain:
          70 percent recoverable rubber;
          15 percent fiber;
          15 percent metal.
     The following cost of estimates are based on preliminary information
obtained from extensive field tests.  Further process development  may
lead to some changes in the details of the process and plant.  Such
changes would not be expected to add significantly to the capital  required
or to the process complexity.  The process diagram is shown in figure 1,
and a possible plant layout in figure 2.  Rated to dispose of a nominal
10 tons of tires per hour, the plant is expected to process 200 tons  of
tires per 24 hours of plant time.

CRYOGENIC PROCESS AND EQUIPMENT
     The tires are loaded, using a crane and grab, into an overhead bin,
which feeds a preshredder.  The preshredder cuts the tires into chips of
approximately 2 inches square, which fall onto a conveyor belt.  The  belt
carries the chips up to the particle hopper from which they are fed at a
constant rate onto a conveyor contained in a tunnel cooled by liquid
nitrogen (fig. 3).  The liquid nitrogen consumption is .8 Ib per pound of
chips cooled.
     The now frozen chips are hard, rigid, and brittle.  On leaving the
tunnel they fall into a hammer mill, which shatters the rubber,
                                445

-------
                                    TIRES
                                  10 TONS/HR.
                                 	f
                                     TIRE
                                 PARTICLE-IZER
                               2" SQUARE PIECES
                               LIQUID N2 TUNNEL
                          T-2.99 TONS
                        /  SIZE
                      /   OVER 3/4"
RETURN

1st HAMMER MILL
\
• "' ' ALL OVER
1/4" MESH 3 TONS/HR^,
^^
3. 0 TONS/HR.
OVER 30 MESH
\
2nd
HAMMER MILL
\



^*. 1
2 DECK SCREEN
/
f MAGNETIC
SEPARATOR
7. 01 TONS/HR. 1.5 T/HR. 1.49
UNDER 30 MESH FIBER MI
, 	 L.'
MAGNETIC
SEPARATOR

\
.01 TON/HR.
METAL
T/HR.
:TAL
           + 1/4" UNCKUSHKD
           TRAM]' MATERIAL
*l TONS/HR,
 RUBBER
                                     PRODUCT BIN
        Figure 1.  Process  diagram:   rubber recovery from tires.

separating it from the  fabric  and  wire,  and grinds the major portion  of
the rubber to less than  20  mesh.
     A two-deck vibrating screen placed  below the mill receives the
discharged material.  The uppermost  screen mesh is selected to retain
most of the fiber and wire, which  remains nearer to the 2-in. chip size.
This mixed fiber and wire is discharged  onto a conveyor belt for  further
separation.  The lower  screen  is 30  mesh; it separates the less-than-30-
mesh rubber from the oversize  rubber retained on the screen.  -The 30-
mesh-and-under rubber is taken by  conveyor and elevator to the product
bin (rubber bin in figure 2).   During its passage, metal fines that may
                                  446

-------
                                                 Elevators..
  Particle
  Hopper and
   Feeder
                    Tire
                  Partlcle-lzer
                  with overhead  Rubber
                     bin       TBln
                                                      —SECTION A-A--
                                               Fine Metal
                                                 Bio
                                           1 —PLAN VIEW—
                                                              Magnetic
                                                              Separator
Building
15 Ft.' to Eaves
100 Ft. x40 Ft.T
Entry for
Alrstream
to entrain
 Fiber
              2 Deck Screen
   Figure  2.   Preliminary  layout of plant  reclaiming rubber  from tires.

have passed  the 30-mesh  screen are separated  by a magnetic separator into
an adjoining  bin.
     The oversize rubber,  which is retained on  the 30-mesh screen is
discharged onto a conveyor and transferred via  an elevator to a second
hammer mill,  where it is further reduced in size.  This mill  discharges
onto a simple coarse screen,  which separates  out any tramp material that
has not been  shattered in  the hammer mills.   The material passing the
screen is  returned via conveyor and elevator  to the entry of the first
hammer mill  and is thus  recirculated.  An  allowance has been made in the
                                    447

-------
      APPLICATION
                                REVISIONS
    NEXT ASSY
                  USED ON
                            LTR
                                               DESCRIPTION
                                                                        DATE    APPROVED
                                                EXHAUST PLENUM

                                     CIRCULATION FA'45-
                                     (5 PLA
                            LN.  SPRAY
                            HEADER
  FOAM INSULATED ACCESS —
  COVER, STAINLESS STEEL
  INNER & OUTER WALLS
   (ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED
  FOR 18 INCH RISE)
                                                                        4 FT  LONG
                                                                        LOAD  DECK
                                                                        EXTENSION
7'-0
         -PRODUCT OUTLET
          5'-0 WIDE  x  8 INCH  HIGH
                                             PRECOOLER
                                             CONVEYOR 60"
                                             WIDE  ST. STEEL
                                             OMNI-GRID
                                                              HP VARI-SPEED
                                                           DRIVE MOTOR (2 PLCS)
                                                     ELECTRICAL CONTROL BOX

                                             IMMERSION C07JVEYOK
                                             60"  WIDE WITH PRODUCT
                                             LIFTS,  STAINLESS STEEL OMMI-GRID
                                          LN_ LIQUID LEVEL
                                          CONTROL VALVE
                                    -ELECTRIC DEFROST
                                    DRAIN SYSTEM
 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
  DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
     TOLERANCES ON
 FRACT. I DECIMALS I ANGLES
      JCX I -XXX
 *    I - *» I * *>tl -**
 TREATMENT
 FINIIH
 SIMILAR TO
CONTRACT
NO.
    LAPOVlai
                    PROJECT
                    DESION ACTIVITY APPO
AIRCO CRYOGENICS
    IRVINE, CALIFORNIA
   A DIVISION OF AIRCO INC.
                                          JITLE
                                                  IMMERSIO"! FREEZER
                                                  KFI 60-60
                                           SIZE
                                            A
                             CODE IDENT NO.
                             15275
  DWG.
  v.r
-33933-
                                          SCAI.F.
                                                           REL DATE
                                                                           SHT
                        Figure 3.   Proposal drawing.
                                     448

-------
estimate for insulation of the surfaces OT equipment handling the  cold
material as it passes through the two hammer mills.
     The conveyor belt carrying the mixed fiber and wire terminates  in  a
magnetic section in order to separate fiber from the magnetic wire.   In
this section a magnetic pulley retains the wire while the fiber, being
nonmagnetic, is removed by a rapid stream of air.  Fiber is  separated
from this air stream by the use of cyclones (not shown  in figure 2),  and
the scrap wire is discharged from the end of the belt.

MANPOWER
     One foreman and five operators are required for running the plant,
in addition to administrative personnel and a maintenance crew.  When
working .on a continuous-week basis (7 days x 24 hours), there will be
four shift crews.  Each man will work 2,000 hours per year plus 160  hours
overtime at time and a half.

RAW MATERIALS
     The tires are assumed to be free of cost.  (Calculations have also
been made for the manufacturing costs when tires cost $25.00 per ton  and
when a premium is paid to the processor for tire disposal of $25.00  per
ton.)
     The cost of liquid nitrogen is taken to be $0.037/lb.

ESTIMATED INVESTED CAPITAL
     This totals $881,000 and is shown in detail in table 1.
     The investment includes a building 100 ft x 40 ft  with  basement,
together with installed equipment on an assumed precleared site.   A  paved
                p
area of 1,000 yd  is allowed for.
     The costs indicated in table 2 include a provision for  10 years
straight-line depreciation.
     Table 3 shows the effect on manufactured cost of varying the
following:
     1.   cost of tires;
     2.   cost of liquid N,,;
     3,   level of production.
                                  449

-------
Table 1.  Preliminary capital  cost estimate:
     plant reclaiming rubber from tires
           (200 tons of tires/day)

Building including offices
Basement, stairs, ramps, etc.
Paved area & roads 100 yd^
N2 piping & plumbing
Crane (allow.)

Parti cle-izer w/overhead bin
First conveyor (chipped tires)
Chip bin
Chip feeder
Liquid N£ tunnel
Entry duct to hammer mill no. 1
Hammer mill no. 1
Two-deck screen
Conveyor (rubber)
Conveyor (fiber & wire)
Conveyor (recycle)
Elevator to hammer mill no. 2
Single-deck screen
Conveyor (tramp)
Conveyor [recycle return)
Elevator (recycle return)
Elevator (rubber)
Magnetic separator (wire)
Magnetic separator (fine metal)
Bins (rubber & fine metal)
Fiber collector (pneumatic)
Insulation
Power wiring
Hammer mill no. 2

Contractor's indirect charges
Engineering & drafting
Start-up
Spare parts 5% equipment

Contingency 20%
Grand total
Equipment






$100,000
11,000
3,900
1,600
150,000
1,400
25,700
12,800
2,200
14,600
2,200
5,200
3,500
9,100
3,000
4,800
7,000
4,000
2,600
8,300
12,000
3,500
23,500
17,000








Foundations
& Labor






Included
$ 1 ,800
600
300
17,000
400
5,400
1,900
400
2,600
400
900
700
1,800
600
800
1,200
700
600
1,200
2,000
Included
24,000
3,600








Total
$ 30,000
38,300
9,000
8,300
15,000
$100,600
$100,000
12,800
4,500
1,900
167,000
1,800
31,100
14,700
2,600
17,200
2,600
6,100
4,200
10,900
3,600
5,600
8,200
4,700
3,200
9,500
14,000
3,500
47,500
20,600
$497,800
$ 50,800
48,400
15,000
21,400
$734,000
147,000
$881 ,000
                    450

-------
                 Table 2.   Manufactured  cost
Calculation assumes:
Free tires
Liquid nitrogen
Average production rate
(i.e., 200 tons per 24
Weekly hours
7 days x 24 hours
5 days x 16 hours
5 days x 8 hours
plant hours)
Tons rubber/year
46,600
22,064
11,03?
$0.037
8-1/3 tons/hr
Manufactured cost
$0.0495
$0.0522
$0.0559
        Table  3.   Variation  in manufacturing  costs
    Variation in cost due to changes  in:

    1.  Ti re cost per jon

           Tires at 25(* each or $25  per  ton.
           Tires at no cost.
           Tires received with  25
-------
     In this table, the lowest manufacturing cost indicated is $0.0317/lb
of rubber.  This is for a plant working 7 days per week x 24 hours per
day, receiving $25.00 per ton for disposing of tires and buying liquid
nitrogen at $0.037/lb.
     The highest manufacturing cost indicated is $0.0733/lb of rubber.
This is for a plant working 5 days per week x 8 hours per day, where the
tires cost $25.00 per ton and the liquid nitrogen costs $0.037 per Ib.

ECONOMY IN CRYOGENIC TIRE RECYCLING
     A permanent cryogenic rubber- (and other solid waste materials)
recycling plant including a prefabricated metal building would cost
approximately $881,000.  Operating 24 hours per day, such a plant would
be capable of processing 10 tons/hour (1,000 tires/hour) of any size tire,
truck or automobile.  The rubber would be 98 percent clean and ready for
immediate use or for further processing.
     The annual cost of operating such a facility would be $1,269,100 and
the net profit (after taxes) $217,000 based on 200 tons of tires per day,
free tires, and a liquid nitrogen cost of $0.037/lb ($0.27/100 ft3).

ACKNOWLEDGMENT
     The cost study used in this report was prepared by W. B. Laird,
Assistant Director, Airco Research Lab, Murray Hill, New Jersey.
                                   452

-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing}
1. REPORT NO.
 EPA-560/1-75-002
                              2.
                                                            3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 CONDUCTING CONFERENCES ON  ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS  OF CHEM
 ICAL USE  IN VARIOUS INDUSTRIAL OPERATIONS. Environmenta
 Aspects of Chemical Use in Rubber Processing Operations
             5. REPORT DATE
                July 1975
             6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7. AUTHOR(S)
                                                            8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
 Center  for Technology Operations
 Research. Triangle Institute
 Post Office Box 12194
 Research Triangle Park, North  Carolina 27709
                                                            10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
               2  LA 3 28
              11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

               68-01-2928
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Office  of  Toxic Substances
 Environmental Protection Agency
 Room  715,  East Tower (WH-557)
 401 "M"  Street, S.W., Washington,  B.C. 20460
              13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
               Proceedings March  12-14, 1975
              14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
 15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
 16. ABSTRACT

       This  conference was  the  first in a series of  three on the environmental impact
 of chemicals in various industrial operations.

       The objective of this  conference was to cover and discuss current  chemical use,
 functions of chemicals in  the  operations, byproducts likely to be introduced, known
 health or environmental effects  from chemicals used, and measures used or available
 for use  to  control environmental contamination.  More specifically, papers were
 presented and discussions  held that covered industrial emissions and  effluent surveys,
 chemicals and their effects, reclamation and disposal and academic programs.
17.
                                KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  C.  COS AT I Field/Group
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
                                               19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport}
                                                  Unclassified
                           21. NO. OF PAGES
                                 460
                                              20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
                                                  Unclassified
                                                                          22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)

-------
                                                         INSTRUCTIONS

   1.   REPORT NUMBER
        Insert the EPA report number as it appears on the cover of the publication.

   2.   LEAVE BLANK

   3.   RECIPIENTS ACCESSION NUMBER
        Reserved for use by each report recipient.

   4.   TITLEANO SUBTITL E
        Title should indicate clearly and briefly the subject coverage of the report, and be displayed prominently. Set subtitle, if used, in smaller
        type or otherwise subordinate it to main title. When a report is prepared in more than one volume, repeat the primary title, add volume
        number and include subtitle for the specific title.

   5.   REPORT DATE
        Each report shall carry a date indicating at least month and year.  Indicate the basis on which it was selected (e.g., date of issue, date of
        approval, date of preparation, etc.).

   6.   PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
        Leave blank.

   7.   AUTHOR(S)
        Give name(s) in conventional  order (John R. Doe, J. Robert Doe, etc.).  List author's affiliation if it differs from the performing organi-
        zation.

   8.   PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NUMBER
        Insert if performing organization wishes to assign this number.

   9.   PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
        Give name, street, city, state,  and ZIP code.  List no more than two levels of an organizational hirearchy.

   10.  PROGRAM ELEMENT NUMBER
        Use the program element number under which the report was prepared. Subordinate numbers may be included in parentheses.

   11.  CONTRACT/GRANT NUMBER
        Insert contract or grant number under which report was prepared.

   12.  SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
        Include ZIP code.

   13.  TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
        Indicate interim final, etc., and if applicable, dates covered.

   14.  SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
        Leave blank.

   15.  SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
        Enter information not included elsewhere but useful, such as: Prepared in cooperation with, Translation of, Presented at conference of,
        To be published in, Supersedes, Supplements, etc.

   16.  ABSTRACT
        Include a brief (200 words or less) factual summary of the most significant information contained in the report. If the report contains a
        significant bibliography or literature survey, mention it here.

   17.  KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
        (a) DESCRIPTORS -  Select from the Thesaurus of Engineering and Scientific Terms the proper authorized terms that identify the major
        concept of the research and are sufficiently specific and precise to be used as index entries for cataloging.

        (b) IDENTIFIERS AND OPEN-ENDED TERMS - Use identifiers for project names, code names,  equipment  designators, etc.  Use open-
        ended terms written in descriptor form for those subjects for which no descriptor exists.

        (c) COSATI FIELD GROUP - Field and group assignments are to be taken from the 1965 COSATI Subject Category List. Since the ma-
        jority of documents are multidisciplinary in nature, the Primary Field/Group assignment(s) will be specific discipline, area of human
        endeavor, or type of physical object. The application(s) will be cross-referenced with secondary Field/Group assignments that will follow
        the primary posting(s).

   18.  DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
        Denote releasability to the public or limitation for reasons other than security for example "Release Unlimited." Cite any availability to
        the public, with address and price.

   19. & 20. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION
        DO NOT submit classified reports to the National Technical Information service.

   21.  NUMBER OF PAGES
        Insert the total number of pages, including this one and unnumbered pages, but exclude distribution list, if any.

   22.  PRICE
        Insert the price set by the National Technical Information Service or the Government Printing Office, if known.
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73) (Reverse)

-------